99-11333. Passenger Equipment Safety Standards  

  • [Federal Register Volume 64, Number 91 (Wednesday, May 12, 1999)]
    [Rules and Regulations]
    [Pages 25540-25705]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 99-11333]
    
    
    
    [[Page 25539]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Transportation
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    Federal Railroad Administration
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    49 CFR Part 216 et al.
    
    
    
    Passenger Equipment Safety Standards; Final Rule
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 64, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 12, 1999 / Rules 
    and Regulations
    
    [[Page 25540]]
    
    
    
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
    
    Federal Railroad Administration
    
    49 CFR Parts 216, 223, 229, 231, 232, and 238
    
    [FRA Docket No. PCSS-1, Notice No. 5]
    RIN 2130-AA95
    
    
    Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
    
    AGENCY: Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of 
    Transportation (DOT).
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: FRA is issuing comprehensive Federal safety standards for 
    railroad passenger equipment. The purpose of these safety standards is 
    to prevent collisions, derailments, and other occurrences involving 
    railroad passenger equipment that cause injury or death to railroad 
    employees, railroad passengers, or the general public; and to mitigate 
    the consequences of any such occurrences, to the extent they cannot be 
    prevented. The final rule promotes passenger train safety through 
    requirements for railroad passenger equipment design and performance; 
    fire safety; emergency systems; the inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance of passenger equipment; and other provisions for the safe 
    operation of railroad passenger equipment. The final rule addresses 
    passenger train safety in an environment where technology is advancing 
    and equipment is being designed for operation at higher speeds. The 
    final rule amends existing regulations concerning special notice for 
    repairs, safety glazing, locomotive safety, safety appliances, and 
    railroad power brakes as applied to passenger equipment.
        The final rule does not apply to tourist and historic railroad 
    operations. However, after consulting with the excursion railroad 
    associations to determine appropriate applicability in light of 
    financial, operational, or other factors unique to such operations, FRA 
    may prescribe requirements for these operations that are similar to or 
    different from those affecting other types of passenger operations.
    
    DATES: This regulation is effective July 12, 1999. The incorporation by 
    reference of certain publications listed in the rule is approved by the 
    Director of the Federal Register as of July 12, 1999.
    
    ADDRESSES: Any petition for reconsideration should reference FRA Docket 
    No. PCSS-1, Notice No. 5, and be submitted in triplicate to the Docket 
    Clerk, Office of Chief Counsel, FRA, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 10, 
    Washington, D.C. 20590.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ronald Newman, Staff Director, Motive 
    Power and Equipment Division, Office of Safety Assurance and 
    Compliance, FRA, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Washington, D.C. 
    20590 (telephone: 202-493-6300); Daniel Alpert, Trial Attorney, Office 
    of Chief Counsel, FRA, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 10, Washington, 
    D.C. 20590 (telephone: 202-493-6026); or Thomas Herrmann, Trial 
    Attorney, Office of Chief Counsel, FRA, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 
    10, Washington, D.C. 20590 (telephone: 202-493-6036).
    
    Supplementary Information:
    
    Table of Contents for Supplementary Information
    
    I. Introduction
    II. Statutory Background
    III. Passenger Equipment Safety Standards Working Group
    IV. Proceedings to Date
    V. Discussion of Specific Comments and Conclusions
        A. Application of the final rule to rapid transit operations and 
    ``light rail''
        B. Static end strength requirement: application to existing 
    equipment
        C. United States international treaty obligations
        D. Non-conventional passenger equipment
        E. System safety
        F. Side exit doors on passenger cars
        G. Fuel tank standards
        H. Train interior safety
        I. Fire safety
    VI. Inspection and Testing of Brake Systems and Mechanical 
    Components
        A. Background prior to 1997 NPRM
        B. 1997 NPRM on Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
        1. Proposed brake system inspections
        2. Proposed mechanical inspections
        3. Proposed qualification of inspection and testing personnel
        C. Overview of comments relating to proposed inspection and 
    testing requirements
        D. General FRA conclusions
        1. Brake and mechanical inspections
        2. Qualified maintenance person
        3. Long-distance intercity passenger trains
    VII. Movement of Defective Equipment
        A. Background
        B. Overview of 1997 NPRM
        C. Discussion of comments on the 1997 NPRM and general FRA 
    conclusions
        1. Movement of equipment with defective brakes
        2. Movement of equipment with other than power brake defects
    VIII. FRA's Passenger Train Safety Initiatives
    IX. Section-by-Section Analysis
    X. Regulatory Impact
        A. Executive Order 12866 and DOT regulatory policies and 
    procedures
        B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
        C. Paperwork Reduction Act
        D. Environmental impact
        E. Federalism implications
        F. Compliance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
        G. Effects on the Year 2000 computer problem
    XI. List of Subjects
    
    I. Introduction
    
        Passenger railroads offer the traveling public one of the safest 
    forms of transportation available. In the eight-year period 1990-1997, 
    there were 0.89 passenger fatalities for every billion miles of 
    passenger transportation by rail. Nevertheless, collisions, 
    derailments, and other such occurrences continue to occur, often as a 
    result of factors beyond the control of the passenger railroad. 
    Further, the rail passenger environment is rapidly changing. Worldwide, 
    passenger equipment operating speeds are increasing. Passenger 
    trainsets designed to European safety standards have been proposed for 
    operation in the United States-and a few are in operation. Overall, 
    these trainsets do not meet the structural standards that are common 
    for passenger equipment operating in the United States. FRA believes 
    that adherence to such common standards by the nation's passenger 
    railroads has in large measure contributed to the high level of safety 
    at which rail passenger service is currently provided in the United 
    States. However, these standards generally do not have the force of 
    law.
        Effective Federal safety standards for freight equipment have long 
    been in place, but equivalent Federal safety standards for passenger 
    equipment have not existed. Further, the Association of American 
    Railroads (AAR) currently sets industry standards for the design and 
    maintenance of freight equipment that add materially to the safe 
    operation of such equipment. However, over the years, the AAR has 
    discontinued the development and maintenance of industry standards for 
    railroad passenger equipment.
        FRA must necessarily be vigilant in ensuring that passenger trains 
    continue to be designed, built, and operated with a high level of 
    safety. In general, the railroad operating environment in the United 
    States requires passenger equipment to operate commingled with very 
    heavy and long freight trains, often over track with frequent grade 
    crossings used by heavy highway equipment. European passenger 
    operations, on the other hand, are intermingled with freight equipment 
    of lesser weight than in North America. In many cases, highway-rail 
    grade crossings also pose lesser hazards to passenger trains in Europe 
    due to lower highway vehicle weight. FRA is concerned with the level
    
    [[Page 25541]]
    
    of safety provided by passenger equipment designed to European and 
    other international standards when such equipment is operated in the 
    United States.
        A clear set of Federal safety standards for railroad passenger 
    equipment is needed that is tailored to the nation's operating 
    environment in order to provide for the safety of rail operations in 
    the United States and to facilitate sound planning for these 
    operations. In furtherance of this safety objective, FRA is pleased by 
    the American Public Transit Association's (APTA) initiative to continue 
    the development and maintenance of voluntary industry standards for the 
    safety of railroad passenger equipment. These standards will complement 
    FRA's safety standards and, thus, will work together to provide an even 
    higher level of safety for rail passengers, rail employees, and the 
    public as a whole.
    
    II. Statutory Background
    
        In September, 1994, the Secretary of Transportation convened a 
    meeting of representatives from all sectors of the rail industry with 
    the goal of enhancing rail safety. As one of the initiatives arising 
    from this Rail Safety Summit, the Secretary announced that DOT would 
    begin developing safety standards for rail passenger equipment over a 
    five-year period. In November, 1994, Congress adopted the Secretary's 
    schedule for implementing rail passenger equipment regulations and 
    included it in the Federal Railroad Safety Authorization Act of 1994 
    (the Act), Pub. L. No. 103-440, 108 Stat. 4619, 4623-4624 (November 2, 
    1994). Section 215 of the Act, as now codified at 49 U.S.C. 20133, 
    requires:
    
        (a) MINIMUM STANDARDS.--The Secretary of Transportation shall 
    prescribe regulations establishing minimum standards for the safety 
    of cars used by railroad carriers to transport passengers. Before 
    prescribing such regulations, the Secretary shall consider--
        (1) the crashworthiness of the cars;
        (2) interior features (including luggage restraints, seat belts, 
    and exposed surfaces) that may affect passenger safety;
        (3) maintenance and inspection of the cars;
        (4) emergency response procedures and equipment; and
        (5) any operating rules and conditions that directly affect 
    safety not otherwise governed by regulations.
    
    The Secretary may make applicable some or all of the standards 
    established under this subsection to cars existing at the time the 
    regulations are prescribed, as well as to new cars, and the 
    Secretary shall explain in the rulemaking document the basis for 
    making such standards applicable to existing cars.
        (b) INITIAL AND FINAL REGULATIONS.--(1) The Secretary shall 
    prescribe initial regulations under subsection (a) within 3 years 
    after the date of enactment of the Federal Railroad Safety 
    Authorization Act of 1994. The initial regulations may exempt 
    equipment used by tourist, historic, scenic, and excursion railroad 
    carriers to transport passengers.
        (2) The Secretary shall prescribe final regulations under 
    subsection
        (a) within 5 years after such date of enactment.
        (c) PERSONNEL.--The Secretary may establish within the 
    Department of Transportation 2 additional full-time equivalent 
    positions beyond the number permitted under existing law to assist 
    with the drafting, prescribing, and implementation of regulations 
    under this section.
        (d) CONSULTATION.--In prescribing regulations, issuing orders, 
    and making amendments under this section, the Secretary may consult 
    with Amtrak, public authorities operating railroad passenger 
    service, other railroad carriers transporting passengers, 
    organizations of passengers, and organizations of employees. A 
    consultation is not subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 
    U.S.C. App.), but minutes of the consultation shall be placed in the 
    public docket of the regulatory proceeding.
    
        The Secretary of Transportation has delegated these rulemaking 
    responsibilities to the Federal Railroad Administrator. 49 CFR 1.49(m).
    
    III. Passenger Equipment Safety Standards Working Group
    
        Consistent with the intent of Congress that FRA consult with the 
    railroad industry in prescribing these regulations, FRA invited various 
    organizations to participate in a working group to focus on the issues 
    related to railroad passenger equipment safety and assist FRA in 
    developing Federal safety standards. The Passenger Equipment Safety 
    Standards Working Group (or the ``Working Group'') first met on June 7, 
    1995, and has assisted FRA throughout the rulemaking process. Since its 
    initial meeting, the Working Group has evolved so that its membership 
    includes representatives from the following organizations:
    
    American Association of Private Railroad Car Owners, Inc. (AAPRCO)
    American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 
    (AASHTO)
    APTA
    AAR
    Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers (BLE)
    Brotherhood Railway Carmen (BRC)
    FRA
    Federal Transit Administration (FTA) of DOT
    National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak)
    National Association of Railroad Passengers (NARP)
    Railway Progress Institute (RPI)
    Safe Travel America (STA)
    Transportation Workers Union of America (TWU)
    United Transportation Union (UTU), and
    Washington State Department of Transportation (WDOT)
    
        The Working Group is chaired by FRA, and supported by FRA program, 
    legal, and research staff, including technical personnel from the Volpe 
    National Transportation Systems Center (Volpe Center) of the Research 
    and Special Programs Administration of DOT. FRA has included vendor 
    representatives designated by RPI as associate members of the Working 
    Group. FRA has also included the AAPRCO as an associate Working Group 
    member. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) has designated 
    staff members to advise the Working Group.
        In developing proposed safety standards for passenger equipment 
    operating at speeds greater than 125 mph but not exceeding 150 mph, FRA 
    formed a subgroup (the ``Tier II Equipment Subgroup'') of Working Group 
    members representing interests associated with the provision of rail 
    passenger service at such high speeds. The full Working Group 
    recommended the formation of a smaller subgroup to consider Tier II 
    passenger equipment standards, as a number of Working Group members 
    found the operation of high-speed passenger equipment to be outside 
    their immediate interest and expertise. FRA invited representatives 
    from organizations including Amtrak, the BLE, BRC, RPI, and UTU to 
    participate in developing the Tier II standards.
        In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 20133(d), the evolving positions of 
    the Working Group members--as reflected in the minutes of the group's 
    meetings and associated documentation, together with data provided by 
    the members during their deliberations--have been placed in the public 
    docket of this rulemaking.
    
    IV. Proceedings to Date
    
        On June 17, 1996, FRA published an Advance Notice of Proposed 
    Rulemaking (ANPRM) concerning the establishment of comprehensive safety 
    standards for railroad passenger equipment (61 FR 30672). The ANPRM 
    provided background information on the need for such standards, offered 
    preliminary ideas on approaching passenger safety issues, and presented 
    questions on various topics including: system safety programs and 
    plans; passenger equipment crashworthiness;
    
    [[Page 25542]]
    
    inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements; training and 
    qualification requirements for mechanical personnel and train crews; 
    excursion, tourist, and private equipment; commuter equipment and 
    operations; train make-up and operating speed; tiered safety standards; 
    fire safety; and operating practices and procedures.
        FRA's commitment to developing proposed regulations through the 
    Working Group necessarily influenced the role and purpose of the ANPRM. 
    FRA specifically asked that members of the Working Group not respond 
    formally to the ANPRM. The issues and ideas presented in the ANPRM had 
    already been placed before the Working Group, and the Working Group had 
    commented on drafts of the ANPRM. As a result, FRA solicited the 
    submission of written comments that might be of assistance in 
    developing a proposed rule from interested persons not involved in the 
    Working Group's deliberations.
        FRA received 12 comments in response to the ANPRM. These comments 
    were shared with the Working Group and were taken into consideration by 
    the members of the group as they advised FRA during the development of 
    a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM). The Working Group worked 
    intensively, and concluded with a meeting in Philadelphia on September 
    30-October 2, 1996. Working Group members agreed to the preparation of 
    a NPRM reflecting partial consensus on a number of the issues in the 
    rulemaking. However, the industry parties were unable to agree on any 
    option with respect to inspection requirements for power brakes or 
    daily inspection of equipment. Further, one labor organization later 
    advised FRA that it could not participate in a consensus on less than 
    the full range of issues in the rulemaking.
        FRA prepared in draft an NPRM and shared it with the Working Group 
    members on March 19, 1997. The NPRM was then enriched with discussions 
    of issues and options reflecting concerns of Working Group members in 
    response to the draft, and some changes were incorporated into the 
    proposed rule.
        On September 23, 1997, FRA published the NPRM (1997 NPRM) in the 
    Federal Register to add a new part, 49 CFR part 238 (Passenger 
    Equipment Safety Standards), and to amend 49 CFR parts 216 (Special 
    Notice and Emergency Order Procedures: Railroad Track, Locomotive and 
    Equipment), 223 (Safety Glazing Standards--Locomotives, Passenger Cars 
    and Cabooses), 229 (Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards), 231 
    (Railroad Safety Appliance Standards), and 232 (Railroad Power Brakes 
    and Drawbars). 62 FR 49728. The proposed part 238 set forth 
    comprehensive Federal safety standards for the safety of railroad 
    passenger equipment, including equipment design and performance 
    standards for passenger and crew survivability in the event of a 
    passenger train accident, as well as inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance standards for passenger equipment.
        The 1997 NPRM generated written comments from 34 separate parties, 
    and all of these comments may be found in the public docket of the 
    rulemaking. The written comments included a request by the New York 
    Department of Transportation (NYDOT) to extend the comment period for 
    90 days. The NYDOT sought this additional time to more thoroughly 
    review the proposed rule, and secure expert testimony and empirical 
    data on the proposed rule's possible impact on the high-speed intercity 
    rail passenger program in the State of New York. FRA did not grant the 
    request, however, particularly because FRA had planned to convene the 
    Working Group in the interim and needed to assemble the comments on the 
    rule for discussion within the Working Group. FRA asked the NYDOT to 
    submit its comments by the close of the comment period on November 24, 
    1997, and it did so. FRA did explain to the NYDOT that it would 
    consider comments submitted after the formal close of the comment 
    period to the extent possible without incurring additional expense or 
    delay in issuing the final rule, and FRA has done so.
        FRA held a public hearing on the proposed rule in Washington, D.C. 
    on November 21, 1997, at which nine parties submitted oral comments. 
    These parties consisted of: APTA; the BRC; the BLE; Amtrak; Renfe Talgo 
    of America, Inc. (Talgo); WDOT; NARP; the Omniglow Corporation; and The 
    Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE). A copy 
    of the transcript of this hearing is available in the public docket of 
    this rulemaking.
        As noted earlier, FRA convened the Passenger Equipment Safety 
    Standards Working Group following the close of the comment period to 
    consider the comments received in response to the 1997 NPRM and help 
    develop the final rule. This continued the consultative process FRA has 
    used throughout the rulemaking. Notice of the Working Group meetings 
    was available through the FRA Docket Clerk, as stated in the NPRM, see 
    62 FR 49729, and the meetings were open to the public.
        The Working Group met in full in Washington, D.C., on December 15-
    16, 1997. A smaller body of the Working Group met again on January 6, 
    1998, to discuss in particular high-speed passenger equipment safety 
    issues, as well as brake inspection, testing and maintenance issues for 
    long-distance intercity passenger trains. Minutes of these meetings, 
    including copies of the discussion documents circulated at the 
    meetings, are available in the public docket of the rulemaking. See 63 
    FR 28496; May 26, 1998. FRA received one set of written comments on the 
    minutes of the meetings, which FRA had prepared, and these comments are 
    also available in the same docket.
    
    V. Discussion of Specific Comments and Conclusions
    
    A. Application of the Final Rule to Rapid Transit Operations and 
    ``Light Rail''
    
        In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed applying the rule to rapid transit 
    operations in an urban area, unless those operations are not connected 
    with the general system of railroad transportation. In other words, FRA 
    made clear that its rule would apply to rapid transit operations over 
    the general system. The Utah Transit Authority (UTA), in commenting on 
    the NPRM, expressed concern with the inclusion of rapid transit 
    operations, including light rail transit, in the proposed rule. The UTA 
    stated that the rule provided no definition of what is meant by the 
    phrase ``not connected with the general railroad system of 
    transportation.'' As a result, the UTA requested that the final rule 
    provide such a definition. Further, the UTA requested that any such 
    definition take into account rail operations that are time-separated or 
    physically separated (using derails and electric locks), or both, so 
    that under such circumstances rapid transit systems would not be 
    considered connected with the general railroad system of transportation 
    and, therefore, be excluded from the rule.
        In response to the 1997 NPRM, New Jersey Transit (NJT) commented 
    that by permitting FRA to rule on whether a transit agency may operate 
    light rail service over a freight right-of-way, FRA's jurisdiction 
    would be expanded in conflict with FTA's mandate in 49 C.F.R. part 659. 
    NJT explained that the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act 
    of 1991, Public Law 102-240, and 49 C.F.R. part 659 promulgated in its 
    pursuance, required states to designate an agency of the state, other 
    than a transit agency, to oversee and implement requirements concerning 
    all fixed-guideway systems not under FRA's jurisdiction.
    
    [[Page 25543]]
    
        The safety jurisdictions of FRA and FTA are mutually exclusive. 
    FTA's regulatory authority to issue regulations creating a state safety 
    oversight program applies only to ``rail fixed guideway mass 
    transportation systems not subject to regulation by the Federal 
    Railroad Administration.'' 49 U.S.C. 5330(a). Consistent with DOT 
    Secretary of Transportation Rodney Slater's concept of One-DOT and the 
    need to assure seamless application of intermodal transportation 
    policies, FRA and FTA are jointly developing a proposed policy 
    statement outlining the scope of FRA's jurisdiction over ``light rail'' 
    operations that share the use of rights-of-way with conventional 
    railroads. As discussed later in this document, the two agencies will 
    be soliciting input from rail operators and other interested entities 
    during the development of this policy statement.
        FRA's safety jurisdiction is very broad and extends to all types of 
    railroads except for urban rapid transit operations not connected to 
    the general railroad system. The term ``railroad'' is defined by 
    statute as follows:
    
        In this part--
        (1) ``railroad''--
        (A) Means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs 
    on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including--
        (i) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a 
    metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was 
    operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; 
    and
        (ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect 
    metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new 
    technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but
        (B) does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area 
    that are not connected to the general railroad system of 
    transportation.
    
    49 U.S.C. 20102.
        The statutory definition of the term ``railroad'' makes certain 
    elements of FRA's safety jurisdiction quite clear:
         FRA, with one exception, has jurisdiction over all 
    railroads regardless of the type of equipment they use, their 
    connection to the general railroad system of transportation, or their 
    status as a common carrier engaged in interstate commerce. FRA will, 
    for example, assert jurisdiction over high-speed intercity rail service 
    even if completely separated from the general railroad system that now 
    exists and magnetic levitation systems that are not urban rapid 
    transit.
         Commuter and other short-haul railroad passenger 
    operations in a metropolitan or suburban area (except for one type of 
    short-haul operation, i.e., urban rapid transit) are railroads within 
    FRA's jurisdiction whether or not they are connected to the general 
    railroad system. For operations on or over the general system, the 
    commuter/rapid transit distinction has no jurisdictional relevance--all 
    general system operations are within FRA's exercise of jurisdiction. 
    Because the only urban rapid transit operations that FRA intends to 
    cover under this rule are those on the general system, there is no need 
    to expand on the commuter/rapid transit distinction here.
         Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not 
    connected to the general railroad system are not within FRA's 
    jurisdiction. This is the sole exception to FRA's jurisdiction over all 
    railroads. There is no exception for ``light rail,'' a term not found 
    in the statute. Although FRA could assert jurisdiction over a rapid 
    transit operation based on any connection it has to the general 
    railroad system, FRA believes there are certain connections that are 
    too minimal to warrant the exercise of its jurisdiction. For example, a 
    rapid transit system that has a switch for receiving shipments from the 
    general system railroad is not one over which FRA would assert 
    jurisdiction. This assumes that the switch is used only for that 
    purpose. In that case, any entry onto the rapid transit line by the 
    freight railroad would be for a very short distance and solely for the 
    purpose of dropping off or picking up cars. In this situation, the 
    rapid transit line is in the same situation as any shipper or 
    consignee; without this sort of connection, it cannot receive goods by 
    rail. Absent a change in policy, FRA will not attempt to apply this 
    rule to rapid transit systems with these sorts of connections. However, 
    if such a system is properly considered a rail fixed guideway system, 
    FTA's rules (49 CFR 659) will apply to it.
         Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are 
    connected to the general railroad system of transportation are within 
    FRA's jurisdiction. FRA will assert jurisdiction over a rapid transit 
    operation that is conducted on or over the general system. It does not 
    matter that the rapid transit operation occupies the track only at 
    times when the freight, commuter, or intercity passenger railroad that 
    shares the track is not operating. While such time separation could, as 
    explained in the 1997 NPRM, provide the basis for waiver of certain of 
    FRA's rules, it does not mean that FRA will not assert jurisdiction. 
    However, FRA will assert jurisdiction over only the portions of the 
    rapid transit system that are conducted on the general system. For 
    example, a rapid transit line that operates over the general system for 
    a portion of its length but has significant portions of street railway 
    that are not part of the general system would be subject to FRA's rules 
    only with respect to the general system portion. The remaining portions 
    would not be subject to FRA's rules. If the non-general system portions 
    of the rapid transit line are considered a ``rail fixed guideway 
    system'' under 49 CFR part 659, those rules, issued by FTA, would apply 
    to them.
        As discussed above, it is the nature and location of the railroad 
    operation, not the nature of the equipment, that determines whether FRA 
    has jurisdiction under the safety statutes. Light rail operations that 
    operate on the general system are always within that statutory 
    jurisdiction. They are not within the sole statutory exception (urban 
    rapid transit not connected to the general system) so they are 
    railroads under the safety statutes. The greatest risk inherent in the 
    shared use of the trackage is a collision between the light rail 
    equipment and conventional equipment. The light rail vehicles are not 
    designed to withstand such a collision with far heavier equipment. Were 
    such a crash to occur with either or both equipment operating at high 
    speeds, the consequences for passengers in the light rail vehicle(s) 
    would likely be catastrophic.
        In the past, FRA has withheld exercise of its jurisdiction with 
    respect to light rail operations over general system trackage where 
    there was full time separation (freight operations limited to nighttime 
    hours). The recent proliferation of proposals for light rail operations 
    on the general system and the issuance of this final rule establishing 
    the first comprehensive Federal standards for railroad passenger 
    equipment call for changing this approach. Moreover, recent 
    developments have indicated that FRA's current approach assumes a 
    degree of separation that is unlikely to be maintained over time. 
    Proposals for limited overlap, deadhead movement of transit equipment, 
    etc., have demonstrated the complexity of using common trackage for 
    disparate purposes. Accordingly, FRA has asked that new transit starts 
    that propose using the general rail system trackage submit appropriate 
    waiver applications to FRA; such applications should be submitted as 
    early as possible. As previously noted, FTA and FRA are working toward 
    the development of a joint policy statement on the appropriate scope of 
    FRA's jurisdiction over ``light rail'' that shares rights-of-way with 
    conventional railroads. The agencies foresee an approach intended
    
    [[Page 25544]]
    
    to dovetail FRA's safety regulations with the FTA state safety 
    oversight program where that is appropriate and FTA jurisdiction is 
    applicable. The agencies would work together to ensure coordination of 
    decision making. Before general implementation, the policy statement 
    will be discussed with the affected communities of interest and may be 
    published (together with any needed regulatory amendments) for formal 
    comment in the Federal Register. At the same time this joint policy is 
    issued, FRA plans to issue a separate proposed statement of policy 
    that, among other things, will provide guidance on how light rail 
    operators may seek waivers of FRA's rules. In the interim, the policy 
    expressed in this preamble will guide FRA's actions with respect to 
    this rule (subject to an appropriate period of consultation and 
    adjustment with respect to the two time-separated shared use projects 
    currently in operation).
        FRA does, however, recognize that lower speed rail operations that 
    do not operate over highway-rail grade crossings and that totally 
    preclude the sharing of trackage between light rail equipment and 
    conventional equipment provide an operating environment that does not 
    require the structural standards needed for commingled passenger and 
    freight operations. Accordingly, the final rule (in Sec. 238.201) 
    provides that passenger equipment, including locomotives, are not 
    subject to the structural requirements of the rule if they are used 
    exclusively on a rail line (A) with no public highway-rail grade 
    crossings, (B) on which no freight operations occur at any time, (C) on 
    which only passenger equipment of compatible design is utilized, and 
    (D) on which trains operate at speeds no higher than 79 mph. FRA will 
    discuss with the Working Group in Phase II of the rulemaking what 
    structural standards are appropriate for such operations.
    
    B. Static End Sstrength Requirement: Application to Existing Equipment
    
        In Sec. 238.203 of the 1997 NPRM, FRA generally proposed that on or 
    after January 1, 1998, all passenger equipment shall be required to 
    have a minimum static end strength (or ``buff'' or ``compressive'' 
    strength) of 800,000 pounds. As some commenters recognized, FRA 
    intended the date of January 1, 1998, to represent the effective date 
    of the final rule. Yet, in light of the actual publication date of the 
    1997 NPRM, the date of January 1, 1998, appeared anachronistic, and FRA 
    should have modified the NPRM to make its intent more explicit. A 
    number of commenters nonetheless raised concerns with the application 
    of this section-whether the date were January 1, 1998, or later-since 
    FRA proposed to apply the static end strength requirement to existing 
    passenger equipment.
        APTA recommended, in its comments on the rule, that FRA modify the 
    proposal so that the requirement apply on or after the effective date 
    of the final rule to passenger equipment placed in service for the 
    first time. APTA stated that the AEM-7 locomotive and the RTG model 
    turbo train could not meet the requirement as proposed. APTA estimated 
    that the purchase of replacement equipment could take up to four years 
    and would cost more than $500 million.
        Amtrak commented that the proposed requirement to have buff loading 
    apply to the existing rail fleet is not justified based on the 
    industry's experience. Amtrak did agree that, in order to move the 
    industry forward on crash energy management, new equipment must be 
    built to a uniform strength standard. Amtrak stated that it currently 
    operates AEM-7 locomotives that do not meet the proposed requirement. 
    In addition, Amtrak was not sure it had available the appropriate 
    technical information on whether its fleet of Heritage equipment 
    conformed to the proposal. At the public hearing, though, Amtrak did 
    explain that it had no evidence that its fleet of passenger cars did 
    not comply with the proposal. (See transcript of public hearing, pages 
    173-174).
        The Northeast Illinois Regional Commuter Railroad Corporation 
    (Metra), in its comments on the rule, recommended that the static end 
    strength provision apply only to new passenger equipment orders placed 
    on or after January 1, 1998. Metra explained that it was awaiting 
    delivery of cars under construction, that some of the cars may be built 
    after January 1, 1998, and that a change order would cause a series of 
    problems.
        In commenting on the 1997 NPRM, Talgo expressed concern that FRA 
    proposed applying the static end strength requirement to existing 
    passenger equipment in service on or after January 1, 1998. Talgo 
    stated that this proposal would render unusable its two trainsets then 
    in service on lease to the WDOT. Additionally, Talgo explained that it 
    was well underway in manufacturing five new trainsets--two for the 
    WDOT, one for Amtrak, and two others for future sale in the U.S. 
    market--that would likewise be rendered unusable in their current form. 
    Talgo stated that neither it nor any other manufacturer of rail 
    equipment could have anticipated the proposed regulation's immediate 
    application of broad structural design changes. Citing discussions 
    within the Working Group and the comments of other parties, Talgo 
    asserted that other passenger equipment manufacturers and operators 
    likewise assumed that modifications in basic structural standards would 
    be applicable only to equipment purchased after January 1, 1999, or 
    placed in service after January 1, 2001, and that much existing 
    passenger equipment operating in the United States would be unable to 
    comply with the structural requirements scheduled for early 
    implementation. Talgo also stated that FRA did not properly identify 
    the economic impact of its proposal on Talgo equipment. Talgo requested 
    that FRA modify the rule so that the static end strength requirement 
    and other structural requirements apply only to passenger equipment 
    ordered on or after January 1, 1999, or placed in service for the first 
    time on or after January 1, 2001.
        The WDOT commented that FRA's proposal appeared to be directly 
    targeted at the State of Washington and Amtrak's purchase of Talgo 
    trains under manufacture. WDOT stated that imposition of the proposal 
    in the middle of the construction process, without ``grandfathering,'' 
    appeared to reveal an effort to make its Talgo equipment non-compliant. 
    WDOT recommended that the rule be modified so that the static end 
    strength provision only apply to passenger equipment ordered after 
    January 1, 1999. The NARP, in its comments on the proposed rule, shared 
    WDOT's opposition to imposing the static end strength requirement on 
    existing passenger equipment, and it recommended instead applying the 
    requirement under a time-table similar to that proposed generally for 
    structural requirements--i.e., ordered on or after January 1, 1999, or 
    placed in service for the first time on or after January 1, 2001. The 
    NARP believed that the proposal could cancel WDOT's rail passenger 
    program and thereby lead to countless, unnecessary highway deaths 
    involving people that otherwise would have been on a WDOT passenger 
    train.
        In commenting on the 1997 NPRM, the State of Vermont Agency of 
    Transportation (VAOT) explained that it was in the process of 
    implementing new passenger rail service with used rail diesel cars 
    manufactured by Budd. The cars were originally built to meet the AAR 
    buff strength requirement, according to the VAOT, but it could not 
    assure that the vehicles meet the standards today. The VAOT requested 
    that the Budd cars be grandfathered because they were manufactured to 
    AAR standards, built prior to April 1,
    
    [[Page 25545]]
    
    1956, and have a proven service record. The VAOT believed it fair for 
    the rulemaking to grandfather these cars as being compliant at the time 
    ordered by VAOT. Similarly, the NYDOT recommended in its comments on 
    the proposed rule that the structural requirements apply only to new 
    equipment, citing its intent to operate rebuilt turboliner equipment in 
    the Empire Corridor through a cooperative effort with FRA and Amtrak. 
    Further, the North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) 
    expressed concern in its comments on the proposed rule that the 
    rulemaking would require its fleet of rebuilt passenger, food service 
    and specialty cars to undergo additional renovations and retrofitting 
    to comply with the rule. NCDOT commented that its trainsets were 
    designed to meet the passenger equipment safety standards in effect at 
    the time of their order, and that the proposed regulation has the 
    potential to thwart its rail passenger initiative.
        In the final rule, FRA is retaining the 800,000-pound static end 
    strength requirement for most new and existing passenger equipment. 
    However, the final rule does provide that the static end strength 
    standard and other structural standards do not apply to equipment used 
    exclusively on a rail line (A) with no public highway-rail grade 
    crossings, (B) on which no freight operations occur at any time, (C) on 
    which only passenger equipment of compatible design is utilized, and 
    (D) on which trains operate at speeds no higher than 79 mph. See 
    Sec. 238.201. Furthermore, the final rule creates a presumption that 
    passenger equipment in service in the United States as of the effective 
    date of the final rule meets the 800,000-pound static end strength 
    requirement, unless the railroad operating the equipment knows, or FRA 
    can show, that the equipment was not built to this 800,000-pound 
    strength requirement. See Sec. 238.203(b). Under this formulation, for 
    example, Amtrak's fleet of Heritage passenger cars are presumed to 
    comply with the static end strength requirement on the basis of 
    Amtrak's testimony at the public hearing on the NPRM.
        FRA has decided that it is in the best interest of safety to apply 
    the buff strength requirement to existing passenger equipment and 
    effectively regulate the use of passenger equipment not possessing at 
    least 800,000 pounds of buff strength as specified in this rule. As 
    noted, the operating environment in the United States requires railroad 
    passenger equipment to operate commingled with heavy and long freight 
    trains, often over track with frequent grade crossings used by heavy 
    highway equipment. FRA has serious concerns about the operation in such 
    an environment of passenger equipment not possessing a minimum buff 
    strength of 800,000 pounds. As a result, and in response to Talgo's and 
    WDOT's comments on this rule, FRA cannot avoid directly addressing the 
    current operation in the United States of the passenger trainsets 
    manufactured by Talgo unless FRA disregards its duty to provide for the 
    safety of rail passenger transportation. Since FRA has raised the issue 
    of compressive strength on passenger equipment with all affected 
    parties since well before the inception of this rulemaking, it would 
    strain credulity to assert that a requirement for 800,000 pounds of 
    compressive strength could truly be a matter of surprise in a 
    rulemaking on railroad passenger equipment safety.
        Making the 800,000-pound compressive strength requirement 
    applicable to existing passenger equipment creates a bright line that 
    will help bring needed clarity to the growing number of situations 
    where light rail equipment is likely to be used on the general railroad 
    system of transportation. Operation on the general system of this 
    equipment, which is built to standards far lower than the 800,000-pound 
    standard specified in this rule, presents enormous safety risks to the 
    occupants of the equipment, absent imposition of strict conditions 
    designed to virtually eliminate the risk of a light rail/conventional 
    equipment collision. The need to address these risks as a condition of 
    operation will be made perfectly clear by imposition of the buff 
    strength requirement across the board. Light rail operators will have 
    to seek a waiver of the requirement and will have to plan their 
    operations in such a way as to maximize the likelihood of obtaining 
    such a waiver. (A petition for grandfathering approval of the equipment 
    could also be filed in certain cases, as discussed below.)
        In regulating the use of passenger equipment not possessing a 
    minimum buff strength of 800,000 pounds as specified in this final 
    rule, the rule permits non-compliant passenger equipment to be 
    continued in service for a six-month period following publication of 
    the rule in order to permit the filing of a grandfathering petition 
    with FRA; if a petition is filed within this six-month period, 
    operation may continue for up to an additional six months while the 
    petition is being processed. Grandfathering approval of non-compliant 
    equipment is limited to usage of the equipment on a particular rail 
    line or lines. Before grandfathered equipment can be used on another 
    rail line, a railroad must first file and secure approval of a 
    grandfathering petition for such usage. See discussion under 
    Sec. 238.203 for the contents of the petition and the approval process. 
    FRA will approve a petition for ``grandfathering'' if it complies with 
    the requirements of Sec. 238.203 and the proposed usage of the 
    equipment is in the public interest and consistent with railroad 
    safety. Amtrak and WDOT may file petitions for grandfathering approval 
    of their Talgo-manufactured passenger equipment, in accordance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 238.203.
    
    C. United States International Treaty Obligations
    
        The United States is a party to the General Agreement on Tarriffs 
    and Trade (GATT). One of the GATT agreements is the Agreement on 
    Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT), originally concluded in 1979 and 
    approved by the United States Congress in the Trade Agreements Act of 
    1979, Pub. L. No. 96-39 (July 26, 1979). A new TBT Agreement was 
    reached as a result of the 1994 Uruguay Round of GATT multinational 
    trade negotiations, and subsequently approved by the United States 
    Congress in the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, Pub. L. No. 103-465 
    (December 8, 1994). The TBT Agreement seeks to avoid creating 
    unnecessary obstacles to trade, while recognizing the right of 
    signatory countries to establish and maintain technical regulations for 
    the protection of human, animal, and plant life or health. The TBT 
    Agreement has been codified into law at 19 U.S.C. 2531 et seq.
        In commenting on the NPRM, Talgo believed that a number of the 
    proposed structural standards were inconsistent with the TBT Agreement 
    in that domestic industry would be favored by adopting the de facto 
    standards of North American passenger equipment. Talgo stated that many 
    requirements in the proposed rule seem to have been developed 
    exclusively with domestically-manufactured equipment in mind, 
    ``arbitrarily making compliance with the rules by other, non-U.S. 
    manufactured equipment--such as Talgo equipment--extremely difficult.'' 
    Talgo also asserted that domestic industry would be favored under the 
    implementation schedule of the rule by noting FRA's statements in the 
    NPRM that several of the proposed structural requirements chosen for 
    early implementation reflect the current construction practice for 
    North American passenger equipment. Talgo contended that the 
    implementation
    
    [[Page 25546]]
    
    schedule disregards that, solely because imported equipment has been 
    designed differently, it cannot satisfy the requirements at once.
        FRA believes that this final rule is consistent with the United 
    States' obligations under the TBT Agreement, and that Talgo's concerns 
    arise, in part, from a misunderstanding of FRA's use of the term 
    ``North American passenger equipment.'' Article 2.1 of the TBT 
    Agreement, cited by Talgo in its comments, states:
    
        Members shall ensure that in respect of technical regulations, 
    products imported from the territory of any Member shall be accorded 
    treatment no less favorable than that accorded to like products of 
    national origin and to like products originating in any other 
    country.
    
    A ``technical regulation'' refers to mandatory product standards, and 
    FRA agrees with Talgo that the structural standards in this rule fall 
    under this definition. See Annex 1 to the TBT Agreement, ``Terms and 
    Their Definitions for the Purpose of this Agreement, 1.'' However, the 
    impact of this rule on Talgo passenger equipment, specifically its 
    passenger cars, has nothing to do with the fact that the equipment 
    originates in a foreign country, Spain, as opposed to the United 
    States.
        Through this rule, FRA is not favoring rail passenger cars that are 
    domestically manufactured over those of foreign origin since, as far as 
    FRA is aware, there is currently no domestic manufacturer of rail 
    passenger cars in the United States. (The General Electric Company and 
    the General Motors Corporation manufacture locomotives in the United 
    States--not rail passenger cars; and neither entity is being favored by 
    FRA in this rule over foreign manufacturers of locomotives.) Of course, 
    a significant portion of the nation's rail passenger car fleet--the 
    oldest portion--has been manufactured in the United States. Yet, over 
    the years, manufacturers from Japan, Canada, and other countries have 
    exported passenger cars to the United States for service on the 
    nation's railroads. Overall, these imported rail passenger cars have 
    possessed the same minimum structural strength as their domestic 
    forebearers; they have been constructed to standards that are common to 
    North American passenger equipment, i.e., passenger equipment operated 
    in North America. The five Talgo trainsets noted earlier have not been 
    so constructed. FRA's use of the term North American passenger 
    equipment (or United States passenger equipment, for that matter) was 
    not intended to refer to passenger equipment manufactured in North 
    America in distinction to passenger equipment manufactured elsewhere.
        Talgo also commented that, to a significant extent, the proposed 
    requirements were design-based and phrased in a number of places in 
    variables dependent on design rather than performance. In this regard, 
    Talgo believed the proposed rule violates Article 2.8 of the TBT 
    Agreement, which states: ``Wherever appropriate, Members shall specify 
    technical regulations based on product requirements in terms of 
    performance rather than design or descriptive characteristics.'' Talgo 
    asserted that the rule can and should be stated in terms of variables 
    relating to the performance of the equipment rather than its design, 
    and that the rule should accommodate different engineering designs, 
    such as its articulated, lightweight trainsets.
        The principal structural requirement of the final rule, which 
    existing Talgo-manufactured passenger cars do not meet, is in fact a 
    performance-based requirement. As further specified in Sec. 238.203, 
    the rule requires that new and existing passenger cars must possess a 
    minimum static end strength of 800,000 pounds. The rule does not 
    dictate how a passenger car must be constructed to meet this 
    requirement, as long as the car can resist the specified 800,000-pound 
    load. This formulation is consistent with the requirements of 19 U.S.C. 
    2532(3), which states:
    
        Performance Criteria.--Each Federal agency shall, if 
    appropriate, develop standards based on performance criteria such as 
    those relating to the intended use of a product and the level of 
    performance that the product must achieve under defined conditions, 
    rather than on design criteria, such as those relating to physical 
    form of the product or the types of material of which the product is 
    made.
    
    (Of course, the rule does require that the body structure of a 
    passenger car be designed, to the maximum extent possible, to fail by 
    buckling or crushing, or both, of structural members when overloaded in 
    compression rather than by fracture of structural members or failure of 
    structural connections. See Sec. 238.203(c). Yet, in any regard, FRA 
    believes it unsafe to design a passenger car to fail first by fracture 
    of structural members or failure of structural connections, as the 
    ability of the car structure to absorb collision energy is negated.)
        FRA recognizes that the five Talgo trainsets were designed to 
    international standards that require lesser compressive strength. Talgo 
    has pointed out that these trainsets will be configured in the same 
    manner as two leased trainsets formerly operated in the State of 
    Washington. These trains are intended to be pulled by a conventional 
    locomotive and have unoccupied units at the front and rear of the 
    trainsets which are available to absorb initial crash energy. Talgo 
    contends that this configuration provides equivalent protection from 
    loss of occupied volume in a rear-end or head-on collision when 
    compared with conventional cars which would be occupied by passengers 
    or crew. FRA has provided a process for WDOT and others to secure 
    grandfathering approval regarding the compressive strength requirement 
    for passenger equipment placed in use prior to November 8, 1999, as 
    previously noted. However, as explained below, FRA is unable to relax 
    the minimum compressive strength requirement for passenger equipment 
    simply on the basis of train configuration, since to do so would 
    diminish the safety provided for the rail travelling public as a whole.
        FRA believes the minimum static end strength requirement in the 
    final rule is not inconsistent with the TBT Agreement, in that it 
    fulfills FRA's objective of protecting human safety and only restricts 
    the use of equipment not meeting that objective because of the 
    performance of the equipment--not because of the origin of the 
    equipment. In this regard, 19 U.S.C. 2531(b) provides in part:
    
        No standards-related activity of any * * * Federal agency * * * 
    shall be deemed to constitute an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign 
    commerce of the United States if the demonstrable purpose of the 
    standards-related activity is to achieve a legitimate domestic 
    purpose including * * * the protection of legitimate health or 
    safety * * * and if such activity does not operate to exclude 
    imported products which fully meet the objectives of such activity.
    
        Having a passenger car possess a minimum compressive strength of 
    800,000 pounds, along with other features, has evolved as a result of a 
    long history of efforts by railroads and suppliers to learn the hard 
    lessons taught by a difficult operating environment in the United 
    States. Passenger train collisions and derailments may occur in a 
    variety of different scenarios and implicate structural features of 
    passenger equipment in similarly numerous ways. The rule cannot be 
    applied in a general way to both (1) except any consist of passenger 
    cars from the same compressive strength requirements applicable to all 
    other passenger cars solely because the passenger car consist is 
    buffered at each end by an unoccupied car and linked by articulated 
    connections, and (2) provide
    
    [[Page 25547]]
    
    for the safety of the occupants of passenger cars.
        Further, over the past few years, FRA has funded the most extensive 
    and detailed research and analysis ever conducted by a public body in 
    the United States concerning passenger car safety. That effort has 
    included attention to international practice, particularly for high-
    speed equipment. However, given existing data and analysis, FRA is 
    unable to specify an alternate performance standard for passenger car 
    compressive strength that would meet FRA's safety objectives and be 
    equally applicable to passenger cars of any design that might some day 
    be proffered for use in the United States. Nor, so far as FRA is aware, 
    has any government or international body achieved a similar feat. 
    Certainly doing so within the time available to issue standards under 
    the 1994 statutory mandate would not have been possible.
        FRA notes that Talgo further commented that the early 
    implementation dates proposed for certain structural requirements are 
    inconsistent with Article 2.12 of the TBT Agreement in that a 
    sufficient amount of time would not be provided foreign producers to 
    modify their products' design or manufacturing processes to comply with 
    new or significantly revised regulatory requirements. Article 2.12 
    provides:
    
        Except in those urgent circumstances referred to in [Article 2] 
    paragraph 10 [of the TBT Agreement], Members shall allow a 
    reasonable interval between the publication of technical regulations 
    and their entry into force in order to allow time for producers in 
    exporting Members * * * to adapt their products or methods of 
    production to the requirements of the importing Member.
    
    In the final rule, the compressive strength requirement takes effect 
    sooner than any other principal structural requirement, and it applies 
    to both new and existing passenger cars and locomotives. If any 
    provision of the rule were found to be inconsistent with Article 2.12 
    of the TBT Agreement, then, it would most likely be the compressive 
    strength requirement. However, the United States Congress has expressly 
    authorized applying the requirements of the final rule to existing 
    passenger cars, provided only that the basis for doing so is explained 
    in the rulemaking document. See Section 215 of the Federal Railroad 
    Safety Authorization Act of 1994, above, as codified at 49 U.S.C. 20133 
    (``The Secretary may make applicable some or all of the standards 
    established under this subsection [, 49 U.S.C. 20133(a),] to cars 
    existing at the time the regulations are prescribed.''). FRA has made 
    the compressive strength requirement applicable to existing passenger 
    cars as explained in the preamble. However, through the submission of 
    appropriate data and analysis, and approval by FRA as further specified 
    in Sec. 238.203, discussed below, certain passenger cars not possessing 
    the minimum compressive strength of 800,000 pounds may operate on the 
    general railroad system of transportation, and the rule does afford a 
    reasonable time for that information to be gathered.
        In providing the possibility that some equipment now being used 
    which does not meet the buff strength requirement of this rule might 
    continue to be used (``grandfathered''), FRA intends to permit only 
    very safe operations to occur. Petitioners will need to demonstrate--
    through a quantitative risk assessment that incorporates design 
    information, engineering analysis of the equipment's static end 
    strength and of the likely performance of the equipment in derailment 
    and collision scenarios, and risk mitigation measures to avoid the 
    possibility of collisions or to limit the speed at which a collision 
    might occur, or both, that will be employed in connection with the 
    usage of the equipment on a specified rail line or lines--that use of 
    the equipment, as utilized in the service environment for which 
    recognition is sought, is in the public interest and is consistent with 
    railroad safety. In this regard, FRA notes that passenger equipment not 
    possessing the minimum static end strength specified in this rule does 
    not have the same capacity to absorb safely within its body structure 
    the compressive forces that develop in a collision as equipment meeting 
    the standard. The engineering analysis submitted by the petitioner 
    should address how these forces will be dissipated in a manner that 
    does not jeopardize occupant safety in collision scenarios.
    
    D. Non-Conventional Passenger Equipment
    
        As noted above, commenters have requested that FRA specify design-
    neutral or performance-based requirements so that the safety of all 
    passenger equipment may be evaluated on the same basis. In comments in 
    this docket, Talgo has suggested substituted (and reduced) force levels 
    that it believes are appropriate for inclusion in the final rule in 
    lieu of those proposed for truck-to-carbody attachment and anti-
    climbing arrangements, for instance. As explained, FRA has specified 
    the compressive strength requirement as fairly as we are able in 
    consideration of the safety of the rail travelling public. FRA has also 
    done so with respect to the other structural requirements in the rule.
        FRA recognizes that the existing Talgo trainsets presents unique 
    challenges in terms of describing appropriate force levels in several 
    regards. FRA understands that the Talgo trainsets are articulated, low-
    floor trainsets with independently rotating wheels. The car bodies are 
    made from light-weight aluminum extrusions. In contrast, the vast 
    majority of passenger carrying equipment used on the nations's 
    railroads is individually suspended, has automatic couplers, has a 
    higher floor height above the rail, has wheels fixed to an axle, and is 
    constructed with a steel underframe made up from fabricated members. 
    FRA has conducted, and continues to conduct, research which addresses 
    the influence of carbody construction, suspension configuration, and 
    coupling arrangement on the crashworthiness, derailment tendency, and 
    other safety-related aspects of Talgo and other non-conventional 
    equipment.
        Developing safety regulations requires detailed technical knowledge 
    of the system being regulated. At the time this rule is being written, 
    FRA is unable to specify alternative performance-based standards with 
    respect to the structural requirements in this rule that would meet 
    FRA's safety objectives for passenger equipment of any design. Areas of 
    particular technical concern with regard to the Talgo trainsets, which 
    need to be resolved by FRA through an ongoing exchange of information, 
    include the nature of its articulated connection and its potential to 
    allow override in a collision, and the welding of the aluminum 
    extrusions which make up the body shell. The Talgo tilt trainsets have 
    characteristics that are unique, or nearly unique, that may either 
    reduce or increase vulnerability in a derailment or collision. For 
    instance, the articulated design of the trainset may tend to keep the 
    train in line in the case of a derailment where the decelerations are 
    reasonably uniform throughout the length of the train, preventing 
    secondary impacts. On the other hand, the absence of major structural 
    members in the floor of the passenger units could be a serious problem 
    should the train be involved in a collision with freight train cars or 
    lading that has fouled the track on which the passenger train is 
    travelling, as a result of the freight train having derailed. In this 
    regard, the absence of major structural members in the floor of the 
    Talgo passenger units increases their vulnerability to penetration by 
    the
    
    [[Page 25548]]
    
    trainset's trucks, should the trucks separate from the train.
        Historically, the United States industry requirement for a minimum 
    compressive strength has reinforced a pattern of passenger car 
    construction resulting in use of stiff, quite substantial underframes 
    that have served other practical purposes in derailments and 
    collisions, including prevention of car body buckling, prevention of 
    harm to passengers from failure of the floor structure and entry of 
    debris, and resistance to penetration of the car from the side where 
    the primary impact was at the floor level. Both with respect to 
    compressive strength and other structural requirements that the Talgo 
    trainset may not be able to meet, it is important to ensure that 
    alternative means of achieving crashworthiness are just as successful 
    as the standards described in this final rule.
        Creating alternative performance-based standards for a particular 
    type of passenger equipment requires a very early dialogue and 
    technical information exchange. In the summer of 1995, FRA convened the 
    first meeting of equipment manufacturers (including representatives of 
    Canadian, European and Japanese consortia) to discuss passenger safety 
    standards. That meeting led to designation of equipment manufacturer 
    representatives as associate members of the Passenger Equipment Safety 
    Standards Working Group. Although notified along with a number of other 
    manufacturers of passenger equipment, Talgo representatives did not 
    participate in the process. (For its part, the WDOT did not formally 
    indicate to FRA an interest in participating in the rulemaking until 
    after the Working Group had tentatively agreed on the structural 
    standard proposals--FRA received a letter from the WDOT commenting on 
    the ANPRM on September 4, 1996. However, AASHTO had participated from 
    the beginning of the rulemaking.) Talgo did not enter the discussions 
    directly until publication of the NPRM in September of 1997, and was 
    still in the process of providing engineering data through October of 
    1998. Given the timing of this latest submission of data to FRA, 
    approximately ten-months after the close of the public comment period 
    on the NPRM, FRA has not had the opportunity to fully evaluate the 
    information provided by Talgo for purposes of this rule.
        FRA appreciates Talgo's recent undertakings to conform any future 
    trainsets (beyond the five trainsets noted earlier) built for North 
    American service to the 800,000-pound static end strength requirement 
    and any other applicable requirements in this rule. FRA will be pleased 
    to work with Talgo and members of the Working Group in Phase II of the 
    rulemaking to determine whether different performance-based regulations 
    are appropriate. In the interim, FRA has provided a special approval 
    process in Sec. 238.201 for considering whether the new generation of 
    Talgo equipment and any other passenger equipment of special 
    construction provide an equivalent level of safety with the Tier I 
    standards (other than the static end strength requirements) contained 
    in the final rule. See the discussion in the section-by-section 
    analysis of Sec. 238.201 for an explanation of the special approval 
    process.
    
    E. System Safety
    
        FRA believes that passenger railroads should carefully evaluate 
    their operations with a view toward enhancing the safety of those 
    operations. The importance of formal safety planning has been 
    recognized in Emergency Order No. 20 (61 FR 6880; Feb. 22, 1996) and 
    the rule on passenger train emergency preparedness (63 FR 24630; May 4, 
    1998). In furtherance of safety planning, the 1997 NPRM contained a set 
    of system safety requirements to be applied to all intercity passenger 
    and commuter rail equipment. See 62 FR 49760. FRA intended that each 
    individual passenger railroad be required to develop a system safety 
    plan and a system safety program tailored to its specific operation, 
    including train speed. FRA explained, however, that the Working Group 
    did not reach consensus on system safety requirements for Tier I 
    equipment; whereas the Tier II Subgroup did reach full consensus on 
    system safety program requirements for Tier II equipment. Strong 
    support did exist among Working Group members to apply formal system 
    safety planning to Tier I equipment, yet views differed as to whether 
    system safety planning should be required by law.
        In particular, the 1997 NPRM noted that APTA objected to FRA 
    issuing any regulations governing system safety plans because commuter 
    railroads have voluntarily agreed to adopt such safety plans. 62 FR 
    49734. FRA also explained its understanding that APTA's system safety 
    approach will be more comprehensive than what FRA proposed and address 
    each commuter railroad's system more as an integrated whole, not 
    focused principally on rail equipment. See 62 FR 49734. FRA therefore 
    invited comment on APTA's suggestion that commuter railroads be allowed 
    to regulate themselves in this area; whether FRA should mandate the 
    contents of system safety plans; whether the areas FRA proposed to 
    require railroads to address were appropriate; whether additional areas 
    should be added; and to what extent FRA should propose to enforce 
    portions of the system safety plans. FRA further asked whether the rule 
    should require that system safety plans be comprehensive and address 
    the entire railroad system in which the equipment operates, as well as 
    whether the emergency preparedness planning requirements contained in 
    the passenger train emergency preparedness rulemaking be expressly 
    integrated with the system safety planning requirements contained in 
    this part. Id. at 49733-4.
        In commenting on the rulemaking, APTA believed FRA's approach to 
    system safety short-sighted in that it would apply only to the 
    equipment component of the commuter railroad system and therefore 
    ignore track, signal system, other infrastructure, and operating 
    practices components. Further, APTA questioned FRA's general focus in 
    the system safety plan (on fire safety; software safety; inspection, 
    testing and maintenance; training; and new equipment) prior to having a 
    railroad identify its major safety risks through its individual system 
    level analysis. APTA stated that it supports a true system safety 
    approach that allows each railroad to determine its own major safety 
    risks and addresses all the components of the passenger rail system--
    not just the equipment component.
        As an alternative to Federal regulation, APTA proposed a system 
    safety program based on system safety plans--developed using MIL-STD-
    882C as a guide--that would be submitted by its individual member 
    railroad properties and audited by APTA. APTA explained it would invite 
    FRA to observe the audits and the follow-up actions taken by the 
    commuter railroads in response to the audits. APTA requested that FRA 
    hold Federal requirements for commuter railroad system safety plans in 
    abeyance for a 3-year probationary period--corresponding to one 
    complete audit cycle--while FRA observes and evaluates the program.
        Amtrak commented that it supports APTA's position on system safety 
    for both Tier I and Tier II equipment. Amtrak believed it appropriate 
    for FRA to start with a voluntary system safety approach and then, 
    based on actual experience, follow up with specific regulations in the 
    future. Amtrak believed FRA needs to allow the industry the time to 
    establish the
    
    [[Page 25549]]
    
    culture and process that allows system safety to function without 
    creating an unwarranted bureaucratic burden.
        In its comments on the 1997 NPRM, Metra agreed with the value of a 
    system safety plan, but believed that such plans should not be 
    regulated. Metra recommended the rule contain only a top-level system 
    safety plan requirement for railroads to identify the most serious 
    safety risks within their specific operations, and then allow each 
    railroad to create its own programs to reduce those risks. Metra 
    explained that a railroad's system safety plan should project beyond 
    current practice to continuously improve that practice and that Federal 
    enforcement of such a plan would continually find violations because 
    current practice would not reflect the ideals set forth in the plan. 
    Metra believed that FRA regulation would make a system safety plan a 
    useless tool for improving safety, as the plan would be limited to 
    mimicking Federal regulation and describing current practice. In 
    addition, Metra noted that a system safety plan is distinct from a 
    document that describes current practice for routine and regulated 
    activities. Metra proposed that this document, a safety policy, 
    reference all current-practice safety-related procedures and require 
    railroads to adhere to them.
        Bombardier commented that the 1997 NPRM does not provide the 
    latitude for each railroad to tailor or customize its system safety 
    plan to its individual operations and needs. Further, Bombardier 
    believed that the NPRM confuses the requirements for the railroad's 
    system safety plan with those required for equipment acquisition. If 
    FRA insists that the rule contain a requirement for a system safety 
    plan, according to Bombardier, it should be limited to requiring each 
    railroad to develop its own plan based on MIL-STD-882C or APTA's Manual 
    for the Development of a System Safety Plan for Commuter Railroads. 
    Separately, the rule should require a system safety plan specifically 
    addressing equipment procurement.
        The BRC commented that FRA must mandate the contents of system 
    safety plans to ensure that vital topics are included in such plans. 
    Further, the BRC believed FRA must have the power to enforce compliance 
    with system safety plans. Otherwise, the BRC believed the plans 
    themselves would amount to little more than suggested operating 
    practices. The BRC also believed that FRA must review each railroad's 
    system safety plan and approve it only if it complies with Federal 
    regulations. Similarly, the UTU commented that the 1997 NPRM's 
    provisions on system safety plans is the most important section of the 
    rule. The UTU believed FRA should continue to treat it as such and not 
    allow it to be weakened.
        The NTSB commented that it supports FRA mandating the contents of 
    system safety plans for minimal consistency and oversight, rather than 
    allowing the railroads to regulate themselves in this area, so that 
    important safety elements are consistently included in each safety 
    plan. The NTSB believed that the system safety plans should be 
    comprehensive and address the entire railroad system in which the 
    passenger equipment operates. The NTSB observed that if the industry 
    does not have a comprehensive system safety plan, it may not be able to 
    identify, track, monitor, or rectify situations that can lead to unsafe 
    conditions. Further, the NTSB remarked that system safety should be a 
    continuous, iterative process that has a built-in feedback mechanism 
    and should be used throughout the program's life cycle to arrive at the 
    best plan possible.
        The NTSB noted that it has made safety recommendations urging FRA 
    to include specific safety requirements in a system safety plan. It 
    urged FRA to incorporate the following recommendations into FRA's 
    general requirements for system safety plans:
    
        Require carriers to train employees in emergency procedures to 
    be used after an accident, to establish priorities for emergency 
    action, and to conduct accident simulation to test the effectiveness 
    of the program, inviting civic emergency personnel participation. 
    (R-76-29)
        Develop and validate through simulated disaster exercises a 
    model emergency response plan for the guidance of the railroad 
    industry in formulating individual plans to be utilized by their 
    train crewmembers in the event of an emergency. (R-80-6)
    
    In this regard, FRA did issue final regulations governing the 
    preparation, adoption, and implementation of emergency preparedness 
    plans by railroads connected with the operation of passenger trains, in 
    the passenger train emergency preparedness rulemaking. See 63 FR 24630, 
    May 4, 1998. That rule specifically requires emergency preparedness 
    plans to address such subjects as communication, employee training and 
    qualification, joint operations, tunnel safety, liaison with emergency 
    responders, on-board emergency equipment, and passenger safety 
    information. The plan adopted by each affected railroad is also subject 
    to formal review and approval by FRA.
        FRA believes the approach taken in the emergency preparedness 
    rulemaking in requiring railroads to adopt a safety plan addressing 
    specific topics is more appropriate than imposing a general requirement 
    for railroads to adopt a comprehensive system safety plan. FRA believes 
    this is consistent with the view of the commenters to mandate the 
    contents of safety program plans for minimal consistency and oversight, 
    so that important safety elements are included in each safety plan. At 
    the same time, focusing the safety planning requirements and 
    streamlining the rule will facilitate the regulated community's 
    understanding of the rule's requirements and thereby aid in its 
    compliance. As further specified, the final rule will require that each 
    railroad adopt safety program plans addressing:
         Fire safety;
         Employee training and qualifications;
         Equipment inspection, testing, and maintenance;
         Pre-revenue service acceptance testing of equipment; and
         Train hardware and software safety.
    
    In addition, more particular safety planning requirements are imposed 
    on Tier II passenger equipment, as discussed below, reflecting both the 
    greater risks to safety from operating the equipment at such high 
    speeds and the importance of advanced planning in order to meet new 
    safety challenges.
        As FRA recognized in the 1997 NPRM, FRA's proposed approach to 
    system safety focused principally on rail passenger equipment. This was 
    not a pure system safety approach, inasmuch as FRA did not focus on 
    safety planning for others elements of the railroad infrastructure such 
    as the track and signal system, or for a host of items including 
    platform safety, security and trespasser prevention.
        FRA will closely monitor Tier I railroad operations in their 
    development and adherence to voluntary, comprehensive system safety 
    plans. FRA has already established a liaison relationship with APTA and 
    has already begun participating in system safety plan audits on 
    commuter railroads. FRA is using this involvement to enrich FRA's 
    Safety Assurance and Compliance Program (SACP) efforts on these 
    railroads--which, unlike the triennial audit process for system safety 
    plans, is a continuous activity with frequent on-property involvement 
    by FRA safety professionals. FRA will reconsider its decision not to 
    impose a general requirement for system safety plans on Tier I railroad 
    operations if the need to do so arises. FRA expects that
    
    [[Page 25550]]
    
    Tier I railroad operations will be able to integrate the specific 
    safety planning requirements contained in this final rule into their 
    own system safety plans, in the same way the railroads will incorporate 
    into their plans the emergency planning requirements contained in 49 
    CFR part 239.
        FRA is retaining more extensive safety planning requirements for 
    Tier II railroad operations. These requirements are directed at 
    ensuring the safety of the equipment in its operating environment and 
    that the introduction of novel technology is thoroughly analyzed prior 
    to procurement of the equipment. Tier II railroad operations will be 
    operations with new characteristics that require special attention and 
    have heightened safety risks due to the speed of the equipment. In 
    particular, each railroad must a have safety program plan for the 
    operation of its Tier II passenger equipment prior to placing the 
    equipment into revenue service. In addition, each railroad must have a 
    safety program plan for each procurement of Tier II passenger equipment 
    or major upgrade or introduction of new technology in Tier II passenger 
    equipment. The railroad must also receive FRA approval of a pre-revenue 
    service acceptance testing plan, as well as FRA approval prior to 
    placing such new or modified equipment into revenue service.
        In general, however, the final rule does not require that FRA 
    approve a railroad's safety plans required under the rule. As noted, 
    FRA believes it best to focus its resources on Tier II passenger 
    equipment operations due to their special circumstances. Further, FRA 
    approval may not be necessary when, by operation of the rule, each 
    railroad must independently comply with specific safety planning 
    requirements or face sanction from FRA. Under 49 CFR Sec. 238.11 of the 
    final rule, any person who violates any requirement of this part or 
    causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil 
    penalty.
    
    F. Side Exit Doors on Passenger Cars
    
        In the 1997 NPRM, FRA generally proposed that new passenger cars 
    have a minimum of four exterior side doors--or the functional 
    equivalent of four such doors--each door permitting at least one 95th-
    percentile male to pass through at a single time. See 62 FR 49807 
    (Sec. 238.237), and 62 FR 49820 (Sec. 238.441). Exterior side doors are 
    the primary means of egress from a passenger train, yet there is no 
    Federal requirement that a passenger car be equipped with such doors. 
    FRA does recognize that in an emergency passengers would generally be 
    able to move through a passenger car's end doors to seek refuge in 
    adjacent cars. In fact, it is safer for passengers to remain on a train 
    unless doing so in itself risks their safety, because of hazards along 
    the railroad right-of-way such as electrified rails and other trains. 
    However, the tragic September 22, 1993 Amtrak train derailment near 
    Mobile, Alabama, and the February 16, 1996 collision involving MARC and 
    Amtrak passenger trains near Silver Spring, Maryland, show that in a 
    life-threatening situation passengers have no alternative but to exit 
    the train. All of the 42 passenger fatalities in the Mobile, Alabama 
    train derailment resulted from asphyxia due to drowning (NTSB Railroad-
    Marine Accident Report 94/01), and the deaths of at least eight of the 
    eleven persons killed in the Silver Spring, Maryland train collision 
    resulted from the fire that ensued (NTSB Railroad Accident Report (RAR) 
    97/02). FRA is not suggesting that the cars involved in those accidents 
    lacked a sufficient number of emergency exits; nevertheless, these are 
    examples of instances where passengers have died because they could not 
    leave the train. (However, the NTSB did note in its investigation 
    report of the Silver Spring, Maryland train collision that ``[e]xcept 
    for those passengers who died of blunt trauma injuries, others may have 
    survived the accident, albeit with thermal injuries, had proper and 
    immediate egress from the car been available.'' Id. at page 63. The 
    NTSB explained in its explicit findings on the collision that ``the 
    emergency egress of passengers was impeded because the passenger cars 
    lacked readily accessible and identifiable quick-release mechanisms for 
    the exterior doors, removable windows or kick panels in the side doors, 
    and adequate emergency instruction signage.'' Id. at 73.)
        So that each passenger car has sufficient doorway openings to allow 
    passengers and crewmembers to exit quickly in a life-threatening 
    situation, FRA proposed requiring that passenger cars be equipped with 
    side doors. Exiting a passenger train through a functioning emergency 
    window exit is slower than exiting a train through a functioning door, 
    and presents a risk of non-fatal injury. FRA made clear in the 1997 
    NPRM that the proposed side door requirement was not a recommendation 
    of the Working Group, although FRA believed such a requirement 
    necessary at least as an interim measure. See 62 FR 49770. FRA also 
    recognized that existing designs of passenger cars do not always 
    provide for four side doors, and, in fact, the proposed requirement did 
    not specifically require that passenger cars have four side doors. For 
    instance, the requirement would have been met if a passenger car had 
    two double-wide doors that permit two 95th-percentile males to pass 
    through each such door at the same time--the functional equivalent of 
    four side doors having openings of the same size in the aggregate. FRA 
    invited comments concerning the extent to which existing designs of 
    passenger cars could not comply with the proposed requirement, noting 
    that modifications to the proposal may be necessary based on the 
    information supplied. Further, as a long-term approach, FRA explained 
    that it is investigating an emergency evacuation performance 
    requirement similar to that used in commercial aviation where a 
    sufficient number of emergency exits must be provided to evacuate the 
    maximum passenger load in a specified time for various types of 
    emergency situations.
        In its comments on the 1997 NPRM, APTA stated that the proposed 
    requirement would eliminate certain types of cars as well as certain 
    desirable car design safety features. Specifically, Amtrak would not be 
    able to procure Viewliner cars and NJT would not be able to increase 
    the number of Comet IV cab cars with extra structural protection for 
    train operators, according to APTA. APTA recommended that the rule text 
    be modified to include passenger car end doors in the calculation of 
    the required number of door exits. APTA believed this would encourage 
    structural changes that involve the elimination of a side door to 
    provide additional protection to train operators and allow Amtrak to 
    continue its Viewliner cars in service.
        Amtrak, in commenting on the proposal, expressed particular concern 
    that the proposed requirement would prevent the future construction of 
    its Bi-Level Superliner equipment in a configuration that maximizes the 
    equipment's economic performance. Amtrak noted that its current policy 
    calls for equipping every window in such equipment with at least one 
    emergency pane, and that the proposed requirement would not take that 
    into consideration. Amtrak supported APTA's recommended modification to 
    the rule text.
        The NARP also questioned the proposed side exterior door 
    requirement for passenger cars. The NARP noted that the most common way 
    to exit a car in an emergency is through the car's end doors, and it 
    suggested that emergency window exits are probably more reliable than 
    additional doors, believing the
    
    [[Page 25551]]
    
    doors are more likely to be rendered inoperable. The NARP stated that 
    research should focus on the relationship between a car's seating 
    capacity and layout and its emergency-exit capacity. The NARP opposed 
    requiring four doors on a 44-foot Talgo car, and saw little benefit 
    from adding additional doors to a Superliner dining car without a 
    costly stairwell installation. The NARP asserted that a requirement for 
    four side doors may be economically fatal for a single-level dining 
    car, and advised instead that one side door may be provided in the 
    hallway opposite the kitchen and a second side door placed in the 
    kitchen.
        In commenting on the proposal, WDOT believed it not appropriate to 
    require four side doors on a 44-foot Talgo passenger car, which is 
    approximately half the length of conventional passenger cars. WDOT 
    stated that a Talgo passenger car has two exterior doors for a maximum 
    of 36 people in each car, while an Amtrak Horizon coach has four 
    exterior doors and seats 72 passengers. WDOT maintained that the rule 
    should reflect these differences or provide clear, concise performance-
    based standards in the alternative. In this regard, WDOT found the term 
    ``functional equivalent'' as used in the rule to be vague and in need 
    of better definition. Further, WDOT commented that, traditionally, 
    dining and bistro cars have not had exterior side doors; and requiring 
    such doors in these cars would significantly decrease the amount of 
    available dining space, decrease revenue-generating space, and add 
    substantial costs. WDOT recommended FRA remove dining and bistro cars 
    from any exterior side door requirement as it would decrease the amount 
    of available dining space and thereby reduce passenger convenience, 
    comfort and satisfaction. Talgo similarly commented that the proposed 
    requirement should be modified to state that the functional equivalent 
    of four side doors in a car of conventional length is two side doors in 
    a car of half the length, and that dining and bistro cars be exempted 
    from any requirement.
        In response to the proposal in the NPRM, Bombardier recommended 
    that the wording of the rule be changed to require that each passenger 
    car have a minimum of two side doors. Bombardier noted that on Amtrak's 
    high-speed trainsets (HST), the passenger cars that will be positioned 
    next to the power cars are equipped with only two exterior side doors, 
    both of which are located on the end nearest to the power car. In the 
    event of an evacuation, Bombardier explained that passengers could exit 
    through those side doors as well as through the door at the opposite 
    end of the car. Bombardier believed the use of such end doors should be 
    considered in determining the time needed to evacuate a passenger car, 
    and it noted in this regard that intercity passenger cars generally 
    carry fewer passengers than commuter cars.
        Based on the comments received, FRA has decided to modify the 
    requirement for exterior side doors on Tier I passenger cars ordered on 
    or after September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time on 
    or after September 9, 2002, and for any Tier II passenger car placed in 
    service. The final rule requires that each such passenger car have a 
    minimum of two exterior side doors, and each door must have a minimum 
    clear opening of 30 inches horizontally by 74 inches vertically. Since 
    the minimum number of required side doors has been reduced from that 
    proposed in the NPRM, this provision should not hinder railroads from 
    removing the locomotive engineer's exterior side door in cab car and MU 
    locomotive control compartments for purposes of adding to the 
    structural integrity of the equipment. As the BLE raised in its 
    comments on the rule, removing this side door allows for a continuous 
    side sill structure along the control compartment, thereby enhancing 
    the compartment's structural integrity and reducing the risk the 
    compartment will be crushed in a corner or side impact. A dining car or 
    other food service car is subject to the side door requirement as a 
    passenger car under this rule, since FRA believes that all passenger 
    cars must have exterior side doorway openings to allow for passenger 
    and crew escape in a life-threatening situation, and also permit 
    emergency rescue access.
        Unlike the proposed rule, FRA has specified the dimensions of the 
    doorway opening in inches rather than retain the language referencing a 
    95th-percentile adult male. This modification clarifies the rule for 
    the regulated community in that what constituted a 95th-percentile 
    adult male was originally not defined. FRA believes that a doorway with 
    a minimum clear opening of 30 inches horizontally by 74 inches 
    vertically will provide passage for a large, fully-clothed person and 
    accommodate emergency response personnel equipped with fire and rescue 
    gear. For instance, see the discussion below of Sec. 238.113 (Emergency 
    window exits) for detail on the sizes of adult backboards used by 
    emergency responders to evacuate injured persons. FRA has specified the 
    vertical dimension of 74 inches based on the height of the 95th-
    percentile adult male (72.8 inches) stated in Table 2 of Public Health 
    Service Publication No. 1000, Series 11, No. 8, ``Weight, Height, and 
    Selected Body Dimensions of Adults,'' June 1965. (A copy of this 
    document has been placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.) The 
    stated height of 72.8 inches was recorded for adult males not wearing 
    shoes, and FRA has adjusted for this. FRA did not find this Public 
    Health Service Publication that useful for purposes of specifying a 
    horizontal dimension of the doorway as the stated body dimensions were, 
    in effect, recorded without clothing (see page 5)--and of course did 
    not address the size of equipment carried by emergency response 
    personnel. FRA notes that the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 
    Accessibility Specifications for Transportation Vehicles also contain 
    requirements for doorway width clearance (See 49 CFR part 38). These 
    ADA requirements apply by their own force independent of the 
    requirements of this rule.
        Further, unlike the proposed rule, the final rule no longer 
    provides that a passenger car may have the functional equivalent of the 
    specified number of side doors. Each passenger car must have at least 
    two separate, exterior side doorway openings. This will increase the 
    likelihood that at least one of a passenger car's side doorway openings 
    will allow passage in the event a train collision or derailment results 
    in either, or both, structural damage to--or blockage of--the door. In 
    this regard, railroads should consider where the passenger car side 
    doors are located so as to facilitate passenger and crew escape in a 
    life-threatening situation.
        FRA reemphasizes that this requirement is only an interim measure 
    that will prevent passenger cars from being introduced into service 
    without side exterior doors. In Phase II of the rulemaking, FRA will 
    focus on formulating a systems approach to emergency egress that 
    provides for a sufficient number of emergency exits to evacuate the 
    maximum passenger car load in a specified time for various types of 
    emergency situations. FRA will evaluate with the Working Group whether 
    APTA's recommended approach to emergency egress under development in 
    APTA's PRESS Task Force should be incorporated into the Phase II 
    rulemaking.
    
    G. Fuel Tank Standards
    
        Locomotive diesel fuel tanks are vulnerable to damage from 
    collisions, derailments, and debris on the roadbed due to their 
    location on the underframe and between the trucks of locomotives. 
    Damage to the tank frequently results in spilled fuel, creating the 
    safety problem
    
    [[Page 25552]]
    
    of an increased risk of fire and the environmental problem of cleanup 
    and restoration of the spill site. Although 49 CFR 229.71 does require 
    a minimum clearance of 2.5 inches between the top of the rail and the 
    lowest point on a part or appliance of a locomotive, such as a fuel 
    tank, FRA regulations do not address the safety of fuel tanks in 
    particular.
        In 1992, the NTSB issued a report identifying concerns regarding 
    safety problems caused by diesel fuel spills from ruptured or punctured 
    locomotive fuel tanks. Entitled ``Locomotive Fuel Tank Integrity Safety 
    Study,'' the NTSB report cited in particular a collision involving an 
    Amtrak train and an MBTA commuter train on December 12, 1990, as both 
    trains were entering a station in Boston, Massachusetts. (NTSB Safety 
    Study-92/04.) Fuel spilled from a tank which had separated from an 
    Amtrak locomotive during the collision. The fuel ignited. Smoke and 
    fumes from the burning diesel fuel filled the tunnel, increasing the 
    hazard level in the post-crash phase of the accident, and hindering 
    emergency response activity. As a result of the safety study, the NTSB 
    made several safety recommendations to FRA, including in particular 
    that FRA:
    
        Conduct, in conjunction with the Association of American 
    Railroads, General Electric, and the Electro-Motive Division of 
    General Motors, research to determine if the locomotive fuel tank 
    can be improved to withstand forces encountered in the more severe 
    locomotive derailment accidents or if fuel containment can be 
    improved to reduce the rate of fuel leakage and fuel ignition. 
    Consideration should be given to crash or simulated testing and 
    evaluation of recent and proposed design modifications to the 
    locomotive fuel tank, including increasing the structural strength 
    of end and side wall plates, raising the tank higher above the rail, 
    and using internal tank bladders and foam inserts. (Class II, 
    Priority Action) (R-92-10)
        Establish, if warranted, minimum performance standards for 
    locomotive fuel tanks based on the research called for in 
    recommendation R-92-10. (Class III, Longer Term Action) (R-92-11)
    
    The NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation R-92-10 in a letter to FRA 
    dated August 28, 1997, conveying the NTSB's final safety 
    recommendations arising from the February 16, 1996, collision between a 
    MARC commuter train and an Amtrak passenger train. During the 
    collision, the fuel tank on the lead Amtrak locomotive ruptured 
    catastrophically. The fuel sprayed into the exposed interior of the 
    MARC cab control car and ignited, engulfing the car. (Letter at 12.)
        As explained in FRA's report to Congress on locomotive 
    crashworthiness and working conditions, FRA believes that fuel tank 
    design has a direct impact on safety. Minimum performance standards for 
    locomotive fuel tanks should be included in Federal safety regulations. 
    Accordingly, FRA proposed in the 1997 NPRM that AAR Recommended 
    Practice No. 506 (RP-506), Performance Requirements for Diesel-Electric 
    Locomotive Fuel Tanks, be incorporated into the rule as the external 
    fuel tank requirements for Tier I passenger locomotives. FRA believes 
    that RP-506 represents a good, interim safety standard for Tier I 
    passenger locomotives. In the final rule, FRA has restated the 
    requirements of RP-506 as Appendix D to part 238, as explained below, 
    and has thereby incorporated it into the final rule.
        FRA does note that further study may yield additional safety 
    improvements for locomotive fuel tank design, and in September of 1997 
    FRA convened a Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group of the Railroad 
    Safety Advisory Committee (RSAC) to develop standards regarding a broad 
    range of crashworthiness issues for both passenger and freight 
    locomotives, including fuel tanks. Freight locomotive fuel tanks can 
    cause a risk to passengers in the event of a train-to-train collision 
    involving a passenger and a freight train. Therefore, in addition to 
    the economy that can be achieved from standard fuel tank design 
    requirements for the entire industry, industry-wide design requirements 
    benefit both public and employee safety. Based on currently available 
    information through the Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group, it 
    appears that locomotives built with AAR RP-506-compliant fuel tanks are 
    performing well in derailments and highway-rail crossing collisions.
        In its comments on the proposed rule, the NTSB agreed that external 
    fuel tanks on Tier I locomotives should incorporate at a minimum, and 
    on an interim basis, RP-506. Yet, the NTSB believed that more demanding 
    safety standards for passenger locomotives be included in the permanent 
    Tier I fuel tank regulations, specifically: higher ground clearance, 
    compartmentalization, and a bottom skid plate. The NTSB noted that the 
    advantages of higher fuel tank ground clearance were shown in Amtrak 
    derailments in Kingman, Arizona, and Garden City, Georgia. According to 
    the NTSB, investigation of both accidents revealed that essentially no 
    fuel loss occurred in the involved locomotive units (GE Models P40 and 
    P42), despite a substantial accumulation of debris beneath the fuel 
    tanks that may have otherwise damaged current, conventional frame-
    suspended fuel tanks. The NTSB attributed the maintenance of fuel tank 
    integrity to higher than typical fuel tank ground clearance, not found 
    in conventionally designed, frame-suspended fuel tanks. Accordingly, 
    the NTSB specifically recommended that fuel tank regulations should 
    require higher ground clearance for both Tier I and Tier II operations. 
    In light of the strong potential safety benefits associated with higher 
    locomotive fuel tank ground clearance, FRA will carefully consider with 
    the Working Group how best to implement the NTSB's recommendation in 
    Phase II of this rulemaking.
        In addition, FRA invited comments whether the proposed rule should 
    require that locomotive fuel tanks be compartmentalized. The Working 
    Group specifically discussed requiring whether the interior of fuel 
    tanks be divided into a minimum of four separate compartments so that a 
    penetration in the exterior skin of any one compartment results in loss 
    of fuel only from that compartment. The Working Group recommended that 
    such a requirement be addressed in the second phase of the rulemaking, 
    to allow for additional research to remedy fuel feeding disruptions 
    that may result from the compartmentalization of fuel tanks. Commenters 
    were therefore requested to provide the results of specific research 
    and operating experience showing how compartmentalization can be 
    practically accomplished. Commenters were also asked to explain why the 
    issue of compartmentalization should or should not be addressed in the 
    final rule of this first phase of the rulemaking.
        The NTSB commented that it supported continued research for fuel 
    tank compartmentalization to remedy fuel loss during derailments. It 
    stated that compartmentalization is required in aviation applications, 
    where fuel tanks within the airframe contour must be able to resist 
    rupture and retain fuel under inertial forces prescribed for emergency 
    landing conditions (citing 14 CFR 25.963). Therefore, research should 
    be conducted to determine if similar successes can be attained in 
    railroad application, according to the NTSB. The BLE also commented 
    that it supports requirements for compartmentalized fuel tanks on all 
    passenger locomotives. Noting that diesel fires create devastating 
    results in passenger train accidents, the BLE believed every effort 
    should be made to avoid them, including using the most advanced 
    technology possible. Further, APTA commented that it believes fuel tank 
    compartmentalization has the potential to reduce the amount of fuel
    
    [[Page 25553]]
    
    spilled in a railroad accident; recommended that FRA consider requiring 
    compartmentalized fuel tanks on new locomotives if the technical 
    difficulties resulting in interruptions in fuel flow are resolved; and 
    suggested that FRA make a priority to resolve these technical 
    difficulties. In accordance with these comments, FRA will carefully 
    consider with the Working Group in Phase II of the rulemaking a 
    requirement to compartmentalize fuel tanks on new locomotives, drawing 
    upon research conducted and experience gained in the interim through 
    the Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group and the APTA PRESS Task 
    Force.
    
    H. Train Interior Safety
    
        Based on previous research results, the interior passenger 
    protection requirements for Tier I and II passenger equipment rely on 
    ``compartmentalization'' as a passenger protection strategy. Such a 
    strategy has the advantages of being passive, i.e., requiring no action 
    to be taken on the part of the occupants, of being effective for a 
    range of occupant sizes, and potentially being effective in a wide 
    range of interior configurations. Research results indicate that during 
    a collision the interior environment of a passenger coach car is 
    substantially less hostile than the interiors of automobiles and 
    aircraft. Owing to this lower hostility in a collision environment, the 
    interior of a typical passenger coach car can provide a level of 
    protection to passengers without active restraints at least as 
    effective in preventing fatality as that protection afforded to 
    automobile and transport aircraft passengers with active restraints. 
    See the discussion on train interior safety in the NPRM for more 
    detail. 62 FR 49745-49749.
        Conclusions from the research previously conducted on passenger 
    protection in train collisions show that lap belts and shoulder 
    restraints, if used, provide the highest level of occupant protection 
    of those protection strategies studied--greater than the level of 
    protection afforded by compartmentalization. However, as noted in the 
    NPRM, FRA believes that more research is necessary to determine the 
    feasibility and effectiveness of these active restraints, as well as 
    the impact on seat design and strength necessary to support the loads 
    associated with use of the restraints. In this regard, FRA requested 
    information and comment from interested parties whether there is any 
    existing research or experience which would justify active seat 
    restraints in this phase of the rulemaking. See 62 FR 49745.
        In comments on the NPRM, Simula Technologies, Inc., (Simula) stated 
    that there may be a potential for a higher level of occupant protection 
    offered by passive or active restraints than by compartmentalization. 
    Simula noted that cost effectiveness considerations differ when 
    considering the application of occupant protection strategies to a 
    train crew as compared to passengers. For instance, it believed that 
    the relatively high expense of passive restraints may be justified for 
    one or two crewmembers in a particularly severe environment--for 
    instance, a locomotive cab. Simula agreed with FRA that more research 
    is needed to determine the most cost effective means of providing 
    occupant safety improvements.
        APTA, in its comments on the NPRM, believed that FRA has taken the 
    correct approach in not mandating active seat restraints in this stage 
    of the rulemaking. APTA found accurate the description of the physics 
    of passenger motion during a collision which was contained in the 
    preamble of the NPRM. APTA noted that active seat restraints provide 
    the most benefit in high passenger deceleration situations, such as in 
    automobile collisions; whereas, in the case of the low decelerations of 
    passenger train collisions, other types of protection measures such as 
    compartmentalization to minimize the distance a passenger travels 
    before striking an interior surface and padding of interior surfaces 
    can be as effective as active seat restraints in protecting passengers 
    from secondary collisions.
        In its comments on the NPRM, the BRC stated that, ideally, 
    passenger equipment should have seat belts or other restraints to keep 
    occupants from striking seats from behind or striking other interior 
    surfaces and occupants. The BRC believed this to be a true cause of 
    serious injury and death during rapid decelerations in collisions and 
    derailments. The BRC further commented that a seat must be strong 
    enough to hold an occupant utilizing such restraints and yet resist the 
    force(s) of other unrestrained occupants striking the seat. In 
    addition, a member of the public commented that Amtrak should provide 
    its passengers with lap belts and shoulder harnesses, noting that they 
    can reduce injuries to all occupants when used.
        FRA has continued to pursue research into implementing seat belts 
    and shoulder restraints in intercity and commuter passenger equipment. 
    The purpose of this research is to develop the information required by 
    FRA to determine if occupant restraints should be required in future 
    regulations. This research is being conducted in three steps: 
    preliminary design studies; design development; and engineering 
    modeling, construction, and testing. The first step of the research has 
    been completed. Principal conclusions from the research to date are 
    that an existing inter-city passenger coach seat can be modified to 
    accept lap and shoulder belts. In particular, for Amtrak's traditional 
    seat design, appropriate modification of the connections between the 
    seat and floor, and between the seat pan and seat back, allow it to 
    support the loads associated with two restrained 95th-percentile adult 
    males occupying the seats as well as the loads associated with being 
    struck from behind by two 95th-percentile adult males. Such seats can 
    be designed to compartmentalize safely an unrestrained single 5th-
    percentile adult female striking the seat from behind.
        Existing three-position commuter seat designs cannot be modified to 
    accept lap and shoulder belts. The additional loads associated with the 
    third restrained and the third unrestrained occupant cause multiple 
    structural failures for existing three-position commuter seat designs--
    these designs simply fold up under the load. In order to meet weight 
    requirements, advanced structural materials and fabrication techniques 
    are likely to be required to develop a three-position commuter seat 
    design which can support the loads associated with three restrained 
    95th-percentile adult males in the seats and the loads associated with 
    being struck from behind the seats by three 95th-percentile adult 
    males.
        For the intercity passenger coach seat, FRA currently plans to 
    complete work on the details of the necessary modifications to Amtrak's 
    traditional seat design, modify accordingly four to six pairs of seats 
    for testing, and then dynamically sled test these seats. For the 
    commuter seat, a study is planned to develop an engineering model 
    design of a three-position commuter car passenger seat which 
    incorporates lap and shoulder belts. Composite structures and advanced 
    manufacturing techniques will be considered in this study. Principal 
    design considerations include the need to address secondary collision 
    loads, as well as manufacturing and maintenance costs, weight, and 
    durability.
        In the second phase of the rulemaking, FRA and the Working Group 
    will reevaluate the feasibility and effectiveness of requiring active 
    restraints such as lap belts and shoulder harnesses in passenger 
    equipment, based on the results of the ongoing research.
    
    [[Page 25554]]
    
    I. Fire Safety
    
        In 1984, FRA published guidelines recommending test methods and 
    performance criteria for the flammability, smoke emission, and fire 
    endurance characteristics for categories and functions of materials to 
    be used in the construction of new or rebuilt rail passenger equipment. 
    See 49 FR 33076, Aug. 20, 1984; 49 FR 44582, Nov. 7, 1984. The 
    guidelines were originally developed by the Volpe Center for the Urban 
    Mass Transit Administration (UMTA now FTA) of DOT in the late 1970s, 
    and were intended for application to rail transit vehicles. See 47 FR 
    53559, Nov. 26, 1982; 49 FR 32482, Aug. 14, 1984. FRA recommended 
    applying the guidelines to intercity and commuter rail cars, due to the 
    similarity of use for many of the materials in these cars.
        The intent of the guidelines is to prevent fire ignition and to 
    maximize the time available for passenger evacuation if fire does 
    occur. FRA later reissued the guidelines in 1989 to update the 
    recommended test methods. See 54 FR 1837, Jan. 17, 1989. Test methods 
    cited in the FRA guidelines include those of the American Society for 
    Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the Federal Aviation Administration 
    (FAA). In particular, the ASTM and FAA testing methods provide a useful 
    screening device to identify materials that are especially hazardous.
        FRA sought comments in the ANPRM on the need for more thorough 
    guidelines or Federal regulations concerning fire safety. See 61 FR 
    30696. FRA noted that fire resistance, detection, and suppression 
    technologies have all advanced since the guidelines were first 
    published. In addition, FRA explained that a trend toward a systems 
    approach to fire safety is evident in most countries with modern rail 
    systems. In response, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 
    commented that perhaps more thorough guidelines are needed, or at least 
    should be evaluated. Fire Cause Analysis also responded that, at a 
    minimum, more in depth guidelines based on current system safety 
    procedures and available fire safety engineering techniques are needed. 
    The commenter noted in particular that Federal maintenance standards 
    related to fire safety are necessary to ensure that materials carefully 
    qualified for use in rail passenger vehicles because of their fire 
    safety characteristics are not replaced with either substandard 
    materials or materials whose origin and fire performance cannot be 
    determined.
        The 1997 NPRM addressed fire safety by proposing to make FRA's fire 
    safety guidelines mandatory for the construction of new passenger 
    equipment as well as the refurbishing of existing equipment. See 62 FR 
    49803. As explained below in the discussion of this final rule, FRA has 
    simplified and revised the table of tests and performance criteria for 
    the flammability and smoke emission characteristics of materials used 
    in passenger cars and locomotive cabs. In addition, FRA has clarified 
    in the final rule the application of the required tests and performance 
    criteria. As proposed in the NPRM, the final rule also furthers fire 
    safety through a fire protection plan and program to be carried out by 
    each operating railroad, which will include conducting a fire safety 
    analysis of existing passenger equipment and taking appropriate action 
    to reduce the risk of personal injuries.
        As noted in the NPRM, the National Institute of Standards and 
    Technology (NIST) of the United States Department of Commerce is 
    conducting research under the direction of FRA and the Volpe Center 
    involving the fire safety of rail passenger vehicles. The NIST project 
    is investigating the use of alternative fire testing methods and 
    computer hazard analysis models to identify and evaluate approaches to 
    passenger train fire safety. The evaluation is examining the effects 
    and tradeoffs of passenger car and system design (including materials), 
    fire detection and suppression systems, and passenger egress time. A 
    peer review committee has been established to provide project guidance 
    and review interim results and reports. The committee includes 
    representatives from FRA, the Volpe Center, the NFPA, builders of rail 
    passenger vehicles, producers of materials, Amtrak and commuter 
    railroads, and testing laboratories.
        In the first phase of the NIST project, selected materials which 
    satisfy the testing methods referenced in FRA's fire safety guidelines 
    were evaluated using the ASTM E1354 Cone Calorimeter.\1\ The Cone 
    Calorimeter provides a measurement of heat release rate (the amount of 
    energy that a material produces while burning), specimen mass loss, 
    smoke production, and combustion gases. For a given confined space such 
    as a rail car interior, the air temperature and risk of harm to 
    passengers are increased as the heat release rate increases. As a 
    result, even if passengers do not come in direct contact with a fire, 
    they may likely be injured from the high temperatures, high heat 
    fluxes, and large amounts of toxic gases emitted by materials involved 
    in the fire. The results of the Phase I tests showed a strong 
    correlation between the FRA-cited test data and the Cone Calorimeter 
    test data.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ ``Fire Safety of Passenger Trains: Phase I Material 
    Evaluation (Cone Calorimeter).'' (DOT/FRA/ORD/-98/01-DOT-VNTSC-FRA-
    98-2, January, 1999). A copy of the report has also been placed in 
    the public docket of this rulemaking.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Phase I test data were used in the second phase of the NIST project 
    to perform a fire hazard analysis of selected passenger train fire 
    scenarios. Also included in this analysis were data obtained from tests 
    of larger interior components, including seat assemblies, using the 
    ASTM E 1537 Furniture Calorimeter. The analysis employed computer 
    modeling to assess the impact on passenger train fire safety for a 
    range of construction materials and system design. The interim report 
    documenting Phase II is in final preparation by NIST. In the final 
    phase of the project, selected real-scale proof tests using an Amfleet 
    coach rail car and interior assemblies will be performed to verify the 
    small-scale (bench-scale) criteria and hazard analysis studies in 
    actual end use configurations.
        Overall, the NIST research effort follows upon FRA-sponsored 
    studies by the National Bureau of Standards in 1984 and NIST in 1993 
    which noted, among their findings, that the performance of individual 
    components of a rail passenger car in a real-world fire environment may 
    be different from that experienced in bench-scale tests due to vehicle 
    geometry and materials interaction.\2\ The results of the NIST research 
    project will help in developing a broad set of performance criteria for 
    materials using the Cone Calorimeter and the Furniture Calorimeter in a 
    context similar to that provided generally in the table of FRA fire 
    safety requirements contained in Appendix B to part 238. In addition, 
    unlike data derived from most test methods referenced in Appendix B, 
    heat release rate and other measurements obtained from the Cone 
    Calorimeter and the Furniture Calorimeter can be used in a fire 
    modeling methodology to evaluate the contribution of materials to the 
    overall fire safety of a passenger train. Although FRA has targeted for 
    consideration in the second phase of the
    
    [[Page 25555]]
    
    rulemaking a broad set of performance criteria employing the Cone 
    Calorimeter and Furniture Calorimeter for materials used in passenger 
    cars and locomotive cabs, FRA has introduced use of the Cone 
    Calorimeter and Furniture Calorimeter in a limited manner in this final 
    rule as explained below in the discussion of Appendix B to part 238.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\ ``Fire Tests of Amtrak Passenger Rail Vehicle Interiors.'' 
    (NBS Technical Note 1193, May 1984); ``Fire Safety of Passenger 
    Trains: A Review of U.S. and Foreign Approaches.'' (DOT/FRA/ORD-93/
    23--DOT-VNTSC-FRA-93-26, December, 1993). The 1993 report is 
    available to the public through the National Technical Information 
    Service, Springfield, VA 22161. A copy of both reports have been 
    placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        FRA notes that the ASTM has developed a standard which describes 
    how to evaluate fire hazard assessment techniques (ASTM E 1546, Guide 
    for the Development of Fire Hazard Assessment Standards). An ASTM 
    group, the E-5.17 Subcommittee on Transportation, is currently 
    completing a document entitled ``Standard Guide for Fire Hazard 
    Assessment of Rail Passenger Vehicles.'' The proposed guide is intended 
    to provide an alternative approach to ensuring an equivalent level of 
    fire safety using a performance-based approach which examines fire 
    scenarios, as well as design considerations, to evaluate the potential 
    fire hazard of a rail transportation vehicle. One of the principal 
    issues related to the proposed guide is that calculation methods are 
    suggested which use models that have not been validated for application 
    to rail cars. In this regard, the results of the NIST fire safety 
    research will be helpful for the ASTM subcommittee, as NIST is using 
    the Hazard I computer model to develop correlations between small-scale 
    tests of materials and full-scale tests of rail cars.
        In the NPRM, FRA explained that the NFPA publishes a standard (NFPA 
    130) covering fire protection requirements for fixed guideway transit 
    systems and for life safety from fire in transit stations, trainways, 
    vehicles, and outdoor maintenance and storage areas. See 62 FR 49744-5. 
    (A copy of the 1997 edition of this standard has been placed in the 
    public docket for this rulemaking.) However, this standard has not 
    historically been applied to passenger railroad systems, including 
    those that provide commuter service (NFPA 130 1-1.2). FRA noted that an 
    APTA representative on the Working Group who is a member of the NFPA 
    initiated an NFPA-sponsored task force to revise the scope of NFPA 130 
    to cover all rail passenger transportation systems, including intercity 
    and commuter rail, and revise other provisions as necessary. The NFPA 
    task force met several times in 1997 and 1998, and submitted 
    recommended revisions to the NFPA 130 Committee in August, 1998. 
    Although the NFPA 130 Committee accepted the task force recommendations 
    in principle, the standard revision approval process will not be 
    complete until late 1999.
        In its comments on the NPRM, the NFPA urged FRA to adopt NFPA 130 
    upon completion of its revision. The NFPA cited the National Technology 
    Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995, Pub. L. 104-113, and one of its 
    provisions which requires, in general, that Federal agencies ``use 
    technical standards that are developed or adopted by voluntary 
    consensus standards bodies'' (Section 12, paragraph (d)(1)). In the 
    second phase of this rulemaking, FRA will consider with the Working 
    Group the incorporation of NFPA 130, as revised, into this rule.
        In response to the NPRM, FRA received a number of other comments on 
    the provisions of the rule related to fire safety. Those comments on 
    the proposed fire protection plan and program are noted in particular, 
    below, in the discussion of 49 C.F.R. Sec. 238.103 in the final rule. 
    In regard to the proposed table of tests and performance criteria for 
    the flammability and smoke emission characteristics of materials used 
    in passenger cars and locomotive cabs contained in Appendix B to part 
    238, Fire Cause Analysis commented on the advisability of making such 
    tests and performance criteria mandatory without considerable and 
    detailed enabling language. Fire Cause Analysis noted in particular 
    that the table of tests and performance criteria in Appendix B 
    contained confusing and overlapping component and function categories 
    for materials; that application of the tests and performance criteria 
    to ``small parts'' requires special consideration to provide 
    flexibility for car builders; and that the fire performance of 
    electrical wiring and cable was not expressly addressed in the NPRM, 
    although addressed by NFPA 130.
        A member of the public commented that he considered FRA's fire 
    safety guidelines good in some but not all respects. The commenter 
    stated in particular that the current acceptance levels of smoke 
    emission are inadequate to protect passengers from toxic levels of 
    smoke; and that permitting glazing and lighting lenses to have a flame 
    spread index of 100 with flaming running and flaming dripping is not 
    justified based on the location of these objects, ease of ignition, and 
    Btu content of polycarbonate. Nonetheless, the commenter recommended 
    adoption of the guidelines into law, noting that some vendors, car 
    builders, and agencies operating rail equipment have not taken the 
    guidelines seriously. Otherwise, the commenter believed that the fire 
    safety guidelines will be discounted.
        APTA, in its comments on the NPRM, supported the proposed materials 
    selection criteria for new equipment (as well as the proposed fire 
    safety program for new equipment discussed below). APTA also 
    recommended that FRA consider updating the fire safety standards based 
    on the work of the NFPA 130 task force and the research being conducted 
    by the NIST. The BRC, in its comments on the NPRM, stated that interior 
    materials in passenger equipment must be required to meet strict 
    standards for flammability and smoke emission. The BRC believed that 
    compliance with the current guidelines alone is insufficient for 
    safety, and that additional technology, preventative measures, and fire 
    safety standards must be considered.
        In the final rule, FRA has not significantly changed the table of 
    test methods and performance criteria for the flammability and smoke 
    emission characteristics of materials used in passenger cars and 
    locomotive cabs, as contained in Appendix B to part 238. FRA has sought 
    to maintain the current high levels of safety provided by the fire 
    safety guidelines, while developing a more workable framework for their 
    use as a regulation. In fact, as part of the NIST fire safety research, 
    specific input on the 1989 FRA fire safety guidelines was solicited 
    from rail system operators, car builders, and consultants at a workshop 
    held at the NIST Building and Fire Research Lab (BFRL) in July, 1997. 
    (The minutes of that workshop are contained in Follow-Up Workshop 
    Notes.\3\ ) This input was used to help simplify and revise the table 
    of tests and performance criteria contained in Appendix B. In summary, 
    the specific changes FRA has made to the table in the final rule 
    include:
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\ ``Follow-Up Notes: NIST/CFR FRA Project, Meeting/Workshop of 
    7/23/97.'' September 15, 1997. Prepared by J. Zicherman. A copy of 
    this document has been placed in the public docket for this 
    rulemaking.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         Reorganizing table component and function categories;
         Adding a dynamic testing requirement for cushions;
         Adding a new test method for evaluating seat assemblies;
         Providing a test exception and test alternative for small 
    component parts;
         Adding express requirements for wire and cable testing;
         Updating test methods for elastomers;
         Providing an alternative test method for smoke generation;
         Adding express requirements for structural assemblies 
    other than floors; and
         Renumbering and adding notes to the table to reflect the 
    changes.
    
    
    [[Page 25556]]
    
    
    The discussion of Appendix B to part 238, below, provides a detailed 
    explanation of the changes made to the table of test methods and 
    performance criteria for the flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics of materials used in passenger cars and locomotive 
    cabs.
    
    VI. Inspection and Testing of Brake Systems and Mechanical 
    Components
    
    A. Background Prior to 1997 NPRM
    
        In 1992, Congress amended the Federal rail safety laws by adding 
    certain statutory mandates related to power brake safety. These 
    amendments specifically address the revision of the power brake 
    regulations and state in pertinent part:
    
        (r) POWER BRAKE SAFETY.--(1) The Secretary shall conduct a 
    review of the Department of Transportation's rules with respect to 
    railroad power brakes, and not later than December 31, 1993, shall 
    revise such rules based on such safety data as may be presented 
    during that review.
    * * * * *
    Pub. L. No. 102-365, Sec. 7; codified at 49 U.S.C. 20141, superseding 
    45 U.S.C. 431(r).
        In response to the statutory mandate, various recommendations to 
    improve power brake safety, and due to its own determination that the 
    power brake regulations were in need of revision, FRA published an 
    ANPRM on December 31, 1992, concerning railroad power brake safety. See 
    57 FR 62546. The ANPRM provided background information and presented 
    questions on various subjects related to intercity passenger and 
    commuter train operations, including: training of testing and 
    inspection personnel; electronic braking systems; cleaning, oiling, 
    testing, and stenciling (COT&S) requirements; performance of brake 
    inspections; and high speed passenger train brakes. Following 
    publication of the ANPRM, FRA conducted a series of public workshops. 
    The ANPRM and the public workshops were intended as fact-finding tools 
    to elicit views of those persons outside FRA charged with ensuring 
    compliance with the power brake regulations on a day-to-day basis.
        Furthermore, on July 26, 1993, the NTSB made the following 
    recommendation to FRA: ``Amend the power brake regulations, 49 Code of 
    Federal Regulations 232.12, to provide appropriate guidelines for 
    inspecting brake equipment on modern passenger cars.'' (R-93-16). The 
    recommendation arose out of the NTSB's investigation of the December 
    17, 1991, derailment of an Amtrak passenger train in Palatka, Florida. 
    The derailed equipment struck two homes and blocked a street north of 
    the Palatka station. The derailment resulted in eleven passengers 
    sustaining serious injuries and 41 others receiving minor injuries. In 
    addition, five members of the operating crew and four onboard service 
    personnel received minor injuries. By letter dated September 16, 1993, 
    FRA told the NTSB that it was in the process of reviewing and rewriting 
    the power brake regulations and would consider the NTSB's 
    recommendation during the process.
        Based on comments and information received, FRA published a Notice 
    of Proposed Rulemaking in 1994 (1994 NPRM) regarding revision of the 
    power brake regulations. The 1994 NPRM contained specific requirements 
    related to intercity passenger and commuter train operations, 
    including: general design requirements; movement of defective 
    equipment; employee qualifications; inspection and testing of brake 
    systems and mechanical components; single car testing requirements and 
    periodic maintenance; operating requirements; and requirements for the 
    introduction of new train brake system technology. See 59 FR 47676, 
    47722-53, September, 16, 1994. Following publication of the 1994 NPRM, 
    FRA held a series of public hearings in 1994 to allow interested 
    parties the opportunity to comment on specific issues addressed in the 
    1994 NPRM. Due to the strong objections raised by a large number of 
    commenters, FRA announced by notice published on January 17, 1995, that 
    it would defer action on the 1994 NPRM and permit the submission of 
    additional comments prior to making a determination as to how it would 
    proceed in this matter. See 60 FR 3375.
        After review of all the comments submitted, FRA determined that in 
    order to limit the number of issues to be examined and developed in any 
    one proceeding it would proceed with the revision of the power brake 
    regulations via three separate processes. In light of the testimony and 
    comments received on the 1994 NPRM, emphasizing the differences between 
    passenger and freight operations and the brake and mechanical equipment 
    utilized by the two, FRA decided to separate passenger equipment power 
    brake and mechanical standards from freight equipment power brake 
    standards.
        As passenger equipment power brake and mechanical standards are a 
    logical subset of passenger equipment safety standards (see 49 U.S.C. 
    20133(c)), FRA requested the Passenger Equipment Safety Standards 
    Working Group to assist FRA in developing appropriate power brake and 
    mechanical standards for passenger equipment. The 1997 NPRM, upon which 
    this final rule is based, was developed by FRA in consultation with 
    this Working Group.
        In addition, FRA determined that a second NPRM covering freight 
    equipment power brake standards would be developed with the assistance 
    of FRA's RSAC. See 61 FR 29164, June 7, 1996. Furthermore, in the 
    interest of public safety and due to statutory as well as internal 
    commitments, FRA determined that it would separate the issues related 
    to two-way end-of-train-telemetry devices from both the passenger and 
    freight issues. FRA convened a public regulatory conference and 
    published a final rule on two-way end-of-train devices on January 2, 
    1997. See 62 FR 278.
        Beginning in December of 1995, the Passenger Equipment Safety 
    Standards Working Group adopted the additional task of attempting to 
    develop power brake and mechanical inspection and maintenance standards 
    applicable to intercity passenger and commuter train operations and 
    equipment. The Working Group met on four separate occasions, for a 
    total of ten days of meetings, with a good portion of these meetings 
    being devoted to discussion of power brake and mechanical inspection 
    and maintenance issues. From the outset, a majority of the members, as 
    well as FRA, believed that any requirements developed by the group 
    regarding the inspection and testing of the brake and mechanical 
    equipment should not vary significantly from the current requirements 
    and should be consistent with current industry practice.
        FRA's accident/incident data related to intercity passenger and 
    commuter train operations support the assumption that the current 
    practices of these operations in the area of power brake inspection, 
    testing, and maintenance are for the most part sufficient to ensure the 
    safety of the public. Between January 1, 1990 and October 31, 1996, 
    there were only five brake related accidents involving commuter and 
    intercity passenger railroad equipment. No casualties resulted from any 
    of these accidents and the total damage to railroad equipment totaled 
    approximately $650,000, or $96,000 annually. In addition, between 
    January 1, 1995 and October 31, 1996, FRA inspected approximately 
    13,000 commuter and intercity passenger rail units for compliance with 
    49 CFR part 232. The defect ratio for these units during this period 
    was approximately 0.8 percent. Furthermore, during this same period FRA 
    inspected approximately 6,300 locomotives for
    
    [[Page 25557]]
    
    compliance with 49 CFR part 229. The brake defect ratio for these units 
    was approximately 4.65 percent. Consequently, the defect ratio for 
    brake related defects on locomotives and other passenger equipment 
    during this period was approximately 2.08 percent.
        The existing regulations covering the inspection and testing of the 
    braking systems on passenger trains are contained in 49 CFR part 232. 
    The current regulations do provide some requirements relevant to 
    passenger train operations, including: initial terminal inspection and 
    testing, intermediate inspections, running tests, and general 
    maintenance requirements. See 49 CFR 232.12, 232.13(a), 232.16, and 
    232.17. However, most of the existing regulations are written to 
    address freight train operations and do not sufficiently address the 
    unique operating environment of commuter and intercity passenger train 
    operations or the equipment currently being used in those operations. 
    Therefore, it has been necessary for FRA to provide interpretations of 
    some of the current regulations in order to address these unique 
    concerns.
        Currently, all non-MU (multiple unit) commuter trains that do not 
    remain connected to a source of compressed air overnight and all MU 
    commuter trains equipped with RT-5 or similar brake systems must 
    receive an initial terminal inspection of the brake system pursuant to 
    Sec. 232.12(c)-(j) prior to the train's first departure on any given 
    calendar day. All non-MU commuter trains that remain connected to a 
    source of compressed air over-night are permitted to receive an initial 
    terminal inspection of the brake system sometime during each 24-hour 
    period in which they are used. Furthermore, all intercity passenger 
    trains must receive an initial terminal inspection of the brake system 
    at the point where they are originally made up and must receive an 
    intermediate inspection in accordance with Sec. 232.12(b) every 1,000 
    miles.
        There are currently no regulations which specifically require the 
    inspection of the mechanical components on passenger equipment. 
    Although the current regulations do not contain any mechanical 
    inspection requirement of passenger equipment, virtually every 
    passenger railroad currently performs some type of daily mechanical 
    inspection on its passenger equipment with highly qualified personnel. 
    For several years Amtrak has been conducting voluntary mechanical 
    safety inspections of passenger train components.
        As noted previously, most of the members of the Working Group 
    believed that any requirements developed by the group regarding the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance of the brake and mechanical 
    equipment should not vary significantly from the current requirements 
    and should be consistent with current industry practice. However, the 
    Working Group was unable to reach consensus on any power brake or 
    mechanical equipment standards, despite the positing of multiple 
    alternatives, use of a facilitator, and the foundation provided by the 
    1994 NPRM. The Working Group identified and discussed options with 
    which the agency and labor can agree, and others with which FRA and the 
    railroads can agree. However, bridging the gap between those various 
    options proved elusive. Consequently, as the Working Group could not 
    reach any type of consensus on the inspection and testing requirements, 
    it was determined that FRA would address these issues unilaterally, 
    based on the information and discussions provided by the Working Group 
    and the information gathered from the 1994 NPRM.
    
    B. 1997 NPRM on Passenger Safety Equipment Standards
    
        During the Working Group discussions, labor representatives, 
    particularly the BRC, insisted that a comprehensive power brake 
    inspection must be performed prior to a train's first run on a given 
    calendar day. The BRC also believed that it is necessary for the first 
    inspection of the day to determine whether the brake shoes and the disc 
    pads actually apply as intended. The BRC further contended that in 
    order to perform a comprehensive inspection equivalent to an initial 
    terminal inspection the train must be walked or otherwise inspected on 
    a car-to-car basis and that these principal inspections should be 
    performed only by carmen or other qualified mechanical personnel as 
    they are the only employees sufficiently trained to perform the 
    inspections. Rail labor representatives also advocated a daily 
    inspection of all safety-related mechanical components with pass/fail 
    criteria or limits written into the Federal safety standards much like 
    the requirements contained in 49 CFR part 215 addressing freight 
    equipment.
        Representatives of intercity passenger and commuter railroads 
    expressed the desire to have the flexibility to conduct comprehensive 
    in-depth inspections of the brake and mechanical system sometime during 
    the day in which the equipment is utilized. These parties argued that 
    safety would be better served by allowing the railroads the flexibility 
    to conduct these inspections on a daily basis as it would allow the 
    railroads to conduct the inspections at locations that are more 
    conducive to permitting a full inspection of the equipment than many of 
    the outlying locations where trains are stationed overnight and where 
    the ability to observe all the equipment may be hampered. It was 
    further contended that, if the railroads are allowed some flexibility 
    in conducting these type of inspections, then the equipment can be 
    moved to a location where a fully qualified mechanical inspector can 
    perform detailed inspections under optimum conditions.
        Several parties also pointed out that, with proper maintenance, 
    ``tread brake units'' and other friction brake components, commonly 
    used in commuter train operations, are highly reliable and that the 
    non-functioning of any individual unit would in no way compromise the 
    overall safety of the train. Furthermore, permitting the inspection of 
    brake components in the middle of the day, rather than at the beginning 
    of the day, involves no greater safety risk to passengers because 
    friction brake systems and their components degrade in performance 
    based largely on use, and nothing short of a continuous brake 
    inspection can guarantee 100-percent performance at all times. Railroad 
    representatives suggested an inspection scheme that would permit an in-
    depth, comprehensive brake inspection to be performed sometime during 
    the day in which the equipment is used with a brake inspection being 
    performed prior to the first run of the day verifying the continuity of 
    the trainline by performing a set and release on the rear car of the 
    train.
        APTA and other passenger railroad representatives strongly 
    maintained that specific inspection criteria or limits related to the 
    mechanical components of passenger equipment were not necessary. During 
    the ongoing meetings of the Working Group, FRA repeatedly requested 
    that railroad representatives provide a recommended list of mechanical 
    components and criteria for their inspection. These representatives 
    consistently responded with very broad requirements basically limited 
    to inspections for obvious and visible defects. Although passenger 
    railroad representatives did not object to the safety principle of a 
    mechanical inspection, they did not want their operations to be bound 
    by a rigid list of components and criteria for the inspection.
        Based on consideration of all of the information outlined above, 
    FRA published an NPRM on Passenger Equipment Safety Standards on 
    September 23, 1997. See 62 FR 49728.
    
    [[Page 25558]]
    
    This NPRM contained specific proposals related to the inspection, 
    testing, and maintenance of both the brake and mechanical components on 
    passenger equipment. The proposal attempted to balance the concerns of 
    rail labor representatives and representatives of intercity and 
    commuter railroads.
    1. Proposed Brake System Inspections
        In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed to abandon the terminology related 
    to the power brake inspection and testing requirements contained in the 
    current regulations, and proposed to identify various classes of 
    inspections based on the duties and type of inspection required. See 62 
    FR 49737, 49774-77, 49810-11. FRA believed that this type of 
    classification system would avoid confusion with the power brake 
    inspection and testing requirements applicable to freight operations 
    and would avoid the connotations historically attached to the current 
    terminology. FRA also believed that this approach was better suited for 
    providing operational flexibility to commuter operations while 
    maintaining the safety provided by the current inspection and testing 
    requirements. Although FRA proposed a change in the terminology used to 
    describe the various power brake inspections and tests, the 
    requirements of the inspections and tests closely tracked the current 
    requirements with some modifications made to address the unique 
    operating environment of, and equipment operated in, commuter and 
    intercity passenger train service. Members of the Working Group 
    appeared receptive to this kind of classification system and discussed 
    various options using some of this terminology. Consequently, FRA 
    proposed four different types of brake inspections, ``Class I,'' 
    ``Class IA,'' ``Class II,'' and ``running brake test,'' that were to be 
    performed by commuter and intercity passenger railroads some time 
    during the operation of their equipment.
        In the proposal, FRA also divided passenger train operations into 
    two distinct types for purposes of brake inspections and testing. FRA 
    recognized that there were major differences in the operations of 
    commuter or short-distance intercity passenger trains, and long-
    distance intercity passenger trains. Commuter and short-distance 
    intercity passenger trains tend to operate for fairly short distances 
    between passenger stations and generally operate in relatively short 
    turn-around service between two terminals several times in any given 
    day. In contrast, long-distance intercity passenger trains tend to 
    operate for long distances, with trips between the beginning terminal 
    and ending terminal taking a day or more and traversing multiple states 
    with relatively long distances between passenger stations. 
    Consequently, FRA proposed the terms ``commuter train,'' ``short-
    distance intercity passenger train,'' and ``long-distance intercity 
    passenger train'' in order to identify the inspection and testing 
    requirements associated with each. See 62 FR 49737-38, 49774-76, 49810-
    11. For the most part, commuter and short-distance intercity passenger 
    trains were treated similarly, whereas long-distance intercity 
    passenger trains had slightly different proposed inspection and testing 
    requirements. In addition, FRA proposed slightly different requirements 
    with regard to the movement of defective equipment in long-distance 
    intercity passenger trains (see the discussion below on the ``Movement 
    of Equipment with Defective Brakes'').
        The proposed Class I brake test basically required an inspection 
    similar to an initial terminal inspection as currently described at 
    Sec. 232.12(c)-(j), but was somewhat more extensive and specifically 
    aimed at the types of equipment being used in commuter and intercity 
    passenger train service. See 62 FR 49738-39, 49774-76, 49810. The 
    proposed Class I brake test would require an inspection of the 
    application and release of the friction brakes on each side of each car 
    as well as an inspection of the brake shoes, pads, discs, rigging, 
    angle cocks, piston travel, and brake indicators if the equipment is so 
    equipped. The Class I brake test would also require testing of the 
    communication signal system and the emergency braking control devices. 
    In recognition of the advanced technology and various designs used in 
    many of these operations, which make observation of the piston travel 
    virtually impossible, FRA proposed to permit the inspection of the 
    piston travel to be conducted either through direct observation of the 
    clearance between the brake shoe and the wheel or by observation of a 
    brake actuator. Furthermore, FRA proposed to require a brake pipe 
    leakage test only when leakage will affect service performance.
        As FRA proposed that Class I brake tests be comprehensive 
    inspections of the braking system, FRA believed that commuter and 
    short-distance intercity passenger train operations should be permitted 
    some flexibility in conducting these inspections. Consequently, FRA 
    proposed that commuter and short-distance intercity passenger train 
    operations perform a Class I brake test sometime during the calendar 
    day in which the equipment is used. FRA believed that the flexibility 
    permitted by the proposed requirement would allow railroads to move 
    equipment to locations that are most conducive to the inspection of the 
    brake equipment and would allow railroads to combine the daily 
    mechanical inspections with the brake inspection for added efficiency.
        In the NPRM, FRA recognized the differences between commuter or 
    short-distance intercity operations and long-distance intercity 
    passenger train operations. FRA noted that long-distance intercity 
    passenger trains do not operate in shorter turn around service over the 
    same sections of track on a daily basis for the purpose of transporting 
    passengers from major centers of employment. Instead, these trains tend 
    to operate for extended periods of time, over long distances with 
    greater distances between passenger stations and terminals. Further, 
    these trains may operate well over 1,000 miles in any 24 hour period. 
    Thus, FRA believed that the opportunity for conducting inspections on 
    these trains was somewhat diminished. Therefore, FRA determined that a 
    thorough inspection of the braking system on these types of operations 
    must be conducted prior to the train's departure from an initial 
    starting terminal. Consequently, FRA proposed that a Class I brake 
    inspection be performed on long-distance intercity passenger trains 
    prior to departure from an initial terminal. See 62 FR 49810. FRA did 
    not believe there would be any significant burden placed on these 
    operations as the current regulations require that an initial terminal 
    inspection be performed at these locations.
        FRA also recognized that these long-distance intercity passenger 
    trains could conceivably travel significant distances if Class I 
    inspections were required only once every 24 hours the equipment is in 
    service as proposed for commuter and short-distance intercity passenger 
    trains. Thus, FRA believed that some outside mileage limit had to be 
    placed on these trains between brake inspections. Under the current 
    regulations a passenger train is permitted to travel no farther than 
    1,000 miles from its initial terminal, at which point it must receive 
    an intermediate inspection of brakes that includes an application of 
    the brakes and the inspection of the brake rigging to ensure it is 
    properly secured. See 49 CFR 232.12(b). However, in recognition of the 
    improved technology used in passenger train brake systems combined with 
    the comprehensive nature of the proposed Class I brake tests and 
    mechanical safety inspections being
    
    [[Page 25559]]
    
    performed by highly qualified inspectors, FRA proposed to permit long-
    distance passenger trains to travel up to 1,500 miles between Class I 
    brake tests. Under FRA's proposal a comprehensive Class I brake test 
    would be performed once every calendar day that the equipment is used 
    or every 1,500 miles, which ever occurred first. See 62 FR 49739, 
    49775, 49810.
        FRA also proposed that the brake inspection and testing intervals 
    proposed for long-distance passenger trains apply to all Tier II 
    equipment (i.e., equipment operating at speeds greater than 125 mph but 
    not exceeding 150 mph), regardless of whether it is used in short-or 
    long-distance intercity trains. As FRA's proposal permitted operators 
    of Tier II equipment to develop inspection and testing criteria and 
    procedures, these operations would be required to develop a brake test 
    that is equivalent to a Class I brake test for Tier II equipment. Due 
    to the speeds at which this equipment will be allowed to operate, FRA 
    believed it was a necessity that an equivalent Class I brake test be 
    performed on Tier II equipment before it departs from its initial 
    terminal. Similarly, FRA proposed that the equivalent Class I brake 
    test be performed every calendar day in which Tier II equipment is used 
    or every 1,500 miles, whichever comes first. See 62 FR 49739, 49784, 
    49821.
        The proposed Class IA brake test was somewhat less comprehensive 
    than the proposed Class I brake test but included a detailed inspection 
    of the brake system to verify the continuity of the brake system and 
    the proper functioning of the brake valves on each car. A Class IA 
    brake test would be similar to the intermediate brake inspection 
    currently required for freight trains prescribed at Sec. 232.13(d)(1). 
    The proposed Class IA brake test would generally require a walking 
    inspection of the set and release of the brakes on each car; however, 
    the proposal allowed brake indicators to be used to verify the set and 
    release if the railroad determined that operating conditions pose a 
    safety hazard to an inspector walking along the train. The Class IA 
    brake test also required a leakage test if leakage affects service 
    performance, as well as an inspection of: angle cocks; piston travel, 
    if determinable; brake indicators; emergency brake control devices; and 
    communication of brake pipe pressure changes at the rear of train to 
    the controlling locomotive. See 62 FR 49738-39, 49776-77, 49810.
        FRA proposed that a Class IA brake test would be performed prior to 
    a commuter or short-distance intercity passenger train's first 
    departure on any given day. FRA believed that the proposed Class IA 
    brake was sufficiently detailed to ensure the proper functioning of the 
    brake system yet not so intensive that it would require individuals to 
    perform an inspection for which they are not qualified. Although FRA 
    tended to agree with the position advanced by many labor 
    representatives that some sort of car-to-car inspection must be made of 
    the brake equipment prior to the first run of the day, FRA did not 
    agree that it is necessary to perform a full Class I brake test in 
    order to ensure the proper functioning of the brake equipment in all 
    situations. However, contrary to the position espoused by APTA, FRA 
    believed that something more than just a determination that the brakes 
    on the rear car set and release is necessary.
        In addition to the proposed Class I and Class IA brake tests, FRA 
    also proposed a Class II brake test. The proposed Class II brake test 
    would be an inspection intended to verify the continuity of the train 
    brake system and would be similar to the intermediate terminal 
    inspection currently prescribed at Sec. 232.13(a). A Class II brake 
    test basically required a set and release of the brakes on the rear 
    car. The proposed Class II test would be required in those 
    circumstances where minor changes to a train consist occur, such as the 
    change of a control stand, the removal of cars from the consist, the 
    addition of previously tested cars, and the situations in which an 
    operator first takes control of the train. See 62 FR 49739, 49777, 
    49811.
        FRA also proposed that a running brake test be conducted as soon as 
    conditions safely permit it to be conducted after a train receives a 
    Class I, Class IA, or Class II brake test. FRA believed that this test 
    should be conducted in accordance with each railroad's operating rules. 
    The proposed ``running brake test'' requirement was similar to the 
    ``running test'' requirements currently contained at Sec. 232.16. See 
    62 FR 49740, 49777, 49811.
    2. Proposed Mechanical Inspections
        In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed three types of mechanical 
    inspections, these included: a calendar day exterior and interior 
    inspection, and a periodic inspection. See 62 FR 49771-73, 49807-09. 
    The proposed exterior calendar day mechanical inspection for passenger 
    cars and unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains was patterned 
    after a combination of the current calendar day inspection required for 
    locomotives under the Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards and the pre-
    departure inspection for freight cars under the Railroad Freight Car 
    Safety Standards. See 49 CFR 229.21 and 215.13, respectively. FRA 
    proposed that the calendar day mechanical inspection apply to all 
    passenger cars and all unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains 
    (which includes, e.g., not only coaches, MU locomotives, and cab cars 
    but also any other rail rolling equipment used in a passenger train), 
    and that all exterior mechanical inspections be performed by highly 
    qualified personnel. A mechanical safety inspection of freight cars has 
    been a longstanding Federal safety requirement, and FRA believed that 
    the lack of a similar requirement for passenger equipment created a 
    serious void in the current Federal railroad safety standards.
        Rail labor representatives advocated a daily inspection of all 
    safety-related mechanical components with pass/fail criteria or limits 
    written into the Federal safety standards much like the requirements 
    contained in 49 CFR part 215, whereas APTA and other passenger railroad 
    representatives on the other hand strongly maintained that specific 
    inspection criteria or limits are not necessary. During the meetings of 
    the Working Group, FRA repeatedly requested that railroad 
    representatives provide a recommended list of mechanical components and 
    criteria for their inspection. These representatives consistently 
    responded with very broad requirements basically limited to inspections 
    for obvious and visible defects. Although passenger railroad 
    representatives did not object to the safety principle of a mechanical 
    inspection, they did not want their operations to be bound by a rigid 
    list of components and criteria for the inspection.
        FRA agreed with labor representatives that a specific list of 
    components to be inspected with enforceable inspection or pass/fail 
    criteria needed to be included as part of the proposed Passenger 
    Equipment Safety Standards. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA identified the 
    components that were to be inspected as part of the exterior calendar 
    day mechanical safety inspection and provided measurable inspection 
    criteria for the components. The proposal required the railroad to 
    ascertain that each passenger car, and each unpowered vehicle used in a 
    passenger train conforms with the conditions enumerated in the 
    proposal. The Working Group members generally agreed that the 
    components contained in the proposal represented valid safety-related 
    components that should be frequently inspected by railroads.
    
    [[Page 25560]]
    
    However, members of the Working Group had widely different opinions 
    regarding the criteria to be used to inspect the components. Therefore, 
    as FRA was not provided any clear guidance from the Working Group, FRA 
    selected inspection criteria based on the locomotive calendar day 
    inspection and the freight car safety pre-departure inspection required 
    by 49 CFR parts 229 and 215, respectively. FRA believed that passenger 
    equipment should receive an inspection which is at least equivalent to 
    that received by locomotives and freight cars. The components and 
    conditions identified by FRA to be included in the exterior calendar 
    day mechanical inspection included: couplers; suspension system; 
    trucks; side bearings; wheels; jumpers; cable connections; buffer 
    plates; products of combustion; batteries; diaphragms; and secondary 
    brake systems. See 62 FR 49807-08.
        FRA also proposed that each railroad perform an interior calendar 
    day mechanical inspection by individuals qualified by the railroad to 
    do so. FRA originally contemplated requiring the interior inspections 
    to be performed by highly qualified personnel to track the exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspection requirements. However, after several 
    discussions with members of the Working Group and several other 
    representatives of passenger railroads, FRA determined that the 
    training and experience typical of a mechanical inspector is not 
    necessary and often does not apply to inspecting interior safety 
    components of passenger equipment. In addition, the most economical way 
    to accomplish the mechanical inspection is to combine the exterior 
    inspection with the Class I brake test and then have a crew member or 
    train coach cleaner combine the interior mechanical inspection with 
    coach cleaning. FRA listed the following components that were to be 
    inspected as part of the interior calendar day mechanical inspection: 
    trap doors; end and side doors; manual door releases; safety covers, 
    doors and plates; vestibule step lighting; and safety-related signs and 
    instructions. See 62 FR 49808.
        Because FRA intended the daily exterior and interior mechanical 
    inspections to serve as the time when the railroad repairs defects that 
    occurred en route, FRA further proposed that safety components not in 
    compliance with this part would be required to be repaired before the 
    equipment was permitted to remain in or return to passenger service 
    after the performance of the mechanical inspections. In other words, 
    FRA intended for the flexibility to operate defective equipment in 
    passenger service to end at the calendar day mechanical inspection.
        Initially, FRA considered requiring a more extensive list of 
    components to be checked at each interior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection. However, based on discussions conducted with the Working 
    Group, FRA determined that the daily inspection and repair of some 
    interior items could be burdensome to the railroads without producing 
    an offsetting safety benefit. As a result, FRA proposed a periodic 
    mechanical inspection for passenger cars in order to reduce the 
    frequency with which certain components require inspection. FRA 
    proposed that the following components be inspected for proper 
    operation and repaired, if necessary, as part of the periodic 
    maintenance of the equipment: emergency lights; emergency exit windows; 
    seats and seat attachments; overhead luggage racks and attachments; 
    floor and stair surfaces; and hand-operated electrical switches. See 62 
    FR 49808-09.
        FRA determined that virtually all passenger railroads have defined 
    periodic maintenance intervals for all of the equipment they operate 
    with intervals varying from 60 to 180 days, depending on the type of 
    equipment and the service in which it is used. Although FRA did not 
    intend to limit the railroad's flexibility to set periodic maintenance 
    intervals, FRA believed that an outside limit had to be placed on the 
    performance of the periodic mechanical inspection. Thus, FRA proposed 
    that the periodic mechanical inspection be performed at least every 180 
    days, as that appeared to be the outside limit of currently established 
    maintenance cycles.
        In addition to the daily and periodic mechanical inspections, FRA 
    also proposed extensive requirements regarding the performance of 
    single car tests on passenger equipment. FRA believed that the proposed 
    single car test has proven itself effective in uncovering brake system 
    problems that are the root cause of certain wheel defects or that have 
    been caused by repairs made to the brake system. The current 
    regulations require that a single car test be performed on passenger 
    cars whenever they are on a shop or repair track. As the current 
    requirement carries the potential of permitting a railroad to avoid the 
    performance of the test by calling a repair track something other than 
    a repair track, FRA believed it was prudent to base the requirement to 
    perform a single car test on the type of defect or repair involved 
    rather than the location where the defect is repaired. Therefore, FRA 
    proposed a list of defective conditions and the repair or replacement 
    of certain components which would trigger the requirement to perform a 
    single car test. See 62 FR 49774, 49809. In an attempt to promote the 
    prompt repair of defective equipment, FRA proposed some flexibility in 
    the performance of the test by permitting cars to be moved to a 
    location where the test could be performed if repairs were made at a 
    location that could not perform the test.
    3. Proposed Qualifications of Inspection and Testing Personnel
        In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed the terms ``qualified person'' and 
    ``qualified mechanical inspector'' to differentiate between the type of 
    personnel that will be permitted to perform certain brake or mechanical 
    inspections required in the proposal. A ``qualified person'' was 
    defined as a person determined by the railroad to have the knowledge 
    and skills necessary to perform one or more functions required under 
    this part. Whereas, a ``qualified mechanical inspector'' was defined as 
    a ``qualified person'' who as a part of the training, qualification, 
    and designation program required by the proposal had received 
    instruction and training that included ``hands-on'' experience (under 
    appropriate supervision or apprenticeship) in one or more of the 
    following functions: trouble-shooting, inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance or repair of the specific train brake and other components 
    and systems for which the inspector is assigned responsibility. 
    Further, the mechanical inspector was to be a person whose primary 
    responsibility includes work generally consistent with those functions. 
    See 62 FR 49754.
        As FRA intended for Class I brake inspections and exterior calendar 
    day mechanical inspections to be in-depth inspections of the entire 
    braking system and the safety-critical mechanical components, which 
    most likely will be performed only one time in any given day in which 
    the equipment is used, and because of the flexibility FRA proposed in 
    the performance of such inspections, FRA proposed that these 
    inspections had to be performed by individuals possessing not only the 
    knowledge to identify and detect a defective condition in all of the 
    brake equipment required to be inspected but also the knowledge to 
    recognize the interrelational workings of the equipment and the ability 
    to ``troubleshoot'' and repair the equipment. Consequently, FRA 
    proposed that only qualified mechanical inspectors would be permitted 
    to
    
    [[Page 25561]]
    
    perform Class I brake tests and exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspections.
        As the definition of qualified mechanical inspector required the 
    person's primary responsibility to be the inspection, testing, or 
    maintenance of passenger equipment, the definition largely ruled out 
    the possibility of train crew members becoming qualified mechanical 
    inspectors because the primary responsibility of a train crew member is 
    generally the operation of the train. FRA intended the definition to 
    allow the members of the trades associated with the testing and 
    maintenance of equipment such as carmen, machinists, and electricians 
    to become qualified mechanical inspectors. However, FRA made clear that 
    membership in labor organizations or completion of apprenticeship 
    programs associated with these crafts was not required to be designated 
    a qualified mechanical inspector. The two primary qualifications were 
    the possession of the knowledge required to do the job and a primary 
    work assignment inspecting, testing, or maintaining the equipment.
        FRA included a clear definition of ``qualified person'' to allow 
    railroads the flexibility of having train crews perform Class IA, Class 
    II, and running brake tests and interior calendar day mechanical 
    inspections. A qualified person had to be trained and designated as 
    able to perform the types of brake and mechanical inspections and tests 
    that the railroad assigned to him or her. However, a qualified person 
    did not need the extensive knowledge of brake systems or mechanical 
    components or be able to trouble-shoot and repair them. The qualified 
    person was considered to be the ``checker.'' He or she was to possess 
    the knowledge and experience necessary to be able to identify brake 
    system problems.
    
    C. Overview of Comments Relating to Proposed Inspection and Testing 
    Requirements
    
        Those parties filing comments, presenting testimony and 
    participating in the Working Group meetings with regard to the proposed 
    inspection and testing requirements have provided the agency with a 
    wealth of facts and informed opinions, and have been extremely helpful 
    to FRA in resolving the issues. Most commenters provided testimony or 
    written comments on more than one issue and generally were supported by 
    the positions of other commenters. Rather than attempt to paraphrase 
    each commenter's response to each of the proposed regulatory sections, 
    FRA believes it would be better, and more understandable, to provide a 
    brief overview of the thrust of the comments received in this portion 
    of the preamble and provide general FRA conclusions while addressing 
    the specific comments of various parties in the section-by-section 
    analysis. For purposes of discussion, the comments are grouped in three 
    categories: (1) railroad management representatives; (2) railroad labor 
    representatives; and (3) other commenters.
        Railroad management representatives, APTA and its member railroads 
    and Amtrak, generally agreed with the concept of performing the 
    proposed comprehensive daily brake and mechanical inspections. However, 
    these representatives raised a number of concerns with the proposed 
    inspections. Commenters for APTA believed that the proposed requirement 
    to perform a Class IA brake test prior to the first run of the day for 
    commuter and short-distance intercity trains is unnecessary and adds no 
    value to the proposed inspection scheme. APTA recommends that a Class I 
    brake test remain valid for up to 12 hours after it is performed, if 
    the train remains intact with compressors running, and that the 
    performance of a Class II brake test prior to the first departure would 
    be sufficient to ensure the proper operation of the brake system. APTA 
    contends that the performance of a Class II brake test prior to 
    departure would detect any brake problems caused by vandalism and that 
    commuter railroads have been operated safely in this fashion for years.
        Railroad management representatives also raised issues concerning 
    the performance of the proposed exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection. The major concern of these commenters was that the proposal 
    was unclear as to whether trainsets had to be uncoupled or placed over 
    a pit to perform the inspections. These commenters recommended that the 
    rule text explicitly state that the inspection is to be performed to 
    the extent possible without uncoupling the cars or placing the cars 
    over an elevated pit. APTA representatives also recommended that some 
    of the items proposed in the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection be moved to the periodic mechanical inspection as they could 
    not reasonably be seen without uncoupling the car or placing it over an 
    elevated pit. These included certain requirements related to the 
    inspection of the couplers, the truck and car body assembly, and the 
    center castings on trucks. Some commenters also recommended elimination 
    of the requirement that all secondary braking systems be working, since 
    that could not be known until the train is in operation and the system 
    is attempted to be used.
        APTA representatives also commented on the proposed requirements 
    for performing single car tests. APTA recommended that FRA adopt the 
    new single car test procedures recently developed by the PRESS brake 
    committee rather than the outdated AAR standard. These commenters also 
    recommended that the replacement or repair of certain proposed 
    components not trigger the requirement to perform a single car test 
    since most of the brake system is not disturbed by the repairs and some 
    sort of partial test could sufficiently demonstrate proper operation of 
    the brake system. These commenters also sought the flexibility not to 
    perform the test if a wheel defect is known to be caused by other than 
    a brake-related problem. APTA further recommended that railroads be 
    permitted to perform single car tests from the locomotive control 
    stands.
        The major issue raised by railroad management representatives 
    addressed FRA's proposal that all Class I brake tests and all exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspections be performed by a qualified 
    mechanical inspector (QMI). APTA representatives objected to the use of 
    this designation for several reasons and recommended the alternative 
    term ``qualified maintenance person.'' The main objection of these 
    commenters relates to the requirement that a QMI's primary 
    responsibility must be the inspection, testing, maintenance, 
    troubleshooting, or maintenance of the brake system or mechanical 
    components. These commenters also object to FRA's statement that the 
    definition of QMI largely rules out the possibility of train crew 
    members being designated as QMIs. These commenters contend that any 
    person who is properly trained can perform the inspections proposed by 
    FRA. These commenters also object to the use of the term qualified 
    mechanical inspector based on the concern that such a title might lead 
    employees designated as such to seek premium pay due to the title 
    bestowed.
        APTA representatives contend that the proposed definition of QMI 
    violates the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), exceeds FRA's 
    statutory authority, and is counter to the Railway Labor Act. These 
    commenters contend that the Administrative record does not support a 
    finding by FRA that only employees whose ``primary responsibility'' 
    includes work in the area of troubleshooting, testing, inspecting, 
    maintenance, or repair to train brake and other components are capable 
    of performing Class I and
    
    [[Page 25562]]
    
    exterior mechanical inspections. These commenters also contend that 
    FRA's proposed definition is counter to FRA's statutory mandate not to 
    prescribe employee qualifications except where clearly necessary for 
    safety reasons. See 49 U.S.C. 20110. Furthermore, it is contended that 
    the proposed definition is counter to the Railway Labor Act because it 
    impinges upon the exclusive jurisdiction of the National Mediation 
    Board to make final determinations over employee classes or crafts and 
    to interpret collective bargaining agreements. In essence, this 
    argument contends that by limiting the employees who can perform a 
    Class I brake test or an exterior mechanical inspection, FRA is in 
    effect making an employee class or craft designation.
        A concern raised by Metra is interrelated to the proposed QMI 
    requirement, in that Metra seeks flexibility or relief from the QMI 
    requirement on weekends. Metra contends that train crews perform most 
    of the brake tests conducted by the railroad on weekends and have been 
    for several years. Metra claims that there is no data showing a 
    decrease in safety on Metra during weekend operations to support FRA's 
    proposal that these brake inspections must be performed by a QMI rather 
    than a train crew member. Metra seeks relief from the QMI requirement 
    on weekends for railroads which have established a successful operating 
    history of performing the tests with qualified persons rather than 
    QMIs.
        Rail labor representatives, while generally supportive of the 
    proposed inspection and testing requirements, also raised a number of 
    concerns related to the proposed requirements. Labor representatives 
    objected to the proposed Class IA brake test and continued to insist 
    that railroads should be required to conduct a full Class I brake test 
    prior to the first run of the day. These commenters also advocated 
    against providing any leeway for weekend operations with regard to the 
    proposed inspections and tests, claiming that in many instances 
    equipment used on weekends is used more rigorously than when used 
    during the week and, therefore, quality inspections are probably more 
    important. Labor representatives also noted that FRA failed to address 
    what tests or inspections are to be performed on equipment added to an 
    en route passenger train. Furthermore, these commenters supported the 
    concept of requiring that QMIs perform all Class I brake tests and 
    exterior mechanical inspections but recommended that FRA develop a 
    clear and unequivocal definition of QMI which specifically excludes 
    train crew members from the definition.
        Labor representatives agreed with APTA representatives that FRA 
    should adopt the single car testing procedures developed through the 
    PRESS brake committee. These representatives believed that the newly 
    developed procedures were better than the existing AAR procedures but 
    stressed that the test must be conducted whenever any of the items 
    listed in the NPRM occurred. Labor commenters believed a single car 
    test should be performed prior to permitting a car to be moved and that 
    the test should not be permitted to be performed with a locomotive.
        The primary concern raised by labor representatives, particularly 
    the BRC, involves the proposed 1,500-mile inspection interval for 
    performing Class I brake tests on long-distance intercity passenger 
    trains. Although the BRC agrees that the current 1,000-mile inspection 
    should be replaced with the proposed Class I brake test, the BRC 
    objects to extending the distance between brake tests to 1,500 miles. 
    The BRC claims that the proposed increase is not justified by the 
    facts. The BRC contends that an inspection at 1,000 mile intervals is 
    necessary to ensure the safety of passenger train operations due to the 
    numerous defective conditions being found during 1,000 mile 
    inspections. As support for this contention, the BRC submitted 
    information compiled by a carman stationed at Union Station in 
    Washington, D.C. from January 1996 through February of 1997 who 
    allegedly performed 1,000-mile inspections at this location. The BRC 
    also cited other specific examples of defective equipment being moved 
    in passenger trains. Based on this information and extrapolating 
    similar conditions across the country, the BRC contends that numerous 
    defective conditions are uncovered at 1,000 mile brake inspections and 
    that there is no safety justification for extending the distance 
    between brake inspections.
        Amtrak responded to the information provided in the BRC's 
    submission regarding defects found during inspections at Washington, 
    D.C. in January 1996 through February 1997. Amtrak contends that 
    Washington, D.C. is not a 1,000-mile inspection point and thus, should 
    not be used to determine the appropriate interval for brake 
    inspections. Amtrak also contends that the data presented was not 
    sufficiently detailed to determine if the listed defects violated the 
    railroad's standards for equipment operating en route. Amtrak contends 
    that based upon their records 66 percent of the 609 cars identified by 
    the BRC were in trains that terminated at Washington, DC and should not 
    be considered in determining brake inspection intervals. Of the 204 
    cars alleged to be defective and that were part of trains which run 
    through Washington, DC, Amtrak records show that only 7 of the cars 
    were shopped at Washington, DC and that 110 additional cars were 
    shopped within 7 days after the date of the reported defect. In almost 
    all cases the repairs were made at a location other than Washington, 
    DC, which was frequently the end destination for the train. Amtrak 
    concludes that the defects reported by the BRC at Washington, DC 
    constitute items from an in-bound inspection but were not true defects 
    that required shopping a car from an en route train.
        Amtrak provided additional information containing a summary of the 
    set-outs which took place on the railroad during the period from March 
    1997 to February 1998 for safety and non-safety related causes. This 
    information showed that 301 cars were set-out by Amtrak during this 
    period. Of those 301 cars that were set-out, only 29 were set-out at 
    intermediate (1,000 mile) inspection points and only 15 of those 29 
    were for brake-related defects. Therefore, Amtrak contends that 90 
    percent of the cars that were set-out were set-out en route and were 
    not found during intermediate inspections. During this same period 
    Amtrak conducted 1,000-mile inspections on approximately 130,000 cars. 
    Consequently, Amtrak contends that the annual defect rate at 
    intermediate inspection points for this period was 0.02 percent and 
    that it was costing Amtrak approximately $175,000 per defect found to 
    conduct 1,000-mile inspections.
        The BRC submitted a response to the information provided by Amtrak. 
    In this submission the BRC contends that Amtrak's analysis regarding 
    the reported defects is faulty and self-serving. This commenter 
    contends that all the defects found at Union Station must be considered 
    when evaluating an extension of the 1,000-mile inspection regardless of 
    whether Union Station is a 1,000-mile inspection point and regardless 
    of the distance traveled by the cars involved. The BRC contends that 
    any defective conditions found are indicative of what will be traveling 
    past 1,000-mile inspection locations should the distance between brake 
    inspections be extended to 1,500 miles. The BRC further contends that 
    Amtrak's analysis regarding the number of cars set-out at intermediate 
    inspections is flawed for
    
    [[Page 25563]]
    
    several reasons. The BRC claims that intermediate inspection points 
    cited by Amtrak are not 1,000-mile inspection locations and that the 
    same type of inspection is not performed. (FRA's review of Amtrak's 
    submission indicates that when Amtrak referred to intermediate 
    inspection points it was referring to 1,000 mile inspection locations.) 
    Further, it is contended that looking solely at the number of cars set-
    out at these locations is improper because it does not take into 
    account the defects that are repaired while a car remained entrained. 
    The BRC reasserted its position that the data does not support an 
    extension of the 1,000-mile inspection interval and, if anything, the 
    data supports reducing the inspection requirement to 500 miles.
    
    D. General FRA Conclusions
    
        After consideration of all the comments submitted, both in writing 
    and through oral testimony and discussion within the Working Group, FRA 
    intends for the requirements regarding the inspection and testing of 
    passenger equipment contained in the final rule to closely track the 
    proposed requirements contained in the 1997 NPRM. In this final rule, 
    FRA will make slight modifications to the proposed requirements in an 
    attempt to clarify the requirements, to cover areas that were not 
    adequately addressed, and to address the specific comments submitted. 
    FRA generally believes that the approach taken in the NPRM to the 
    inspection and testing of passenger equipment incorporates the current 
    best practices of the industry, effectively balances the positions of 
    the various parties involved, and increases the overall safety of 
    passenger train operations.
    1. Brake and Mechanical Inspections
        FRA intends to modify the Class I brake test and the exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspection requirements to ensure the proper 
    operation of all cars added to a train while en route. FRA is adding 
    certain provisions to require the performance of a Class I brake test 
    and an exterior mechanical inspection on each car added to a passenger 
    train at the time it is added to the train unless documentation is 
    provided to the train crew that a Class I brake test and an exterior 
    mechanical inspection was performed on the car within the previous 
    calendar day and the car has not been disconnected from a source of 
    compressed air for more than four hours. FRA is adding this requirement 
    in order to address the concerns raised by various labor 
    representatives that no provisions were provided in the proposal to 
    address circumstances when cars are added to an en route train. If a 
    car has received such inspection, the railroad will be required to 
    perform a Class II brake test at the time the car is added to the 
    train. FRA believes that these provisions will ensure the integrity of 
    the brakes and mechanical components on every car added to an existing 
    train and should not be a burden for railroads since cars are generally 
    added to passenger trains at major terminals with the facilities and 
    personnel available for conducting such inspections. Furthermore, these 
    inspection requirements are very similar to what is currently required 
    when a freight car is added to a train while en route. See 49 CFR 
    Secs. 215.13 and 232.13.
        FRA is also modifying the requirements for when a Class IA brake 
    test must be performed. FRA continues to believe that some type of car-
    by-car inspection must be performed prior to a passenger train's first 
    run of the day if the train was used in passenger service the previous 
    day without any brake inspection being performed after it completed 
    service and before it laid-up for the evening. However, FRA agrees with 
    the comments submitted by APTA representatives that the need for such 
    an inspection is minimized if a Class I brake test is performed within 
    a relatively short period of time prior to the first run of the day and 
    the train has not been used in passenger service since the performance 
    of that inspection. From a safety standpoint, it appears to be 
    unnecessary to require the performance of a second comprehensive brake 
    test when the equipment has not been used and has remained on a source 
    of compressed air since the last comprehensive brake test was 
    performed. In such circumstances, FRA believes that the performance of 
    a Class II brake test would be sufficient to determine if there are any 
    problems with the braking system due to vandalism or other causes since 
    the last comprehensive Class I brake test. Furthermore, as APTA's 
    comments point out, commuter railroads have been safely operated in a 
    fashion similar to this for a number of years. Consequently, the final 
    rule will require the performance of a Class II brake test prior to the 
    first run of the day if a Class I brake test was performed within the 
    previous twelve hours and the train has not been used in passenger 
    service and has not been disconnected from a source of compressed air 
    for more than four hours since the performance of the Class I brake 
    test.
        FRA will also include certain minimal recordkeeping requirements 
    related to the performance of the interior and exterior calendar day 
    and periodic mechanical inspection provisions. FRA believes that proper 
    and accurate recordkeeping is a cornerstone of any inspection process 
    and is essential to ensuring the performance and quality of the 
    required inspections. Without such records the inspection requirements 
    would be difficult to enforce. Although recordkeeping was discussed in 
    the Working Group and FRA believes them to be an integral part of any 
    inspection requirement, FRA inadvertently omitted any such requirements 
    in the NPRM specifically related to mechanical inspections. This 
    omission was brought to FRA's attention through verbal and written 
    comments provided by various interested parties.
        FRA is also making minor changes and clarifications to the proposed 
    exterior calendar day mechanical inspection. In the final rule, FRA is 
    explicitly stating that the exterior mechanical inspection is to be 
    performed to the extent possible without uncoupling the trainset and 
    without placing the equipment over a pit or on an elevated track. This 
    explicit statement is being added in response to APTA's concerns 
    regarding what would constitute proper performance of these 
    inspections. FRA intended the inspection to be very similar to the 
    freight car safety inspection currently required pursuant to Part 215. 
    FRA also recognizes that certain items contained in the proposed 
    exterior mechanical inspection could not have been easily inspected 
    without proper shop facilities. Therefore, FRA is moving some of the 
    exterior mechanical inspection requirements related to couplers and 
    trucks to the periodic mechanical inspection requirements as these 
    periodic inspections will likely be performed at locations with 
    facilities available that are more conducive to inspecting the specific 
    components. The changes made in the final rule were discussed with the 
    Working Group at the December 15-16, 1997 meeting.
        FRA is also adding various provisions related to the performance of 
    periodic mechanical inspections. As noted above, FRA is moving certain 
    items from the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection to the 
    periodic mechanical inspections as they cannot be easily inspected 
    without proper shop facilities. In the NPRM, FRA proposed that a 
    periodic mechanical inspection be performed every 180 days. After a 
    review of the industry's practices regarding the performance of 
    periodic mechanical-type inspections, FRA believes that the items 
    removed from the calendar day mechanical inspection as well as some of 
    the items previously
    
    [[Page 25564]]
    
    proposed in the 180 day periodic mechanical inspection should be and 
    are currently inspected on a more frequent basis by the railroads. As 
    it is FRA's intent in this proceeding to attempt to codify the current 
    best practices of the industry, FRA believes that the current intervals 
    for inspecting certain components should be maintained. Therefore, FRA 
    will require the periodic inspection of certain mechanical components, 
    floors, passageways, and switches on a 92-day basis. Furthermore, FRA 
    will also require a 92-day inspection of emergency lighting systems as 
    they are critical to the safety of passengers in the event of an 
    accident or derailment. FRA is adding an inspection of the roller 
    bearings to the 92-day inspection. Although this component was 
    inadvertently left out of the 1997 NPRM, they were covered in the 1994 
    NPRM; and FRA believes that roller bearings are an integral part of the 
    mechanical components and must be part of any mechanical inspection 
    scheme. Furthermore, several labor commenters recommended inspections 
    criteria similar to that contained in 49 CFR part 215, which 
    specifically addresses the condition of roller bearings. See 49 CFR 
    Sec. 215.115. As roller bearings are best viewed in a shop facility 
    context, FRA is adding the inspection of this component to the 92-day 
    periodic mechanical inspection, which is consistent with the current 
    practices of the industry.
        FRA will also retain a semi-annual periodic inspection for certain 
    components as proposed in the 1997 NPRM. FRA proposed a 180-day 
    periodic inspection, but in order to remain consistent with the 92-day 
    inspection scheme, FRA will require a 184-day periodic inspection of 
    certain components, including: seats; luggage racks; beds; and 
    emergency windows. FRA removed the inspection of the couplers from the 
    calendar day inspection and added them to the 184-day inspection 
    requirement. FRA is placing the coupler inspection at this interval 
    rather than the 92-day interval in order to reduce the amount of 
    coupling and uncoupling that will be required. FRA is also extending 
    the inspection interval related to manual door releases. Due to the 
    general reliability of these devices and because they are partially 
    inspected on a daily basis, FRA believes that an annual inspection of 
    the releases will ensure their proper operation. Thus, FRA will require 
    an inspection of the manual door releases every 368 days.
        Although FRA has established certain periodic inspection intervals 
    in order to establish a default interval, FRA intends to make clear 
    that FRA will allow railroads to develop alternative intervals for 
    performing such inspections for specific components or equipment based 
    on a more quantitative reliability assessment completed as part of 
    their system safety programs. FRA expects that railroads will utilize 
    reliability-based maintenance programs as appropriate, given this 
    opportunity to do so. As successful reliability based maintenance 
    programs are dynamic, it is expected that, in the process of defining 
    and documenting the reliable use of equipment or specific components, 
    over time, continued assessments may indicate a need to increase or 
    decrease inspection intervals. FRA will only permit lengthened 
    inspection intervals beyond the default intervals when such changes are 
    justified by a quantitative reliability assessment. The previously 
    described inspection intervals are based on sound but limited 
    information provided to FRA that FRA believes represents a combination 
    of operating experience, analytical analyses, knowledge and intuition. 
    FRA does expect that railroads will collect and respond to additional 
    data throughout the operating life of the equipment. (A detailed 
    discussion of reliability-based maintenance programs is contained in 
    the section-by-section discussion of Sec. 238.307.)
        FRA is also modifying the proposed requirements related to the 
    performance of single car tests. Based on the recommendations of 
    representatives from both rail labor and rail management, FRA will 
    reference the single car testing procedures which were developed by 
    APTA PRESS rather than the AAR single car testing procedures referenced 
    in the 1997 NPRM. The single car test procedures were issued by APTA on 
    July 1, 1998 and are contained in APTA Mechanical Safety Standard SS-M-
    005-98. The single car test procedures issued by APTA are more 
    comprehensive and better address passenger equipment than the older AAR 
    recommended practices. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed to require the 
    performance of single car tests on all passenger cars and other 
    unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains. However, the definition of 
    passenger cars includes self-propelled vehicles such as MU locomotives, 
    to which FRA did not intend to apply the proposed single car test 
    requirements. Thus, FRA is modifying the language of the single car 
    test requirements to clarify that the testing requirements apply to 
    nonself-propelled passenger cars and unpowered vehicles used in 
    passenger trains.
        FRA is also modifying some of the circumstances under which a 
    single car test is required to be performed. FRA agrees with several of 
    the commenters that the 1997 NPRM may have been over-inclusive in 
    listing the components whose repair, replacement, or removal would 
    trigger the performance of a single car test. Thus, in accordance with 
    the discussions conducted with the Working Group in mid-December of 
    1997, FRA is amending the list of brake components to include only 
    those circumstances where a relay valve, service portion, emergency 
    portion, or pipe bracket is removed, repaired, or replaced. Whenever 
    any other component previously contained in the 1997 NPRM is removed, 
    repaired, or replaced FRA will require that only that portion that is 
    renewed or replaced be tested. FRA believes that the items removed from 
    the previously proposed list can generally be removed, replaced, or 
    repaired without affecting other portions of the brake system and, 
    thus, the need to perform a single car test is reduced. FRA also will 
    not mandate the performance of a single car test for wheel defects, 
    other than a built-up tread, if the railroad can establish that the 
    wheel defect is due to a cause other than a defective brake system. 
    Thus, the burden will fall on the railroad to establish and maintain 
    sufficient documentation that a wheel defect is due to something other 
    than a brake-related cause. FRA intends to make it clear that if the 
    railroad cannot establish the specific non-brake related cause for a 
    wheel defect, it is required to perform a single car test.
    2. Qualified Maintenance Person
        An issue related to the inspection and testing requirements on 
    which FRA has received extensive comment, particularly from APTA 
    representatives, is the proposed definition of ``qualified mechanical 
    inspector (QMI).'' FRA recognizes the concern raised by some commenters 
    that the term QMI might result in employees designated as such to seek 
    some sort of premium pay status. Although FRA is not overly swayed by 
    this concern, FRA is changing the term in the manner suggested by these 
    commenters to ``qualified maintenance person (QMP).'' FRA believes that 
    the term used to describe the individual responsible for conducting 
    certain brake and mechanical inspections has little bearing on the 
    qualifications or knowledge of the individual and, thus, is not adverse 
    to accommodating a change in the term. However, but for clarifying 
    language, FRA is not changing
    
    [[Page 25565]]
    
    the underlying definition of what is required to be designated as a 
    QMP.
        The major concern raised by APTA representatives centered on the 
    requirement contained in the definition of a QMI that the person's 
    ``primary responsibility'' include work in the area of troubleshooting, 
    testing, inspecting, maintenance, or repair to train brake systems and 
    other components. These commenters believed that anyone who is properly 
    trained can perform the required inspections regardless of the amount 
    of time actually spent engaged in the activity.
        The entire concept of QMI (or QMP) is premised on the idea that 
    flexibility in the inspection of passenger equipment, flexibility in 
    the movement of defective equipment and slight reductions in periodic 
    maintenance could be provided if the mechanical components and brake 
    system were inspected on a daily basis by highly qualified individuals. 
    Thus, the requirement that a highly qualified person perform certain 
    brake and mechanical inspections is part of a package which includes 
    flexibility in the performance of brake and mechanical inspections, 
    permits wider latitude in the movement of defective equipment, and 
    provides reductions in the periodic maintenance that is required to be 
    performed on certain equipment. Therefore, FRA expects the highly 
    qualified person to be an individual who can not only identify a 
    particular defective condition but who will have the knowledge and 
    experience to know how the defective condition affects other mechanical 
    components or other parts of the brake system and will have an 
    understanding of what might have caused a particular defective 
    condition. FRA believes that in order for a person to become highly 
    proficient in the performance of a particular task that person must 
    perform the task on a repeated and consistent basis. As it is almost 
    impossible to develop and impose specific experience requirements, FRA 
    believes that a requirement that the person's primary responsibility be 
    in one or more of the specifically identified work areas and that the 
    person have a basic understanding of what is required to properly 
    repair and maintain safety-critical brake or mechanical components is 
    necessary to ensure the high quality inspections envisioned by the 
    rule.
        FRA disagrees with the contentions raised by APTA representatives 
    that the definition of QMI (or QMP) violates the APA and exceeds FRA's 
    statutory authority. Contrary to the assertions made by APTA 
    representatives, the administrative record together with FRA's 
    independent knowledge of the passenger rail industry do support a 
    requirement that only a QMI (or QMP) conduct Class I brake tests and 
    exterior mechanical inspections. Except for limited weekend service 
    operated by Metra, virtually every passenger train operation affected 
    by this rule currently conducts daily brake and mechanical inspections 
    utilizing employees who, except for training on the requirements of 
    this rule, would meet the definition of a QMI (or QMP). That is, the 
    employees who are currently responsible for conducting the major daily 
    brake and mechanical inspections on virtually all passenger trains meet 
    the ``primary responsibility'' requirement contained in the definition 
    of QMI (or QMP). Therefore, the industry's current practice 
    acknowledges and supports the need to conduct daily inspections with 
    employees whose primary responsibility is the troubleshooting, 
    inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair of train brake systems or 
    other mechanical components. Furthermore, due to the flexibility 
    provided in this rule for conducting brake and mechanical inspections 
    and moving defective equipment as well as the extension of certain 
    periodic maintenance, FRA believes that the current best practices of 
    the railroads with regard to brake and mechanical inspections must be 
    maintained, especially as they relate to the quality of the personnel 
    performing the inspections and the continuity of observation provided 
    by a dedicated work force (which is important to detection of 
    developing hazards in the fleet).
        FRA further believes that APTA's contention that the definition of 
    QMI (or QMP) violates the Railway Labor Act is due to a 
    misunderstanding of the definition. FRA is not attempting to make any 
    determinations over employee classes or crafts or to interpret 
    collective bargaining agreements. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA stated that the 
    definition would allow the members of trades associated with testing 
    and maintenance of equipment such as carmen, machinists, and 
    electricians to become QMIs (or QMPs). However, FRA further stated that 
    membership in a labor organization or completion of an apprenticeship 
    program associated with a particular craft is not required. FRA made 
    clear that the two overriding qualifications are possession of the 
    knowledge required to do the job and a primary work assignment 
    inspecting, testing, or maintaining the equipment.
        FRA also intends to clarify the meaning of ``primary 
    responsibility'' as used in the definition of QMP. As a rule of thumb 
    FRA will consider a person's ``primary responsibility'' to be the task 
    that the person performs at least 50 percent of the time. Therefore, a 
    person who spends at least 50 percent of the time engaged in the duties 
    of inspecting, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, or repair of 
    train brakes systems and other mechanical components could be 
    designated as a QMP, if the person is properly trained to perform the 
    tasks assigned and possesses a current understanding of what is 
    required to properly repair and maintain the safety-critical brake or 
    mechanical components for which they are assigned responsibility. 
    However, FRA will consider the totality of the circumstances 
    surrounding an employee's duties in determining a person's ``primary 
    responsibility.'' For example, a person may not spend 50 percent of his 
    or her day engaged in any one readily identifiable type of activity; in 
    those situations FRA will have to look at the circumstances involved on 
    a case-by-case basis.
        The definition of QMP largely rules out the possibility of train 
    crew members being designated as these highly qualified inspectors 
    since the primary responsibility, as defined above, of virtually all 
    current train crew personnel is the operation of trains and for the 
    most part train crew personnel do not possess a current understanding 
    of what is required to properly repair and maintain the safety-critical 
    brake or mechanical components that are inspected during Class I brake 
    tests or exterior calendar day mechanical inspections. However, 
    contrary to the contentions raised by APTA, there is nothing in the 
    rule which prevents a railroad from utilizing employees who are not 
    designated as QMPs from conducting brake and mechanical inspections 
    provided those inspections are not intended to constitute the required 
    Class I brake test or the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection. 
    Furthermore, the rule provides that certain required brake and 
    mechanical inspections (Class IA brake tests, Class II brake tests, 
    running brake tests, and interior calendar day mechanical inspections) 
    may be performed by a properly ``qualified person'' and do mandate the 
    use of a QMP. FRA believes that these are the types of inspections 
    which train crew members are currently assigned to perform and have 
    been performing effectively for years. Consequently, FRA believes that 
    the inspection requirements and the qualification requirements 
    contained in this rule are merely a codification of the current best 
    practices of the passenger
    
    [[Page 25566]]
    
    train industry and are necessary to ensure the continued safety of 
    those operations while providing the industry some flexibility in the 
    performance of certain inspections and in the movement of defective 
    equipment as well as providing slight increases in periodic maintenance 
    cycles for some equipment.
        FRA does not intend to provide any special provisions for weekend 
    operations with regard to the conducting of Class I brake tests and 
    calendar day mechanical inspection by QMPs as suggested in the comments 
    by some APTA representatives. The rationale for requiring daily brake 
    and mechanical attention by highly qualified inspectors, a proposition 
    generally accepted by Working Group members, appears to apply equally 
    to weekend periods. In fact based on FRA's experience, equipment used 
    on weekends is generally used more rigorously than equipment used 
    during weekday operations. At present only one commuter operation 
    (Metra) has raised significant concerns regarding weekend operations. 
    Although there is no specific data suggesting that existing weekend 
    operations on Metra, which involves having many of the brake 
    inspections conducted by train crew members, have created a safety 
    hazard, FRA has found it virtually impossible to draft and justify 
    provisions providing limited flexibility for Metra that do not create 
    potential loopholes that could be abused by other passenger train 
    operations that have not had the apparent safety success of Metra. 
    Moreover, based on FRA's independent investigation of Metra's 
    operation, it is believed that the impact of this final rule on Metra's 
    weekend operations will be significantly less than that indicated in 
    APTA's written comments and originally perceived by Metra. FRA believes 
    that most of the personnel needed by Metra to conduct its weekend 
    operations in accordance with this final rule are available to Metra or 
    its contractors and that minor adjustments could be made to its weekend 
    operations that might avoid significant new expense.
        As the concerns regarding weekend operations appear to involve just 
    one commuter operation and because the precise impact on that operation 
    is not known or available at this time, FRA believes that the waiver 
    process would be the best method for evaluating any lingering concerns 
    that may be raised by that operator. This would afford FRA an 
    opportunity to provide any appropriate relief based on the specific 
    needs and the safety history of the individual railroad without opening 
    the door to potential abuses by other railroads that are not similarly 
    situated.
    3. Long-Distance Intercity Passenger Trains
        FRA is also retaining the requirements proposed in the 1997 NPRM 
    related to the performance of Class I brake tests on long-distance 
    intercity passenger trains. FRA will require that a Class I brake test 
    be performed on long-distance intercity passenger trains prior to the 
    trains' departure from an originating terminal and once every 1,500 
    miles or every calendar day, whichever occurs first. After reviewing 
    the information and comments submitted by labor representatives, the 
    information and comments provided by Amtrak, and based upon the 
    independent information developed by FRA, FRA believes that the 
    enhanced inspection scheme contained in this final rule will ensure the 
    continued safety of long-distance intercity passenger trains.
        Contrary to the statements made in the comments submitted by some 
    labor representatives, FRA is not merely increasing the distance 
    between brake inspections. Rather, FRA is increasing both the quality 
    and the content of the inspections that must be performed on long-
    distance intercity passenger trains and, thus, increasing the safety of 
    such trains. Under the current regulations these passenger trains are 
    required to receive an initial terminal brake inspection at the point 
    where they are originally assembled; from that point the train must 
    receive an intermediate brake inspection every 1,000 miles. The current 
    1,000-mile inspection merely requires the performance of a leakage 
    test, an application of the brakes and the inspection of the brake 
    rigging on each car to ensure it is properly secured. See 49 CFR 
    232.12(b). The current 1,000-mile brake inspection does not require 100 
    percent operative brakes prior to departure and does not require piston 
    travel to be inspected. The current regulations also do not require the 
    performance of any type of mechanical inspection on passenger equipment 
    at 1,000-mile inspection points or at any other time in the train's 
    journey. Thus, under the current regulations a long-distance intercity 
    passenger train can travel from New York to Los Angeles on one initial 
    terminal inspection, a series of 1,000-mile inspections, and no 
    mechanical inspections.
        Whereas, this rule will require the performance of a Class I brake 
    test, which is more comprehensive than the current initial terminal 
    inspection, at the point where the train is originally assembled and 
    will require the performance of another Class I brake test every 1,500 
    miles or every calendar day thereafter, whichever comes first, by 
    highly qualified inspectors. Thus, at least every 1,500 miles or every 
    calendar day a long-distance passenger train will be required to 
    receive a brake inspection which is more comprehensive than the current 
    initial terminal inspection and which requires that the train have 100 
    percent operative brakes and have piston travel set within established 
    limits. Furthermore, this rule will require the performance of an 
    exterior and interior mechanical inspection every calendar day that the 
    train is in service. Consequently, the inspection scheme proposed in 
    the 1997 NPRM and retained in this final rule will, in FRA's view, 
    increase the safety and better ensure the integrity of the brake and 
    mechanical components of long-distance passenger trains.
        FRA also believes that some recognition must be given to the 
    various types of advanced braking system technologies used on many 
    long-distance intercity passenger trains. Many of these advanced 
    technologies are not found with any regularity in freight operations. 
    Dynamic brakes are typically employed on these types of trains to limit 
    thermal stresses on friction surfaces and to limit the wear and tear on 
    the brake equipment. Furthermore, the brake valves and brake components 
    used on today's long-distance passenger trains are far more reliable 
    than was the case several decades ago. Other technological advances 
    utilized with regularity by these passenger trains include:
         The use of brake cylinder pressure indicators which 
    provide a reliable indication of the application and release of the 
    brakes.
         The use of disc brakes which provide shorter stopping 
    distances and decrease the risk of thermal damage to wheels.
         The ability to cut out brakes on a per-axle or per-truck 
    basis rather than a per car basis, thus permitting greater use of those 
    brakes that are operable.
         Brake ratios that are 2\1/2\ times greater than the brake 
    ratios of loaded freight cars.
        The reliability and performance of brake systems on these passenger 
    trains enhance the safety of these trains and, when combined with other 
    aspects of this discussion, support FRA's determination that these 
    brake systems can be safely operated with the inspection intervals that 
    were proposed in the 1997 NPRM. Although some of the technologies noted 
    above have existed for several decades, most of the technologies were 
    not in wide spread use until after 1980. Furthermore, most
    
    [[Page 25567]]
    
    of the noted technological advances just started to be integrated into 
    one efficient and reliable braking system within the last decade. 
    Consequently, the technology incorporated into the brake equipment used 
    in today's long-distance intercity passenger trains has increased the 
    reliability of the braking system and permits the safe operation of the 
    equipment for extended distances even though a portion of the braking 
    system may be inoperative or defective.
        FRA also disagrees with the contentions raised by certain labor 
    representatives that the facts and data do not support the 500 mile 
    extension in the brake inspection interval even with the more 
    comprehensive inspection scheme. These commenters recommend that the 
    current 1,000-mile brake inspection interval be retained together with 
    the increased inspection regiment. These commenters contend that due to 
    the large number of defects being found at 1,000-mile inspections that 
    the need to retain the inspection is justified. As an example and 
    support for this position, the BRC submitted information containing 
    numerous defective conditions compiled by carmen stationed at Union 
    Station in Washington D.C. from January 1996 through February of 1997 
    that the carmen allegedly found on trains traveling through Union 
    Station. After reviewing the documentation submitted, FRA does not 
    believe the information supports the conclusion that 1,000-mile brake 
    inspections must be maintained and that it would be unsafe to extend 
    the distance between brake inspections under the inspection scheme 
    contained in this final rule.
        Due to the lack of detail contained in the information submitted by 
    the BRC, it is impossible to determine whether the vast majority of the 
    alleged defective conditions were defective under the Federal 
    regulations or whether the conditions were merely in excess of Amtrak's 
    voluntary maintenance standards or operating practices. In addition, 
    based on the description of some of the conditions, they would not be 
    considered defective conditions under current Federal regulations. 
    Furthermore, the vast majority of the conditions alleged in the 
    document were not power brake defects, and thus, under the current 
    regulations, would not have been required to have been inspected at a 
    1,000-mile inspection, nor do the current regulations mandate any type 
    of mechanical inspection on passenger equipment. Moreover, as the vast 
    majority of the alleged conditions were mechanical and wheel defects, 
    FRA believes that these types of defective conditions will be addressed 
    by the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection contained in this 
    final rule which will be required to be performed every calendar day 
    that a piece of equipment is in service.
        FRA agrees with the comments submitted by the BRC that the data and 
    information submitted by Amtrak regarding the allegedly defective 
    equipment found at Washington, D.C., does not fully address whether the 
    cars identified by carmen at that location were defective and does 
    indicate that at least many of the cars were repaired for the defective 
    condition noted within several days after moving through Washington, 
    D.C. However, contrary to the conclusions reached by labor 
    representatives, the fact that a car remained in service with an 
    alleged defective mechanical or brake condition does not necessarily 
    mean the train involved was in an unsafe condition or that the 
    equipment was being moved illegally. The current regulations regarding 
    freight mechanical equipment and the existing statutory mandates 
    regarding the movement of equipment with defective safety appliances 
    and brakes permit the movement of a certain amount of defective 
    equipment to certain locations provided it is determined by a qualified 
    person that such a movement can be made safely or that a sufficient 
    percentage of the brakes remain operative. See 49 U.S.C. 20303, 49 CFR 
    215.9. As this final rule will specifically address the inspection of 
    the mechanical components on passenger equipment and the movement of 
    defective mechanical components, which is not covered by existing 
    regulations, FRA believes that the amount of defective equipment being 
    operated will be reduced significantly and will be handled safely in 
    revenue trains. Although FRA agrees that the information submitted by 
    Amtrak regarding the number of cars set out at 1,000-mile inspection 
    points does not reflect the true number of defects being found during 
    the inspections, FRA does find it significant that a very small 
    percentage of cars set-out by Amtrak are set-out at 1,000-mile 
    inspection locations and that most set-outs occur en route. (In its 
    April 17, 1998 letter, Amtrak used the term intermediate inspections 
    which upon FRA's review of the information provided was intended to 
    describe 1,000-mile inspection locations.)
        FRA also feels it is necessary to make clear that the number of 
    cars alleged to have been found in defective condition at Union Station 
    in Washington D.C. is not indicative of a safety problem on long-
    distance intercity passenger trains. Assuming that all of the cars 
    contained in BRC's submission were in fact defective as alleged, it 
    appears that approximately 750 cars were defective. However, the 
    information also reveals that approximately 1,300 trains were 
    inspected, thus, using a conservative estimate of 10 cars per train, 
    approximately 13,000 cars were inspected. Therefore, approximately only 
    6 percent of the cars inspected were found to contain either a 
    mechanical or brake defect. Furthermore, of the approximate 750 cars 
    alleged to have been found defective, only approximately 20 percent of 
    those cars contained a power brake-related defect. Consequently, only 
    about 1-2 percent of the total cars inspected contained a power brake-
    related defect. Moreover, from the information provided it appears that 
    none of the trains contained in the BRC submission were involved in any 
    type of accident or incident related to the defective conditions 
    alleged.
        FRA believes that the key to any inspection scheme developed for 
    long-distance intercity passenger trains is the quality of the 
    inspection which is performed at a train's point of origin. FRA is 
    convinced that if a train is properly inspected with highly qualified 
    inspectors and has 100 percent operative brakes at its point of origin, 
    then the train can easily travel up to 1,500 miles between brake 
    inspections without significant deterioration of the braking system. 
    FRA independently monitored a few long-distance intercity passenger 
    trains running from New York to Miami, New York to New Orleans, and New 
    York to Chicago and found that when the trains departed from their 
    point of origin with a brake system that was defect free they arrived 
    at destination without any defective conditions existing on the trains' 
    brake system. These findings are consistent with FRA's experience in 
    inspecting long-distance intercity passenger trains over the last 
    several years. It should be noted that during this independent 
    monitoring, FRA did find some trains that after receiving initial 
    terminal inspections still contained some defective conditions on the 
    brake system. Although FRA believes that none of the defective 
    conditions found would have prevented the safe operation of the trains, 
    FRA recognizes that FRA as well as the railroads must be vigilant in 
    ensuring that quality brake system inspections are performed on a train 
    at its point of origin and at each location where a Class I brake test 
    is required to be performed. Consequently, due to the comprehensive 
    nature of Class I brake tests and the exterior
    
    [[Page 25568]]
    
    calendar day mechanical inspection combined with the technological 
    advances incorporated into the braking systems utilized in these types 
    of trains and after a review of the data and information provided and 
    based on FRA's experience with these types of operations, FRA intends 
    to retain the proposed 1,500 mileage interval for the performance of 
    Class I brake tests in this final rule.
    
    VII. Movement of Defective Equipment
    
    A. Background
    
        The current regulations do not contain requirements pertaining to 
    the movement of equipment with defective power brakes. The movement of 
    equipment with these types of defects is currently controlled by a 
    specific statutory provision originally enacted in 1910, which states:
    
        (a) GENERAL.-- A vehicle that is equipped in compliance with 
    this chapter whose equipment becomes defective or insecure 
    nevertheless may be moved when necessary to make repairs, without a 
    penalty being imposed under section 21302 of this title, from the 
    place at which the defect or insecurity was first discovered to the 
    nearest available place at which the repairs can be made--
        (1) on the railroad line on which the defect or insecurity was 
    discovered; or
        (2) at the option of a connecting railroad carrier, on the 
    railroad line of the connecting carrier, if not further than the 
    place of repair described in clause (1) of this subsection.
    
    49 U.S.C. 20303(a) (emphasis added).
        Although there is no limit contained in 49 U.S.C. 20303 as to the 
    number of cars with defective equipment that may be hauled in a train, 
    FRA has a longstanding interpretation which requires that, at a 
    minimum, 85 percent of the cars in a train have operative brakes. FRA 
    bases this interpretation on another statutory requirement which 
    permits a railroad to use a train only if Aat least 50 percent of the 
    vehicles in the train are equipped with power or train brakes and the 
    engineer is using the power or train brakes on those vehicles and on 
    all other vehicles equipped with them that are associated with those 
    vehicles in a train.'' 49 U.S.C. 20302(a)(5)(B). As originally enacted 
    in 1903, section 20302 also granted the Interstate Commerce Commission 
    (ICC) the authority to increase this percentage, and in 1910 the ICC 
    issued an order increasing the minimum percentage to 85 percent. See 49 
    CFR 232.1, which codified the ICC order.
        As virtually all freight cars are presently equipped with power 
    brakes and are operated on an associated trainline, the statutory 
    requirement is in essence a requirement that 100 percent of the cars in 
    a train have operative power brakes, unless being hauled for repairs 
    pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 20303. Consequently, FRA currently requires that 
    equipment with defective or inoperative air brakes make-up no more than 
    15 percent of the train and that, if it is necessary to move the 
    equipment from where the railroad first discovered it to be defective, 
    the defective equipment be moved no farther than the nearest place on 
    the railroad's line where the necessary repairs can be made or, at the 
    option of the receiving carrier, to a repair point that is no farther 
    than the repair point on the delivering line.
        The requirements regarding the movement of equipment with defective 
    or insecure brakes noted above can and do create safety hazards as well 
    as operational difficulties in the area of commuter and intercity 
    passenger railroad operations. As the provisions regarding the movement 
    of defective brake equipment were written almost a century ago, they do 
    not address the realities of these types of operations in today's 
    world. Strict application of the requirements has the potential of 
    causing major disruptions of service and serious safety and security 
    problems. For example, requiring repairs to be made at the nearest 
    location where the necessary repairs can be made could result in 
    passengers being discharged between stations where adequate facilities 
    for their safety are not available or in the overcrowding of station 
    platforms and trailing trains due to discharging passengers from a 
    defective train at a location other than the passenger's destination. 
    In addition, strict application of the statutory requirements could 
    result in the moving of trains with defective brake equipment against 
    the current of traffic during busy commuting hours. Irregular movements 
    of this type increase the risk of collisions on the railroad. 
    Furthermore, many of today's commuter train operations often utilize 
    six cars or less in trains and in many instances operate just two-car 
    trains. Consequently, the necessity to cut out the brakes on one car 
    can easily result in noncompliance with the 85-percent requirement for 
    hauling the car for repairs, thus prohibiting the train's movement and 
    resulting in the same type of safety problems noted above.
    
    B. Overview of 1997 NPRM
    
        In the NPRM, FRA attempted to recognize the nature of commuter and 
    intercity passenger operations and the importance of addressing the 
    safety of passengers, as well as avoiding disruption of this service, 
    when applying the requirements regarding the movement of equipment with 
    defective brakes on a day-to-day basis. In addition, the 
    representatives of commuter and intercity passenger train operations 
    participating in the proceeding requested that the regulations be 
    brought up to date, recognizing that brakes will have to be cut out en 
    route from time to time (e.g., because of damage from debris on the 
    track structure or because of sticking brakes), and that contemporary 
    braking systems and established stopping distances provide a very 
    considerable margin of safety. Representatives from APTA proposed a 
    method of updating the existing requirements regarding the movement of 
    commuter passenger equipment with defective brakes to bring them more 
    in line with the realities of today's operations. FRA believed that the 
    restrictions proposed by APTA were very conservative and effectively 
    ensure a high level of safety in light of the reliability of braking 
    systems currently used in commuter and intercity passenger train 
    operations. FRA believed that affirmatively recognizing appropriate 
    movement restrictions would actually enhance safety, since compliance 
    with the existing restrictions is potentially unsafe.
        FRA recognized that some of the restrictions proposed in the NPRM 
    were not in accord with the requirements contained in 49 U.S.C. 
    20303(a). Therefore, FRA proposed the utilization of the authority 
    granted in 49 U.S.C. 20306 to exempt passenger train operations covered 
    by this part from the statutory requirements contained in 49 U.S.C. 
    20303(a) permitting the movement of equipment with defective or 
    insecure brakes only if various requirements are met, including the 
    requirement that the movement for repair be only to the nearest 
    location where the necessary repairs can be made. FRA believed that the 
    granting of this exemption was justified based on the technological 
    advances made in the brake systems and equipment used in passenger 
    operations, and was necessary for these operations to make efficient 
    use of the technological advances and protect the safety of the riding 
    public. See 62 FR 49740-42, 49756-58. Although FRA recognized that it 
    could be argued that the purpose of section 20306 is too narrow to 
    comprehend the instant application, FRA believed that the use of the 
    provision as contemplated in this proposal was consistent with the 
    authority granted the Secretary of Transportation. As noted previously, 
    the
    
    [[Page 25569]]
    
    statutory requirements regarding the movement of equipment with 
    defective brake equipment were written nearly a century ago and, in 
    FRA's opinion, were focused generally on the operation of freight 
    equipment and did not contemplate the types of commuter and intercity 
    passenger train operations currently prevalent throughout the nation. 
    Since the original enactment in 1910 of the provisions now codified at 
    49 U.S.C. 20303(a), there have been substantial changes both in the 
    nature of the operations of passenger trains as well as in the 
    technology used in those operations.
        In the NPRM, FRA noted that contemporary passenger equipment 
    incorporates various types of advanced braking systems; in some cases 
    these include electrical activation of brakes on each car (with 
    pneumatic application through the train line available as a backup). 
    Dynamic brakes are also typically employed to limit thermal stresses on 
    friction surfaces and to limit the wear and tear on the brake 
    equipment. Furthermore, the brake valves and brake components used 
    today are far more reliable than was the case several decades ago. In 
    addition to these technological advances, the brake equipment used in 
    commuter and intercity passenger train operations incorporate advanced 
    technologies not found with any regularity in freight operations. These 
    include:
         The use of brake cylinder pressure indicators which 
    provide a reliable indication of the application and release of the 
    brakes.
         The use of disc brakes which provide shorter stopping 
    distances and decrease the risk of thermal damage to wheels.
         The ability to effectuate a graduated release of the 
    brakes due to a design feature of the brake equipment which permits 
    more flexibility and more forgiving train control.
         The ability to cut out brakes on a per-axle or per-truck 
    basis rather than a per car basis, thus permitting greater use of those 
    brakes that are operable.
         The use of a pressure-maintaining feature on each car 
    which continuously maintains the air pressure in the brake system, 
    thereby compensating for any leakage in the trainline and preventing a 
    total loss of air in the brake system.
         The use of a separate trainline from the locomotive main 
    reservoir to continuously charge supply reservoirs independent of the 
    brake pipe train line.
         Brake ratios that are 2\1/2\ times greater than the brake 
    ratios of loaded freight cars.
        Although some of the technologies noted above have existed for 
    several decades, most of the technologies were not in wide spread use 
    until after 1980. Furthermore, most of the noted technological advances 
    just started to be integrated into one efficient and reliable braking 
    system within the last decade. In addition to the technological 
    advances, commuter and intercity passenger train operations have 
    experienced considerable growth in the last 15 years necessitating the 
    need to provide more reliable and efficient service to the riding 
    public. Since 1980, the number of commuter operations providing rail 
    service has almost doubled and the number of daily passengers serviced 
    by passenger operations has more than doubled over the same time 
    period. Furthermore, commuter and intercity passenger train operations 
    conduct more frequent single car tests, COT&S, and maintenance of the 
    braking systems than is generally the practice in the freight industry. 
    Consequently, FRA concluded that the technology incorporated into the 
    brake equipment used in today's commuter and intercity passenger train 
    operations has increased the reliability of the braking system and 
    permits the safe operation of the equipment for extended distances even 
    though a portion of the braking system may be inoperative or defective.
        FRA also proposed an exemption for passenger train operations from 
    a long-standing agency interpretation, based on a 1910 ICC order 
    codified at 49 CFR 232.1, that prohibits the movement of a train for 
    repairs under 49 U.S.C. 20303 if less than 85 percent of the train's 
    brakes are operative. FRA found that many passenger operations utilize 
    a small number of cars in their trains and the necessity to cut out the 
    brakes on just one car can easily result in noncompliance. FRA believed 
    that the proposed speed restrictions would compensate for the loss of 
    brakes on a minority of cars. See 62 FR 49740-42, 49756-58.
        Based on the preceding discussions, FRA proposed various 
    restrictions on the movement of vehicles with defective brake equipment 
    which allow commuter and intercity passenger train operations to take 
    advantage of the efficiencies created due to the advanced braking 
    systems these operations employ as well as the improvements made in 
    brake equipment over the years, while ensuring if not enhancing the 
    safety of the traveling public. See 62 FR 49756-58, 49796-98. FRA 
    proposed to permit trains to be operated with up to 50 percent 
    inoperative brakes to the next forward passenger station or terminal 
    based on the percentage of operative brakes, which may have resulted in 
    movements past locations where the necessary repairs could be made. 
    However, to ensure the safety of these trains with lower percentages of 
    operative brakes, FRA also proposed various speed restrictions and 
    other operating restrictions, based on the percentage of operative 
    brakes. FRA believed that the proposed speed restrictions were very 
    conservative and ensured a high level of safety. In fact, test data 
    established that with the proposed speed restrictions the stopping 
    distances of those trains with lower percentages of operative brakes 
    were shorter than if the trains were operating at normal speed and had 
    100 percent operative brakes. Consequently, FRA believed that the 
    proposed approach to the movement of equipment with defective brakes 
    not only enhanced the overall safety of train operations but benefitted 
    both the railroads, by providing operational flexibility, and the 
    traveling public, by permitting them to get to their destinations in a 
    more expedient and safe fashion.
        FRA also proposed various requirements to ensure that equipment 
    being hauled for repairs is adequately identified. Currently, there is 
    no requirement that equipment with defective power brakes be tagged or 
    otherwise identified, although most railroads voluntarily engage in 
    such activity. Furthermore, the current regulations regarding freight 
    cars and locomotives contain tagging requirements for the movement of 
    equipment not in compliance with those parts. See 49 CFR 215.9 and 
    229.9. Therefore, FRA proposed specific requirements related to the 
    identification of equipment with defective power brakes through either 
    the traditional tags which are placed in established locations on the 
    equipment or by an automated tracking system developed by the railroad. 
    See 62 FR 49796-98. FRA also proposed that certain information be 
    contained whichever method was used by a railroad. FRA believed that 
    the proposed tagging or tracking requirements add reliability, 
    accountability, and enforceability to ensure the timely and proper 
    repair of equipment with defective power brakes.
        FRA also proposed a new method for calculating the percentage of 
    operative power brakes (operative primary brakes) in a train. Although 
    the statute discusses the percentage of operative brakes in terms of a 
    percentage of vehicles, the statute was written nearly a century ago 
    and at that time the only way to cut out the brakes on a car or 
    locomotive was to cut out the entire unit. See 49 U.S.C. 
    20302(a)(5)(B).
    
    [[Page 25570]]
    
    Today, virtually every piece of equipment used in passenger service can 
    have the brakes cut out on a per-truck or per-axle basis. Consequently, 
    FRA merely proposed a method of calculating the percentage of operative 
    brakes based on the design of passenger equipment used today, and thus, 
    a means to more accurately reflect the true braking ability of the 
    train as a whole. FRA believed that the proposed method of calculation 
    was consistent with the intent of Congress when it drafted the 
    statutory requirement and simply recognized the technological 
    advancements made in braking systems over the last century. 
    Consequently, FRA proposed that the percentage of operative brakes 
    would be determined by dividing the number of axles in the train with 
    operative brakes by the total number of axles in the train. 
    Furthermore, for equipment utilizing tread brake units (TBU), FRA 
    proposed that the percentage of operative brakes be determined by 
    dividing the number of operative TBUs by the total number of TBUs. See 
    62 FR 49757, 49797.
        The NPRM also contained proposed provisions regarding the movement 
    of equipment with other than power brake defects. See 62 FR 49758-59, 
    49798-99. There are currently no statutory or regulatory restrictions 
    on the movement of passenger cars with defective conditions that are 
    not power brake or safety appliance related. The proposed provisions 
    contained in the NPRM were similar to the provisions for moving 
    defective locomotives and freight cars currently contained in 49 CFR 
    229.9 and 215.9, respectively. As these provisions have generally 
    worked well with regard to the movement of defective locomotives and 
    freight cars and in order to maintain consistency, FRA modeled the 
    proposed movement requirements on those existing requirements. FRA 
    proposed to allow passenger railroads the flexibility to continue to 
    use equipment with non-safety-critical defects until the next scheduled 
    calendar day exterior mechanical inspection. However, FRA intended for 
    the calendar day mechanical inspections to be the tool used by 
    railroads to repair all reported defects and to prevent continued use 
    of defective equipment to carry passengers.
        In the NPRM, FRA intended for 49 CFR 229.9 to continue to govern 
    the movement of locomotives used in passenger service which develop 
    defective conditions, not covered by part 238, that are not in 
    compliance with part 229. FRA also did not intend to alter the current 
    statutory requirements contained in 49 U.S.C. 20303 regarding the 
    movement of passenger equipment with defective or insecure safety 
    appliances. Consequently, in the NPRM, FRA required that passenger 
    equipment that develops a defective or insecure safety appliance 
    continue to be subject to all the statutory restrictions on its 
    movement. It should be noted that the proposed requirements applicable 
    to Tier I equipment merely referenced the Railroad Safety Appliance 
    Standards (49 CFR part 231); however, FRA proposed separate safety 
    appliance requirements for Tier II passenger equipment.
        FRA proposed that passenger equipment that is found with conditions 
    not in compliance with this part, other than power brake defects, be 
    moved only after a QMI has determined that the equipment is safe to 
    move and determined any restrictions necessary for the equipment's safe 
    movement. FRA also allowed railroads to move equipment based on an 
    assessment made by a QMI in communication with on-site personnel. FRA 
    proposes this based on the reality that mechanical personnel are not 
    readily available at every location on a railroad's line of road. 
    However, FRA further proposed that if a QMI does not actually inspect 
    the equipment to determine that it is safe to move, then, at the first 
    forward location where a QMI is on duty, an inspector will perform a 
    physical inspection of the equipment to confirm the initial assessment 
    made while in communication with on-site personnel previously.
        The NPRM also required the tracking of defective equipment in 
    either of two ways. One option was to tag the equipment in a manner 
    similar to what is currently required under Sec. 215.9 for freight 
    cars. The second option was to record the specified information in an 
    automated tracking system. The latter alternative was offered to 
    provide railroads some flexibility and was made in recognition of 
    advances in electronic recordkeeping.
    
    C. Discussion of Comments on the 1997 NPRM and General FRA Conclusions
    
    1. Movement of Equipment With Defective Brakes
        Labor representatives raised several concerns, both in their 
    written comments and at the Working Group meetings, regarding the 
    proposed provisions related to the movement of passenger equipment with 
    defective power brakes. These commenters objected to FRA's use of the 
    authority granted in 49 U.S.C. 20306 to exempt passenger train 
    operations covered by this part from the statutory requirements 
    contained in 49 U.S.C. 20303(a) permitting the movement of equipment 
    with defective or insecure brakes only if various requirements are met, 
    including the requirement that the movement for repair be only to the 
    nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made. These 
    commenters contend that the statutory provisions contained in 49 U.S.C. 
    20306 were not intended to permit FRA to waive the movement for repair 
    provisions contained in the Safety Appliance Acts for an entire segment 
    of the industry. Furthermore, these commenters contend that FRA is 
    improperly relying on technological advances that exist on passenger 
    trains to invoke the authority under 49 U.S.C. 20306 because many of 
    the technological advances cited by FRA do not currently exist or are 
    not currently used on a large portion of the passenger fleet. Labor 
    representatives contend that passenger equipment which develops 
    defective brake equipment should only be permitted to move to a 
    location where the passengers can be off-loaded with appropriate speed 
    restrictions.
        Labor representatives also objected to FRA's statement that the 
    term ``power brake defect'' does not include a failure to inspect such 
    a component. These commenters claim that FRA's exclusion of the failure 
    to properly inspect a brake component eliminates an important means of 
    enforcement necessary to ensure that proper power brake inspections are 
    performed. It is claimed that by excluding the failure to inspect from 
    being a power brake defect, FRA has eliminated any incentive for 
    railroads to ensure that trains have operative brakes because there 
    will be little financial repercussion to continuing to use improperly 
    inspected equipment. These commenters also objected to the proposed 
    provision that requires the railroad operating long-distance intercity 
    passenger trains to designate those location where power brake repairs 
    will be conducted. It is claimed that by allowing the carriers to 
    designate such locations the carrier is in absolute control of how far 
    defective equipment will travel and abuse of the provision may occur. 
    Labor representatives also objected to allowing railroads to use 
    automated tracking systems to record information regarding defective 
    equipment. These commenters believe that tagging the equipment must be 
    required in order for inspectors to readily identify defective 
    equipment. It is further contended that an automated tracking system is 
    susceptible to manipulation, abuse and reduces accountability. One 
    commenter recommended that FRA add further restrictions on the use and 
    movement of
    
    [[Page 25571]]
    
    cars with defective brakes at the front or rear of the train.
        Railroad representatives and APTA representatives did not provide 
    many comments on the proposed provisions related to the movement of 
    passenger equipment with defective brakes. These commenters did note 
    that there was not a major benefit to the railroads with being able to 
    haul certain defective equipment to the next forward terminal as 
    proposed. These commenters did recommend that FRA provide the railroads 
    at least two years to develop and implement the defect reporting and 
    tracking system proposed in the NPRM.
        After considering the written comments submitted and the 
    information provided at the Working Group meetings, FRA has determined 
    that some minor changes need to be made to the requirements proposed in 
    the NPRM regarding the movement of equipment with defective power 
    brakes. In order to avoid the legal implications involved with 
    employing the statutory authority contained at 49 U.S.C. 20306 for 
    exempting equipment from the statutory requirements related to safety 
    appliances and power brakes, and because railroad representatives 
    acknowledged that the flexibility provided through reliance on the 
    exemption is minimal, FRA will not rely on the statutory exemption 
    provision contained at 49 U.S.C. 20306 in this final rule and will 
    modify the movement for repair provisions accordingly. FRA will retain 
    the exemption for passenger train operations from a long-standing 
    agency interpretation that prohibits the movement of a train for 
    repairs under 49 U.S.C. 20303 if less than 85 percent of the train's 
    brakes are operative. The interpretation is based on a 1910 ICC order 
    codified at 49 CFR 232.1, FRA believes that this requirement is overly 
    restrictive when applied to passenger train operations as many 
    passenger operations utilize a small number of cars in their trains and 
    the necessity to cut out the brakes on just one car can easily result 
    in noncompliance. FRA believes that the retention of the speed 
    restrictions contained in the proposal will fully compensate for the 
    loss of brakes on a minority of cars. FRA rejects the BRC's 
    recommendation that passenger trains with defective brakes be permitted 
    to move no farther than the next passenger station because such a 
    stringent requirement is unnecessary, more restrictive that the current 
    statutory mandate regarding the movement of defective brake equipment, 
    and is radically counter to the way passenger trains currently handle 
    defective equipment.
        FRA intends to retain those portions of the movement for repair 
    requirements that are consistent with the existing statutory provisions 
    regarding the movement of equipment with power brake defects and revise 
    those that are contrary. Therefore, passenger trains operating with 75-
    99 percent operative brakes will not be permitted to travel to the next 
    forward terminal as proposed, but will be permitted to travel only to 
    the next forward location were the necessary repairs to the brake 
    equipment can be effectuated as mandated in the existing statute. In 
    FRA's view, all of the other proposed methods for moving defective 
    power brake equipment are consistent with and are in accordance with 
    the current statutory requirements and can be retained. For example, 
    FRA will retain the provisions which permit a passenger train with 50-
    75 percent operative brakes to be moved at reduced speeds to the next 
    forward passenger station. Although the percentage of operative brakes 
    is lower than currently permitted by FRA's longstanding agency 
    interpretation (which FRA believes is fully compensated for by the 
    speed restrictions), FRA believes that the movement of the defective 
    equipment to the next passenger station is in accordance with the 
    statutory requirement as the safety of the passengers must be 
    considered in determining the nearest location where necessary repairs 
    can be made. In addition, permitting passenger trains to continue to 
    the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be performed 
    is also consistent with the statutory requirement as such movement is 
    necessary to ensure the safety of the traveling public by protecting 
    them from the hazards incident to performing movements against the 
    current of traffic. Furthermore, retention of the movement provisions 
    related to long-distance intercity passenger trains and long-distance 
    Tier II equipment are consistent with the current statutory 
    requirements as these provisions permit the movement of defective brake 
    equipment on these trains only to the next passenger station or the 
    next repair location, with various speed restrictions depending on the 
    percentage of operative brakes.
        FRA will also retain the requirement that operators of long-
    distance passenger trains designate the locations where repairs can be 
    conducted on the equipment. Although FRA agrees that this provision 
    puts the control of what locations constitute repair locations in the 
    hands of the railroad, FRA believes that the operators of these long-
    distance intercity trains are in the best position to determine which 
    locations have the necessary expertise to handle the repairs of the 
    somewhat advanced braking systems utilized in passenger trains. Due to 
    the unique technologies used on the brake systems of these operations 
    and the unique operating environments, the facilities and personnel 
    necessary to conduct proper repairs on this equipment are somewhat 
    specialized and limited. Moreover, FRA is retaining the broad 
    performance-based requirement that railroads operating this equipment 
    designate a sufficient number of repair locations to ensure the safe 
    and timely repair of the equipment. Contrary to the beliefs of some 
    labor commenters, FRA believes that this performance standard provides 
    FRA sufficient grounds to institute civil penalty enforcement actions 
    or take other enforcement actions if, based on its expertise and 
    experience, FRA believes the railroad is failing to designate an 
    adequate number of repair locations.
        Rather than attempt to develop a standard applicable to all 
    situations in the context of short-distance intercity and commuter 
    trains, which FRA does not believe can be accomplished, FRA intends to 
    approach the issue of what constitutes the next forward location where 
    repairs can be effectuated based on a case-by-case analysis of each 
    situation. FRA believes that its field inspectors are in the best 
    position to determine whether a railroad exercised good faith in 
    determining when and where to move a piece of defective equipment. In 
    making these determinations both the railroad as well as FRA's 
    inspectors must conduct a multi-factor analysis based on the facts of 
    each case. In determining whether a particular location is a location 
    where necessary repairs can be made or whether a location is the next 
    forward repair location in a passenger train context, the accessibility 
    of the location, the ability to safely make the repairs at that 
    location, and the safety of the passengers are the overriding factors 
    that must be considered in any analysis. These factors have a multitude 
    of sub-factors which must be considered, such as: the type of repair 
    required; the safety of employees responsible for conducting the 
    repairs; the safety of employees responsible for getting the equipment 
    to or from a particular location; the switching operations necessary to 
    effectuate the move; the railroad's recent history and current practice 
    of making repairs (brake and non-brake) at a particular location; 
    relevant weather
    
    [[Page 25572]]
    
    conditions; potential overcrowding of passenger platforms; and the 
    overcrowding of trailing trains.
        FRA will also retain the requirement that equipment found with 
    conditions not in compliance with this part must be appropriately 
    tagged or recorded in an automated tracking system. Although FRA is 
    sensitive to the concerns raised by labor representatives regarding the 
    use of automated tracking systems, FRA believes that provisions must be 
    provided to allow railroads to take advantage of existing and 
    developing technologies regarding the electronic maintenance and 
    retention of records. Although railroad and FRA inspectors may require 
    additional training on the use of electronic records, FRA believes that 
    the use of such a medium to track defective equipment can expedite the 
    identification and repair of defective equipment and, thus, reduce the 
    time that defective equipment is operated in passenger service. In 
    response to labor's concerns, the final rule contains a provision which 
    will give FRA the ability to monitor and review a railroad's automated 
    tracking system and will provide FRA the ability to prohibit or revoke 
    a railroad's ability to utilize an automated tracking system in lieu of 
    directly tagging defective equipment if FRA finds that the automated 
    tracking system is not properly secure, inaccessible to FRA or a 
    railroad's employees, or fails to adequately track and monitor the 
    movement of defective equipment. Furthermore, if the automated tracking 
    system developed and implemented by a railroad does not accurately and 
    adequately record the information required by this part, the railroad 
    will be in violation of the movement for repair provisions and subject 
    to civil penalty liability.
        In response to one labor commenter's concerns, FRA is slightly 
    modifying the provisions related to the operation of trains with 
    defective brakes on the front or rear car. In the NPRM, FRA proposed 
    that if the power brakes on the front or rear unit become inoperative 
    then a qualified person must be stationed at the handbrake on the unit. 
    See 62 FR 49797. FRA recognizes that in some instances the handbrake on 
    a car located at the front or rear of a train may not be accessible to 
    a member of the train crew or may be located outside the interior of 
    the car and, thus, unsafe for a crew member to operate while the train 
    is in motion. FRA also recognizes that in many circumstances when a car 
    at the front or rear of the train has inoperative brakes certain speed 
    restrictions should be placed on the train; however, FRA believes that 
    railroads are in the best position to determine what the appropriate 
    speed restriction should be given the circumstances involved. 
    Consequently, FRA is modifying the requirements for the use of such 
    cars and will add provisions requiring that appropriate speed 
    restrictions be imposed and that equipment with inaccessible handbrakes 
    or with handbrakes located outside the interior of a car be removed or 
    repositioned in the train at the first possible location.
        FRA believes that the concern raised by certain labor 
    representatives regarding FRA's definition of ``power brake defect'' is 
    due to a lack of understanding of the proposed rule as well as a 
    misunderstanding of the current regulations. Under the current power 
    brake regulations the unit of violation for failure to inspect is the 
    train not individual cars, although FRA can take a separate violation 
    for each car containing a defective condition upon departure after the 
    train received or should have received an initial terminal inspection 
    or for each car not identified as defective after the performance of an 
    intermediate inspection. Moreover, the failure to inspect a piece of 
    equipment cannot be cured through any of the proposed provisions 
    regarding the movement of defective equipment. That is, if a railroad 
    fails to inspect a piece of equipment as required, the railroad cannot 
    avoid civil penalty liability by moving the equipment in accordance 
    with the proposed provisions. Furthermore, the final rule contains 
    specific civil penalties for a railroad's failure to perform 
    inspections as required. Railroads will also continue to be subject to 
    potential civil penalty for any car found in defective condition after 
    it has performed or should have performed a Class I or Class IA brake 
    test and any car not properly moved or identified as defective at other 
    times. The final rule will also retain the proposed provision providing 
    that passenger equipment will be considered ``in use'' prior to 
    departure but after it has received or should have received an 
    inspection required by this part. Thus, FRA inspectors will no longer 
    have to wait until a piece of equipment departs a location before 
    issuing a civil penalty, a practice continually criticized by both 
    labor and railroad representatives.
        In addition, the NPRM as well as this final rule provides FRA 
    inspectors the ability to issue Special Notices for Repair, which 
    enable an FRA inspector to remove an unsafe piece of equipment from 
    service until appropriate action is taken by the railroad. See 62 FR 
    49790. This enforcement tool is not currently available to FRA 
    inspectors in the area of power brakes and mechanical components on 
    passenger equipment and could be used in circumstances where passenger 
    equipment is not inspected prior to being placed in service. 
    Consequently, the final rule will not only retain all of the 
    enforcement tools available to FRA under the current regulations but 
    will include other methods for ensuring compliance by the railroads and 
    provide both a financial and operational incentive for railroads to 
    properly inspect passenger equipment.
        Some of the members of the Working Group, particularly those 
    representing labor organizations, expressed concern that any alteration 
    of the movement for repair provisions made in the context of commuter 
    and intercity passenger train operations may have a spillover effect 
    into the freight industry. FRA wishes to make clear that it has no 
    intention, at this time, of providing freight operations the 
    flexibility to handle defective brake equipment that it is providing 
    passenger operations. As noted above, many of the advanced brake system 
    technologies currently used in passenger service are not used in the 
    freight context. Furthermore, even if freight operations were to make 
    similar advances in the braking equipment they employ, this development 
    on the freight side may not create the efficiencies created in the 
    passenger train context since the operating environments of freight 
    trains and passenger trains differ significantly. More importantly, the 
    special safety considerations relative to passengers are not present in 
    freight operations.
    2. Movement of Equipment With Other Than Power Brake Defects
        Railroad representatives expressed some concerns regarding the 
    provisions related to the movement of equipment with other than a power 
    brake defect. The primary recommendation of these commenters was that 
    FRA should revise the proposed provisions to require the use of a 
    ``qualified maintenance person'' (qualified mechanical inspector (QMI) 
    in the NPRM) only when a potentially safety-critical running gear 
    defect is involved. These commenters believed that the requirement to 
    have the car inspected by a QMP whenever a nonsafety-critical running 
    gear component becomes defective would impose unnecessary, significant 
    delays to their operations and is counter to current operating 
    practices. These commenters contended that a ``qualified person'' as 
    defined in the proposal would be sufficient to determine the safety 
    implications in moving many of the mechanical components covered by the 
    rule if they were to become defective en route. For example, it was 
    noted that
    
    [[Page 25573]]
    
    a highly qualified inspector was not necessary to determine whether a 
    car that experiences a defective door, cracked window, or burnt out 
    light bulbs could or should remain in service. Railroad representatives 
    also sought additional flexibility in the movement of equipment with a 
    nonsafety-critical running gear defect from a calendar day mechanical 
    inspection.
        Labor representatives also raised a number of concerns with the 
    provisions related to the movement of equipment with other than power 
    brake defects. One concern raised by these commenters indicated that 
    FRA should not allow railroads to determine which mechanical components 
    are ``safety-critical'' as such an approach would create a massive 
    loophole and render some of the movement restrictions unenforceable. 
    These commenters also voiced concerns over FRA's proposal that an off-
    site mechanical inspector could make an assessment regarding the safety 
    of moving a certain piece of equipment based on the communication with 
    on-site personnel. Although these commenters appeared to recognize the 
    flexibility provided by such an approach, they raised concerns that 
    such an approach is ripe for abuse and would require a mechanical 
    inspector to rely on the observation of personnel lacking the necessary 
    training and expertise. The commenters believed that further 
    restrictions need to be placed on these communications but they failed 
    to specify any specific restrictions that could be utilized. Labor 
    representatives again raised concerns over FRA's allowance of an 
    automated tracking system in lieu of direct tagging of defective 
    equipment. These commenters reiterated their concerns that such a 
    system can be easily manipulated and removes accountability from the 
    system of repairing defective equipment.
        After review of the comments submitted and provided orally at the 
    Working Group meetings, FRA has made some modest changes in the final 
    rule regarding the movement of equipment with non-power brake defects. 
    FRA agrees with the comments of railroad representatives that the NPRM 
    may have been over-reaching in requiring a QMP to make a determination 
    regarding the safety of moving a piece of defective equipment for any 
    of the mechanical components addressed in this regulation. However, FRA 
    also agrees with the comments submitted by labor representatives that 
    railroads should not determine what components are considered safety-
    critical. Therefore, FRA will require a determination regarding the 
    safety of moving a piece of equipment by a QMP whenever a potential 
    running gear defect is involved. FRA rejects the language proposed by 
    APTA that the defect be a potentially ``safety-critical'' running gear 
    defect as FRA believes that any defect to a running gear component is 
    potentially safety-critical. In order to avoid confusion, FRA is 
    providing an explicit definition of ``running gear defect.'' FRA is 
    defining the term to mean any defective condition which involves a 
    truck component, the propulsion system, the draft system, a wheel or a 
    wheel component. In the final rule, FRA will permit the use of a 
    qualified person to determine the safety and establish appropriate 
    movement restrictions on continued use of equipment which involves non-
    running gear defects.
        FRA will also provide very limited flexibility to the railroads to 
    operate defective equipment from a location where a calendar day 
    mechanical inspection was performed in order to effectuate repairs. FRA 
    intends for the calendar mechanical inspection to be as comprehensive 
    as possible and to be the time when all defective components are 
    identified and repaired. In order to ensure that these daily 
    inspections are performed by highly qualified personnel, FRA has 
    provided the railroads with considerable flexibility to perform these 
    inspections at locations that are best suited to a quality and 
    comprehensive inspection. Therefore, FRA will permit the movement of 
    defective equipment from these inspection locations with very stringent 
    restrictions. Equipment containing running gear defects may only be 
    moved from such locations if it is not in passenger service and is in a 
    non-revenue train. Equipment containing non-running gear defects may be 
    moved in a revenue train provide the equipment is locked-out and empty. 
    Any equipment moved must also be properly identified and moved in 
    accordance with any movement restriction imposed. FRA believes these 
    stringent movement restrictions will provide railroads limited 
    flexibility to move defective equipment to a location where it can best 
    be repaired but will limit a railroad's desire or ability to move 
    defective equipment from these inspection locations and will encourage 
    the performance of the calendar day mechanical inspections at locations 
    where repairs to equipment can be conducted.
        FRA has also retained the requirement that the QMP may make his or 
    her determination regarding the continued use of equipment containing a 
    potential running gear defect based on the description provided by on-
    site personnel. Although FRA recognizes the concerns raised by labor 
    representatives, FRA believes that the rule must recognize the reality 
    of current operations and acknowledge the fact that mechanical 
    personnel are not readily available at every location on a railroad's 
    line of road. Furthermore, when such off-site determinations are made 
    the rule requires that the equipment only be moved to the next forward 
    location where the equipment can be inspected by a QMP to verify the 
    description of the defect provided by the on-site personnel.
        FRA is also adding a provision to the requirements dealing with the 
    movement of equipment with other than power brake defects to address 
    the inspection of roller bearings on a car whose truck is involved in a 
    derailment. The added requirement prohibits a railroad from continuing 
    in service a piece of passenger equipment that has a roller bearing 
    whose truck was involved in a derailment unless the bearing is 
    inspected and tested in accordance with the stated provisions. The 
    added provision is identical to the requirement currently contained in 
    49 CFR Sec. 215.115(b). Although the existing provision is applicable 
    to freight cars, virtually every passenger train operation follows the 
    provisions contained in that section prior to returning a piece of 
    equipment to service after it was involved in a derailment and, thus, 
    should not result in any added burden to the industry. FRA believes 
    that the practice is critical to ensuring the proper operation of the 
    roller bearing after a derailment occurs and should be incorporated 
    into this final rule.
        FRA also intends to make clear that the movement of equipment with 
    a defective safety appliance will continue to be governed by the 
    statutory provisions contained at 49 U.S.C. 20303. As noted previously 
    this provision permits the movement of defective equipment to the 
    nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made. The 
    determination of what constitutes the nearest location where the 
    necessary repairs can be effectuated in a safety appliance context is 
    identical to the analysis required when dealing with a power brake 
    defect. In making these determinations both the railroad as well as 
    FRA's inspectors must conduct a multi-factor analysis based on the 
    facts of each case. In determining whether a particular location is a 
    location where necessary repairs can be made or whether a location is 
    the nearest repair location in a passenger train context, the 
    accessibility of the location, the ability to safely make the repairs 
    at that location, and the safety of the
    
    [[Page 25574]]
    
    passengers are the overriding factors that must be considered in any 
    analysis. These factors have a multitude of sub-factors which must be 
    considered, such as: the type of repair required; the safety of the 
    passengers if a move against the current of traffic is conducted; the 
    safety of employees responsible for conducting the repairs; the safety 
    of employees responsible for getting the equipment to or from a 
    particular location; the switching operations necessary to effectuate 
    the move; the railroad's recent history and current practice of making 
    repairs (brake and non-brake) at a particular location; relevant 
    weather conditions; potential overcrowding of passenger platforms; and 
    the overcrowding of trailing trains. Therefore, in many circumstances 
    trains will be permitted to continue to the next forward location where 
    the necessary repairs can be performed as such movement is necessary to 
    ensure the safety of the traveling public by protecting them from the 
    hazards incident to performing movements against the current of 
    traffic.
    
    VIII. FRA's Passenger Train Safety Initiatives
    
        This final rule is part of several related and complementary 
    efforts by FRA to improve the safety of rail passenger service. FRA has 
    issued regulations governing emergency preparedness and emergency 
    response procedures for rail passenger service in a separate rulemaking 
    proceeding, designated as FRA No. PTEP-1. See 63 FR 24630, May 4, 1998. 
    FRA formed a separate working group (the Passenger Train Emergency 
    Preparedness Working Group) to assist FRA in the development of such 
    regulations. This related proceeding has addressed some of the issues 
    FRA originally identified in the ANPRM on passenger equipment safety. 
    Persons wishing to receive more information regarding this other 
    rulemaking should contact Mr. Edward R. English, Director, Office of 
    Safety Assurance and Compliance, FRA, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 
    25, Washington, D.C. 20590 (telephone number: 202-493-6300), or David 
    H. Kasminoff, Esq., Trial Attorney, Office of Chief Counsel, FRA, 1120 
    Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 10, Washington, D.C. 20590 (telephone: 202-
    493-6043).
        Further, in response to the separate collisions involving New 
    Jersey Transit and MARC trains in early 1996, FRA issued Emergency 
    Order No. 20 (Notice No. 1) on February 20, 1996, requiring prompt 
    action to immediately enhance passenger train operating rules and 
    emergency egress and to develop an interim system safety plan 
    addressing the safety of operations that permit passengers to occupy 
    the leading car in a train. 61 FR 6876, Feb. 22, 1996. Both the New 
    Jersey Transit and MARC train collisions involved operations where a 
    cab car occupied the lead position in a passenger train. The Emergency 
    Order explained that in collisions involving the front of a passenger 
    train, operating with a cab car in the forward position or a multiple 
    unit (MU) locomotive, i.e., a self-propelled locomotive with passenger 
    seating, presents an increased risk of severe personal injury or death 
    as compared with locomotive-hauled service when the locomotive occupies 
    the lead position in the train and thereby acts as a buffer for the 
    trailing passenger cars. This risk is of particular concern where 
    operations are conducted at relatively higher speeds, where there is a 
    mix of various types of trains, and where there are numerous highway-
    rail crossings over which large motor vehicles are operated. 
    Accordingly, the Emergency Order required in particular that 
    ``railroads operating scheduled intercity or commuter rail service * * 
    * conduct an analysis of their operations and file with FRA an interim 
    safety plan indicating the manner in which risk of a collision 
    involving a cab car is addressed.'' 61 FR 6879.
        The Emergency Order also noted that there is a need to ensure that 
    emergency exits are clearly marked and in operable condition on all 
    passenger lines, regardless of the equipment or train control system 
    used. Although FRA Safety Glazing Standards, 49 CFR part 223, require 
    that passenger cars have a minimum of four emergency window exits 
    ``designed to permit rapid and easy removal during a crisis 
    situation,'' the Silver Spring collision raised concerns that at least 
    some of the occupants of the MARC train attempted unsuccessfully to 
    exit through the windows. The Emergency Order requires ``that any 
    emergency windows that are not already legibly marked as such on the 
    inside and outside be so marked, and that a representative sample of 
    all such windows be examined to ensure operability.'' 61 FR 6880. On 
    February 29, 1996, FRA issued Notice No. 2 to Emergency Order No. 20 to 
    refine three aspects of the original order, including providing more 
    detailed guidance on the emergency egress sampling provision. 61 FR 
    8703, Mar. 5, 1996.
        In addition, FRA submitted a report to Congress on locomotive 
    crashworthiness and working conditions on September 18, 1996, and 
    subsequently referred the issues raised in the report to the RSAC. FRA 
    established RSAC in March of 1996, to provide FRA with advice and 
    recommendations on railroad safety matters. See 61 FR 9740, Mar. 11, 
    1996. RSAC consists of 48 individual representatives, drawn from 27 
    organizations representing various rail industry perspectives, and two 
    associate nonvoting representatives from the agencies with railroad 
    safety regulatory responsibility in Canada and Mexico. In September of 
    1997, FRA convened the Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group through 
    RSAC to make recommendations as to the best way to address the findings 
    of FRA's report to Congress, including developing standards regarding a 
    broad range of crashworthiness issues for both passenger and freight 
    locomotives. In the context of improving railroad communications, RSAC 
    established a working group to specifically address communication 
    facilities and procedures, with a strong emphasis on passenger train 
    emergency requirements. The final rule that resulted from this effort 
    was published on September 4, 1998, reflecting the consensus 
    recommendations of the RSAC. 63 FR 47182.
        FRA notes that, in its comments on the NPRM, Siemens Transportation 
    Systems, Inc., (Siemens) stated that much of the safety standard 
    changes for passenger rail cars could be scaled back if more 
    consideration were given to the technology that is available for crash 
    avoidance safety systems. Siemens believed the principal safety focus 
    should be on efforts to avoid collisions in the first place, such as 
    those at highway-rail grade crossings and with other trains.
        FRA recognizes that rail passenger safety involves the safety of 
    the railroad system as a whole. FRA does have active rulemaking and 
    research projects in a variety of contexts, including signal and train 
    control systems, and grade crossing safety. FRA also has existing 
    regulations governing both railroad and grade crossing signal system 
    safety, for example. (See 49 C.F.R. parts 233-236.) Nevertheless, this 
    final rule is designed to address the specific statutory mandate that 
    minimum standards be prescribed for the safety of cars used to 
    transport railroad passengers, as noted above.
    
    IX. Section-by-Section Analysis
    
        This section-by-section analysis will explain the provisions of the 
    final rule and the changes made from the 1997 NPRM. Of course, a number 
    of the issues and provisions involving this rule have been discussed 
    and addressed in detail in the preceding discussions. Accordingly, the 
    preceding discussions should be considered in conjunction
    
    [[Page 25575]]
    
    with those below and will be referred to as appropriate.
    
    Amendments to 49 CFR Part 216
    
        Part 216 authorizes certain FRA and participating State inspectors 
    to issue Special Notices for Repair, under specified conditions, for 
    freight cars with defects under part 215, locomotives with defects 
    under parts 229 or 230 or 49 U.S.C. chapter 207, and track with defects 
    under part 213. The revisions to part 216 contained in this final rule 
    will create a fourth category of Special Notices for Repair: for 
    passenger equipment with defects under part 238. Consequently, if an 
    inspector determines that noncomplying passenger equipment is ``unsafe 
    for further service'' and issues a Special Notice for Repair, the 
    railroad will be required to take the passenger equipment out of 
    service, to make repairs to bring the equipment into compliance with 
    part 238, and to report the repairs to FRA. The final rule also makes 
    conforming changes to part 216 reflecting this new enforcement tool.
        This final rule also includes various technical amendments to 
    update part 216 to reflect the following: (1) Internal organizational 
    changes within FRA; (2) the division of former part 230, Locomotive 
    Inspection Regulations, into parts 229 and 230 and the redesignation of 
    those portions of former part 230 related to non-steam locomotives as 
    part 229, Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards; and (3) the repeal, 
    reenactment without substantive change, and recodification of the 
    Federal railroad safety laws in 1994. See 45 FR 21092, Mar. 31, 1980; 
    Pub. L. 103-272, July 5, 1994.
    
    Amendments to 49 CFR Parts 223, 229, 231, and 232
    
        FRA is making conforming changes to the applicability sections of 
    FRA's Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards, Railroad Safety Appliance 
    Standards, and railroad power brakes and drawbars regulations that were 
    necessitated by provisions contained in this new part 238. In this 
    final rule, FRA has adjusted the application of provisions in parts 
    229, 231, or 232 or has deleted certain provisions in those parts to 
    avoid duplication of provisions in part 238. FRA has not deleted the 
    passenger train brake test and maintenance requirements from part 232, 
    at this time, because part 238 will not cover certain operations 
    subject to part 232, e.g., tourist, historic, scenic, and excursion 
    railroad operations on the general system. Moreover, the requirements 
    contained in part 232 will continue to apply to passenger operations 
    until the requirements contained in part 238 become effective to such 
    operations. FRA is also making a technical amendment to part 223 so as 
    to reference the additional emergency window exit and window safety 
    glazing requirements found in part 238.
    
    49 CFR Part 238
    
    Subpart A--General
    Section 238.1  Purpose and Scope
        Paragraph (a) states the purpose of the rule to prevent collisions, 
    derailments, and other occurrences involving railroad passenger 
    equipment that cause injury or death to railroad employees, railroad 
    passengers, and the general public; and to mitigate the consequences of 
    such occurrences to the extent they cannot be prevented. Paragraph (b) 
    states that the regulations in this part provide minimum standards for 
    the subjects addressed. FRA has nonetheless specified in places 
    throughout the regulatory text that the prescribed requirements are 
    only minimum standards so as to reinforce this principle. Railroads and 
    other persons subject to this part may adopt and enforce more stringent 
    requirements, so long as they are not inconsistent with this part.
        Paragraph (c) contains the dates upon which railroads covered by 
    this part will be required to comply with the requirements contained in 
    this final rule related to the inspection, testing, maintenance, 
    training, and movement of defective equipment. FRA recognizes the 
    interrelationship between the proper training of railroad personnel and 
    the implementation of the inspection, testing, maintenance and movement 
    of defective equipment provisions contained in the final rule. FRA 
    realizes that in order for railroads to comply with the requirements 
    related to the inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements and 
    the requirements regarding the movement of defective equipment, the 
    railroads must first be provided a sufficient amount of time to develop 
    and implement a proper training program. Based on information received 
    by FRA, it appears that many railroads are in the initial stages of 
    developing training programs or modifying existing programs to meet the 
    requirements of this final rule and that this process should be 
    completed within a year. After the development of the training programs 
    the railroads will need several months to a year to rotate their 
    employees through the programs in order not to disrupt the operation of 
    their railroads. Thus, FRA believes that 26 months is a sufficient 
    amount of time for railroads to develop and train their employees as 
    required by this final rule. Consequently, FRA will require compliance 
    with the inspection, testing, and maintenance provisions as well the 
    movement of defective equipment provisions after that same 26 month 
    period.
        FRA also recognizes that there are certain aspects of the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements as well as the 
    movement of defective equipment provisions that provide operational 
    flexibility to the railroads. Due to this flexibility, FRA believes 
    that some railroads will desire the ability to begin operations under 
    the inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements and the movement 
    of defective equipment provisions as soon as their employees have been 
    properly trained. Therefore, FRA has included provisions which allow a 
    railroad to notify FRA in writing that it is willing to begin 
    compliance with the inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements 
    and the movement of defective equipment provisions some time earlier 
    than the 26 months provided. FRA wishes to make clear that it does not 
    intend for railroads to take advantage of the flexibility provided 
    under some of the provisions unless the railroad is willing to comply 
    with all the requirements contained in those provisions. Thus, in order 
    to begin operating under any of the provisions contained in subpart D, 
    except the maintenance requirements contained in Secs. 238.309 and 
    238.311, or to operate defective equipment under Secs. 238.15 or 
    238.17, the railroad must be performing all of the requirements 
    contained in those sections and that subpart.
        As the maintenance requirements regarding the periodic performance 
    of COT&S and the performance of single car tests, contained in 
    Secs. 238.309 and 238.311, are separable from the inspection 
    requirements, FRA will permit railroads to request earlier application 
    of those two sections. However, in order to begin operation under 
    either of these two sections, the railroad must be willing to operate 
    in accordance with all of the provisions in both sections. That is, the 
    provisions contained in Secs. 238.309 and 238.311 must be implemented 
    as a package and cannot be implemented separately, except for the 
    requirements related to the performance of COT&S on locomotives. This 
    paragraph makes clear that the requirements related to the performance 
    of COT&S on MU locomotives and conventional locomotives will become 
    effective September 9, 1999. As discussed in more detail in the 
    section-by-section analysis of Sec. 238.309, FRA believes that the 
    extensions of COT&S contained in
    
    [[Page 25576]]
    
    paragraphs (b) and (c) of Sec. 238.309 are supported either by the 
    tests conducted by Metro-North or are a practice that has been approved 
    by waiver for several years. Furthermore, there is no corresponding 
    single car testing requirement applicable to MU and conventional 
    locomotives.
        As a point of clarification, FRA makes clear that a railroad will 
    be subject to compliance under the existing inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance provisions contained in part 232 of this chapter until the 
    railroad is required to operate under the inspection and testing 
    provisions of this part (i.e., 26 months) or until the railroad 
    voluntarily commits to operate under the provisions of this part.
    Section 238.3  Application
        As a general matter, in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2), the rule 
    applies to all railroads that operate intercity passenger train service 
    on the general railroad system of transportation or provide commuter or 
    other short-haul passenger train service in a metropolitan or suburban 
    area; that is, the rule applies to commuter or other short-haul service 
    described in paragraph (a)(2) regardless of whether that service is 
    connected to the general railroad system. A public authority that 
    indirectly provides passenger train service by contracting out the 
    actual operation to another railroad or independent contractor would be 
    regulated by FRA as a railroad under the provisions of this rule. In 
    order to avoid confusion, FRA has omitted proposed paragraph (a)(3) 
    regarding the rule's applicability to rapid transit operations as these 
    types of operations, which are merely a subset of ``commuter or other 
    short-haul rail passenger train service,'' are sufficiently covered 
    under paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) in the final rule. Paragraph (b) 
    makes explicit the liability imposed by statute, 49 U.S.C. 20303, on a 
    railroad that owns track over which another railroad hauls or uses 
    equipment with a power brake or safety appliance defect. Under 
    paragraph (b), a railroad that permits operations over its trackage by 
    passenger equipment subject to this part that does not comply with a 
    power brake provision of this part or a safety appliance provision of 
    this part is subject to the power brake and safety appliance provisions 
    of this part with respect to such operations that it permits.
        This section contains no explicit reference to private cars. Rather 
    than addressing the scope of applicability of part 238 to private cars 
    in this section, FRA has indicated in the particular substantive 
    sections of the rule whether private cars are covered, according to the 
    terms of those sections. FRA has applied certain requirements of the 
    rule to private cars that operate on railroads subject to this part. 
    FRA has taken into account the burden imposed by requiring private car 
    owners and operators to conform to the requirements of this part. 
    Further, FRA recognizes that private cars are often hauled by railroads 
    such as Amtrak and commuter railroads which often impose their own 
    safety requirements on the operation of the private cars. Accordingly, 
    FRA has limited the application of the rule only to those requirements 
    necessary to ensure the safe operation of the passenger train that is 
    hauling the private car. For instance, private cars are subject to 
    brake inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.
        The rule is structured to apply to intercity, commuter and other 
    short-haul service, but not to tourist, scenic, historic, and excursion 
    operations. The term ``tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion 
    operations'' is defined in Sec. 238.5 to mean ''railroad operations 
    that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the 
    conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the 
    principal purpose.'' The term refers to the particular physical 
    operation, not to the nature of the railroad company as a whole that 
    conducts the operation. As a result, part 238 exempts not only a 
    recreational train ride by a tourist railroad company that employs five 
    people but also a recreational train ride by the Union Pacific Railroad 
    Company, a Class I freight railroad. FRA has not yet had the 
    opportunity to fully consult with tourist and historic railroad 
    operators and their associations to determine the appropriate 
    applicability of the provisions contained in this final rule to such 
    railroad operations. The Federal Railroad Safety Authorization Act of 
    1994 directs FRA to examine the unique circumstances of tourist 
    railroads when establishing safety regulations. The Act, which amended 
    49 U.S.C. 20103, states that:
    
        In prescribing regulations that pertain to railroad safety that 
    affect tourist, historic, scenic, or excursion railroad carriers, 
    the Secretary of Transportation shall take into consideration any 
    financial, operational, or other factors that may be unique to such 
    railroad carriers. The Secretary shall submit a report to Congress 
    not later than September 30, 1995, on actions taken under this 
    subsection.
    
    Pub. L. 103-440, Sec. 217, 108 Stat. 4619, 4624, November 2, 1994. In 
    its 1996 report to Congress entitled ``Regulatory Actions Affecting 
    Tourist Railroads,'' FRA responded to the direction in the statutory 
    provision and also provided additional information related to tourist 
    railroad safety for consideration of the Congress.
        Section 215 of the 1994 Act specifically permits FRA to exempt 
    equipment used by tourist, historic, scenic, and excursion railroads to 
    transport passengers from the initial regulations required to be 
    prescribed by November 2, 1997. 49 U.S.C. 20133(b)(1). FRA is 
    addressing the passenger equipment safety concerns for these unique 
    types of operations through the Tourist and Historic Railroads Working 
    Group formed under RSAC. Any requirements applicable to these 
    operations will be part of a separate rulemaking proceeding.
        FRA notes that the Syracuse, Binghamton and New York Railroad 
    Corporation (SBNY) commented on the application of the rule to its 
    passenger shuttle and excursion service on approximately ten miles of 
    trackage shared with rail freight traffic in the city of Syracuse and 
    county of Onondaga, New York. SBNY commented that, although it 
    understands its excursion service would be exempt from the rule, its 
    shuttle operations appear to fall directly within the proposed 
    regulation. SBNY believed that applying the proposed regulations to its 
    shuttle service would impose a significant and unbearable burden with 
    little if any improvement in safety. SBNY asked that the rule expressly 
    except from its application passenger train operations on track that is 
    limited to operating speeds of 30 mph or less.
        FRA believes the SBNY is properly characterized as a commuter or 
    other short-haul railroad subject to this part. FRA has not adopted 
    SNBY's recommendation to change the application of the final rule so as 
    to except passenger train operations on track that is limited to 
    operating speeds of 30 mph or less. First of all, any such operation 
    must already comply with existing regulations affecting railroad 
    passenger equipment safety, such as the locomotive safety standards (49 
    C.F.R. part 229), and standards on railroad power brakes and drawbars 
    (49 C.F.R. part 231). Second, many provisions of the final rule itself 
    cannot logically be distinguished in any manner on the basis of 
    operating speed. For instance, materials in locomotives and passenger 
    cars should be required to comply with the testing standards for 
    flammability and smoke emissions characteristics to protect against 
    sources of ignition--no matter the operating speed of the equipment. 
    Finally, FRA notes that
    
    [[Page 25577]]
    
    SBNY operates conventional diesel multiple-unit passenger equipment 
    built to AAR standards. Accordingly, the railroad should not experience 
    burdens related to structural standards. If there are unique factors 
    present with regard to SBNY's equipment, the waiver process may provide 
    a way of accommodating those differences.
        The requirements of this rule do not apply to circus trains. In its 
    comments on the NPRM, Feld Entertainment, Inc., (Feld), parent company 
    of Ringling Bros. and Barnum & Bailey circus (Ringling Bros.), 
    supported the rule's consideration of the special circumstances of 
    certain classes of rail carriers, such as private passenger cars and 
    circus trains. Feld stated on behalf of Ringling Bros. that it 
    suspended the use of rim-stamped straight-plate wheels on its tread-
    braked passenger cars following the 1994 derailment of a circus train 
    in Lakeland, Florida. See 62 FR 49743. Feld also stated that Ringling 
    Bros. takes seriously its commitment to the safety of its employees and 
    animals. FRA anticipates deferring further consideration of applying 
    any of the requirements in this final rule to circus trains to the 
    Tourist and Historic Railroads Working Group.
    Section 238.5  Definitions
        This section contains a set of definitions to introduce the 
    regulations. FRA intends these definitions to clarify the meaning of 
    important terms as they are used in the text of the rule. Several of 
    the definitions involve new or fundamental concepts which require 
    further discussion.
        ``Brake indicator'' means a device, actuated by brake cylinder 
    pressure, which indicates whether brakes are applied or released on a 
    car. The use of brake indicators in the performance of brake tests is a 
    controversial subject. Rail labor organizations correctly maintain that 
    brake indicators are not fully reliable indicators of brake application 
    and release on each car in the train. Further, railroads correctly 
    maintain that reliance on brake indicators is necessary because 
    inspectors cannot always safely observe brake application and release. 
    FRA believes that brake indicators serve an important role in the 
    performance of brake tests. FRA has specified three different types of 
    brake tests--Class I, Class IA, and Class II (described below)--that 
    must be performed on passenger equipment. Railroads should perform 
    Class I brake tests so that the inspector is able to actually observe 
    brake application and release. However, FRA believes that during the 
    performance of a Class IA brake test, railroads may rely on brake 
    indicators if they determine that the inspector cannot safely make a 
    direct observation of the brake application or release.
        ``Primary brake'' and ``secondary brake'' are complementary 
    definitions. ``Primary brake'' refers to ``those components of the 
    train brake system necessary to stop the train within the signal 
    spacing distance without thermal damage to friction braking surfaces,'' 
    while ``secondary brake'' refers to ``those components of the train 
    brake system which develop supplemental brake retarding force that is 
    not needed to stop the train within signal spacing distances or to 
    prevent thermal damage to wheels.'' FRA provides these definitions to 
    help draw the line between safety and economics of brake systems. 
    Railroads have long held that the dynamic portion of a blended brake is 
    not a safety system. Under the provisions in this final rule, railroads 
    must demonstrate through testing and analysis that the dynamic brake 
    fits the definition of a secondary brake. Defective primary braking 
    systems are a serious safety problem that railroads must address 
    immediately. Defective secondary braking systems, as defined in 
    Sec. 238.5, are not a serious safety concern, because, by definition, 
    their failure does not result in unacceptable thermal inputs into 
    friction brake components. Accordingly, FRA intends to allow railroads 
    more flexibility in dealing with defective secondary braking systems.
        Three brake tests are fundamental to this final rule. A ``Class I 
    brake test'' means a complete passenger train brake system test as 
    further specified in Sec. 238.313. The Class I test is the most 
    complete test. It must be performed once each calendar day that a 
    passenger train is in service by a qualified maintenance person. The 
    Class I test is intended to replace the current initial terminal brake 
    test. See 49 CFR 232.12(c)-(j). The Class I test is much more tailored 
    to the specific designs of passenger equipment than the initial 
    terminal brake test that is required now.
        A ``Class IA brake test'' means a test and inspection (as further 
    specified in Sec. 238.315) of the air brake system on each car in a 
    passenger train to ensure the air brake system functions as intended in 
    response to the command sent through the train line. The Class IA test 
    is a somewhat less complete test than the Class I test and is intended 
    to be very similar to the current 1,000-mile brake test. An important 
    difference between the Class I and Class IA tests is that the Class IA 
    test may be performed by qualified persons as long as they have been 
    properly trained and designated by the railroad to perform the 
    inspection. The Class IA test allows commuter railroads the flexibility 
    to have trains depart their first run of the day from an outlying point 
    without having to station qualified maintenance persons at all outlying 
    points. If railroads take advantage of the flexibility offered by the 
    Class IA test, they must follow-up with a Class I test sometime during 
    the day.
        A ``Class II train brake test'' means a test (as further specified 
    in Sec. 238.317) of brake pipe integrity and continuity from 
    controlling locomotive to rear car. The Class II brake test is a simple 
    set-and-release test intended to replace the passenger train 
    intermediate terminal air brake test. See 49 CFR 232.13(b). The Class 
    II test is also tailored to the special design of the passenger 
    equipment.
        The concept of ``ordered'' is vital to the correct application of 
    this final rule. As applied to the acquisition of equipment, the term 
    means that the acquiring entity has given a notice to proceed to 
    manufacture the equipment that represents a firm financial commitment 
    to compensate the manufacturer for the contract price of the equipment 
    or for damages if the order is nullified. Equipment is not ordered if 
    future exercise of a contract option is required to place the 
    remanufacturing process in motion. Many of the provisions of this final 
    rule, particularly structural requirements, will apply only to newly 
    constructed equipment. When FRA applies certain requirements only to 
    passenger equipment ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in 
    service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, FRA intends 
    to ``grandfather'' in this regard any equipment that is both ordered 
    before September 8, 2000, and placed in service for the first time 
    before September 9, 2002. FRA believes this approach will allow 
    railroads to minimize, or avoid altogether, any costs associated with 
    changes to existing orders and yet limit the delay in realizing the 
    safety benefits of the requirements in this rule.
        FRA's definition of ``passenger car'' goes beyond its traditional 
    meaning. ``Passenger car'' means rail rolling equipment intended to 
    provide transportation for members of the general public and includes a 
    self-propelled car designed to carry passengers, baggage, mail, or 
    express. This term includes a cab car, an MU locomotive, and a 
    passenger coach. A cab car and an MU locomotive are also a 
    ``locomotive'' under this rule. In the context of articulated 
    equipment, ``passenger car'' means that segment of the rail rolling 
    equipment located
    
    [[Page 25578]]
    
    between two trucks. This term does not include a private car. 
    ``Passenger coach'' means rail rolling equipment intended to provide 
    transportation for members of the general public that is without 
    propelling motors and without a control stand; therefore, passenger 
    coaches are a subset of passenger cars. ``Control stand'' is defined in 
    The Railroad Dictionary of Car and Locomotive Terms (Simmons-Boardman 
    Publishing Corp. 1980), as ```[t]he upright column upon which the 
    throttle control, reverser handle, transition lever, and dynamic 
    braking control are mounted within convenient reach of the engineer on 
    a locomotive. The air gauges and some switches are also included on the 
    control stand.''
        ``Passenger equipment'' is the most inclusive definition. It means 
    all powered and unpowered passenger cars, locomotives used to haul a 
    passenger car, and any other rail rolling equipment used in a train 
    with one or more passenger cars. ``Passenger equipment'' includes a (1) 
    passenger coach, (2) cab car, (3) MU locomotive, (4) locomotive not 
    intended to provide transportation for members of the general public 
    that is used to power a passenger train, and (5) any non-self-propelled 
    vehicle used in a train with one or more passenger cars. The term 
    therefore covers a baggage car, express car, freight car, mail car or a 
    private car when used in a train with one or more passenger cars. In 
    the context of articulated equipment, ``passenger equipment'' means 
    that segment of rail rolling equipment located between two trucks that 
    is used in a train with one or more passenger cars. However, this term 
    does not include a freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger 
    train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
        It should be noted that the definition of passenger equipment has 
    been somewhat modified from that which was proposed in the NPRM. See 62 
    FR 49794. The change in the definition is based on comments from the 
    AAPRCO and the American Short Line Railroad Association (ASLRA), and 
    clarifies FRA's intent with regard to private cars. Under the final 
    rule, FRA makes clear that a private car is considered ``passenger 
    equipment'' for purposes of this rule only when it is used in a train 
    with one or more passenger cars. Consequently, a private car will not 
    be considered ``passenger equipment'' under the rule when the private 
    car is being used alone; or used in a train consisting only of private 
    cars or freight cars, or both. This approach is consistent with FRA's 
    intent in drafting the NPRM, and fully incorporates the AAPRCO's and 
    ASLRA's comments.
        FRA has also modified the definition of ``passenger equipment'' so 
    that the term does not include a freight locomotive when used to haul a 
    passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive. At the 
    Working Group meeting in December, 1997, the AAR had raised the concern 
    that the proposed rule did not provide an exclusion for a freight 
    locomotive used to haul a passenger train for relief purposes. FRA 
    believes that a limited exception is warranted for a freight locomotive 
    used to haul a passenger train due to the failure of the passenger 
    train's own motive power; FRA does not wish for the passenger train to 
    be stranded. FRA has modified the definition of the term ``locomotive'' 
    accordingly in this final rule.
        In the context of articulated equipment, FRA has clarified that 
    ``passenger equipment'' means that segment of rail rolling equipment 
    located between two trucks that is used in a train with one or more 
    passenger cars. In the NPRM, FRA had used similar language in the 
    definition of ``unit'' (see 62 FR 49796). Since the definition of 
    ``unit'' itself draws upon the definition of ``passenger equipment,'' 
    FRA has decided to insert this clarifying language here.
        The terms ``passenger station'' and ``terminal'' are crucial to 
    understanding the requirements related to the inspection of equipment 
    and the movement of defective equipment contained in this final rule. 
    ``Passenger station'' means a location designated in the railroad's 
    timetable where passengers are regularly scheduled to get on or off any 
    train. Under certain carefully controlled conditions, the rule permits 
    a passenger train with defective equipment to move to the next forward 
    passenger station. This flexibility is allowed to prevent railroads 
    from discharging passengers in potentially unsafe locations and to 
    minimize schedule impacts where this can safely be done. By contrast, 
    ``terminal'' means a train's starting point or ending point of a single 
    scheduled trip, where passengers may embark or disembark a train; 
    normally, a ``terminal'' is a point where the train would reverse 
    direction or change destinations.
        The concepts of ``qualified person'' and ``qualified maintenance 
    person'' are vital to understanding the required inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance provisions of the rule. A ``qualified person'' is a 
    person determined by the railroad to have the knowledge and skills 
    necessary to perform one or more functions required under this part. 
    With the proper training, a train crewmember could be a qualified 
    person.
        A ``qualified maintenance person'' is a ``qualified person'' who as 
    a part of the training, qualification, and designation program required 
    under Sec. 238.111 has received instruction and training that includes 
    ``hands-on'' experience (under appropriate supervision or 
    apprenticeship) in one or more of the following functions: trouble-
    shooting, inspection, testing, maintenance or repair of the specific 
    train brake and other components and systems for which the inspector is 
    assigned responsibility. This person shall also possess a current 
    understanding of what is required to properly repair and maintain the 
    safety-critical brake or mechanical components for which the person is 
    assigned responsibility. Further, the qualified maintenance person 
    shall be a person whose primary responsibility includes work generally 
    consistent with the above-referenced functions and is designated to: 
    (1) conduct Class I brake tests under this part; (2) conduct exterior 
    calendar day and periodic mechanical inspections on MU locomotives or 
    other passenger cars and unpowered vehicles under this part; or (3) 
    determine whether equipment not in compliance with this part may be 
    moved as required by Sec. 238.17.
        As noted in detail in the preceding general preamble discussion, 
    FRA is slightly modifying the terminology and definition of these 
    highly qualified inspectors from that proposed in the 1997 NPRM in 
    order to address the concerns by some commenters and to clarify the 
    definition as much as possible. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed the term 
    ``qualified mechanical inspector'' (QMI) to describe these highly 
    qualified inspectors. FRA recognizes the concern raised by some 
    commenters, that the term QMI might result in employees designated as 
    such to seek some sort of premium pay status. Although FRA is not 
    overly swayed by this concern, FRA is changing the term in the manner 
    suggested by these commenters to ``qualified maintenance person 
    (QMP).'' FRA believes that the term used to describe the individual 
    responsible for conducting certain brake and mechanical inspections has 
    little bearing on the qualifications or knowledge of the individual 
    and, thus, is not adverse to accommodating a change in the term. 
    However, but for clarifying language, FRA is not changing the 
    underlying definition of what is required to be designated as a QMP.
        The definition contained in this final rule clarifies the intent of 
    the NPRM by specifically stating that a QMP must be properly trained 
    and have a primary responsibility in the function of trouble-shooting, 
    inspection, testing,
    
    [[Page 25579]]
    
    maintenance, or repair of the specific train brake and other components 
    and systems for which the inspector is assigned responsibility. The 
    slightly modified definition also clarifies that a QMP also possess a 
    current understanding of what is required to properly repair and 
    maintain the safety-critical brake or mechanical components for which 
    the person is assigned responsibility.
        The major concern raised by APTA representatives centered on the 
    requirement contained in the definition of a QMI that the person's 
    ``primary responsibility'' include work in the area of troubleshooting, 
    testing, inspecting, maintenance, or repair to train brake systems and 
    other components. These commenters believed that anyone who is properly 
    trained can perform the required inspections regardless of the amount 
    of time actually spent engaged in the activity. The entire concept of 
    QMP (or QMI) is premised on the idea that flexibility in the inspection 
    of passenger equipment, flexibility in the movement of defective 
    equipment and slight reductions in periodic maintenance could be 
    provided if the mechanical components and brake system were inspected 
    on a daily basis by highly qualified individuals. Thus, the requirement 
    that a highly qualified person perform certain brake and mechanical 
    inspections is part of a package which includes flexibility in the 
    performance of brake and mechanical inspections, permits wider latitude 
    in the movement of defective equipment, and provides reductions in the 
    periodic maintenance that is required to be performed on certain 
    equipment. Therefore, FRA expects the highly qualified person to be an 
    individual who can not only identify a particular defective condition 
    but who will have the knowledge and experience to know how the 
    defective condition affects other mechanical components or other parts 
    of the brake system and will have an understanding of what might have 
    caused a particular defective condition. FRA believes that in order for 
    a person to become highly proficient in the performance of a particular 
    task that person must perform the task on a repeated and consistent 
    basis. As it is almost impossible to develop and impose specific 
    experience requirements, FRA believes that a requirement that the 
    person's primary responsibility be in one or more of the specifically 
    identified work areas and that the person have a basic understanding of 
    what is required to properly repair and maintain safety-critical brake 
    or mechanical components is necessary to ensure the high quality 
    inspections envisioned by the rule. FRA notes the frequent contention 
    of railroad representatives that mechanical forces are intimately 
    familiar with the vehicles in the fleet for which they are responsible. 
    FRA wishes to continue this record of careful attention to those 
    fleets, which will tend to help ensure that developing problems are 
    identified early and are dealt with across those fleets.
        FRA disagrees with the contentions raised by APTA representatives 
    that the definition of QMP violates the Administrative Procedure Act 
    and exceeds FRA's statutory authority. Contrary to the assertions made 
    by APTA representatives, the administrative record together with FRA's 
    independent knowledge of the passenger rail industry do support a 
    requirement that only a QMP conduct Class I brake tests and exterior 
    mechanical inspections. Except for limited weekend service operated by 
    Metra, virtually every passenger train operation affected by this rule 
    currently conducts daily brake and mechanical inspections utilizing 
    employees who, except for training on the requirements of this rule, 
    would meet the definition of a QMP. That is, the employees who are 
    currently responsible for conducting the major daily brake and 
    mechanical inspections on virtually all passenger trains meet the 
    ``primary responsibility'' requirement contained in the definition of 
    QMP. Therefore, the industry's current practice acknowledges and 
    supports the need to conduct daily inspections with employees whose 
    primary responsibility is the troubleshooting, inspection, testing, 
    maintenance, or repair of train brake systems or other mechanical 
    components. Furthermore, due to the flexibility provided in this rule 
    for conducting brake and mechanical inspections and moving defective 
    equipment as well as the extension of certain periodic maintenance, FRA 
    believes that the current best practices of the railroads with regard 
    to brake and mechanical inspections must be maintained, especially as 
    it relates to the quality of the personnel performing the inspections.
        FRA further believes that APTA's contention that the definition of 
    QMP violates the Railway Labor Act is due to a misunderstanding of the 
    definition. FRA is not attempting to make any determinations over 
    employee classes or crafts or to interpret collective bargaining 
    agreements. As was made clear in the 1997 NPRM, the definition would 
    allow the members of trades associated with testing and maintenance of 
    equipment such as carmen, machinists, and electricians to become QMPs. 
    However, membership in a labor organization or completion of an 
    apprenticeship program associated with a particular craft is not 
    required. FRA makes clear that the two overriding qualifications are 
    possession of the knowledge required to do the job and a primary work 
    assignment involving the troubleshooting, inspecting, testing, 
    maintaining, or repairing the equipment.
        FRA is also clarifying the meaning of ``primary responsibility'' as 
    used in the definition of QMP. As a rule of thumb FRA will consider a 
    person's ``primary responsibility'' to be the task that the person 
    performs at least 50 percent of the time. Therefore, a person who 
    spends at least 50 percent of the time engaged in the duties of 
    inspecting, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, or repair of train 
    brakes systems and other mechanical components could be designated as a 
    QMP, provided the person is properly trained to perform the tasks 
    assigned and possesses a current understanding of what is required to 
    properly repair and maintain the safety-critical brake or mechanical 
    components for which the person is assigned responsibility. However, 
    FRA will consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding an 
    employee's duties in determining a person's ``primary responsibility.'' 
    For example, a person may not spend 50 percent of his or her day 
    engaged in any one readily identifiable type of activity; in those 
    situations FRA will have to look at the circumstances involved on a 
    case-by-case basis.
        The definition of QMP largely rules out the possibility of train 
    crew members from being designated as these highly qualified inspectors 
    since the primary responsibility, as defined above, of virtually all 
    current train crew personnel is the operation of trains, and for the 
    most part, train crew personnel do not possess a current understanding 
    of what is required to properly repair and maintain the safety-critical 
    brake or mechanical components that are inspected during Class I brake 
    tests or exterior calendar day mechanical inspections. However, 
    contrary to the contentions raised by APTA there is nothing in the rule 
    which prevents a railroad from utilizing employees who are not 
    designated as QMPs from conducting brake and mechanical inspections 
    provided those inspections are not intended to constitute the required 
    Class I brake test or the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection. 
    Furthermore, the rule provides that certain required brake and 
    mechanical
    
    [[Page 25580]]
    
    inspections (Class IA brake tests, Class II brake tests, running brake 
    tests, and interior calendar day mechanical inspections) may be 
    performed by a properly ``qualified person'' and do not mandate the use 
    of a QMP. FRA believes that these are the types of inspections which 
    train crew members are currently assigned to perform and have been 
    performing effectively for years. Consequently, FRA believes that the 
    inspection requirements and the qualification requirements contained in 
    this rule are merely a codification of the current best practices of 
    the passenger train industry and are necessary to ensure the continued 
    safety of those operations while providing the industry some 
    flexibility in the performance of certain inspections and in the 
    movement of defective equipment as well as providing slight increases 
    in periodic maintenance for some equipment.
        The term ``running gear defect'' has been added to the final rule's 
    list of definitions. A running gear defect is defined as any defective 
    condition which involves a truck component, a propulsion system 
    component, a draft system component, a wheel or a wheel component. This 
    term is important for understanding the restrictions regarding the 
    movement of equipment with other than power brake defects. FRA agrees 
    with the comments of railroad representatives that the 1997 NPRM may 
    have been over-reaching in requiring a qualified mechanical inspector 
    to make a determination regarding the safety of moving a piece of 
    defective equipment for any of the mechanical components addressed in 
    this regulation. However, FRA also agrees with the comments submitted 
    by labor representatives that railroads should not determine what 
    components are considered safety-critical. Therefore, FRA has modified 
    the movement of defective equipment provisions in this final rule to 
    require a determination regarding the safety of moving a piece of 
    equipment by a qualified maintenance person (as discussed above) 
    whenever a potential running gear defect is involved. FRA rejects the 
    language proposed by APTA that the defect be a potentially ``safety-
    critical'' running gear defect as FRA believes that any defect to a 
    running gear component is potentially safety-critical. In order to 
    avoid confusion, FRA is providing an explicit definition of running 
    gear defect. In the final rule, FRA is permitting the use of a 
    qualified person to determine the safety and establish appropriate 
    movement restrictions on continued use of equipment which involves non-
    running gear defects.
        Definitions of the various types of trains covered by this final 
    rule are extremely important to understand how FRA intends for the rule 
    to be applied. The most general definition is that of a ``passenger 
    train.'' The definition makes two points very clear. First, the final 
    rule does not apply to tourist and excursion railroads; and, second, 
    the provisions of the rule do apply to non-passenger carrying units 
    included in a passenger train.
        An important distinction highlighted in these definitions is the 
    difference between a ``long-distance intercity passenger train'' and a 
    ``short-distance intercity passenger train.'' ``Long-distance intercity 
    passenger train'' means a passenger train that provides service between 
    large cities more than 125 miles apart and is not operated exclusively 
    in the National Railroad Passenger Corporation's (Amtrak) Northeast 
    Corridor between Washington D.C. and Boston, Massachusetts. ``Short-
    distance intercity passenger train'' means a passenger train that 
    provides service exclusively on the Northeast Corridor or between 
    cities that are not more than 125 miles apart. This distinction 
    attempts to recognize the special set of operating conditions on the 
    Northeast Corridor in light of the need to treat long-distance trains 
    differently than short-distance trains. Additionally, APTA advised FRA 
    that there are commuter rail systems that operate trains over 100 miles 
    in distance on a single run, and thus recommended the use of the 125-
    mile distance in these definitions.
        The definition of the term ``in service'' is modeled after the 
    definition of that term in the Railroad Freight Car Safety Standards. 
    See 49 CFR 215.5(e). Passenger equipment that is in service includes 
    passenger equipment ``in passenger service,'' meaning ``carrying, or 
    available to carry, fare-paying passengers,'' as well as all other 
    passenger equipment unless it falls into one of the following four 
    categories:
    
        (a) Is being handled in accordance with Secs. 238.15, 238.17, 
    238.305(c)(5), or 238.503(f), as applicable;
        (b) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track;
        (c) Is on a storage track and is not carrying passengers; or
        (d) Has been delivered in interchange but has not been accepted 
    by the receiving railroad.
    
    The term ``in service'' is important because if the train or passenger 
    equipment is not in service, it is not subject to a part 238 civil 
    penalty.
        FRA has revised the definition of ``skin'' to reflect more 
    appropriately its meaning in the broad sense as the outer covering of a 
    fuel tank and a rail vehicle as a whole, not just the forward-facing 
    end of a locomotive. Moreover, as noted below in the discussion of 
    Sec. 238.209 (Forward-facing end structure of locomotives), the 
    exclusion from the definition of ``skin'' originally included as part 
    of the definition itself proposed in the NPRM has instead been 
    incorporated into the appropriate rule text for clarity at Sec. 238.209 
    and Sec. 238.409 (Forward end structures of power car cabs).
        The last definition that warrants discussion is ``vestibule.'' FRA 
    intends ``vestibule'' to mean an area of a passenger car that normally 
    does not contain seating and that is used for passage between the 
    seating area and the side exit doors. The definition of ``vestibule'' 
    is important to determine the requirements for side door emergency-
    release mechanisms. For instance, a powered side door in a vestibule 
    that is partitioned from the passenger compartment of a Tier I 
    passenger car must have a manual override feature as specified in 
    Sec. 238.235 by December 31, 1999.
    Section 238.7  Waivers
        This section sets forth the procedures for seeking waivers of 
    compliance with the requirements of this rule. Requests for such 
    waivers may be filed by any interested party. In reviewing such 
    requests, FRA conducts investigations to determine if a deviation from 
    the general criteria can be made without compromising or diminishing 
    rail safety. This section has been modified from that proposed in the 
    1997 NPRM to keep it consistent with the general waiver provisions 
    contained in other Federal regulations issued by FRA. FRA recognizes 
    that circumstances may arise when the operation of passenger equipment 
    that does not meet the standards contained in this rule is appropriate 
    and in the public interest.
    Section 238.9  Responsibility for Compliance
        General compliance requirements are contained in this section. 
    Paragraph (a). Paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) prohibit a railroad subject 
    to part 238 from committing a series of specified acts with respect to 
    a train or a piece of passenger equipment while the train or passenger 
    equipment is in service if it has a condition that does not comply with 
    part 238 or if it has not been inspected and tested as required by part 
    238. In particular, consistent with 49 U.S.C. chapter 203, paragraph 
    (a)(1) imposes a strict liability standard with respect to violations 
    of the safety
    
    [[Page 25581]]
    
    appliance and power brake provisions of part 238. In addition to the 
    acts prohibited by paragraph (a)(2) (that is, the use, haul, offering 
    in interchange, or accepting in interchange of defective or not 
    properly inspected equipment), paragraph (a)(1) prohibits a railroad 
    from merely permitting the use or haul on its line of such equipment if 
    it does not conform with the safety appliance and power brake 
    provisions. See Sec. 238.3(b). By contrast, paragraph (a)(2) imposes a 
    lower standard of liability for using, hauling, delivering in 
    interchange, or accepting in interchange a train or passenger equipment 
    that is defective or not properly inspected, in violation of another 
    provision of this part; a railroad subject to this part is liable only 
    if it knew, had notice, or should have known of the existence of either 
    the defective condition of the equipment or the failure to inspect and 
    test. Finally, paragraph (a)(3) establishes a strict liability standard 
    for noncompliance with any other provision of this part.
        Paragraph (b). In accordance with the ``use'' or ``haul'' language 
    previously contained in the Safety Appliance Acts (49 U.S.C. chapter 
    203) and with FRA's general rulemaking authority under the Federal 
    railroad safety laws, FRA in paragraph (b) makes clear that passenger 
    equipment will be considered ``in use'' prior to departure but after it 
    receives or should have received the necessary tests and inspections 
    required for movement. FRA will no longer wait for a piece of equipment 
    with a power brake defect to be hauled before issuing a violation, a 
    practice frequently criticized by the railroads. FRA believes that this 
    approach will increase FRA's ability to prevent the movement of 
    defective equipment that creates a potential safety hazard to both the 
    public and railroad employees. FRA does not feel that this approach 
    increases the railroads' burden since equipment should not be operated 
    if it is found in defective condition in the pre-departure tests and 
    inspections, unless permitted by the regulations.
        Paragraph (c). This paragraph clarifies FRA's position that the 
    requirements contained in this final rule are applicable not only to 
    any ``railroad'' subject to this part but also to any ``person,'' as 
    defined in Sec. 238.5, that performs any function required by this 
    final rule. Although various sections of the final rule address the 
    duties of a railroad, FRA intends that any person who performs any 
    action on behalf of a railroad or any person who performs any action 
    covered by the final rule is required to perform that action in the 
    same manner as required of a railroad or be subject to FRA enforcement 
    action. For example, private car owners and contract shops that perform 
    duties covered by these regulations would be required to perform those 
    duties in the same manner as required of a railroad.
    Section 238.11  Civil Penalties
        This section identifies the civil penalties that FRA may impose 
    upon any person, including a railroad or an independent contractor 
    providing goods or services to a railroad, that violates any 
    requirement of this part. These penalties are authorized by 49 U.S.C. 
    21301, 21302, and 21304. The penalty provision parallels penalty 
    provisions included in numerous other safety regulations issued by FRA. 
    Essentially, any person who violates any requirement of this part or 
    causes the violation of any such requirement will be subject to a civil 
    penalty of at least $500 and not more than $11,000 per violation. Civil 
    penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful 
    violations, and where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of 
    repeated violations creates an imminent hazard of death or injury to 
    persons, or causes death or injury, a penalty not to exceed $22,000 per 
    violation may be assessed. In addition, each day a violation continues 
    will constitute a separate offense. Furthermore, a person may be 
    subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311 for knowingly and 
    willfully falsifying reports required by these regulations. FRA 
    believes that the inclusion of penalty provisions for failure to comply 
    with the regulations is important in ensuring that compliance is 
    achieved. The final rule includes a schedule of civil penalties as 
    appendix A to this part. Because the penalty schedule is a statement of 
    policy, notice and comment was not required prior to its issuance. See 
    5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A).
        It should be noted that this section has been modified slightly 
    from that proposed in the 1997 NPRM. The modifications were made to 
    address the statutory requirements contained in the Federal Civil 
    Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Pub. L. 101-410 Stat. 890, 
    28 U.S.C. 2461 note, as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act 
    of 1996, Pub. L. 104-134, April 26, 1996, which required agencies to 
    adjust for inflation the maximum civil monetary penalties within the 
    agencies' jurisdiction. Consequently, the resulting $11,000 and $22,000 
    maximum penalties were determined by applying the criteria set forth in 
    sections 4 and 5 of the statute to the maximum penalties otherwise 
    provided for in the Federal railroad safety laws.
    Section 238.13  Preemptive Effect
        Section 238.13 informs the public as to FRA's views regarding what 
    will be the preemptive effect of the final rule. While the presence or 
    absence of such a section does not in itself affect the preemptive 
    effect of a final rule, it informs the public about the statutory 
    provision which governs the preemptive effect of the rule. Section 
    20106 of title 49 of the United States Code provides that all 
    regulations prescribed by the Secretary relating to railroad safety 
    preempt any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject 
    matter, except a provision necessary to eliminate or reduce an 
    essentially local safety hazard that is not incompatible with a Federal 
    law, regulation, or order and that does not unreasonably burden 
    interstate commerce. With the exception of a provision directed at an 
    essentially local safety hazard, 49 U.S.C. 20106 will preempt any State 
    regulatory agency rule covering the same subject matter as the 
    regulations in this final rule.
    Section 238.15  Movement of Passenger Equipment With Defective Power 
    Brakes
        This section contains the requirements for movement of passenger 
    equipment with a power brake defect without civil penalty liability 
    under this part. (Railroads remain liable, however, ``in a proceeding 
    to recover damages for death or injury of a railroad employee arising 
    from the movement of'' the defective equipment. See 49 U.S.C. 
    20303(c).) A ``power brake defect,'' as defined in paragraph (a), ``is 
    a condition of a power brake component, or other primary brake 
    component, that does not conform with this'' rule. The term does not 
    include a failure to properly inspect such a component.
        Labor representatives objected to FRA's determination that the term 
    ``power brake defect'' does not include a failure to inspect such a 
    component. These commenters claim that FRA's exclusion of the failure 
    to properly inspect a brake component eliminates an important means of 
    enforcement necessary to ensure that proper power brake inspections are 
    performed. It is claimed that by excluding the failure to inspect from 
    being a power brake defect, FRA has eliminated any incentive for 
    railroads to ensure that trains have operative brakes because there 
    will be little financial repercussion to continuing to use improperly 
    inspected equipment.
        FRA believes that the concern raised by certain labor 
    representatives regarding FRA's definition of ``power brake defect'' 
    under this section is due to a lack of understanding of the rule as
    
    [[Page 25582]]
    
    well as a misunderstanding of the existing regulations. Under the 
    current power brake regulations the unit of violation for failure to 
    inspect is the train not individual cars, although FRA can take a 
    separate violation for each car containing a defective condition upon 
    departure after the train received or should have received an initial 
    terminal inspection or for each car not identified as defective after 
    the performance of an intermediate inspection. Moreover, the failure to 
    inspect a piece of equipment cannot be cured through any of the 
    provisions contained in this final rule regarding the movement of 
    defective equipment. Thus, if a railroad fails to inspect a piece of 
    equipment as required, the railroad cannot avoid civil penalty 
    liability by moving the equipment in accordance with the movement for 
    repair provisions. Furthermore, the final rule contains specific civil 
    penalties for a railroad's failure to perform inspections as required. 
    Therefore, railroads will also continue to be subject to potential 
    civil penalty for any car found in defective condition after it has 
    performed or should have performed a Class I or Class IA brake test, 
    and for any car not properly moved or identified as defective at other 
    times.
        The final rule also retains the provision stating that passenger 
    equipment will be considered ``in use'' prior to departure but after it 
    has received or should have received an inspection required by this 
    part. See Sec. 232.9. Thus, FRA inspectors will no longer have to wait 
    until a piece of equipment departs a location before issuing a civil 
    penalty, a practice continually criticized by both labor and railroad 
    representatives. In addition, this final rule provides FRA inspectors 
    the ability to issue Special Notices for Repair, which enable an FRA 
    inspector to remove an unsafe piece of equipment from service until 
    appropriate action is taken by the railroad. See Amendments to 49 CFR 
    part 216. This enforcement tool is not currently available to FRA 
    inspectors in the area of power brakes and mechanical components on 
    passenger equipment and could be used in circumstances where passenger 
    equipment is not inspected prior to being placed in service. 
    Consequently, the final rule not only retains all of the enforcement 
    tools available to FRA under the current regulations but includes other 
    methods for ensuring compliance by the railroads and provides both a 
    financial and operational incentive for railroads to properly inspect 
    passenger equipment.
        Paragraph (b)(1). This paragraph addresses the movement for repair 
    of equipment with a power brake defect found during a Class I or IA 
    brake test or, for Tier II equipment, the equivalent of a Class I or IA 
    brake test. This paragraph allows railroads the flexibility to move 
    passenger equipment with a power brake defect found during such a test 
    if the following three conditions are satisfied: (1) If the train is 
    moved for purposes of effecting repair of the defect, without 
    passengers; (2) the applicable operating restrictions set forth in 
    paragraph (d) are complied with; and (3) the information concerning the 
    defect is recorded on a tag affixed to the equipment or in an automated 
    defect tracking system as specified in paragraph (c)(2).
        Paragraph (b)(2). This paragraph permits railroads to move, for 
    purposes of scrapping or sale, passenger equipment with a power brake 
    defect found during a Class I or IA brake test (or the Tier II 
    equivalent) if each of the following conditions is satisfied: if the 
    movement is without passengers, if the speed of the movement is 15 mph 
    or less, and if the railroad's air brake or power brake instructions 
    are followed when making the movement. This provision allows railroads 
    to move surplus equipment without having to request permission for one-
    time moves from FRA, as is currently required. FRA has not had any 
    serious safety concerns with the methods currently used by railroads to 
    move this equipment and does not believe its limited resources should 
    be tied up in approving these types of moves.
        Paragraph (c), generally. This paragraph addresses the use of 
    passenger equipment with a power brake defect that develops en route 
    from a location where a Class I or IA brake test (or the Tier II 
    equivalent) was performed on the equipment. The two basic requirements 
    are that, at the location where the railroad first finds the defect, 
    specified information (such as the nature of the defect and the 
    destination where the defect will be repaired) must be placed on tags 
    attached to the equipment or in a computer tracking system and that the 
    railroad must observe the applicable operating restrictions in 
    paragraph (d). A third requirement, found in paragraph (c)(4), is a 
    special conditional requirement, applying only if the defect causes any 
    brakes to be cut out or renders the brakes inoperative. This provision 
    was slightly modified from what was proposed in order to prevent a 
    railroad from avoiding the requirements contained in this subsection by 
    simply not cutting-out an inoperative brake. Consequently, the language 
    was modified so that the provision includes situations where a defect 
    renders the brakes inoperative, not just situations where brakes are 
    cut-out.
        Paragraph (c)(2) requires that equipment being hauled for repairs 
    be adequately identified. Currently, there is no requirement that 
    equipment with defective power brakes be tagged or otherwise 
    identified, although most railroads voluntarily engage in such 
    activity. Furthermore, the current regulations regarding freight cars 
    and locomotives contain tagging requirements for the movement of 
    equipment not in compliance with those parts. See 49 CFR 215.9 and 
    229.9. Consequently, FRA is requiring the identification of equipment 
    with defective power brakes through either the traditional tags which 
    are placed in established locations on the equipment or by an automated 
    tracking system developed by the railroad. Certain information must be 
    contained whichever method is used by a railroad. FRA believes that the 
    tagging or automated tracking requirements add reliability, 
    accountability, and enforceability for the timely and proper repair of 
    equipment with defective power brakes.
        FRA is retaining the requirement that equipment found with 
    conditions not in compliance with this part must be appropriately 
    tagged or recorded in an automated tracking system. Although FRA is 
    sensitive to the concerns raised by labor representatives regarding the 
    use of automated tracking systems, FRA believes that provisions must be 
    provided to allow railroads to take advantage of existing and 
    developing technologies regarding the electronic maintenance and 
    retention of records. Although railroad and FRA inspectors may require 
    additional training on the use of electronic records, FRA believes that 
    the use of such a medium to track defective equipment can expedite the 
    identification and repair of defective equipment and, thus, reduce the 
    time that defective equipment is operated in passenger service. In 
    response to labor's concerns, a new paragraph (c)(3) has been added 
    which contains a provision giving FRA the ability to monitor and review 
    a railroad's automated tracking system and provides FRA the ability to 
    prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an automated 
    tracking system in lieu of directly tagging defective equipment if FRA 
    finds that the automated tracking system is not properly secure, is 
    inaccessible to FRA or a railroad's employees, or fails to adequately 
    track and monitor the movement of defective equipment. urthermore, if 
    the automated tracking
    
    [[Page 25583]]
    
    system developed and implemented by a railroad does not accurately and 
    adequately record the information required by this part, the railroad 
    will be in violation of the movement for repair provisions and subject 
    to civil penalty liability.
        In addition, under paragraph (c)(4), if the defect causes the 
    brakes on the equipment to be cut out, then the railroad must first 
    find out what percentage of the power brakes in the train are cut out 
    or inoperative in some other way, using the formula in paragraph 
    (d)(1). Next, the railroad must notify the person responsible for the 
    movement of trains of the percentage of operative brakes and the 
    movement restrictions imposed by paragraph (d), inform the railroad's 
    mechanical department about the brake defect, and walk the train to 
    confirm the percentage of operative brakes at the next point where it 
    is safe to do so. Slight modification was made to paragraph (c)(4)(ii) 
    and (iii) replacing the term ``dispatcher'' with the phrase ``person 
    responsible for the movement of trains'' as some railroads do not use 
    the term dispatcher and the term mechanical ``desk'' was removed as it 
    is unnecessary and covered by the term ``mechanical department.''
        Paragraph (d)(1). This paragraph explains the term ``inoperative 
    power brakes'' and contains a new method for calculating the percentage 
    of operative power brakes (operative primary brakes) in a train. 
    Regarding the term itself, a cut-out power brake is an inoperative 
    power brake, but the failure or cutting out of a secondary brake system 
    (as defined in Sec. 238.5) does not result in inoperative power brakes. 
    For example, failure of dynamic brakes does not render a power brake 
    inoperative unless the dynamic brakes are in fact primary brakes. 
    Although the statute discusses the percentage of operative brakes in 
    terms of a percentage of vehicles, the statute was written nearly a 
    century ago and at that time the only way to cut out the brakes on a 
    car or locomotive was to cut out the entire unit. See 49 U.S.C. 
    20302(a)(5)(B). Today, virtually every piece of equipment used in 
    passenger service can have the brakes cut out on a per-truck or per-
    axle basis. Consequently, FRA is merely providing a method of 
    calculating the percentage of operative brakes based on the design of 
    passenger equipment used today, and, thus, a means to more accurately 
    reflect the true braking ability of the train as a whole. FRA believes 
    that the method of calculation contained in this final rule is 
    consistent with the intent of Congress when it drafted the statutory 
    requirement and simply recognizes the technological advancements made 
    in braking systems over the last century. Consequently, FRA intends to 
    require the percentage of operative brakes to be determined by dividing 
    the number of axles in the train with operative brakes by the total 
    number of axles in the train. Furthermore, for equipment utilizing 
    tread brake units (TBU), FRA requires that the percentage of operative 
    brakes be determined by dividing the number of operative TBUs by the 
    total number of TBUs.
        Paragraphs (d)(2)-(d)(4), generally. These paragraphs contain 
    various speed and other operating restrictions based on the percentage 
    of operative brakes in order to permit passenger railroads the 
    flexibility to efficiently move passengers without compromising safety. 
    FRA believes that the movement restrictions contained in these 
    paragraphs actually enhance the safety of the riding public. The 
    requirements retain the basic principle that a train carrying 
    passengers shall not depart a location where major brake inspections or 
    tests are performed on a train unless the train has 100 percent 
    operational brakes.
        As previously noted in the general discussion, FRA has determined 
    that some minor changes need to be made to the requirements proposed in 
    the 1997 NPRM regarding the movement of equipment with defective power 
    brakes. In order to avoid the legal implications involved with 
    employing the statutory authority contained at 49 U.S.C. 20306 for 
    exempting equipment from the statutory requirements related to safety 
    appliances and power brakes, and because railroad representatives 
    acknowledged that the flexibility provided through reliance on the 
    exemption is minimal, FRA will not rely on the statutory exemption 
    provision contained at 49 U.S.C. 20306 in this final rule and has 
    modified the movement for repair provisions accordingly.
        FRA will retain the exemption proposed in the 1997 NPRM for 
    passenger train operations from a long-standing agency interpretation 
    that prohibits the movement of a train for repairs under 49 U.S.C. 
    20303 if less than 85 percent of the train's brakes are operative. This 
    interpretation is based on a 1910 ICC order codified at 49 CFR 232.1. 
    FRA believes that this requirement is overly restrictive when applied 
    to passenger train operations as many passenger operations utilize a 
    small number of cars in their trains and the necessity to cut out the 
    brakes on just one car can easily result in noncompliance. FRA believes 
    that the retention in this final rule of the proposed speed 
    restrictions will fully compensate for the loss of brakes on a minority 
    of cars. FRA rejects the BRC's recommendation that passenger trains 
    with defective brakes be permitted to move no further than the next 
    passenger station because such a stringent requirement is unnecessary, 
    more restrictive than the current statutory mandate regarding the 
    movement of defective brake equipment, and is radically counter to the 
    way passenger trains currently handle defective equipment.
        FRA is retaining those portions of the proposed movement for repair 
    requirements that it believes are fully consistent with the existing 
    statutory provisions regarding the movement of equipment with power 
    brake defects and has revised those that are contrary to the statutory 
    provisions. Therefore, passenger trains operating with 75-99 percent 
    operative brakes will not be permitted to travel to the next forward 
    terminal as proposed, but will be permitted to travel only to the next 
    forward location where the necessary repairs to the brake equipment can 
    be effectuated as mandated in the existing statute. In FRA's view, all 
    of the other proposed methods for moving defective power brake 
    equipment are consistent with and are in accordance with the current 
    statutory requirements and will be retained. For example, FRA is 
    retaining the provision which permits a passenger train with 50-75 
    percent operative brakes to be moved at reduced speeds to the next 
    forward passenger station. Although the percentage of operative brakes 
    is lower than currently permitted by FRA's longstanding agency 
    interpretation (which FRA believes is fully compensated for by the 
    proposed speed restrictions), FRA believes that the movement of the 
    defective equipment to the next passenger station is in accordance with 
    the statutory requirement as the safety of the passengers must be 
    considered in determining the nearest location where necessary repairs 
    can be made. In addition, permitting passenger trains to continue to 
    the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be performed 
    is also consistent with the statutory requirement as such movement is 
    necessary to ensure the safety of the traveling public by protecting 
    them from the hazards incident to performing movements against the 
    current of traffic and recognizes the hazards incident to overcrowding 
    platforms and trailing trains. Furthermore, retention of the movement 
    provisions related to long-distance intercity passenger trains and 
    long-distance Tier II equipment is
    
    [[Page 25584]]
    
    consistent with the current statutory requirements as these provisions 
    permit the movement of defective brake equipment on these trains only 
    to the next passenger station or the next repair location, with various 
    speed restrictions depending on the percentage of operative brakes.
        FRA recognizes that there are major differences in the operations 
    of commuter or short-distance intercity passenger trains, and long-
    distance intercity passenger trains. Commuter and short-distance 
    intercity passenger trains tend to operate for fairly short distances 
    between passenger stations and generally operate in relatively short 
    turn-around service between two terminals several times in any given 
    day. On the other hand, long-distance intercity passenger trains tend 
    to operate for long distances, with trips between the beginning 
    terminal and ending terminal taking a day or more and traversing 
    multiple States with relatively long distances between passenger 
    stations. Consequently, the final rule contains slightly different 
    requirements with regard to the movement of defective brake equipment 
    in long-distance intercity passenger trains.
        FRA believes that passenger railroads can safely and efficiently 
    operate trains with en route brake failures under the strict set of 
    conditions in this final rule. FRA has long held that the industry can 
    safely operate trains at normal track speeds with as low as 85 percent 
    effective brakes as long as the inoperative brakes were due to failures 
    which occurred en route or due to defective cars being picked up en 
    route and being moved for repairs. The only change in this final rule 
    to current practice is the additional flexibility for certain passenger 
    operations to move their equipment with a lower percentage of operative 
    brakes, under strict speed restrictions, and recognition of the safety 
    need to allow passenger trains to move to the nearest forward location 
    capable of performing the repairs.
        Paragraph (d)(2). This paragraph contains operating requirements 
    for the movement of any passenger train that develops en route brake 
    failures resulting in 74 to 50 percent operative brakes. In these 
    circumstances, FRA will allow the train to proceed only to the next 
    passenger station at a reduced speed, not to exceed 20 mph, to 
    discharge passengers before proceeding without passengers to the 
    nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made. This 
    provision recognizes the dangers of unloading passenger at locations 
    other than passenger stations by allowing railroads to move the 
    equipment to a location with the facilities to handle the discharge of 
    passengers. Furthermore, engineering evidence and test data demonstrate 
    that the reduced speed more than compensates for the reduced braking 
    force. At the reduced speed, even with only 50 percent effective 
    brakes, a train is able to stop in a much shorter distance than the 
    same train traveling at the maximum operating speed with 100 percent 
    operative brakes.
        Paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (ii). FRA will also permit commuter, 
    short-distance intercity, and short-distance Tier II passenger trains 
    experiencing en route brake failures resulting in 99 to 75 percent 
    operative brakes to continue in service only to the next forward 
    location where the necessary repairs can be effectuated. FRA will 
    permit these passenger trains to continue in service past a repair 
    location to the next forward passenger station only if the repair 
    location does not have the facilities to safely unload passengers. 
    However, FRA will require the speed of the train with 84 to 75 percent 
    operative brakes to be reduced to 50 percent of the train's maximum 
    operating speed or 40 mph, whichever is less. Engineering evidence and 
    test data demonstrate that the reduced speed more than compensates for 
    the reduced braking force. At the reduced speed, even with only 75 
    percent effective brakes, a train is able to stop in a much shorter 
    distance than the same train traveling at the maximum operating speed 
    with 100 percent operative brakes. APTA also presented engineering 
    evidence and test data that demonstrated that stopping distances 
    remained well within signal spacing distances with a large margin of 
    safety even for trains with as low as 85 percent effective brakes. 
    Consequently, FRA will not impose speed restrictions on trains 
    operating with 85 to 99 percent operative brakes.
        Paragraph (d)(4). This paragraph contains the operating 
    restrictions on moving equipment with defective brakes in long-distance 
    intercity passenger trains. This paragraph permits the movement of 
    defective brake equipment in these trains only to the nearest forward 
    location designated as a repair location for this equipment by the 
    operating railroad in the list required by Sec. 238.19(d). FRA will 
    also permit long-distance intercity passenger trains to continue in 
    service past a designated repair location to the next forward passenger 
    station only if the designated repair location does not have the 
    facilities to safely unload passengers. Although FRA is permitting the 
    continued operation of long-distance intercity passenger trains that 
    develop en route brake failures resulting in 99 to 85 percent operative 
    brakes at normal speeds, the final rule contains a speed restriction of 
    no greater than 40 mph when the en route brake failures result in 84 to 
    75 percent operative brakes. Therefore, these trains gain flexibility 
    in being permitted to move a greater percentage of defective equipment 
    than currently allowed and are able to move that equipment to the next 
    forward repair location rather than the ``nearest'' repair location as 
    currently required. See 49 U.S.C. 20303(a). As noted previously, FRA 
    believes that the safety of the traveling public mandates the 
    flexibility of permitting passenger trains to continue to the next 
    forward repair location or passenger station because requiring trains 
    to reverse directions and perform back hauls to the nearest repair 
    location increases the risk of collision on the railroad.
        In this final rule, FRA is retaining the proposed requirement that 
    operators of long-distance passenger trains designate the locations 
    where repairs can be conducted on the equipment. Although FRA agrees 
    that this provision puts the control of what locations constitute 
    repair locations in the hands of the railroad, FRA believes that the 
    operators of these long-distance intercity trains are in the best 
    position to determine which locations have the necessary expertise to 
    handle the repairs of the somewhat advanced braking systems utilized in 
    passenger trains. Due to the unique technologies used on the brake 
    systems of these operations and the unique operating environments, the 
    facilities and personnel necessary to conduct proper repairs on this 
    equipment are somewhat specialized and limited. Moreover, FRA is 
    retaining the broad performance-based requirement that railroads 
    operating this equipment designate a sufficient number of repair 
    locations to ensure the safe and timely repair of the equipment. 
    Contrary to the beliefs of some labor commenters, FRA believes that 
    this performance standard provides FRA sufficient grounds to institute 
    civil penalty enforcement actions or take other enforcement actions if, 
    based on its expertise and experience, FRA believes the railroad is 
    failing to designate an adequate number of repair locations.
        Furthermore, rather than attempt to develop a standard applicable 
    to all situations in the context of short-distance intercity and 
    commuter trains, which FRA does not believe can be accomplished, FRA 
    will approach the issue of what constitutes the next forward location 
    where repairs can be effectuated based on a case-by-case
    
    [[Page 25585]]
    
    analysis of each situation. FRA believes that its field inspectors are 
    in the best position to determine whether a railroad exercised good 
    faith in determining when and where to move a piece of defective brake 
    equipment. In making these determinations both the railroad as well as 
    FRA's inspectors must conduct a multi-factor analysis based on the 
    facts of each case. In determining whether a particular location is a 
    location where necessary repairs can be made or whether a location is 
    the next forward repair location in a passenger train context, the 
    accessibility of the location, the ability to safely make the repairs 
    at that location, and the safety of the passengers are the overriding 
    factors that must be considered in any analysis. These factors have a 
    multitude of sub-factors which must be considered, such as: the type of 
    repair required; the safety of employees responsible for conducting the 
    repairs; the safety of employees responsible for getting the equipment 
    to or from a particular location; the switching operations necessary to 
    effectuate the move; the railroad's recent history and current practice 
    of making repairs (brake and non-brake) at a particular location; 
    relevant weather conditions; potential overcrowding of passenger 
    platforms; and the overcrowding of trailing trains.
        Paragraph (e). This paragraph contains the operating restrictions 
    on passenger trains with inoperative power brakes on the front or rear 
    unit of the train. Similar provisions were contained in the 1997 NPRM 
    and included in each of the various operating restriction contained in 
    paragraph (d). In order to make the rule easier to understand, FRA has 
    added this paragraph to the final rule and removed the repetitious 
    language from each of the provisions contained in paragraph (d). As 
    noted in the general preamble discussion above, FRA is slightly 
    modifying the provisions related to the operation of trains with 
    defective brakes on the front or rear car. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA 
    proposed that if the power brakes on the front or rear unit become 
    inoperative then a qualified person must be stationed at the handbrake 
    on the unit. See 62 FR 49797. FRA recognizes that in some instances the 
    handbrake on a car located at the front or rear of a train may not be 
    accessible to a member of the train crew or may be located outside the 
    interior of the car and, thus, unsafe for a crew member to operate 
    while the train is in motion. FRA also recognizes that in many 
    circumstances when a car at the front or rear of a train has 
    inoperative brakes certain speed restrictions should be placed on the 
    train; however, FRA believes that railroads are in the best position to 
    determine what the appropriate speed restriction should be given the 
    circumstances involved. Therefore, FRA is modifying the requirements 
    for the use of such cars and paragraph (e) requires that appropriate 
    speed restrictions be imposed with inoperative brakes on the front or 
    rear unit and that trains containing equipment with inaccessible 
    handbrakes or with handbrakes located outside the interior of a car be 
    operated at restricted speed (i.e. 20 mph) and that the defective 
    equipment be removed or repositioned in the train at the first possible 
    location. The operating restrictions contained in this paragraph are 
    consistent with current industry practice and should not impose any 
    additional burden to the industry.
        It should be noted that the provisions contained in 49 U.S.C. 
    20303(c) continue to remain applicable to a railroad when hauling 
    equipment with defective or insecure power brakes or other safety 
    appliances pursuant to the requirements contained in this final rule. 
    This section of the statute contains the liability provisions attendant 
    with the movement of equipment with defective or insecure safety 
    appliances, including power brakes.
    Section 238.17  Movement of Passenger Equipment With Other Than Power 
    Brake Defects
        This section contains the requirements for the movement of 
    passenger equipment with a condition not in compliance with part 238, 
    excluding a power brake defect and including a safety appliance defect, 
    without civil penalty liability under this part. (Railroads remain 
    liable, however, under 49 U.S.C. 20303(c), as described in the 
    discussion of the previous section.)
        As previously noted, there are currently no statutory or regulatory 
    restrictions on the movement of passenger cars with defective 
    conditions that are not power brake or safety appliance defects. The 
    provisions contained in this section are similar to the provisions for 
    moving defective locomotives and freight cars currently contained in 49 
    CFR 229.9 and 215.9, respectively. As these provisions have generally 
    worked well with regard to the movement of defective locomotives and 
    freight cars and in order to maintain consistency, FRA has modeled 
    these movement requirements on those existing requirements. FRA is 
    allowing passenger railroads the flexibility to continue to use 
    equipment with non-safety-critical defects until the next scheduled 
    calendar day exterior mechanical inspection. However, FRA intends the 
    calendar day mechanical inspection to be the tool used by railroads to 
    repair all reported defects and to prevent continued use of defective 
    equipment to carry passengers. (Compare Sec. 238.17(b) with 
    Sec. 238.17(c).) FRA intends for 49 CFR 229.9 to continue to govern the 
    movement of locomotives used in passenger service which develop 
    defective conditions, not covered by part 238, that are not in 
    compliance with part 229. Part 229 will continue to cover (non-steam) 
    locomotives that are used by the tourist railroads until such railroads 
    are covered by part 238.
        After review of the comments submitted and provided orally at the 
    Working Group meetings, FRA is making some modest changes in this final 
    rule regarding the movement of equipment with non-power brake defects. 
    FRA agrees with the comments of railroad representatives that the 1997 
    NPRM may have been over-reaching in requiring a QMP to make a 
    determination regarding the safety of moving a piece of defective 
    equipment for any of the mechanical components addressed in this 
    regulation. However, FRA also agrees with the comments submitted by 
    labor representatives that railroads should not determine what 
    components are considered safety-critical. Therefore, FRA will require 
    a determination regarding the safety of moving a piece of equipment by 
    a QMP (as discussed above) whenever a potential running gear defect is 
    involved. FRA rejects the language proposed by APTA that the defect be 
    a potentially ``safety-critical'' running gear defect as FRA believes 
    that any defect to a running gear component is potentially safety-
    critical. In order to avoid confusion, FRA is providing an explicit 
    definition of ``running gear defect.'' FRA is defining the term to mean 
    any condition not in compliance with this part which involves a truck 
    component, a propulsion system component, a draft system component, a 
    wheel or a wheel component. In this final rule, FRA will permit the use 
    of a qualified person to determine the safety and establish appropriate 
    movement restrictions on continued use of equipment which involves non-
    running gear defects.
        In paragraph (b), FRA is providing very limited flexibility to 
    railroads to operate defective equipment from a location where a 
    calendar day mechanical inspection was performed in order to effectuate 
    repairs. FRA intends for the calendar day mechanical inspection to be 
    as comprehensive as possible and to be the time when all
    
    [[Page 25586]]
    
    defective components are identified and repaired. In order to ensure 
    that these daily inspections are performed by highly qualified 
    inspectors, FRA has provided the railroads with considerable 
    flexibility to perform these inspections at locations that are best 
    suited to a quality and comprehensive inspection. Therefore, FRA will 
    permit the movement of defective equipment from these inspection 
    locations only with very stringent restrictions. Equipment containing 
    running gear defects may only be moved from such locations if it is not 
    in passenger service and is in a non-revenue train. Equipment 
    containing non-running gear defects may be moved in a revenue train 
    provided the equipment is locked-out and empty, except that the 
    equipment may be used and occupied by a member of the train crew to the 
    extent necessary to safely operate the train. Any defective equipment 
    moved from such locations must also be properly identified as required 
    in paragraph (c)(4) and moved in accordance with any movement 
    restriction imposed. FRA believes these stringent movement restrictions 
    will provide railroads limited flexibility to move defective equipment 
    to a location where it can best be repaired but will limit a railroad's 
    desire or ability to move defective equipment from these inspection 
    locations and will encourage the performance of the calendar day 
    mechanical inspections at locations where repairs to equipment can be 
    conducted.
        Paragraph (c) contains the requirements regarding the movement of 
    passenger equipment that develops a condition not in compliance with 
    this part, other than a safety appliance defect, while en route to its 
    destination after its calendar day mechanical inspection was performed. 
    This paragraph has been slightly modified from that proposed in the 
    1997 NPRM in order to recognize the differing requirements for running 
    rear defects and non-running gear defects as noted in the discussion 
    above. Paragraph (c)(1) retains the requirement that the QMP may make 
    the determination regarding the continued use of equipment containing a 
    potential running gear defect based on the description provided by on-
    site personnel. Although FRA recognizes the concerns raised by labor 
    representatives, FRA believes that the rule must recognize the reality 
    of current operations and acknowledge the fact that mechanical-type 
    personnel are not readily available at every location on a railroad's 
    line of road. Furthermore, when such off-site determinations are made 
    the rule requires that the equipment only be moved to the next forward 
    location where the equipment can be inspected by a QMP to verify the 
    description of the defect provided by the on-site personnel. Paragraph 
    (c)(2) also permits determinations regarding the continued use of 
    equipment containing non-running gear defects to be made by a qualified 
    person based on a description provided by on-site personnel. In cases 
    where non-running gear defects are involved, FRA will not require that 
    the equipment be inspected at the next forward location by a qualified 
    person as the safety impact of such defects should be readily 
    identifiable based upon a description by on-site personnel and can be 
    adequately addressed via radio communication.
        Paragraph (c)(4) contains the requirements for identifying 
    defective equipment. This paragraph permits the identification and 
    tracking of defective equipment in either of two ways. One option is to 
    tag the equipment in a manner similar to what is currently required 
    under Sec. 215.9 for freight cars. The second option is to record the 
    specified information in an automated tracking system. Although FRA is 
    sensitive to the concerns raised by labor representatives regarding the 
    use of automated tracking systems, FRA believes that provision must be 
    made to allow railroads to take advantage of existing and developing 
    technologies regarding the electronic maintenance and retention of 
    records. Although railroad and FRA inspectors may require additional 
    training on the use of electronic records, FRA believes that the use of 
    such a medium to track defective equipment can expedite the 
    identification and repair of defective equipment and, thus, reduce the 
    time that defective equipment is operated in passenger service. In 
    response to labor's concerns, paragraph (c)(5) has been added to this 
    final rule and contains a provision which gives FRA the ability to 
    monitor and review a railroad's automated tracking system and provides 
    FRA the ability to prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize 
    an automated tracking system in lieu of directly tagging defective 
    equipment if FRA finds that the automated tracking system is not 
    properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or a railroad's employees, or 
    fails to adequately track and monitor the movement of defective 
    equipment. Furthermore, if the automated tracking system developed and 
    implemented by a railroad does not accurately and adequately record the 
    information required by this part, the railroad will be in violation of 
    the movement for repair provisions contained in this section and 
    subject to civil penalty liability.
        Paragraph (d) contains a requirement that was inadvertently omitted 
    from the 1997 NPRM but which is integral to the movement of equipment 
    which has been involved in a derailment. This paragraph addresses the 
    inspection of roller bearings on a car whose truck is involved in a 
    derailment. As the proper operation and condition of a vehicle's roller 
    bearing is a key element in ensuring the safe movement of the vehicle, 
    FRA believes it is vital that this provision be included in these final 
    regulations. The added requirement prohibits a railroad from continuing 
    in service a piece of passenger equipment that has a roller bearing 
    whose truck was involved in a derailment unless the bearing is 
    inspected and tested in accordance with the provisions stated. The 
    added provision is identical to the requirement currently contained in 
    49 CFR Sec. 215.115(b). Although the existing provision is applicable 
    to freight cars, virtually every passenger train operation follows the 
    provisions contained in that section prior to returning a piece of 
    equipment to service after it was involved in a derailment and, thus, 
    should not result in any added burden to the industry. FRA believes 
    that the practice is critical to ensuring the proper operation of the 
    roller bearing after a derailment occurs and should be incorporated 
    into this final rule.
        Paragraph (e) contains the special statutory restrictions on the 
    movement of passenger equipment with a safety appliance defect, other 
    than a power brake defect. FRA does not intend to alter the current 
    statutory requirements contained in 49 U.S.C. 20303 regarding the 
    movement of passenger equipment with defective or insecure safety 
    appliances. See Secs. 238.229, 238.429, 238.431. Consequently, in 
    paragraph (e), FRA is requiring that passenger equipment that develops 
    a defective or insecure safety appliance continue to be subject to all 
    the statutory restrictions on its movement. Under the current statutory 
    language--
    
        A vehicle that is equipped in compliance with this chapter whose 
    equipment becomes defective or insecure nevertheless may be moved 
    when necessary to make repairs * * * from the place at which the 
    defect or insecurity was first discovered to the nearest available 
    place at which the repairs can be made--
        (1) on the railroad line on which the defect or insecurity was 
    discovered; or
        (2) at the option of a connecting railroad carrier, on the 
    railroad line of the connecting carrier, if not farther than the 
    place of repair described in clause (1) of this subsection.
    
    
    [[Page 25587]]
    
    
    49 U.S.C. 20303(a). It should be noted that the safety appliance 
    requirements applicable to Tier I equipment merely references the 
    Railroad Safety Appliance Standards (49 CFR part 231); however, FRA has 
    mandated separate safety appliance requirements for Tier II passenger 
    equipment. See Secs. 238.429 and 238.431.
        As noted previously, the statutory provisions related to the 
    movement of equipment with defective or insecure safety appliances 
    permit the movement of such equipment to the nearest location where the 
    necessary repairs can be made. The determination of what constitutes 
    the nearest location where the necessary repairs can be effectuated in 
    a safety appliance context is identical to the analysis required when 
    dealing with a power brake defect. In making these determinations both 
    the railroad as well as FRA's inspectors must conduct a multi-factor 
    analysis based on the facts of each case. In determining whether a 
    particular location is a location where necessary repairs can be made 
    or whether a location is the nearest repair location in a passenger 
    train context, the accessibility of the location, the ability to safely 
    make the repairs at that location, and the safety of the passengers are 
    the overriding factors that must be considered in any analysis. These 
    factors have a multitude of sub-factors which must be considered, such 
    as: the type of repair required; the safety of the passengers if a move 
    against the current of traffic is conducted; the safety of employees 
    responsible for conducting the repairs; the safety of employees 
    responsible for getting the equipment to or from a particular location; 
    the switching operations necessary to effectuate the move; the 
    railroad's recent history and current practice of making repairs (brake 
    and non-brake) at a particular location; relevant weather conditions; 
    potential overcrowding of passenger platforms; and the overcrowding of 
    trailing trains. Therefore, in many circumstances trains will be 
    permitted to continue to the next forward location where the necessary 
    repairs can be performed as such movement is necessary to ensure the 
    safety of the traveling public by protecting them from the hazards 
    incident to performing movements against the current of traffic.
    Section 238.19  Reporting and Tracking Defective Equipment
        This section contains the reporting and tracking requirements that 
    passenger railroads must maintain regarding defective passenger 
    equipment. FRA is requiring that each railroad develop and maintain a 
    system for reporting and tracking equipment defects. Paragraph (a) of 
    this section requires that, for each equipment defect discovered by the 
    railroad on equipment used by the railroad, the system record the 
    following information: the number by which the equipment is identified, 
    type of defect, when the defect occurred, the determination made by a 
    qualified person or a qualified maintenance person on handling the 
    equipment, the name of such person, any operating restrictions placed 
    on the equipment, and finally how and when the defect was corrected. 
    FRA has not identified any specific method or means by which a railroad 
    should gather and maintain the required information. FRA believes that 
    each railroad is in the best position to determine the method of 
    obtaining the required information which is most efficient and 
    effective based on its specific operation. Thus, railroads could 
    maintain this information either in some type of written medium or 
    electronically in conjunction with some type of automated tracking 
    system.
        FRA believes that the reporting and tracking of defective equipment 
    is an essential feature of any effective system safety program. 
    Railroad managers are able to utilize such systems to ensure that the 
    railroad complies with safety regulations, does not use unsafe 
    equipment, makes needed repairs, and has failure data to make 
    reliability-based decisions on maintenance intervals. Furthermore, most 
    passenger railroads currently have some sort of reporting and tracking 
    system in place. FRA recognizes that some railroads may have to incur 
    additional initial costs to develop or improve defect reporting and 
    tracking systems; however, FRA believes these costs can be recouped 
    through the increased operating efficiency that an effective recording 
    and tracking system provides.
        Paragraph (a) makes clear that railroads have this tracking system 
    in place within 26 months after publication of the final rule in the 
    Federal Register. APTA recommended that railroads be provided a two-
    year phase-in period for this requirement to become effective. As the 
    requirements for tracking defective equipment are contingent on 
    completion of a railroad's training of its employees, FRA will provide 
    the same time period for implementation of the reporting and tracking 
    system. However, FRA believes that APTA's recommendation was based on a 
    misunderstanding that the defect tracking system had to be an automated 
    electronic system. As the previous discussion makes clear, the defect 
    tracking system need not be an electronic automated system but could 
    consist of a written records retention system. Thus, even if a railroad 
    needs two or more years to develop an automated tracking system, the 
    railroad could utilize a written tracking system while the automated 
    system is being developed. Virtually all railroads currently track 
    their defective equipment by some means; FRA believes that these 
    current methods of compiling data could be slightly modified to 
    include--or already include--all of the information required by this 
    section.
        Paragraph (b) requires that railroads maintain the required 
    information for a period equal to one periodic maintenance interval for 
    each specific type of equipment. FRA believes that this minimum 
    retention period will ensure that the records remain available when 
    they are most needed, but will not place a burdensome record storage 
    requirement on railroads. However, FRA strongly encourages railroads to 
    keep these records for longer periods of time because they form the 
    basis for future reliability-driven decisions concerning test and 
    maintenance intervals.
        In paragraph (d), FRA retains the previously proposed requirement 
    that railroads operating long-distance passenger trains and Tier II 
    passenger equipment maintain a list of the locations where repairs can 
    be made to the equipment's power brake components. Although FRA agrees 
    that this provision puts the control of what locations constitute 
    repair locations in the hands of the railroad, FRA believes that the 
    operators of these long-distance intercity trains and Tier II passenger 
    equipment are in the best position to determine which locations have 
    the necessary expertise to handle the repairs of the somewhat advanced 
    braking systems utilized in these passenger trains. Due to the unique 
    technologies used in the brake systems of these operations and the 
    unique operating environments, the facilities and personnel necessary 
    to conduct proper repairs on this equipment are somewhat specialized 
    and limited. Moreover, this final rule retains the broad performance-
    based requirement that railroads operating this equipment designate a 
    sufficient number of repair locations to ensure the safe and timely 
    repair of the equipment. Contrary to the beliefs of some labor 
    commenters, FRA believes that this performance standard provides FRA 
    sufficient grounds to institute civil penalty enforcement actions or 
    take other enforcement actions if, based on its expertise and 
    experience, FRA believes the railroad is failing to
    
    [[Page 25588]]
    
    designate an adequate number of repair locations.
    Section 238.21  Special Approval Procedure
        This section contains the procedures to be followed when seeking to 
    obtain FRA approval of an alternative standard under Secs. 238.103 
    (fire safety), 238.223 (fuel tanks), 238.309 (periodic brake equipment 
    maintenance), 238.311 (single car test), 238.405 (longitudinal static 
    compressive strength), or 238.427 (suspension system); for approval of 
    alternative compliance under Sec. 238.201 (covers structural standards 
    other than the static end strength requirement); and for special 
    approval of pre-revenue service acceptance testing plans as required by 
    Sec. 238.111. Procedures for obtaining FRA approval of inspection, 
    testing, and maintenance programs for Tier II equipment under 
    Sec. 238.503 are found at Sec. 238.505. FRA has revised this section in 
    the final rule from that which was proposed in the NPRM, consistent 
    with other changes made in the final rule.
        FRA intends to entertain petitions for alternative compliance under 
    Sec. 238.201 to allow operation of equipment that complies with the 
    static end strength requirement (Sec. 238.203) but does not fully 
    comply with the other final standards in subpart C of part 238, 
    provided the petitioner can demonstrate ``equivalent safety'' in that 
    the equipment will operate at a level of safety that is at least 
    equivalent to that afforded by the provision(s) of subpart C for which 
    alternate compliance is sought. Equivalent safety may be afforded by 
    features or measures that compensate for equipment that does not meet 
    such standard(s) on its own. Equivalent safety is met when railroad 
    employees, passengers, and the general public are no more at risk from 
    passenger equipment that does not specifically meet the requirement(s) 
    for which alternative compliance is sought, but is protected by 
    compensating features or measures, than when the equipment specifically 
    complies with the requirement(s) itself.
        FRA recommends that the risk assessment portion of a railroad's 
    system safety program be used to demonstrate equivalent safety. The 
    burden would be on the petitioning railroad to perform a comparative 
    risk assessment and to prove equivalent safety. FRA has experience with 
    two instances involving different passenger equipment operations where 
    a comparative risk assessment has been used successfully. Amtrak 
    commissioned a comparative risk assessment between current Northeast 
    Corridor operations and proposed operations involving the HST at speeds 
    up to 150 mph. The risk assessment demonstrated that proposed 
    countermeasures such as enhancements to the train control system and 
    the increased structural strength and the crash energy management 
    design of the HST should compensate for the increased operating speed. 
    The comparative risk assessment quantitatively showed that, with the 
    safety improvements included in the Amtrak plan, passengers were no 
    more at risk travelling on the HST at 150 mph on the Northeast Corridor 
    than if they were travelling on an existing Amtrak passenger train at a 
    lesser speed on the same corridor.
        The second instance is the proposed Florida Overland Express (FOX) 
    operation of a French TGV high speed rail system in Florida that was 
    being considered until January 1999. The State of Florida has withdrawn 
    its support for the project, and work on the project has ceased. 
    Nonetheless, FOX had performed a comparative risk assessment of three 
    operations: the HST on the Northeast Corridor, the TGV on high speed 
    lines in France, and the proposed FOX operation in Florida. See FRA 
    Docket: RM Pet. 97-1. The analysis showed the TGV operation in France 
    to pose less risk to passengers than the HST on the Northeast Corridor, 
    and the proposed FOX operation to be even safer than the TGV in France. 
    The FOX risk assessment suggested that collision avoidance provided by 
    a dedicated right-of-way with no grade crossings more than compensated 
    for the increased speed and decreased structural strength of the 
    proposed equipment.
        FRA cites these two instances as examples of what is expected to 
    demonstrate equivalent safety for proposed operations when a petition 
    for alternative compliance is submitted in accordance with 
    Sec. 238.201. Any such analysis would need to be predicated on a 
    detailed engineering analysis of the crashworthiness of the vehicles 
    proposed to be employed, permitting FRA to assess the gap in safety 
    between those vehicles and equipment built to the specific requirements 
    of subpart C. FRA would also expect an analysis showing the 
    effectiveness of clearly compensating features or measures, such as 
    closing grade crossings, providing absolute separation of lighter rail 
    equipment from heavy rail equipment, or using highly capable signal and 
    train control systems that significantly reduce the probability of 
    accidents caused by human error. FRA would provide advice and guidance 
    to organizations wishing to demonstrate equivalent safety, but the 
    burden of performing a comparative risk assessment and establishing 
    that the operation provides equivalent safety is on the entity 
    proposing to operate equipment that does not fully comply with the 
    standards in subpart C.
    Section 238.23  Information Collection
        This provision shows which sections of this part have been approved 
    by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for compliance with the 
    Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. See 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. A more 
    detailed discussion of the information collection requirements in this 
    part is provided below.
    Subpart B--Safety Planning and General Requirements
    Section 238.101  Scope
        This subpart contains safety planning requirements and other 
    generally applicable requirements for all passenger equipment subject 
    to this part.
    Section 238.103  Fire Safety.
        This section contains the fire safety planning and analysis 
    requirements for passenger equipment, as well as the requirements for 
    the materials used in passenger equipment. This section is comprised of 
    parts of proposed sections 238.105 and 238.115 in the NPRM, which FRA 
    has combined together in this final rule as APTA had suggested in its 
    comments.
        Paragraph (a)(1) contains the fire safety requirements for 
    materials used in constructing passenger cars and cabs of locomotive 
    ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the 
    first time on or after September 9, 2002. Such materials shall comply 
    with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics as specified in Appendix B to this part, or alternative 
    standards issued or recognized by an expert consensus organization 
    after special approval of FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety 
    under the procedures specified in section 238.21. Paragraph (a)(1) is 
    based on proposed Sec. 238.115(a)(1) in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49803.
        In the final rule, paragraph (a)(1) expressly applies to materials 
    used in constructing a passenger car or a locomotive cab, unlike the 
    wording of proposed Sec. 238.115(a)(1) in the NPRM, see 62 FR 49803, 
    which expressly applied to all materials used in constructing the 
    interior of a passenger
    
    [[Page 25589]]
    
    car or a locomotive cab. As proposed in the NPRM, of course, such 
    materials were required to meet the test performance criteria for 
    flammability and smoke emission characteristics contained in Appendix B 
    to part 238, see 62 FR 49823-4, or alternative standards after FRA 
    approval. FRA has removed the word ``interior'' from this paragraph in 
    the final rule because its use is inconsistent with the requirements of 
    part 238 as a whole. In the NPRM, proposed Appendix B itself provided 
    test performance criteria for a category of materials entitled, 
    ``Exterior Plastic Components''; specifically, ``End Cap'' and ``Roof 
    Housings'' under the function of material column in the table. Further, 
    proposed Appendix B separately provided test methods and performance 
    criteria for a function of material termed ``Exterior Boxes'' under the 
    category entitled, ``Component Box Covers.'' As expressed in the NPRM, 
    FRA intended that ``exterior'' materials used in constructing passenger 
    cars and locomotive cabs comply with test performance criteria for 
    flammability and smoke emission characteristics.
        In the final rule, materials used in constructing passenger cars 
    and locomotive cabs are required to meet the test performance criteria 
    for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in 
    Appendix B, or alternative standards after FRA approval. As a result, 
    with the exception of any alternative standards approved by FRA, the 
    terms of Appendix B govern which testing of materials is, or is not, 
    required as a threshold inquiry. Whether materials are physically 
    located on the exterior or in the interior of a passenger car, for 
    example, such materials are subject to testing for flammability and 
    smoke emission characteristics if so required by the terms of Appendix 
    B. Overall, FRA believes that the final rule more appropriately 
    specifies the flammability and smoke emission testing requirements for 
    materials used in constructing passenger cars and locomotive cabs, 
    without unnecessarily burdening railroads. In particular FRA notes 
    that, unlike the NPRM, Appendix B in the final rule provides express 
    exceptions from the need to test materials used in constructing 
    passenger cars and locomotive cabs under certain conditions. (See the 
    section-by-section analysis discussion of Appendix B to part 238, 
    explaining the changes to Appendix B.)
        In its comments on the NPRM, APTA recommended that the requirements 
    of paragraph (a)(1) apply to passenger cars and cabs of locomotives 
    ordered on or after one year following the effective date of the final 
    rule. APTA's suggested rule text did not contain an outside limit on 
    the placement in service of new passenger equipment not meeting the 
    requirements of paragraph (a)(1), although ordered within the permitted 
    time. However, FRA believes that an outside limit on the placement in 
    service of new passenger equipment not meeting the requirements of this 
    section needs to be retained so as not to delay unnecessarily the 
    implementation of the rule.
        Under paragraph (a)(2), on or after November 8, 1999 materials 
    introduced into a passenger car or a locomotive cab, during any kind of 
    rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of such passenger equipment, shall 
    meet the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics as specified in Appendix B, or alternative standards 
    after FRA approval as specified in this rule. Originally, FRA proposed 
    that the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics apply as of the effective date of the final rule to 
    materials used in refurbishing passenger car and locomotive cab 
    interiors. FRA has removed the express reference to passenger car and 
    locomotive cab interiors for the reasons stated in the above discussion 
    of paragraph (a)(1).
        In response to the NPRM, APTA commented that it may support a rule 
    requiring the materials selection criteria to be used when the 
    interiors of existing passenger equipment are refurbished, if the term 
    refurbish were carefully defined in the Working Group meetings. In 
    either case, APTA recommended that this provision should apply as of 
    one year following the effective date of the final rule. FRA has 
    refined paragraph (a)(2) to address APTA's concern: Simply put, if 
    material is introduced into passenger cars and locomotive cabs during 
    any kind of rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the equipment, the 
    material must comply with the test performance criteria for 
    flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in 
    Appendix B, or alternative standards after FRA approval. For example, 
    if a seat or a section of a wall is replaced, then the materials used 
    to replace those components (including an individual seat cushion) must 
    comply with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke 
    emission characteristics as specified in Appendix B, or alternative 
    standards after FRA approval. However, paragraph (a)(2) does not in 
    itself require a railroad to remove existing materials from a vehicle 
    that do not comply with test performance criteria for flammability and 
    smoke emission characteristics, when such materials are found but not 
    intended to be replaced during the railroad's rebuilding, 
    refurbishment, or overhaul of that vehicle. Of course, such non-
    compliant materials may be required to be removed from the vehicle 
    pursuant to the fire safety analyses required under paragraph (d) of 
    this section; yet, again, the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) do not 
    specifically require such removal. FRA believes that deferring the 
    implementation of this provision for one year, as recommended by APTA, 
    is therefore not necessary for railroads in light of this section's 
    clearly defined application.
        As noted above in the discussions of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2), 
    railroads can request FRA approval to utilize alternative standards 
    issued or recognized by an expert consensus organization in lieu of 
    complying with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke 
    emission characteristics as specified in Appendix B. A railroad must 
    make such a request pursuant to the procedures in Sec. 238.21.
        Paragraph (b) requires railroads to obtain certification that a 
    representative sample of combustible materials to be used in 
    constructing passenger cars and locomotive cabs (pursuant to paragraph 
    (a)(1)) or introduced into such equipment as part of any kind of 
    rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the equipment (pursuant to 
    paragraph (a)(2)) have been tested and comply with the fire safety 
    requirements specified in this part. Paragraph (b) is based on 
    Sec. 238.115(b) in the NPRM. FRA has modified the certification 
    requirement following a comment by APTA on the NPRM that the 
    certification be based on a representative sample of the combustible 
    materials used. In response to another APTA comment, FRA has also 
    clarified that the certification be based on the results at the time 
    the materials were tested.
        Paragraph (c) requires each railroad to address the fire safety of 
    new equipment during the design stage so as to reduce the risk of harm 
    due to fire to an acceptable level using MIL-STD-882C as a guide or 
    another such formal methodology. (A copy of MIL-STD-882C has been 
    placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.) To this end, the rule 
    requires that each railroad complete a written analysis of the fire 
    safety problem and ensure that good fire protection practice is used 
    during the design of the equipment. This paragraph is based on proposed 
    Sec. 238.105(a) and (b) in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49800.
        Booz-Allen & Hamilton, Inc. (Booz-Allen) commented that the risk
    
    [[Page 25590]]
    
    acceptance level be clarified. It stated that MIL-STD-882C does not 
    define a risk acceptance level itself, and it believed each individual 
    railroad should determine that level based on its own operating 
    experience, fleet life, operating conditions, and other factors. FRA 
    recognizes that MIL-STD-882C does not define a specific acceptance 
    level itself. Yet, the Standard leads a railroad through the steps 
    necessary to determine an acceptance level, and the railroad is in the 
    best position to make that determination. FRA notes that Booz-Allen 
    also submitted a number of other comments on the elements on the fire 
    safety analyses required by the rule, and FRA has incorporated several 
    of these comments in whole and in part.
        Paragraph (d) requires that existing passenger equipment and 
    operations be subjected to a fire safety analysis similar to that 
    proposed for new equipment in paragraph (c). This paragraph is based on 
    proposed Sec. 238.105(d) in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49801. A preliminary 
    fire safety analysis would be required within the first year. This 
    effort would constitute an overview of the fleet and service 
    environments, together with known elements of risk (e.g., tunnels). For 
    any category of equipment and service identified as possibly presenting 
    unacceptable risk, a full analysis and any necessary remedial action 
    would be required within the following year. A full fire safety 
    analysis, including review of the extent to which materials in all 
    existing cars comply with the test performance criteria for 
    flammability and smoke emission characteristics contained in Appendix B 
    to this part or alternative standards approved by FRA under this part, 
    would be required within 4 years. This overall review would closely 
    parallel and reinforce the passenger train emergency preparedness 
    planning effort mandated under a separate docket (see 63 FR 24630; May 
    4, 1998).
        Paragraph (d) responds to NTSB concerns following its investigation 
    of the collision involving a MARC commuter train with Amtrak's Capitol 
    Limited at Silver Spring, Maryland, on February 16, 1996. Among 13 
    recommendations addressed to FRA was the following:
    
        Require that a comprehensive inspection of all commuter 
    passenger cars be performed to independently verify that the 
    interior materials in these cars meet the expected performance 
    requirements for flammability and smoke emissions characteristics.
    
    (R-97-20) (NTSB/RAR-97/02, ``Collision and Derailment of Maryland Rail 
    Commuter MARC Train 286 and National Railroad Passenger Corporation 
    AMTRAK Train 29 Near Silver Spring, Maryland on February 16, 1996.'') 
    The NTSB noted that some materials taken from a MARC car not involved 
    in the fire that resulted from the collision ``failed current 
    flammability and smoke emissions testing criteria,'' and that the 
    materials in the actual cab control car involved in the collision 
    ``also most likely would have failed'' to meet the testing criteria. 
    (NTSB/RAR 97/02 at 63.) The NTSB did note, however, that had the 
    materials met current performance criteria, the outcome would not have 
    been any different because of the presence of diesel fuel sprayed into 
    the cab control car. Id. Overall, the NTSB found that because other 
    commuter passenger cars may also have interior materials that may not 
    meet specified performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics, the safety of passengers in those cars could be at 
    risk.
        FRA agrees with the NTSB that steps must be taken to minimize fire 
    safety vulnerabilities in the existing rail passenger equipment fleet. 
    Present fire safety guidelines are advisory and were not introduced by 
    FRA until 1984. Even in recent years, passenger railroads have been 
    free to utilize non-compliant materials (particularly during interior 
    refurbishment funded locally without FTA support). It is appropriate 
    for each commuter authority and Amtrak to evaluate the mix of 
    materials, possible sources of ignition, and potential fire 
    environments--including tunnels, cuts and elevated structures where 
    evacuation to the outside of the vehicle may be difficult or 
    ineffectual in reducing the risk of injury--relevant to the risk of 
    injury due to fire or smoke exposure.
        FRA is concerned in particular with the risk arising from the 
    operation of cab cars forward and MU locomotives. Due to their position 
    in the lead of a passenger train, these vehicles are more greatly 
    exposed to the risk of fire from collisions with other rail vehicles as 
    well as highway vehicles at grade crossings. In a collision, fire may 
    erupt from the fuel tanks of both the rail and highway vehicles, and 
    also from tanks used by highway vehicles that transport loads of 
    flammable material. The level of risk on each railroad corresponds to 
    the number of highway-rail grade crossings, density of rail traffic, 
    and opportunities for collisions.
        FRA requested comments on the costs and benefits associated with 
    the approach contained in paragraph (d). APTA commented that there 
    would be little safety benefit to commuter railroads, and potentially 
    great cost, in requiring the fire safety program for new passenger 
    equipment to be applied to all categories of existing passenger 
    equipment. APTA commented that the need for a program of this type has 
    not been demonstrated, and that neither statistics nor other evidence 
    has been presented to show that non fuel-fed equipment fires are a 
    serious cause of injury or death in the passenger railroad industry. 
    APTA added that, unlike a fire safety analysis of new equipment, where 
    design flexibility exists to correct in an economical manner any 
    deficiencies uncovered by the analysis, costs to modify existing 
    equipment can be an order of magnitude higher. Overall, APTA believed 
    the impact of the proposal to be great due to the expense of 
    retrofitting equipment, although it was unable to quantify the exact 
    impact without performing the fire safety analyses necessary to 
    determine what modifications needed to be done to equipment. Booz-Allen 
    also commented that the rule will not be cost-effective for existing 
    passenger equipment that has less than 5 years of service life.
        FRA recognizes the concern that retrofitting existing passenger 
    equipment may impose considerable cost, and FRA neither proposed nor is 
    requiring that materials not complying with the test performance 
    criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics be removed 
    in every instance from existing passenger equipment, if such materials 
    are found during a fire safety analysis. Accordingly, each railroad is 
    afforded the flexibility of reducing an unacceptable safety risk 
    uncovered during an analysis of its equipment by the best means it sees 
    fit. However, FRA is reluctant to withhold application of this 
    provision to equipment with less than a specified service life. First, 
    the practical question exists whether the service life of a vehicle can 
    be specified in fact, considering the ability to extend a vehicle's 
    life by rebuilding and the possibility of its sale to other railroads. 
    Second, FRA believes that a preliminary fire safety analysis of all 
    passenger equipment is necessary to determine whether any passenger 
    equipment may present an unacceptable safety risk for passengers and 
    crewmembers, regardless of the age of the vehicle. If an unacceptable 
    risk is in fact found and the railroad had intended on retiring the 
    equipment in the near future, the railroad can evaluate for itself 
    whether it is more economical to retire the equipment or correct the 
    safety deficiency. Further, considering the historical record of fires 
    on passenger equipment, FRA does not expect railroads to find 
    widespread fire safety
    
    [[Page 25591]]
    
    problems on the equipment it operates, and thus FRA would expect that 
    most of the time a preliminary fire safety analysis would be all that 
    is necessary.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Booz-Allen questioned whether the fire 
    safety analysis of existing equipment would include consideration of 
    nonmetallic and noncombustible materials. FRA believes that such 
    consideration is necessary because, for example, floor tiles or other 
    non-metallic materials may have coatings that may emit gas in a fire. 
    Booz-Allen also commented that the fire risk of equipment depends on 
    the ignitability of the materials, and, accordingly, ignitability tests 
    should be included as part of the performance criteria. FRA believes 
    the ignitability of materials is sufficiently addressed by the test 
    performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics found in Appendix B to this part.
        In the end, FRA believes the concern of the commenters as to the 
    expense of paragraph (d) is overestimated. A railroad is not required 
    to replace non-compliant materials in every instance, if such materials 
    are found, and that has been made clear in the rule text. Neither has 
    FRA specified that the railroad perform a fire safety analysis 
    equivalent to that required for new equipment under paragraph (c).
        As a final point FRA notes that, following its investigation of the 
    Silver Spring, Maryland, passenger train collision, the NTSB also found 
    that Federal guidelines on the flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics and the testing of interior materials do not provide 
    for the integrated use of passenger car interior materials and, as a 
    result, are not useful in predicting the safety of the interior 
    environment of a passenger car in a fire. (NTSB/RAR-97/02, at 74) FRA 
    believes that existing fire safety guidelines have continuing value for 
    their specific purpose. Those guidelines are being codified, as 
    revised, in this final rule as the best currently available criteria 
    for analysis of individual materials. As noted above, FRA is conducting 
    research through NIST to address the interaction of materials and other 
    aspects of fire safety from a broader, systems approach. This 
    philosophy is embodied in part in paragraph (c) with respect to new 
    equipment. Based on this ongoing research and industry fire safety 
    efforts, FRA expects to propose new fire safety standards in the second 
    phase of this rulemaking.
    Section 238.105  Train Hardware and Software Safety
        This section applies to train hardware and software used to control 
    or monitor safety functions in passenger equipment ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000, and such components implemented or materially 
    modified in new or existing passenger equipment on or after September 
    9, 2002. Inclusion of these requirements in passenger equipment 
    reflects the growing role of automated systems to control or monitor 
    passenger train safety functions.
        This section represents the merger of proposed sections 238.107 
    (``Software safety program'') and 238.121 (`` Train system software and 
    hardware'') in the NPRM. Although FRA received no particular comments 
    on these sections in response to the NPRM, FRA determined that these 
    sections should be combined to make the requirements of the final rule 
    more concise and clear.
        Paragraph (a) requires the railroad to develop and maintain a 
    written hardware and software safety program to guide the design, 
    development, testing, integration, and verification of computer 
    software and hardware that controls or monitors passenger equipment 
    safety functions. In preparing this paragraph of the final rule, FRA 
    essentially combined the requirements proposed in Sec. 238.107(a), and 
    Sec. 238.121(a) of the NPRM. See 62 FR 49801, 49803. Paragraph (b) 
    states that the hardware and software safety program shall be based on 
    a formal safety methodology that includes a Failure Modes, Effects, 
    Criticality Analysis (FMECA); full verification and validation testing 
    for all hardware and software that controls or monitors equipment 
    safety functions, including testing for the interfaces of such hardware 
    and software; and comprehensive hardware and software integration 
    testing to ensure that the software functions as intended. A formal 
    safety analysis that includes full verification testing is standard 
    practice for safety systems that contain software components. Hardware 
    and software integration testing ensures that the hardware and the 
    software installed in the hardware function together as intended. This 
    testing is common practice for safety control systems that include both 
    software and hardware components. The requirements found in paragraph 
    (b) arise in particular from Sec. 238.121(a) and (b) of the NPRM. See 
    62 FR 49803.
        Paragraph (c) focuses on ensuring the safety and reliability of 
    software that controls or monitors passenger equipment safety 
    functions. Paragraph (c) specifies that, for purposes of complying with 
    this section, such software shall be considered safety-critical unless 
    a completely redundant, failsafe, non-software means to provide the 
    same function is provided. The requirements of this paragraph were 
    principally drawn from Sec. 238.107(a) and (b) of the NPRM. See 62 FR 
    49801. FRA notes that the final rule omits proposed Sec. 238.107(c) in 
    the NPRM as a separate provision in this rule. See id. However, in 
    complying with paragraph (c) of the final rule, a railroad must 
    necessarily ensure that software safety requirements are specified in 
    its contracts for the purchase of the software. The railroad must 
    further retain documentation to show that the software was manufactured 
    to the design criteria specified pursuant to this section and that all 
    required testing was performed. However, verification and validation of 
    control systems by an independent entity is not required by this rule, 
    nor is a fully quantitative proof of safety mandated by this rule, as 
    neither was proposed.
        Paragraph (d) specifies that hardware and software that controls or 
    monitors safety functions shall include design features that result in 
    a safe condition in the event of a computer hardware or software 
    failure. Such design features are used in aircraft, as well as in 
    weapon control systems, to ensure their safety. In the case of primary 
    braking systems, electronic controls must either fail safely (resulting 
    in a full service brake application) or access to full pneumatic 
    control must be provided. As clarified, this provision was proposed in 
    Sec. 238.121(c) of the NPRM. See 62 FR 49803.
        Paragraph (e) makes clear that the railroad shall comply with the 
    elements of its hardware and software safety program that affect the 
    safety of the passenger equipment. Failure to carry out a provision 
    unrelated to the safety of the equipment is not implicated by this 
    section, so as not to unnecessarily restrict the flexibility of the 
    railroad. FRA adapted this requirement from that proposed in 
    Sec. 238.107(d) of the NPRM. See 62 FR 498901.
        Overall, the requirements of this section reflect good practices 
    that have led to reliable, safe computer hardware and software control 
    systems in other industries. Computer hardware and software systems 
    designed to these requirements may require a larger initial investment 
    to develop, but experience in other industries has shown that this 
    investment is quickly recovered by significantly reducing hardware and 
    software integration problems and
    
    [[Page 25592]]
    
    minimizing trouble-shooting and debugging of equipment.
    Sec. 238.107  Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Plan
        This section contains the general provisions requiring railroads to 
    develop detailed plans for inspecting, testing, and maintaining Tier I 
    equipment. (The inspection, testing, and maintenance plan for Tier II 
    equipment is covered under Sec. 238.503.) FRA's goal is for railroads 
    to develop a set of standards to ensure that equipment remains safe and 
    operates properly as it wears and ages, and to provide enough 
    flexibility to allow individual railroads to adapt the maintenance 
    standards to their own unique operating environment.
        Paragraph (b) requires a railroad that operates Tier I passenger 
    equipment subject to this part to develop and provide to FRA, if 
    requested, particulars about its inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    plan for that equipment, including the following:
         Inspection procedures, intervals and criteria;
         Testing procedures and intervals;
         Scheduled preventive maintenance intervals;
         Maintenance procedures; and
         Training of workers who perform the tasks.
        Since FRA does not dictate the exact contents of the plan, 
    individual railroads retain much flexibility to tailor the plan to 
    their individual needs and experience. At the same time, FRA believes 
    this requirement is important and will cause railroads to re-examine 
    their inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures to determine that 
    they are adequate to ensure that the safety-related components of their 
    equipment are not deteriorating over time. This approach represents 
    good business practice and in most cases merely formalizes what 
    passenger railroads are already doing. However, FRA believes this 
    section will provide valuable guidance to regional governments or 
    coalitions attempting to establish new commuter rail service.
        Paragraph (c) makes clear that the inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance plan required by this section should not include procedures 
    to address employee working conditions that arise in the course of 
    conducting the inspections, tests, and maintenance set forth in the 
    plan. FRA intends for the plan required by this section to detail only 
    those tasks required to be performed in order to conduct the 
    inspections, tests, and maintenance necessary to ensure that the 
    equipment is in safe and proper condition for use. In proposing the 
    creation of these plans, FRA did not intend to enter into the area of 
    addressing employee safety while conducting the inspections, tests, and 
    maintenance covered by the plans. FRA is always concerned with the 
    safety of employees while conducting their duties, but employee safety 
    in maintenance and servicing areas generally falls within the 
    jurisdiction of the United States Department of Labor's Occupational 
    Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). It is not FRA's intent to oust 
    OSHA's jurisdiction with regard to the safety of employees while 
    performing the inspections, tests and maintenance required by this 
    part, except where FRA has already addressed workplace safety issues, 
    such as for blue signal protection. Therefore, in order to prevent any 
    uncertainty as to FRA's intent, FRA has modified this section by 
    eliminating any language or provision which could have been potentially 
    perceived as displacing the jurisdiction of OSHA and has added a 
    specific clarification that FRA does not intend for the plan required 
    by this section to address employee safety issues that arise in the 
    course of conducting the inspections and tests described. Consequently, 
    the specific elements that FRA proposed to be included in the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance plan have been eliminated for the 
    reasons noted above and because they were merely duplicative of the 
    general requirements contained in paragraph (b) and are unnecessary.
        It should also be noted that the general inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance requirements previously proposed in the 1997 NPRM at 
    paragraph (b) of this section (62 FR 49801-802) and the maintenance 
    interval requirements proposed at paragraph (c) have been removed from 
    this section in this final rule. The conditions and components 
    previously proposed in paragraph (b) of this section have been moved to 
    the periodic mechanical inspection contained in Sec. 238.307(c). As the 
    conditions previously proposed in this paragraph were intended to 
    ensure that the railroads had an inspection scheme in place to ensure 
    that all systems and components of the equipment are free of conditions 
    that endanger the safety of the crew, passengers or equipment, FRA 
    believes that a specific inspection interval would be better suited to 
    address the general condition of the equipment and ensure the safety of 
    railroad employees, passengers and equipment. In addition, the 
    maintenance interval requirements have been modified and moved to the 
    periodic mechanical inspection requirements contained in 
    Sec. 238.307(b). Consequently, FRA has moved the general conditions 
    maintenance interval provisions previously addressed in this section to 
    the specific inspection requirements contained in subpart D of this 
    final rule.
    Section 238.109  Training, Qualification, and Designation Program
        This section contains the training, qualification, and designation 
    requirements for workers (that is, both railroad employees and 
    contractors as defined in the section) who perform inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance tasks. FRA believes that worker training, 
    qualification, and designation are central to a safe operation.
        Paragraph (a) requires railroads to adopt and comply with a 
    training, qualification, and designation program for employees and 
    contractors who perform safety-related inspection, testing, or 
    maintenance tasks under this part. ``Contractor,'' in this context, 
    means ``a person under contract with the railroad or an employee of a 
    person under contract with the railroad to perform any of the tasks 
    required by this part.'' FRA intends for the training, qualification, 
    and designation requirements to apply not only to railroad personnel 
    but also to contract personnel that are responsible for performing 
    brake system inspections, maintenance, or tests required by this part. 
    FRA believes that railroads are in the best position to determine the 
    precise method of training that is required for the personnel they 
    elect to use to conduct the required brake system inspections, tests, 
    and maintenance. Although FRA provides railroads with broad discretion 
    to develop training programs specifically tailored to the type of 
    equipment they operate and the personnel they employ, FRA will expect 
    railroads to fully comply with the training and qualification plans 
    they develop. This section has been amended slightly from that proposed 
    in the 1997 NPRM in order to stress that a critical component of this 
    training is ensuring that a railroad's employees are aware of the 
    specific Federal requirements that govern their work. Currently, many 
    railroad training programs fail to distinguish Federal requirements 
    from company policy.
        Paragraph (b) contains a series of general requirements or elements 
    which must be part of any training and qualification plan developed and 
    implemented by a railroad. FRA believes that the elements contained in 
    this section are specific enough to
    
    [[Page 25593]]
    
    ensure high quality training while being sufficiently broad to permit a 
    railroad to develop a training plan that is best suited to its 
    particular operation. This paragraph requires each railroad to identify 
    the specific tasks related to the inspection, testing and maintenance 
    of the brake systems operated by that railroad, develop written 
    procedures for performing those tasks, identify the skills and 
    knowledge necessary to perform those tasks, and specifically identify 
    and educate its employees on the Federal requirements contained in this 
    part related to the performance of those tasks. FRA believes that these 
    requirements will ensure that, at a minimum, the railroad surveys its 
    entire operation and has identified the various activities its 
    employees perform. FRA intends for these written procedures and the 
    identified skills and knowledge to be used as the foundation for any 
    training program developed by the railroad.
        This paragraph also makes clear that railroads are permitted to 
    train employees only on those tasks that they will be responsible for 
    performing. FRA tends to agree with several railroad commenters that 
    there is no reason for individuals who solely perform simple air brake 
    or mechanical tests and inspections to be as highly trained as those 
    individuals responsible for conducting comprehensive brake or 
    mechanical inspections or those individuals responsible for trouble-
    shooting, maintaining, and repairing the equipment. This paragraph also 
    makes clear that a railroad may incorporate an already existing 
    training program, such as an apprenticeship program. Thus, railroads 
    would likely not need to provide much additional training, except 
    training specifically addressing the requirements contained in this 
    part and possibly refresher training, to its mechanical forces that 
    have completed an apprentice program for their craft.
        This paragraph also contains requirements that any program 
    developed must include ``hands-on'' training as well as classroom 
    instruction. FRA believes that classroom training by itself is not 
    sufficient to ensure that an individual has retained or grasped the 
    concepts and duties explained in a classroom setting. In order to 
    adequately ensure that an individual actually understands the training 
    provided in the classroom, some sort of ``hands-on'' capability must be 
    demonstrated. FRA believes that the ``hands-on'' portion of the 
    training program would be an ideal place for railroads to fully involve 
    its labor forces in the training process. Appropriately trained and 
    skilled employees would be perfectly suited to provide much of the 
    ``hands-on'' training envisioned by FRA. Consequently, FRA strongly 
    suggests that railroads work in partnership with their employees to 
    develop a training program which utilizes the knowledge, skills, and 
    experience of the employees to the greatest extent possible.
        This paragraph specifically requires that employees pass either a 
    written or oral examination covering the equipment, tasks, and Federal 
    regulatory requirements for which they are responsible as well as 
    require that each individual deemed qualified to perform a task 
    required by this final rule demonstrate ``hands-on'' capability to 
    perform that task. This paragraph also contains requirements for 
    conducting periodic refresher training and supervisor oversight of an 
    employee's performance once training is provided. FRA believes both 
    these requirements are essential to ensure that an individual continues 
    to possess the knowledge and skills necessary to continue to perform 
    the tasks for which the individual is assigned responsibility. 
    Furthermore, employees must be periodically retrained in order to keep 
    up with technological advances relating to braking systems that are 
    constantly being made by the industry.
        This paragraph also contains the requirements related to 
    maintaining adequate records for establishing that individuals are 
    capable of performing the tasks for which they are assigned 
    responsibility. FRA believes that the record keeping requirements 
    contained in this paragraph are the cornerstone of the training and 
    qualification provisions. As FRA is not proposing specific training 
    curriculums or specific experience thresholds, FRA believes that these 
    record keeping provisions are vital to ensuring that proper training is 
    being provided to railroad personnel. FRA believes these requirements 
    provide the means by which FRA will judge the effectiveness and 
    appropriateness of a railroad's training and qualification program. 
    These provisions also provide FRA with the ability to independently 
    assess whether the training provided to a specific individual 
    adequately addresses the tasks for which the individual is deemed 
    capable of performing, and will most likely prevent potential abuses by 
    railroads to use insufficiently trained individuals to perform the 
    necessary inspections, tests, and maintenance required by this rule. 
    This paragraph makes clear that FRA intends to require that railroads 
    maintain specific personnel qualification records for all personnel 
    (including contract personnel) responsible for the inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance of train brake systems. This paragraph also makes clear 
    that the records maintained by a railroad contain sufficient detail 
    regarding the training provided in order for FRA to ascertain the basis 
    for the railroad's determination.
        FRA believes that many benefits can be gained from this increased 
    investment in training. Better inspections will be performed, resulting 
    in the running of less defective equipment, which translates to a 
    better safety record. Equipment conditions requiring maintenance 
    attention are more likely to be found while the equipment is at a 
    maintenance or yard site where repairs can be more easily done. 
    Trouble-shooting of brake and mechanical problems will take less time 
    and more maintenance will be done right the first time, resulting in 
    cost savings due to less rework.
    Section 238.111  Pre-Revenue Service Acceptance Testing Plan
        This section provides requirements for pre-revenue service testing 
    of passenger equipment and relates to subpart G, which describes 
    requirements for the procurement of Tier II passenger equipment and for 
    a major upgrade or introduction of new technology that could affect 
    safety systems of Tier II passenger equipment. Pre-revenue service 
    acceptance tests are extremely important in that they are the 
    culmination of all the safety analysis and component tests of a 
    railroad's system safety program or other safety planning efforts. The 
    pre-revenue service tests are intended to prove that the equipment can 
    be operated safely in its intended environment and demonstrate the 
    effectiveness of the system safety program or other safety planning 
    undertaken by the railroad.
        FRA has revised and clarified this section based on comments 
    received in response to the NPRM. APTA believed that the proposed test 
    program was excessive for equipment that has previous successful 
    operating experience. It believed that an extensive pre-revenue service 
    test program is needed only when a new type of equipment is placed in 
    revenue service for the first time. Otherwise, APTA suggested a simple 
    compatibility check with the infrastructure of a specific railroad is 
    all that is needed when the railroad procures new equipment that has 
    successful operating experience on other railroads. APTA claimed that 
    FRA does not have the in-house expertise to approve plans, and that the 
    need for FRA approval will delay the introduction of new equipment, 
    causing a needless expense. APTA
    
    [[Page 25594]]
    
    recommended that the rule require a full test program only for the 
    first time equipment is introduced into revenue service, that FRA not 
    approve the test plans, and that FRA instead be invited by railroads to 
    witness the pre-revenue service tests.
        Amtrak, in its comments on the NPRM, expressly agreed with APTA. 
    Amtrak believed FRA does not have the resources to support the burden 
    that would be required by the proposal. Further, Amtrak believed there 
    is no technical justification to require the formal testing proposed by 
    FRA when a particular equipment order is nothing more than acquiring 
    additional equipment identical to that purchased on a previous order. 
    Amtrak suggested that formal testing be limited to new and untried 
    types of equipment according to a long-standing AAR practice.
        Metra commented that the rule should require railroads to submit 
    their own pre-revenue service testing plans to FRA and invite FRA to 
    witness the testing, instead of having FRA determine when and how 
    railroads should conduct acceptance testing on their systems. Metra 
    explained that railroads know their own systems and are more capable of 
    designing testing plans compatible with their systems. Metra believed 
    waiting for FRA testing and approval would cause needless delay and 
    expense.
        In its comments on the NPRM, the BRC believed this section to be 
    wholly necessary because of the types of equipment being brought into 
    service that generally do not comply with the safety appliance laws or 
    the safety glazing regulations, or both. The BRC believed that this 
    equipment must comply with applicable laws and regulations affecting 
    the safety of passengers and railroad workers in order to be brought 
    into service in the United Service. The BRC also recommended that the 
    pre-revenue service testing plan be filed with FRA so that the plan 
    will be available under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA).
        In proposing requirements for pre-revenue service acceptance 
    testing, FRA did distinguish between passenger equipment that has 
    previously been used in revenue service in the United States and that 
    which has not. In lieu of the requirements proposed in Sec. 238.213 (a) 
    through (e) of the NPRM, paragraph (f) provided for an abbreviated 
    testing procedure for passenger equipment that has previously been used 
    in revenue service. See 62 FR 49763, 49802-3. Accordingly, FRA agrees 
    that when a particular equipment order is nothing more than acquiring 
    additional equipment identical to that purchased on a previous order, 
    there is no need for detailed testing requirements. This is reflected 
    in Sec. 238.111(a) of the final rule, which governs testing 
    requirements for passenger equipment that has previously been used in 
    revenue service in the United States. Each railroad is required to test 
    such equipment only to ensure the compatibility of the equipment with 
    the railroad's operating system. Although the railroad must keep a 
    record of such testing and make it available to FRA for inspection and 
    copying, no formal submission to FRA is required. (In this regard, FRA 
    does not believe that the plan must be submitted to FRA for the purpose 
    that it may be available to the public under FOIA, as that 
    justification, in itself, would require virtually any railroad safety 
    record to be submitted to FRA, whether or not FRA deems it necessary.) 
    Further, no FRA approval is required prior to testing the equipment or 
    placing it in revenue service. FRA expects the requirements of 
    paragraph (a) to apply in the majority of situations a railroad places 
    passenger equipment in service for the first time, and FRA has 
    consequently placed this provision at the beginning of Sec. 238.111 for 
    ease of use by the regulated community.
        As specified in the final rule, Sec. 238.111(a) applies not only to 
    the actual equipment which has previously been used in revenue service 
    in the United States or to equipment which is manufactured identically 
    thereto. Paragraph (a) also applies to equipment which is similarly 
    manufactured to that equipment and has no material differences in 
    safety-critical components or systems.
        Paragraph (b) contains the requirements for a railroad placing 
    passenger equipment in service for the first time on its system when 
    the equipment has not previously been used in revenue service in the 
    United States--in other words, when the equipment is not covered by 
    paragraph (a). Each railroad must develop a pre-revenue service 
    acceptance testing plan and submit the plan to FRA at least 30 days 
    prior to beginning testing. Previous testing of the equipment at the 
    Transportation Test Center, on another railroad, or elsewhere should be 
    included in the submission.
        The requirements of paragraph (b) distinguish between whether the 
    passenger equipment intended for service is Tier I or Tier II passenger 
    equipment, and FRA has decided to require approval of testing plans 
    only for Tier II equipment. Although FRA disagrees with APTA's claim 
    that FRA does not have the in-house expertise to approve the testing 
    plans, FRA is mindful of APTA's concern that the need for FRA approval 
    of the plans may unnecessarily delay the introduction of new equipment. 
    Further, not having endless resources, FRA has decided to focus its 
    resources here on Tier II passenger equipment in light of the 
    equipment's higher operating speed and greater potential risk. As a 
    result, a railroad intending to place in service Tier I equipment under 
    this paragraph does not need FRA approval of its test plan for the 
    equipment or FRA approval to place the equipment in service. Of course, 
    paragraph (b) does provide that for Tier I equipment the railroad must 
    notify FRA to permit the agency to witness the testing (paragraph 
    (b)(2)); comply with the testing plan (paragraph (b)(3)); document the 
    results of the testing and make it available for FRA inspection 
    (paragraphs (b)(4), (6)); and correct or otherwise compensate for 
    safety deficiencies uncovered during the testing prior to introducing 
    the equipment in revenue service (paragraph (b)(5)). Each railroad is 
    also under an independent duty to comply with the other requirements of 
    Part 238 and the railroad safety laws in general. In this regard, a 
    railroad would have to obtain a waiver of FRA safety regulations 
    through the formal procedures of 49 C.F.R. part 211 before introducing 
    any equipment into service that does not comply with the safety 
    appliance regulations or the safety glazing standards, for example. 
    However, by operation of Sec. 238.111, a railroad is not restricted 
    from seeking a waiver of an FRA safety regulation under 49 C.F.R. part 
    211, nor is FRA restricted from granting such a waiver. Part 211 
    contains procedures to ensure that FRA grants a waiver of a safety 
    regulation in the interest of employee and public safety.
        For Tier II passenger equipment, paragraph (b) requires the 
    railroad to follow the additional steps of obtaining FRA approval of 
    the testing plan under the procedures specified in Sec. 238.21 
    (paragraph (b)(1)); reporting the results of the testing to FRA 
    (paragraph (b)(4)); agreeing to comply with any operational limitations 
    imposed by FRA on the use of the equipment (paragraph (b)(5)); and 
    obtaining FRA approval prior to placing the equipment in revenue 
    service (paragraph (b)(7)). Under paragraph (b)(7), a railroad is not 
    required to follow the formal requirements set forth in Sec. 238.21.
        Paragraph (c) applies only to Tier II passenger equipment. If a 
    railroad plans a major upgrade or introduction of new technology in 
    Tier II passenger equipment that has been used in
    
    [[Page 25595]]
    
    revenue service in the United States and that affects a safety system 
    on such equipment, the railroad shall follow the procedures specified 
    in paragraph (b) prior to placing the equipment in revenue service with 
    such a major upgrade or new technology. This requirement is based on 
    proposed Secs. 238.603 (b) and (c) in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49823. FRA 
    has integrated those proposed requirements into the section for 
    clarity, as alluded to in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49785.
        Overall, FRA believes the set of steps and the documentation 
    required by Sec. 238.111 are necessary to ensure that all safety risks 
    have been reduced to a level that permits the equipment to be used in 
    revenue service.
    Section 238.113  Emergency Window Exits
        This section represents the partial merger of NPRM Sec. 238.235, 
    emergency window exit requirements for Tier I passenger equipment, and 
    NPRM Sec. 238.439, as it concerned emergency window exit requirements 
    for Tier II passenger equipment. FRA has combined these sections 
    principally in response to the NTSB's comment on the proposed rule that 
    these requirements should not be differentiated on the basis of train 
    speed.
        Paragraph (a)(1) requires that a single-level passenger car, other 
    than a sleeping car or similarly designed car, have a minimum of four 
    emergency window exits, either in a staggered configuration where 
    practical or with one located in each end of each side of the car. A 
    bi-level car shall have a minimum of four emergency window exits on 
    each main level, configured as above, so that the car has a minimum 
    total of eight emergency window exits.
        FRA received several comments relating to the quantity of emergency 
    window exits that the rule should require. First, the NTSB commented 
    that specifying a minimum quantity requirement for emergency window 
    exits in passenger cars is not sufficient. The NTSB believed that the 
    requirement should be based on the capacity of the passenger car, the 
    number of door exits, and the scientifically-determined time needed to 
    completely evacuate the fully-loaded passenger car. Next, Talgo 
    commented that passenger cars half the length of conventional cars 
    should be required to have only two emergency window exits on each main 
    level. Further, Bombardier commented that instead of limiting the 
    application of this section to emergency window exits, FRA should apply 
    the requirements of this section broadly to emergency exits--whether or 
    not those exits are windows--to permit flexibility and innovation in 
    future passenger car designs. Bombardier added that any such 
    requirement would be in addition to the requirement for side doors.
        The final rule largely carries forward the NPRM's proposal, and the 
    current Federal requirement in Sec. 223.9(c) of this chapter for four 
    emergency window exits in each passenger car. The requirement for a 
    minimum number of window exits is important to ensure an unobstructed 
    avenue of egress in a variety of accident scenarios, regardless of car 
    capacity. Of course, as FRA has explained, the Volpe Center is working 
    on an emergency evacuation performance requirement for passenger cars 
    to determine the number of total exits necessary to evacuate the 
    maximum passenger load in a specified time for various situations. 
    Further, through the APTA PRESS effort, FRA understands that APTA is 
    developing a systems approach to emergency egress similar to that which 
    Bombardier has suggested in its comments. FRA recognizes the merit such 
    approaches have and will consider these alternative approaches in Phase 
    II of the rulemaking.
        Paragraph (b) requires, as specified, each emergency window exit in 
    a new passenger car, including a sleeping car, to have a minimum 
    unobstructed opening with dimensions of 26 inches horizontally by 24 
    inches vertically. In the NPRM, FRA invited comments as to what size 
    requirements for emergency window exits FRA should impose in the final 
    rule. FRA had proposed that Tier I equipment have a minimum, 
    unobstructed emergency window exit opening of 24 inches horizontally by 
    18 inches vertically, and that Tier II equipment have a minimum, 
    unobstructed emergency window exit opening of 30 inches horizontally by 
    30 inches vertically. The Tier II Equipment Subgroup, including Amtrak, 
    had recommended the latter requirement for application to Tier II 
    equipment. However, the full Working Group advised against imposing 
    such a requirement on Tier I equipment. FRA had explained in the NPRM 
    that, although it would prefer that all emergency window exits afford 
    the larger opening, the Tier I equipment proposal provided the minimum 
    opening needed for a fully-equipped emergency response worker to gain 
    access to the interior of a train.
        The NTSB commented that the horizontal and vertical openings of 
    emergency window exits should be the same for both tiers of equipment, 
    as the speed at which the equipment travels should not matter. The NTSB 
    stated that the emergency window exit dimensions should be determined 
    by the size dimensions needed: (1) To extricate an injured person from 
    the passenger car; and (2) to allow an emergency responder fitted with 
    a self-contained breathing apparatus to enter the passenger car. The 
    NTSB noted that one of the typical adult backboards used by emergency 
    responders to evacuate injured persons is 24 inches wide by 72 inches 
    long, and therefore may not clear a window 24 inches wide. (The NTSB 
    did note that the other typical adult backboards measure 16 inches wide 
    by 72 inches long, and 12 inches wide by 84 inches long. The NTSB also 
    stated that a typical steel basket stretcher used by emergency 
    responders measures about 23 inches horizontally by 8 inches deep by 
    about 81 inches vertically.) The NTSB further noted the concern that if 
    a car derails to the extent that the normal vertical dimension becomes 
    the horizontal dimension, the backboard must be tilted to fit through 
    the opening. (During Working Group discussions, it was noted that for 
    this to happen, the car must come to rest on its end.) Moreover, the 
    NTSB stated that an emergency responder with a self-contained breathing 
    apparatus may have difficulty entering an 18-inch vertical opening.
        FRA agrees that the emergency window exit size requirements should 
    be the same for both tiers of equipment. The final rule requires that 
    emergency window exits have a minimum unobstructed opening with 
    dimensions 26 inches horizontally by 24 inches vertically. This 
    requirement only applies to new cars, however, as specified in 
    paragraph (b). FRA recognizes that these dimensions are greater than 
    those proposed for Tier I passenger equipment (and smaller than those 
    proposed for Tier II passenger equipment).
        A review of emergency window exit sizes on the nation's rail 
    passenger car shows a wide variation in window size. Differences in 
    size are not necessarily attributable to the age of the passenger cars: 
    On certain railroads, some older passenger cars have smaller emergency 
    window exits than do newer passenger cars; whereas, on other railroads, 
    some newer passenger cars have smaller emergency window exits than do 
    older passenger cars. Staff from the Boston, Massachusetts, and Los 
    Angeles, California, fire departments recommended, upon DOT's inquiry, 
    that emergency window exits provide at least a 26-inch horizontal 
    opening to maneuver a 24-inch wide stretcher into and out of the 
    window. They also expressed concern whether an 18-inch
    
    [[Page 25596]]
    
    vertical opening would be large enough to allow an emergency responder 
    wearing a self-contained breathing apparatus to fit through the window. 
    United States Department of Defense MIL-STD-1472E (October 31, 1996), 
    which contains design criteria for human engineering, provides 
    dimensions for rectangular access openings for male body passage as 
    differentiated by the amount of clothing worn. For side access, MIL-
    STD-1472E, section 5.7.8.3 provides that openings shall be not less 
    than 26 inches in depth (vertical) and 30 inches in width (horizontal) 
    for a male wearing light clothing. Further, the standard provides that 
    openings shall be not less than 29 inches in depth and 34 inches in 
    width for a male wearing bulky clothing. (This section of the military 
    standard has been placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.)
        On the basis of the comments and information received following 
    publication of the NPRM, FRA believes that an emergency window exit 
    vertical opening of 18 inches is not sufficient for new rail cars. The 
    emergency window exit size requirements contained in this final rule 
    provide a more reasonable dimension for passage of large, fully-clothed 
    persons, including emergency response personnel with fire gear. The 
    dimensions are practicable in light of the design of many passenger 
    cars in the United States.
        FRA explained in the NPRM that safety may be advanced by staggering 
    the configuration of emergency window exits so that the exits are 
    located diagonally across from each other on opposite sides of a car, 
    instead of placing them directly across from each other. FRA invited 
    comment on this issue, as well as on the concern that the seat 
    arrangement of passenger cars may block access to and the removal of 
    emergency window exits. The NTSB commented that emergency window exits 
    should be staggered rather than opposite each other, and they must also 
    be distributed as uniformly as practical to allow for passenger 
    distribution. The rule will require staggering where practical, but 
    other considerations must be taken into account, including the need to 
    provide an unobstructed exit without diminishing normal seating 
    capacity. Railroads should be mindful that if the ends of a car are 
    crushed in a collision, then the window exits located at the car's ends 
    may be rendered inoperable. In this regard, FRA's use of the term ``in 
    each end'' in paragraph (a)(1) refers to the forward and rear ends of a 
    car as divided in its center--and does not literally refer to the 
    extreme forward and rear ends of a car nor require that emergency 
    window exits be placed at the extreme ends of a car.
        FRA is requiring that each sleeping car, and any similarly designed 
    car having a number of separate compartments intended to be occupied by 
    passengers or train crewmembers, have at least one emergency window 
    exit in each compartment. An example of a similarly designed car 
    subject to this requirement is a crew dormitory car. If an emergency 
    window exit is not provided in individual sleeping compartments, 
    occupants of those compartments may have difficulty reaching the car's 
    doors quickly in an emergency, especially if the car's interior 
    passageways become blocked or obscured by smoke. An emergency window 
    exit is necessary in each compartment to enable occupants to quickly 
    exit the car in a life-threatening situation, as when the car is 
    submerged. FRA notes that, for purposes of this section, a restroom is 
    not a compartment specifically required to have an emergency window 
    exit.
        Paragraph (a)(3) requires that each emergency window exit be 
    designed to permit rapid and easy removal during an emergency situation 
    without requiring the use of a tool or other implement. In the NPRM, 
    FRA had specified that the emergency window exit must be easily 
    operable by a 5th-percentile female without requiring the use of a tool 
    or other implement. In response to the proposal, Bombardier commented 
    that the feasibility and practicability of making the emergency exit 
    operable by a 5th-percentile female is not known at this time. 
    Bombardier recommended FRA more fully examine the feasibility of 
    designing and maintaining passenger cars to meet this requirement 
    before it is made a rule. In the final rule, FRA believes it 
    appropriate not to specify a requirement at this time for the ease of 
    operability of an emergency window exit by a 5th-percentile female. In 
    Phase II of the rulemaking, FRA will evaluate with the Working Group 
    whether such a concept should be reintroduced. Instead, FRA has decided 
    to incorporate into the final rule language from the definitions of 
    ``emergency window'' found in 49 CFR parts 223 and 239--that is, each 
    emergency window must be designed to permit its rapid and easy removal 
    during an emergency situation--and specifically require that such rapid 
    and easy removal of the window be able to be accomplished without 
    requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
        Paragraph (c) is reserved for emergency window exit marking and 
    operating instruction requirements. These requirements are currently 
    provided in the rule on passenger train emergency preparedness. See 63 
    FR 24630. In Phase II of the rulemaking, FRA will consider integrating 
    into this part (part 238) the emergency window exit marking and 
    operating instruction found in parts 223 and 239 of this chapter. 
    Additionally, FRA will consider revising those requirements as 
    necessary.
    Section 238.115  Emergency Lighting
        Experience gained during emergency response to several passenger 
    train accidents indicates that emergency lighting systems either did 
    not work or failed after a short time, greatly hindering rescue 
    operations. This section requires that passengers cars ordered on or 
    after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or 
    after September 9, 2002, be equipped with emergency lighting providing 
    at least an average illumination level of 1 foot-candle at floor level 
    adjacent to each exterior door and each interior door providing access 
    to an exterior door (such as a door opening into a vestibule). In 
    addition, the emergency lighting on such cars must provide an 
    illumination level of at least an average of 1 foot-candle at floor 
    level along the center of each aisle and passageway, and a minimum of 
    0.1 foot-candle at floor level at any point along the center of each 
    aisle and passageway. The cars must also be equipped with a back-up 
    power feature capable of operating the lighting for a minimum of 90 
    minutes after loss of normal power with no more than a 40% loss of the 
    prescribed illumination levels.
        In the NPRM, FRA proposed requiring for both passenger cars and 
    locomotives a minimum emergency lighting illumination level of 5 foot-
    candles at floor level for all potential passenger and crew evacuation 
    routes from the equipment. See 62 FR 49803. FRA explained that its 
    proposal was not a recommendation of the Working Group, as FRA believed 
    an illumination level higher than that suggested by members of the 
    Working Group was necessary for passengers to locate emergency exits, 
    read instructions for operation of the exits, and operate the exits. 
    See 62 FR 49764. FRA did request comments whether the lighting 
    intensity requirement need be 5 foot-candles at floor level for all 
    potential evacuation routes if the rail vehicle has a combination of 
    lower intensity floor proximity lighting, similar to that used on 
    aircraft to mark the exit path, and higher intensity lighting at the 
    vehicle's exits. FRA also proposed applying the emergency lighting 
    requirements to
    
    [[Page 25597]]
    
    rebuilt passenger equipment, and noted that it was considering applying 
    these requirements to existing passenger equipment sooner than when the 
    equipment is rebuilt.
        In response to FRA's proposal, APTA commented that requiring a 
    minimum emergency lighting illumination level of 5 foot-candles is 
    excessive. APTA believed that roughly a five-fold increase in battery 
    capacity would be necessary to comply with the proposed illumination 
    standard when combined with the two-hour minimum duration requirement 
    proposed in the rule. APTA stated that a minimum emergency lighting 
    illumination level of 1 foot-candle is adequate for new equipment, 
    based on recent light level measurements taken on passenger coaches by 
    Volpe Center personnel. APTA noted that a survey in support of its APTA 
    PRESS efforts shows emergency lighting illumination levels to be 
    between approximately 0.2 foot-candles and 1 foot-candle on existing 
    passenger equipment. APTA observed that even an illumination level of 
    less than 1 foot-candle measured at the floor can allow for an orderly 
    evacuation of a passenger coach with well-marked exits.
        In regard to applying the requirements of this section to existing 
    passenger equipment, APTA suggested imposing an emergency lighting 
    illumination level of less than 1 foot-candle on such equipment to 
    avoid an expensive retrofit. APTA further recommended that the rule 
    allow the emergency lighting illumination level to decay over the 
    proposed two-hour duration it would be required to operate, and APTA 
    suggested allowing the illumination level to degrade to no less than 
    50% of the original illumination level after two hours. In addition, 
    APTA noted that emergency lighting systems in conventional locomotive 
    cabs are radically different from those in passenger cars, and APTA 
    asked FRA to reconsider how it would apply emergency lighting 
    requirements inside locomotive cabs.
        In commenting on this proposal, the BRC stated that the 
    requirements for emergency lighting must be phased into existing 
    passenger equipment sooner than when it is rebuilt. The BRC explained 
    that for passengers it would be far better to have cars equipped with 
    emergency and exit lighting to eliminate many of the hazards in getting 
    out of the cars, and that there is no justification or analysis in the 
    record for delaying the implementation of the requirements in existing 
    passenger cars.
        Metra, in its comments on this proposal, stated that a requirement 
    for an emergency lighting illumination level of 5 foot-candles would be 
    unnecessarily bright and costly. Metra recommended that the 
    illumination level be set at 0.5 foot-candle. Further, Metra suggested 
    that for new passenger equipment the requirement be modified to apply 
    only to new orders placed after January 1, 1998, so as to avoid costs 
    associated with change orders and dual standards on ongoing orders that 
    will be delivered both before and after January 1, 1998. Finally, the 
    Omniglow Corporation (Omniglow) commented in response to the NPRM that 
    to effectively address an emergency situation where lives are at stake, 
    each train exit should be equipped with emergency lighting.
        In light of these comments and after further analysis, FRA has 
    revised the requirements of this section in several ways from those 
    originally proposed in the NPRM. First, under the final rule, the 
    requirements of this section apply only to passenger cars--and not to 
    passenger locomotives as proposed in the NPRM. As MU locomotives and 
    cab cars that transport passengers are considered passenger cars under 
    this rule, however, the practical effect of this revision is not to 
    apply the specific emergency lighting requirements in this rule to 
    conventional passenger locomotives. Moreover, the issue of specifying 
    emergency lighting requirements for conventional locomotives as a 
    whole, taking into account their unique characteristics, has been 
    placed before the RSAC Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group for its 
    consideration.
        Second, the requirements of the final rule do not apply to rebuilt 
    passenger equipment. FRA is seeking a broader approach to implementing 
    emergency lighting requirements in existing passenger cars, whether or 
    not the cars are rebuilt. To accomplish this, FRA does not necessarily 
    expect that existing passenger cars will be required to meet the area 
    lighting standard specified for new equipment. However, FRA desires 
    that achievable emergency lighting enhancements to existing passenger 
    cars will be implemented over a reasonable period of time. In the 
    second phase of the rulemaking, FRA will evaluate the anticipated APTA 
    PRESS standard for implementing emergency lighting requirements in 
    existing passenger cars with a view to incorporating the APTA standard 
    into this Federal standard.
        Third, as provided in paragraphs (b)(1)-(3) of the final rule and 
    modified from the NPRM, this section prescribes the minimum emergency 
    illumination level for new passenger cars as a 1 foot-candle average at 
    floor level adjacent to each exterior door and each interior door 
    providing access to an exterior door (such as a door opening into a 
    vestibule), a 1 foot-candle average measured 25 inches above the floor 
    level along the center of each aisle and passageway, and a minimum of 
    0.1 foot-candle measured 25 inches above the floor level at any point 
    along the center of each aisle and passageway. These illumination 
    levels are based on the emergency lighting illumination levels 
    specified in Section 5-9.2.1 of the National Fire Protection 
    Association's (NFPA) ``Life Safety Code Handbook,'' Seventh Ed. (a copy 
    of this section has been placed in the public docket for this 
    rulemaking) and the Illuminating Engineering Society Lighting Handbook. 
    Specifying the measurement of the emergency lighting illumination level 
    at the floor for doors is intended to permit passengers and crewmembers 
    to see and negotiate thresholds and steps typically located near doors. 
    Specifying the measurement of the emergency lighting illumination level 
    at 25 inches above the floor for aisles and passageways is intended to 
    permit passenger and crewmembers to see and make their way past 
    obstacles as they exit a train in an emergency, as demonstrated by 
    tests conducted by the Volpe Center. At the same time, specifying that 
    the illumination level be measured above the floor for aisles and 
    passageways recognizes that light emitted from lighting fixtures placed 
    on the sides of passenger cars may be obstructed, as by car seats, 
    before the light reaches the floor, and, in this regard, the rule 
    provides greater flexibility to railroads in the placement of lighting 
    fixtures. FRA notes that the permanency of this area lighting standard 
    will be dependent on successful resolution of issues related to 
    emergency signage, exit path marking, and egress capacity that are 
    being progressed toward resolution through the APTA PRESS Task Force 
    and the Volpe Center, as noted below, as a predicate for completion of 
    the standards in the second phase of this rulemaking.
        FRA believes that the emergency lighting illumination levels 
    specified in this section will enable the occupants of rail cars to 
    discern their immediate surroundings and thereby minimize or avoid 
    panic in an emergency. In this regard, a lighting demonstration was 
    conducted in a SEPTA rail car in March 1998, and in the judgement of 
    the FRA participants it showed that these illumination levels appear 
    sufficient. These emergency lighting illumination levels are achievable 
    for rail cars. In fact, the NFPA 101 specifications for emergency 
    lighting illumination levels,
    
    [[Page 25598]]
    
    noted above, are recommended for use in rail transit cars through NFPA 
    130, Section 5-5.3.
        In the second phase of the rulemaking, FRA will focus on augmenting 
    the emergency illumination level specified in this section by including 
    requirements for lighted signage and exit path marking, as touched on 
    above. Through a research study conducted by the Volpe Center, FRA has 
    been investigating emergency lighting requirements as part of a systems 
    approach to effective passenger train evacuation. This approach takes 
    into consideration the interrelationship between features such as the 
    number of door and window exits in a passenger car, lighted signs that 
    indicate and facilitate the use of the door and window exits, and floor 
    exit path marking, in addition to the general emergency lighting level 
    in a car. FRA will also examine the APTA PRESS standard on emergency 
    lighting, when final, to determine whether the standard satisfactorily 
    addresses matters related to emergency signage, exit path marking, and 
    egress capacity so that FRA does not have to revisit the issue of area 
    lighting with a view toward increased illumination levels. In the 
    interim, FRA will entertain proposals to utilize alternative methods of 
    providing at least an equivalent level of emergency illumination to 
    that prescribed in this rule.
        FRA has further revised the requirements of this section from those 
    proposed in the NPRM by shortening the required operation time period 
    of the emergency lighting, and by permitting the emergency lighting 
    illumination level to degrade over time, as well. Specifically, the 
    final rule requires a passenger car to be equipped with a back-up power 
    feature capable of operating the lighting for a minimum of 90 minutes 
    after loss of normal power with no more than a 40% loss of the 
    prescribed illumination levels. As a result, illumination levels shall 
    be permitted to decline, as appropriate, from 1 ft-candle to 0.6 foot-
    candle, and from 0.1 foot-candle to 0.06 foot-candle. The lighting 
    decay permitted here is also based on that specified in Section 5-9.2.1 
    of the NFPA's ``Life Safety Code Handbook,'' cited above. Operation of 
    emergency lighting for an extended time is particularly necessary in 
    the event of passenger train rescue operations in remote locations. 
    Fully-equipped emergency response forces can take an hour or more to 
    arrive at a remote accident site, and additional time would be required 
    to deploy and reach people trapped or injured in a train. Even 
    passenger train accidents in urban areas can pose significant rescue 
    problems, especially in the case of tunnels, nighttime operations, and 
    operations in inclement weather.
        This section also requires the emergency lighting back-up power 
    system to be able to operate in all orientations within 45 degrees of 
    vertical and after experiencing a shock due to a longitudinal 
    acceleration of 8g and vertical and lateral accelerations of 4g. The 
    shock requirement will ensure that the back-up power system has a 
    reasonable chance of operating after the initial shock caused by a 
    collision or derailment. FRA originally considered that the back-up 
    power system be capable of operation within a vehicle in any 
    orientation. However, members of the Working Group advised that some 
    battery technologies utilize a liquid electrolyte which can leak when 
    the battery is tilted.
        FRA invited commenters to address whether the back-up power system 
    should be made capable of operation within a vehicle in any 
    orientation, see 62 FR 49764; and, in response, the BRC commented that 
    the back-up power system must be capable of operating in any 
    orientation since railcars do not always remain upright when they 
    derail. The BRC believed that the fact batteries may have a liquid 
    electrolyte which can leak when the battery is tilted does not excuse 
    railroads from obtaining proper batteries that will function in any 
    orientation.
        In the final rule, FRA is not requiring that the back-up power 
    system be capable of operating in any orientation, and instead FRA is 
    retaining the proposal in the NPRM that the system be capable of 
    operating in all equipment orientations within 45 degrees of vertical. 
    FRA will further examine this issue in the second phase of the 
    rulemaking, and FRA is aware of a more costly battery technology 
    utilizing a gel that should not leak when turned in any orientation. 
    However, even if the back-up power system could operate when turned in 
    any direction, FRA recognizes that a derailment of the magnitude that 
    would cause such a situation would potentially destroy the battery box 
    as a whole or sever the cables connecting the battery to the emergency 
    lighting fixtures, or both. In this regard, FRA believes it more 
    important to focus in the second phase of the rulemaking on addressing 
    the NTSB's recommendation to require reliable emergency lighting 
    fixtures in passenger cars, each fitted with a self-contained 
    independent power source (R-97-17). (See NTSB/RAR-97/02) Section 
    238.115 does permit continued use of battery power common to all 
    emergency lighting circuits in a particular car.
        FRA notes, however, that the concept of a power source at each 
    fixture, as a regulatory requirement, is novel. FRA findings in recent 
    accidents support the NTSB's implied concern that placement of 
    electrical conduits and battery packs below the floor of passenger 
    coaches can result in damage that leads to the unavailability of 
    emergency lights precisely at the time they are most needed. However, 
    from initial investigation it is not certain whether current 
    ``ballast'' technology provides illumination of sufficient light level 
    quality with reliable maintainability. FRA presented the issue of 
    placing an independent power source at each emergency lighting fixture 
    to the Passenger Equipment Safety Standards Working Group at a meeting 
    in December, 1997. FRA will aggressively pursue this option for more 
    reliable emergency illumination in the second phase of the rulemaking, 
    and FRA will also work with APTA PRESS on this issue.
    Section 238.117  Protection Against Personal Injury
        This section contains a general requirement to protect passengers 
    and crewmembers from moving parts, electrical shock and hot pipes. This 
    section extends to passenger equipment not classified as locomotives 
    the protection against personal injury which applies to locomotives 
    under 49 CFR 229.41. The requirements represent common-sense safety 
    practice; reflect current industry practice; and should result in no 
    additional cost burden to the industry. Although FRA received no 
    specific comments on this section, FRA has modified this section to 
    make clear that its requirements do not apply to the interior of a 
    private car, consistent with FRA's overall approach to private cars in 
    this rule. The protections of this section would apply, of course, to 
    rail employees and others who may inspect or perform work on the 
    exterior of a private car.
    Section 238.119  Rim-Stamped Straight-Plate Wheels
        This section addresses the NTSB's safety recommendation concerning 
    the use of rim-stamped straight-plate wheels on tread-braked rail 
    passenger equipment. Following its investigation of a January 13, 1994 
    Ringling Bros. and Barnum & Bailey Circus train derailment which killed 
    two circus employees, the NTSB determined that the probable cause of 
    the derailment was the fatigue failure of a thermally damaged straight-
    plate wheel due to
    
    [[Page 25599]]
    
    fatigue cracking that initiated at a stress raiser associated with a 
    stamped character on the wheel rim. See 62 FR 49743; NTSB/RAR-95/01. 
    Noting that tread braking is a significant source of wheel overheating 
    and thermal damage; straight-plate wheels are vulnerable to thermal 
    damage; and rim-stamping provides a stress concentration for crack 
    initiation, the NTSB recommended that FRA ``[p]rohibit the replacement 
    of wheels on any tread-braked passenger railroad car with rim-stamped 
    straight plate wheels.'' (Class II, Priority Action) (R-95-1).
        In the NPRM, FRA stated that because a wheel having a rim-stamped 
    straight-plate character is a sufficient safety concern in itself, FRA 
    proposed extending the NTSB's safety recommendation to apply to all 
    such wheels used on passenger equipment regardless whether the 
    equipment were tread-braked or not. See 62 FR 49743, 49803. Further, 
    FRA proposed addressing separately the use of such wheels on passenger 
    equipment other than private passenger cars--for which there would be 
    an immediate prohibition on the use of the wheels--in distinction to 
    the use of such wheels on private cars--for which there would be a 
    prohibition on the wheels' use as replacement wheels. See 62 FR 49743-
    4, 49803.
        Based on comments received in response to the proposed rule, and 
    after further analysis, FRA has modified the requirements of this 
    section from those proposed in the NPRM. In the final rule, the 
    restrictions on the use of rim-stamped straight-plate wheels apply only 
    to such wheels use on tread-braked passenger equipment. AAPRCO, in its 
    comments on the NPRM, stated that the proposed section was overly broad 
    in prohibiting rim-stamped straight-plate wheels from being used as 
    replacement wheels on private cars operated in a passenger train. 
    Citing the above-noted NTSB report, AAPRCO explained that the only 
    detected problem involving the use of rim-stamped straight-plate wheels 
    occurred when such wheels were subjected to tread braking. AAPRCO 
    believed that there is no known problem involving the use of such 
    wheels on passenger equipment that is disc-braked and, therefore, not 
    subject to heating. Accordingly, AAPRCO recommended limiting the 
    prohibition against using rim-stamped straight-plate wheels as 
    replacement wheels on private cars to those wheels that are tread-
    braked.
        FRA notes that the stamping of manufacturers' marks on railroad 
    wheel rims introduces stress concentrations in the wheel rims. Such 
    stress risers can help originate cracks as the wheel is subjected to 
    the low-cycle thermal fatigue of repeated tread-brake applications. As 
    freight equipment operates with tread brakes, the AAR has discontinued 
    rim stamping in order to preclude wheel failures due to cracking 
    initiated at the stamp marks.
        Disc brakes use a caliper and pad arrangement (like a bicycle 
    brake) which operates on (squeeze) a disc which is affixed to the axle 
    of a rail car, or to the back face of the wheel in a ``cheek'' mounted 
    scheme, to provide retarding force. Disc brakes introduce no heat into 
    the rim, since the heat is generated by the friction between the 
    caliper pads and the disc. This condition is true only if the strategy 
    to stop a vehicle relies solely on discs without tread-brake 
    assistance.
        Disc-braked rail cars sometimes have tread brakes which are used as 
    parking brakes. These tread brakes may be applied periodically while 
    the train is running, using low cylinder forces, in order to clean the 
    wheel tread surface of oxides and debris which can interfere with the 
    ability of the wheel to make an electrical connection with the rail for 
    the purposes of shunting the track circuits to activate signals. This 
    action is typically of short duration and is controlled by automatic 
    circuitry (snow brakes) and should not pose a threat to the integrity 
    of the wheels.
        Braking strategies sometimes involve a combination of disc and 
    tread braking to achieve desired deceleration rates. For example, 
    Amtrak's AMFLEET I and II cars use such a combination--approximately 
    40% tread and 60% disc. In such a case, the wheels are tread-braked 
    every time the vehicle comes to a stop, as opposed to the lower energy 
    snow braking described above.
        Straight plate wheels are well-known to be much more susceptible to 
    thermal damage than curved or S-plate wheels. Plate curvature permits 
    radial breathing of the rim as it is heated, resulting in lower rim 
    stresses. The straight-plate wheel is much stiffer radially and 
    stresses in these wheels are therefore greater for the same thermal 
    input. If straight-plate wheels experience tread braking, or if tread 
    brakes are used in the event of disc brake failure, the possibility 
    exists for wheel thermal damage. However, the use of straight-plate, 
    rim-stamped wheels should not pose a safety threat if the wheels are 
    never tread-braked.
        Because the use of straight-plate, rim-stamped wheels should pose 
    no safety threat if the wheels are never tread-braked, the requirements 
    of this section do not apply to such wheels used in such circumstances. 
    Moreover, as provided in paragraph (c), if the wheels are in fact 
    tread-braked but only in a limited manner to clean the wheel surface, 
    the requirements of this section likewise do not apply. However, FRA 
    hereby makes clear that the requirements of this section apply to the 
    use of straight-plate, rim-stamped wheels when the wheels are subjected 
    to tread braking in any combination with disc brakes for the purpose of 
    slowing the passenger equipment.
        The second principal change in the final rule from the NPRM 
    provides particular consideration for the use of Class A rim-stamped, 
    straight-plate wheels mounted on inboard-bearing axles on commuter 
    passenger equipment. In commenting on the NPRM, APTA noted that a 
    number of commuter railroads are currently operating--or are in the 
    process of implementing service with--Bombardier-manufactured bi-level 
    coaches that are equipped with Class A rim-stamped, reverse-plate 
    wheels. APTA specified that the affected commuter railroads operate 182 
    passenger coaches equipped with these wheels and consist of the 
    Southern California Regional Rail Authority (Metrolink), San Diego 
    Northern Railway, Tri-County Commuter Rail Authority, Dallas Area Rapid 
    Transit, and the San Joaquin Railroad Commission. APTA explained that 
    reverse-plate wheels are considered a hybrid of the straight-plate 
    design and therefore subject to the prohibition of this section. APTA 
    added that these wheels have an average service life of five years. 
    According to APTA, imposing this prohibition on the affected commuter 
    rail operations will dramatically reduce or terminate commuter rail 
    operations while replacement wheels are procured and installed. APTA 
    stated that Class A reverse-plate wheels have a safe history of usage 
    with no indication of wheel cracks caused by rim stamping, and that 
    failures of Class B and C wheels of a true straight-plate design led to 
    the NTSB's recommendation here. Based on these differences, APTA 
    recommended that FRA allow Class A, rim-stamped reverse-plate wheels to 
    continue in service.
        FRA has considered APTA's comments and notes that the rim-stamped 
    ``reverse''-plate wheels in issue are indeed straight-plate wheels. The 
    ``reverse'' connotation refers to the orientation (angle) of the wheel 
    plate with respect to the axle. Passenger wheelsets have inboard 
    bearings--that is, the bearings are located between the wheels on the 
    axle. Freight wheelsets are outboard-bearing in that the wheels are 
    mounted between the bearings. The
    
    [[Page 25600]]
    
    wheel plate is pitched one way or the other in either circumstance so 
    that the wheel flanges end up being the same distance apart. In this 
    way, either wheelset can transverse the same standard gage track.
        From discussions with APTA, FRA understands that these Class A, 
    rim-stamped straight-plate wheels are installed on rail cars weighing 
    approximately 115,000 pounds, utilizing blended dynamic and friction 
    braking. The friction-based portion of the braking system in turn is 
    composed of approximately 67% tread braking, and 33% disc braking. FRA 
    further understands that, when properly used, the extended-range 
    dynamic brake can slow the vehicle from 90 mph--its top operating 
    speed--to less than 10 mph with no friction (pneumatic) braking 
    applied, and that this is the recommended method of operating these 
    rail cars. The service brake rate is 2.0 mph/sec and the emergency rate 
    is 2.5 mph/sec. In combination with the wheel slip/slide protection 
    system provided for these cars, FRA believes that the wheels on these 
    rail cars should be subjected to limited thermal input.
        Further, FRA notes that wheels are generally classified as L, A, B, 
    or C depending on the carbon content of the wheel material. The amount 
    of carbon determines the hardness and strength of the steel. A Class A 
    wheel has a lower carbon content, and correspondingly lower hardness 
    and strength than a Class B or C wheel. Lower hardness means that the 
    wheel has increased ductility or improved ability to resist cracking 
    (fracture toughness). This is why Class L and A wheels are recommended 
    for severe braking conditions. However, since these wheels are 
    ``softer,'' heavy wheel loads will result in poor wear performance, 
    which is why they are recommended only for light to moderate wheel 
    loads. Class B and C wheels (with more carbon and increased hardness) 
    exhibit good wear behavior, but are more prone to cracking. Railroads 
    choose the wheel type for a particular class of service based on its 
    operating characteristics.
        As reflected in paragraph (a)(2), FRA believes that the commuter 
    railroads operating vehicles with Class A, rim-stamped straight-plate 
    wheels mounted on inboard-bearing axles--i.e., reverse-plate wheels--
    may continue to do so provided the railroads do not modify the 
    operation of the vehicles in any way that would result in increased 
    thermal input to the wheels during braking. As a result, vehicles 
    equipped with these wheels may not operate at speeds exceeding their 
    current maximum operating speeds. Further, these wheels may not be 
    placed on different (especially heavier) rail vehicles. Provided the 
    conditions for continued use of the wheels are met, however, a railroad 
    may continue to use the wheels until it exhausts its stock of 
    replacement wheels held as of May 12, 1999, which is the date of this 
    final rule's publication. FRA understands that the manufacturer of 
    these wheels has already started to stamp the wheels on their hubs, 
    instead of on their rims, and FRA believes that the railroads' 
    inventory of such rim-stamped wheels will be exhausted within the next 
    18 months. Once a commuter railroad's inventory of Class A, rim-stamped 
    straight-plate wheels is exhausted, each such wheel must be replaced at 
    the end of the wheel's service life with a wheel that is not rim-
    stamped.
        In commenting on the NPRM, Talgo suggested clarifying the 
    requirements of this section to state that the stamping of characters 
    on the rim of a wheel is prohibited due to dangers associated with 
    stress concentration. According to Talgo, if indeed the purpose of this 
    section is to address rim-stamping itself, then the rule should be 
    revised to address all types of wheels and not just straight-plate 
    wheels. FRA does recognize that the stamping of manufacturers' marks on 
    railroad wheel rims introduces stress concentrations in the rims, and, 
    all things being equal, manufacturers should stamp wheels on their hubs 
    instead of on their rims. Yet, FRA is concerned in particular with rim-
    stamped straight-plate wheels because, as noted above, a straight-plate 
    wheel design is more susceptible to thermal damage than a curved wheel 
    design. The plate curvature permits radial breathing of the rim as it 
    is heated, resulting in lower rim stresses.
        Similar to the proposal in the NPRM, the final rule allows rim-
    stamped, straight-plate wheels on tread-braked private cars to continue 
    in service throughout the life of each wheel. However, as provided in 
    paragraph (b), such wheels may not be used as replacement wheels on 
    these cars. As explained in the NPRM, FRA recognizes that private cars 
    are generally not highly utilized in comparison to intercity or 
    commuter passenger equipment, and Amtrak imposes its own safety 
    requirements on the use of such cars in its trains. See 62 FR 49743-4.
        In commenting on the NPRM, a member of the public stated that many 
    private car owners have a substantial investment in rim-stamped 
    straight-plate wheels, and precluding their installation would 
    consequently place a financial burden on many private car owners. This 
    commenter requested that a provision be added to the rule to allow 
    private car owners to install such wheels on their cars after January 
    1, 1998,--which FRA proposed as the effective date for this section--
    provided the wheels were owned by that date. In this regard, FRA notes 
    that Amtrak has issued a letter to private car owners dated September 
    19, 1995, stating that after June 30, 2000, Amtrak will decline to move 
    any tread-braked passenger cars with rim-stamped straight-plate wheels. 
    In addition, Amtrak stated in the same letter that it would not accept 
    any new applications for wheel change out with rim-stamped straight-
    plate wheels, regardless of the brake type. Amtrak's letter referenced 
    the NTSB's safety recommendation noted in this section.
        Since Amtrak is the chief carrier of private rail cars, the ability 
    of a private rail car owner to use rim-stamped, straight-plate wheels 
    will be significantly affected independent of the requirements of this 
    rule. Further, allowing such wheels to continue in use until a car 
    owner's inventory of the wheels is depleted would prolong the use of 
    such wheels for potentially decades. FRA believes that the rule allows 
    due consideration for private rail car owners in allowing them to 
    continue using tread-braked private rail cars equipped with rim-
    stamped, straight-plate wheels throughout the life of each wheel, while 
    recognizing that, as a whole, the wheels are subject to greater thermal 
    input when in use and are more susceptible to cracking than the 
    commuter railroad wheels discussed above. Moreover, FRA notes that 
    under the definition of ``passenger equipment'' in this rule, a private 
    rail car not operated in a train with a passenger car, such as in a 
    freight train, or in a consist of private rail cars, is not subject to 
    the requirements of this rule. (See above discussion of passenger 
    equipment in Sec. 238.5.). In addition, the final rule does not apply 
    to tourist railroads, and a private rail car may therefore operate on 
    such railroad without complying with the requirements of this rule. See 
    Sec. 238.3.
    
    Subpart C--Specific Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment
    
    Section 238.201  Scope.
        This subpart contains specific requirements for railroad passenger 
    equipment operating at speeds not exceeding 125 mph. This subpart 
    contains various structural standards (Sec. 238.203Bstatic end 
    strength; Sec. 238.205--anti-climbing mechanism; Sec. 238.207--link 
    between coupling mechanism and car body; Sec. 238.209--forward-facing 
    end structure of
    
    [[Page 25601]]
    
    locomotives; Sec. 238.211--collision posts; Sec. 238.213--corner posts; 
    Sec. 238.215--rollover strength; Sec. 238.217--side structure; 
    Sec. 238.219--truck-to-car-body attachment; and Sec. 238.223--fuel 
    tanks). These structural standards do not apply to passenger equipment 
    if used exclusively on a rail line (A) with no public highway-rail 
    grade crossings, (B) on which no freight operations occur at any time, 
    (C) on which only passenger equipment of compatible design is utilized, 
    and (D) on which trains operate at speeds no higher than 79 mph.
        In general, except for the static end strength standards (' 
    238.203) and as otherwise provided in this subpart, the requirements of 
    this subpart apply only to passenger equipment ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 9, 2002. That is, where no specific date or dates are 
    provided in the regulatory text for a particular section, such as 
    Sec. 238.225 (Electrical system), these dates apply to that section's 
    requirements. Of course, certain existing Federal requirements, such as 
    the window safety glazing standards in part 223 of this chapter that 
    are referenced in Sec. 238.221 (Glazing), continue to apply by their 
    own force.
        The rule does provide that passenger equipment placed in service 
    for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, unless otherwise 
    provided in the cited sections, must meet the minimum structural 
    requirements specified in: Sec. 238.205(a) (anti-climbing mechanism); 
    Sec. 238.207 (link between coupling mechanism and car body); and 
    Sec. 238.211(a) (collision posts). Further, as specified in detail 
    below, any such equipment in use on or after November 8, 1999 must also 
    meet the static end strength standards specified in Sec. 238.203. These 
    four particular requirements are virtually identical to existing 
    Federal requirements, found in 49 CFR Sec. 229.141(a)(1)-(4), that 
    apply to MU locomotives built new after April 1, 1956, and operated in 
    trains having a total empty weight of 600,000 pounds or more. These 
    requirements reflect the common construction practices for passenger 
    equipment currently in service in the United States, and FRA believes 
    they are minimum safety requirements. FRA notes that the 600,000-pound 
    consist weight threshold for purposes of 49 CFR Sec. 229.141 is not an 
    appropriate distinction to apply to passenger equipment operated on the 
    general system, intermingled with equipment of more substantial 
    strength; and, as a result, part 238 contains no such consist weight 
    distinction. In this regard, FRA notes that through this final rule it 
    is amending the application of 49 CFR Sec. 229.141 so that its 
    requirements will not apply to passenger equipment subject to part 238.
        In addition to these four structural requirements, the rule also 
    requires that passenger equipment comply with other structural 
    requirements specified in: Secs. 238.205(b) (anti-climbing mechanism 
    for locomotives); 238.209 (forward-facing end structure of 
    locomotives); 238.211(b) (collision posts for locomotives); 238.213 
    (corner posts); 238.215 (rollover strength); 238.217 (side structure); 
    238.219 (truck-to-car-body attachment); and 238.223 (fuel tanks). These 
    requirements apply to passenger equipment ordered on or after September 
    8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 
    9, 2002, unless otherwise provided in the cited sections. FRA notes 
    that, under special circumstances, it will allow the placement in 
    service of passenger equipment not meeting these structural 
    requirements if the equipment was in fact ordered within September 8, 
    2000 but not placed in service until after September 9, 2002. In such 
    case, the railroad must provide documentation to the satisfaction of 
    the Associate Administrator for Safety that demonstrates the special 
    circumstances accounting for the delay in placing the equipment in 
    service.
    
    Structural Standards for Existing Equipment
    
        The final rule requires that all passenger equipment (other than 
    locomotives that comply with an alternative standard as specified, 
    private cars, unoccupied vehicles operating at the rear of a passenger 
    train, or equipment used in non-commingled service, as discussed below) 
    in use on or after November 8, 1999 have a minimum static end strength 
    of 800,000 pounds as specified in Sec. 238.203. Static end strength is 
    critical in protecting passenger equipment from crushing in a head-on 
    or rear-end collision, especially in the North American railroad 
    operating environment that includes frequent highway-rail grade 
    crossings and the mixed operation of freight and passenger trains. FRA 
    is confident that all but a limited number of existing passenger cars 
    in the United States have been built to this basic compressive strength 
    requirement. Beginning in 1939, the AAR recommended that new passenger 
    cars operated in trains of over 600,000 pounds empty weight have a 
    minimum static end strength of 800,000 pounds, and since 1956, Federal 
    Regulations (49 CFR. 229.141) have required that new MU locomotives 
    operated in such trains must meet this standard. Railroads with 
    existing passenger cars that do not meet the minimum static end 
    strength requirement may petition FRA for grandfathering approval to 
    continue to use the equipment; see discussion under Sec. 238.203.
        FRA does, however, recognize that low-speed rail operations that 
    are structured to totally preclude both operations over highway rail 
    grade crossings and the sharing of trackage between light rail 
    equipment and conventional equipment do not require the structural 
    standards required for commingled operations. Accordingly, the final 
    rule (in Sec. 238.201) provides that passenger equipment is not subject 
    to the structural requirements of the rule if it used exclusively on a 
    rail line (A) with no public highway-rail grade crossings, (B) on which 
    no freight operations occur at any time, (C) on which only passenger 
    equipment of compatible design is utilized, and (D) on which trains 
    operate at speeds no higher than 79 mph. FRA will discuss with the 
    Working Group in Phase II of the rulemaking what structural standards 
    are appropriate for such operations.
        In the NPRM, FRA considered requiring that one or more of the other 
    structural requirements for new passenger equipment, discussed above, 
    be made applicable to existing equipment as soon as one of the 
    following events occurs: the equipment is sold to another railroad; the 
    equipment is rebuilt; the equipment reaches 40 years of age; or 10 
    years elapses after the effective date of the rule. FRA invited 
    comments on: (1) What equipment would be affected by each of these 
    structural requirements; (2) the feasibility and costs of retrofitting 
    such equipment, with costs broken out for each of the different 
    structural requirements, in the event such triggering events were 
    adopted in the final rule; (3) whether these triggering events are 
    reasonable, or whether some other fixed deadline should be established 
    for making one or more of these structural requirements applicable to 
    existing passenger equipment; and (4) the safety benefits that could 
    accrue by making these requirements applicable to existing equipment. 
    FRA did specifically note in the NPRM that older passenger equipment 
    may not meet the collision post requirements in Sec. 238.211(a) because 
    of a change in collision post design following a collision between two 
    Illinois Central Gulf Railroad commuter trains in Chicago, Illinois, on 
    October 30, 1972.
        In response, APTA commented that it opposed application of the 
    rule's structural standards to existing
    
    [[Page 25602]]
    
    passenger equipment in light of the potential adverse economic impact 
    on passenger railroads. AAPRCO, in its comments on the NPRM, believed 
    the costs associated with rebuilding private cars to meet the new 
    passenger equipment requirements would be extremely high with no 
    significant benefit to the public. AAPRCO stated that Amtrak requires 
    all cars, including private cars, that operate on their system be 
    maintained to strict standards of inspection, including full 40-year 
    truck teardowns with specified periodic scheduled truck roll-outs, 
    annual inspections, and full COT&S. AAPRCO noted that nearly all 
    private cars currently in operation are over 40 years old.
        In the final rule, FRA has made the compressive strength 
    requirement the only structural requirement applicable to existing 
    passenger equipment. However, in general, if the need arises to apply 
    one of the other structural requirements specified in the rule to 
    existing passenger equipment, FRA will reconsider whether such 
    requirements should be made applicable to existing equipment. In 
    particular, FRA will ask its Working Group in Phase II of the 
    rulemaking to consider applying the other structural requirements 
    specified in the rule to existing passenger equipment when the 
    equipment is ``rebuilt'' or otherwise improved such that the useful 
    life of the equipment is materially extended. Further, FRA will not 
    specifically limit the consideration of the Working Group in this 
    regard to the rule's structural requirements, but will include in its 
    consideration any of the other requirements for Tier I passenger 
    equipment in this final rule.
    
    Equipment of Special Construction
    
        Comments from Talgo, discussed in general above and in more 
    specific terms below, question the relevance or appropriateness of some 
    of the proposed structural standards to a trainset built with 
    articulated connections using a monocoque or space frame design. In 
    consultations associated with the Working Group review, FRA sought 
    information from the commenter regarding its trainset and has sought to 
    identify requirements that might be appropriate for this configuration. 
    However, in general, the analytical basis for alternative engineering 
    values suggested by the commenter either was not evident or was 
    determined not to be appropriate. Talgo did submit additional 
    engineering information in October of 1998 but FRA could not 
    appropriately analyze this data for purposes of the final rule without 
    substantially delaying the rule's issuance. FRA does recognize that 
    special attention is needed to the specifics of this design, which is 
    unique in current service in the United States, both to avoid 
    inappropriate requirements and to ensure sound functioning of features 
    that may warrant exceptions from other requirements.
        In the final rule, Sec. 238.201 has been amended to permit approval 
    of equipment of special construction. (This alternative compliance 
    approval process does not apply to the minimum static end strength 
    requirements set forth in Sec. 238.203.) The basis for decision would 
    be similar to that discussed in the NPRM with respect to waivers (62 FR 
    49728, 49755), but the special approval mechanism would be employed as 
    a more appropriate means of recognizing whether the equipment provides 
    an equivalent level of safety with the standard of safety benchmarked 
    in the particular provisions of the subpart.
    
    No New Safety Appliance Requirements
    
        FRA is not imposing new safety appliance requirements for passenger 
    equipment subject to this subpart. The safety appliance requirements 
    referenced in Sec. 238.229 continue to apply to such passenger 
    equipment and are noted in this rule for clarity. Similarly, the window 
    glazing requirements in 49 CFR part 223 continue to apply by their own 
    force.
    Section 238.203  Static End Strength
        This section contains the requirements for the overall compressive 
    strength of all Tier I rail passenger equipment, except for equipment 
    meeting the requirements of Sec. 238.201. This section is based on the 
    long-standing practice of constructing passenger cars to possess a 
    minimum static end strength of 800,000 pounds on the line of draft 
    without permanent deformation of the body structure. This practice has 
    proven effective in the North American railroad operating environment 
    that includes frequent highway-rail grade crossings, mixed operation of 
    freight and passenger trains, and less than fully-capable signal and 
    train control systems. This section should be read with the discussion 
    relating to static end strength earlier in the preamble.
        In general, paragraph (a) requires that on or after November 8, 
    1999 all passenger equipment (except as otherwise provided in 
    Sec. 238.201) shall resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds 
    applied on the line of draft without permanent deformation of the body 
    structure. As specified in paragraph (a)(2), unoccupied volumes of a 
    passenger car or a locomotive may have a lesser static end strength to 
    allow a crash energy management design approach to be employed, if the 
    car or locomotive resists a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds 
    applied on the line of draft at the ends of its occupied volume without 
    permanent deformation of the body structure. FRA makes clear that, for 
    purposes of paragraph (a)(2), the ability of a car or locomotive to 
    resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds applied on the line 
    of draft at the ends of its occupied volume without permanent 
    deformation of the body structure shall be determined on the basis of 
    the individual car or locomotive's own strength and crash energy 
    management design. Two or more units of passenger equipment may not be 
    included in demonstrating the ability of the occupied volume of an 
    individual passenger car or locomotive to resist a minimum static end 
    load of 800,000 pounds as specified in paragraph (a)(2).
        Paragraph (a)(2) is based on proposed Sec. 238.203(b) in the NPRM, 
    see 62 FR 49804. In the final rule, FRA has revised and incorporated 
    that paragraph into paragraph (a). FRA has done so in part to make 
    clear that a passenger car or a locomotive must first resist a minimum 
    static end load of 800,000 pounds applied at the ends of the car or 
    locomotive, unless the car or locomotive employs a crash energy 
    management design in which case the load may then be resisted at the 
    ends of the volume of the car or locomotive occupied by passengers or 
    crewmembers.
        FRA has included paragraph (a)(3) in the final rule in response to 
    the comments on the NPRM that existing AEM-7 locomotives would not 
    comply with the static end strength requirement proposed by FRA. As FRA 
    understands, applying the 800,000-pound load at the buff stops of an 
    AEM-7 locomotive apparently creates too large a moment on either the 
    draft gear housing or on the buffer beam to side sill connection. 
    Having analyzed the AEM-7 locomotive, FRA believes that the structure 
    can support a 1,000,000-pound load applied at the center of the buffer 
    beam, and provide an equivalent or greater level of safety than that 
    proposed in the NPRM.
        The requirements of paragraph (a)(3) are based on former AAR 
    Standard 034-69, Section 6--Buffing, paragraph (f). In the final rule, 
    FRA has doubled the load provided in the AAR Standard from 500,000 
    pounds to 1,000,000 pounds, to ensure safety. Further, FRA has tailored 
    paragraph (a)(3) so that the alternative specified therein does not 
    apply to any locomotive placed in service on or after July 12, 1999, as 
    FRA wishes to limit
    
    [[Page 25603]]
    
    application of this alternative to existing locomotives. In addition, 
    the alternative specified in paragraph (a)(3) may not be applied to a 
    cab car or an MU locomotive. Use of the alternative for such a 
    locomotive will not provide as high a level of safety as for a 
    conventional locomotive.
        As specified in paragraph (a)(4), the requirements of paragraph (a) 
    do not apply to unoccupied passenger equipment operating at the rear of 
    a passenger train. In the NPRM, FRA had proposed excepting from the 
    requirements of paragraph (a) vehicles such as auto-carriers and 
    RoadRailers operated at the rear of a passenger train and used solely 
    to transport freight. To the extent such equipment could be excepted 
    from the requirements of this paragraph, FRA determined that other 
    unoccupied passenger equipment operating at the rear of a passenger 
    train could also be excepted. In general, however, FRA would prefer 
    that every vehicle in a passenger train have a minimum static end 
    strength as specified in this section so that in the event of a train 
    collision the cars in the train will crush or resist crushing with a 
    certain degree of predictability and, thereby, further the ability of 
    the train to remain upright and in line. As most collisions involving a 
    passenger train occur at the train's forward end, the requirement for 
    unoccupied passenger equipment to possess a minimum compressive 
    strength is more significant for such equipment operated at the train's 
    forward end and in front of the passenger car consist, than for such 
    equipment operated at the rear. As proposed in the NPRM, private cars 
    are also excepted from the requirements of paragraph (a). Nevertheless, 
    FRA believes that, at a minimum, most private cars do comply with the 
    compressive strength requirements that are specified in this paragraph 
    for other passenger equipment.
        In the final rule, FRA has included paragraph (b) to address the 
    concern of railroads commenting on the NPRM that their existing 
    passenger equipment may need to undergo potentially costly testing to 
    determine whether the equipment complies with the static end strength 
    requirements specified in this rule. Although FRA believes that only a 
    limited number of existing passenger equipment on the nation's 
    railroads does not comply with the static end strength requirement 
    specified in paragraph (a)(1), FRA has included a presumption in the 
    final rule to alleviate the burden on railroads to show that their 
    existing equipment complies with the requirements of this paragraph. 
    Paragraph (b) provides that any passenger equipment placed in service 
    before November 8, 1999 is presumed to comply with paragraph (a)(1) 
    (and thus presumed to resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 
    pounds applied on the line of draft without permanent deformation of 
    the body structure), unless the railroad operating the equipment has 
    knowledge, or FRA makes a showing, that such passenger equipment was 
    not built to the requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1). FRA makes 
    clear that passenger equipment built in accordance with AAR 
    specifications for the construction of passenger equipment operating in 
    trains of more than 600,000 pounds total empty weight is deemed to be 
    built to the requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1) and, thereby, 
    compliant in this regard. Originally adopted in 1939, Section 6, 
    paragraph (a), of AAR Standard S-034-69, ``Specification for the 
    Construction of New Passenger Equipment Cars,'' provides in part, ``The 
    car structure shall resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 lbs. at 
    the rear draft stops ahead of the bolster on the center line of draft, 
    without developing any permanent deformation in any member of the car 
    structure.'' FRA also makes clear that, in a case where the railroad 
    does not know whether its passenger equipment was built to the 
    requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1) (or, in essence, this AAR 
    specification), the presumption that the equipment was built to the 
    requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1) still applies. The 
    presumption is not applicable only in those cases where the railroad 
    knows, or FRA can make a showing, that the equipment was not built to 
    the requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1).
        In response to the NYDOT's comment as to the effect of applying the 
    static end strength requirement to existing passenger equipment, and 
    thereby to the turboliner equipment planned for use in New York State, 
    FRA believes that the RTL trainsets undergoing rebuild comply with the 
    end strength requirement specified in paragraph (a)(1). However, these 
    RTL trainsets need to be contrasted with the RTG trainsets which the 
    NYDOT has also expressed an interest in rebuilding for like use. FRA 
    believes that these RTG trainsets do not meet the end strength 
    requirement specified in paragraph (a)(1), as FRA understands they were 
    built in accordance with UIC (International Union of Railways) 
    structural standards (which provide for lesser structural strength). 
    FRA does note that no RTG trainsets are currently in service in the 
    United States and that to rebuild the equipment would involve 
    substantial cost while failing to meet the crashworthiness objectives 
    of this rule. Information available to FRA indicates that the only 
    useable remaining components of these trainsets are their shells. 
    Further, FRA is not aware that any funding has been allocated to 
    initiate the remanufacture of these trainsets, and any planned use of 
    these trainsets should be considered speculative.
        To prevent sudden, brittle-type failure of the passenger equipment 
    body structure, paragraph (c) requires that the body structure be 
    designed, to the maximum extent possible, to fail by buckling or 
    crushing, or both, of structural members rather than by fracture of 
    structural members or failure of structural connections.
        In the final rule, FRA has added a paragraph (d) to provide a 
    process for grandfathering approval of passenger equipment in use on a 
    rail line or lines on November 8, 1999 that does not meet the minimum 
    static end strength requirements. If the operator of the equipment 
    files a petition with FRA seeking grandfathering approval to continue 
    to use the equipment within this 180-day period after the rule is 
    published, the equipment could continue in such usage while the 
    petition is being processed, but such usage must stop May 8, 2000 
    unless the petition is approved. The section sets forth the 
    requirements for petitions and service of the petition, and the process 
    FRA will follow in soliciting comments on the petition and disposing of 
    petitions.
        FRA plans to ``grandfather'' equipment only for use in particular 
    operating environments providing a sufficient showing is made that any 
    incremental safety risk incurred in those environments is not of 
    significant concern or that specific measures mitigating the risk to 
    the traveling public and to railroad employees are utilized. 
    Petitioners will need to demonstrate--through a quantitative risk 
    assessment that incorporates design information, engineering analysis 
    of the equipment's static end strength and of the likely performance of 
    the equipment in derailment and collision scenarios, and risk 
    mitigation measures to avoid the possibility of collisions or to limit 
    the speed at which a collision might occur, or both, that will be 
    employed in connection with the usage of the equipment on a specified 
    rail line or lines--that use of the equipment, as utilized in the 
    service environment for which recognition is sought, is in the public 
    interest and is consistent with railroad safety. In this regard, FRA 
    notes
    
    [[Page 25604]]
    
    that passenger equipment not possessing the minimum static end strength 
    specified in this rule does not have the same capacity to absorb safely 
    within its body structure the compressive forces that develop in a 
    collision as equipment meeting the standard. The engineering analysis 
    submitted by the petitioner should address how these forces will be 
    dissipated in a manner that does not jeopardize occupant safety in 
    collision scenarios.
        Grandfathering approval of non-compliant equipment is limited to 
    usage of the equipment on a particular rail line or lines. Before 
    grandfathered equipment can be used on another rail line, a railroad 
    must file and secure approval of a grandfathering petition for such 
    usage.
    Section 238.205  Anti-Climbing Mechanism
        This section contains the vertical strength requirements for anti-
    climbing mechanisms on rail passenger equipment. The purpose of the 
    anti-climbing mechanism is to prevent the override or telescoping of 
    one passenger train unit into another in a derailment or collision. FRA 
    is requiring that all passenger equipment placed in service for the 
    first time on or after November 8, 1999 shall have an anti-climbing 
    mechanism at each end capable of resisting an upward or downward 
    vertical force of 100,000 pounds without permanent deformation. When 
    coupled together in any combination to join two vehicles, AAR Type H 
    and Type F tight-lock couplers satisfy this requirement. This 
    requirement incorporates a long-standing industry practice into the 
    final rule.
        The rule further requires that the forward end of a locomotive 
    ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the 
    first time on or after September 9, 2002, be equipped with an anti-
    climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or downward vertical 
    force of 200,000 pounds without failure. This requirement applies to 
    locomotives or power cars of permanently coupled trains, and includes 
    cab cars and MU locomotives. Specifying a vertical load requirement for 
    lead vehicles (locomotives) that is greater than that for coupled 
    vehicles is needed to address the greater tendency for override in a 
    collision between uncoupled vehicles. AAR Standard S-580, which 
    addresses the crashworthiness of locomotives, has included this 
    requirement for all freight locomotives built since August 1990. FRA 
    believes this industry practice is sound, and this requirement received 
    endorsement by passenger railroad representatives. FRA recognizes that 
    incorporating a separate anti-climbing arrangement in the leading 
    structure of cab cars and MU locomotives presents a significant 
    challenge. FRA will continue to work with the APTA PRESS Task Force to 
    derive a suitable solution.
        In its comments on the proposed rule, Talgo remarked that 
    Sec. 238.205(a), as drafted, seemed to consider that only couplers may 
    properly function as anti-climbing mechanisms. Talgo recommended 
    modifying this section to avoid this implication and ensure that anti-
    climbing mechanisms of varying design can be evaluated fairly. Talgo 
    asserted that such a modification would ensure that articulated 
    trainsets are not unfairly subject to a requirement that focuses only 
    on conventionally coupled units. WDOT, in its comments on the NPRM, 
    raised similar points, noting that articulated joints of semi-
    permanently coupled trainsets provide anti-climbing ability. As a 
    result, FRA makes clear that the term anti-climbing mechanism is 
    intended to be read broadly to encompass more than a conventional 
    coupler, and that an articulated connection may serve as an anti-
    climbing mechanism for the purposes of this section provided it can 
    withstand the vertical forces specified in this section.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Talgo also believed that the rule 
    should be restated to accommodate trains of different masses. 
    Specifically, in determining the strength of the anti-climbing feature, 
    Talgo recommended stating the operative variable as vertical 
    acceleration, expressed in gs (units of acceleration of gravity), 
    rather than load, expressed in pounds. Accordingly, Talgo recommended 
    modifying this section so that the anti-climbing mechanism be capable 
    of resisting a certain value of acceleration, instead of a vertical 
    force of 100,000 pounds. Talgo supplemented its comments on this 
    section following FRA's announcement that the minutes of the 
    rulemaking's Working Group meetings had been added to the rulemaking's 
    docket, See 63 FR 28496; May 26, 1998. As FRA had permitted comments 
    for inclusion in the record as to whether the minutes accurately 
    reflected statements made at the Working Group meetings, Talgo stated 
    that the minutes do not mention that a representative of the Volpe 
    Center acknowledged that this section should be modified to address 
    lighter rail equipment. Talgo stated that, aside from the ends of its 
    articulated trainsets which it noted are compliant with the 100,000 
    pound vertical force requirement, intermediate joints in the trainsets 
    need only be equipped with anti-climbing mechanisms of 47,000 pounds 
    strength to provide the same level of safety as required by the rule. 
    Talgo explained that, for purposes of calculating a vertical force 
    requirement, one should focus on the static force needed to lift a car 
    of specified weight from one end while supported by the truck on the 
    other end. Talgo further explained that this value should be multiplied 
    by a safety factor--equal to 2.2., as it derived from values in the 
    proposed rule--in order to take into account the possibilities of 
    misalignment and similar dynamics in the event of a collision. As a 
    result, Talgo believed specifying a 47,000-pound strength requirement 
    for anti-climbing mechanisms on its equipment would provide the same 
    level of safety as specifying a 100,000-pound strength requirement for 
    anti-climbing mechanisms on conventional cars.
        FRA notes that during a train collision the relatively strong 
    underframe of a rail vehicle may ride up above the underframe of an 
    adjacent rail vehicle, and extensively crush the weaker superstructure 
    of the overridden vehicle. The potential for override to occur is 
    influenced by the dynamic motions of the cars, the relative heights of 
    the vehicles' underframes, and the changing geometry of the vehicles' 
    structures as they crush during the collision. These factors allow the 
    development of a vertical component of the very high longitudinal 
    forces occurring in a train during a collision. This vertical force 
    component, in effect, squeezes one underframe up and over the 
    underframe of another vehicle in the train. While all three factors 
    play a role in the occurrence of override, results of actual collisions 
    indicate that the changing geometry of the car structures as they 
    crush--which, in effect, creates a ramp during the collision--can 
    overwhelm the influence of the difference in sill heights. There are 
    numerous examples of cars with relatively low underframe heights that 
    have overridden cars with relatively high underframe heights.
        FRA has not modified the final rule in response to Talgo's comment 
    that the rule should require the anti-climbing mechanism to be capable 
    of resisting a certain value of acceleration instead of a specified 
    vertical force. First, Talgo has not indicated in its comments what 
    that value of acceleration should be, and FRA believes that formulating 
    a performance standard in pounds of force, instead, is appropriate. 
    Second, Talgo's subsequent comments have focused on specifying a 
    47,000-pound vertical force as an alternative to the
    
    [[Page 25605]]
    
    100,000-pound vertical force that an anti-climbing mechanism must 
    resist under this section. In response to this latter suggestion by 
    Talgo, FRA notes that the longitudinal force acting on a vehicle in a 
    train during a collision is, in large part, a function of the vehicle's 
    own deceleration plus the force required to decelerate all the vehicles 
    behind it. (The longitudinal force is also dependent on the force 
    required to crush the vehicles in the train.) When a sufficient 
    vertical component of this total force develops, override occurs. 
    Because the longitudinal force required to decelerate the trailing 
    vehicles can exceed the force required to decelerate the subject 
    vehicle, it is not possible to relate the deceleration of a single 
    vehicle to the tendency to override in the way that Talgo has explained 
    in arriving at its proposed 47,000-pound strength value. The Volpe 
    Center representative cited by Talgo sought to make this point clear at 
    the December 15, 1997 Working Group meeting. This representative also 
    tried to make clear that he did not agree that consideration should be 
    given to lighter rail equipment in the way that Talgo proposed at the 
    Working Group meeting and in its comments on the rule.
        Even though it may be theoretically possible to develop a formula 
    which relates the decelerations of all the cars in a train to the 
    tendency to override, such a formula would have to take into account 
    the specific cars in the train and the time-phasing of the 
    decelerations of the cars during a collision, as well as the forces 
    required to crush each of the cars. Development of such a formula is 
    beyond FRA's resources in issuing initial passenger equipment safety 
    standards as mandated by Congress. However, FRA will further examine 
    this issue in evaluating equipment of special construction.
    Section 238.207  Link Between Coupling Mechanism and Car Body
        This section contains the vertical strength requirements for the 
    structure that links the coupling mechanism to the car body on 
    passenger equipment. The purpose of this requirement is to avoid a 
    premature failure of the draft system so that the anti-climbing 
    mechanism will have an opportunity to engage.
        FRA is requiring that all passenger equipment placed in service for 
    the first time on or after November 8, 1999 be provided with a coupler 
    carrier or other coupler-to-car-body linking structure that is designed 
    to resist a vertical downward thrust from the coupler shank of 100,000 
    pounds, without permanent deformation for any normal horizontal 
    position of the coupler or coupling mechanism.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Talgo stated that this section should 
    be modified to apply only in the case where the coupler between cars 
    itself acts as the anti-climbing mechanism--not in cases where other 
    anti-climbing designs such as articulated unions are utilized. As a 
    result, Talgo recommended that the requirements of this section should 
    apply only to the couplers at the far ends of an articulated trainset, 
    and not to the interior articulated unions which do not employ 
    couplers. Talgo believed that this approach has been proposed in the 
    rule with respect to Tier II passenger equipment. Talgo further 
    commented that the load requirement should be the same as provided in 
    Sec. 238.205.
        FRA recognizes that in an articulated trainset, the articulated 
    joint connecting the cars in the train serves as both the coupler 
    carrier and as the anti-climbing mechanism. Such cars do not have a 
    coupler shank, per se. For practical reasons, including administration 
    of the rule, FRA proposed separate requirements for the strength of the 
    anti-climbing mechanism in Sec. 238.205 and for the strength of the 
    link between the coupling mechanism and car body in Sec. 238.207 
    because the vast majority of Tier I passenger equipment possesses a 
    conventional draft system. However, FRA intended that for passenger 
    equipment utilizing articulated connections that comply with the 
    requirements of Sec. 238.205(a), such articulated connections would 
    also comply with the requirements of this section. In the final rule, 
    FRA has made this explicit by adding a sentence to the rule text, and 
    FRA has therefore adopted Talgo's comment in this regard. Talgo's 
    comment with respect to specifying an appropriate load requirement for 
    this section is consequently addressed in the discussion of 
    Sec. 238.205, above.
    Section 238.209  Forward-Facing End Structure of Locomotives
        This section contains the requirements for the covering or skin of 
    the forward-facing end structure of each passenger locomotive ordered 
    on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time 
    on or after September 9, 2002. The purpose of these requirements is to 
    protect the occupied volume of the locomotive cab. This area is 
    especially vulnerable in a highway-rail grade crossing collision if a 
    fuel tank that is part of or being transported by the highway vehicle 
    ruptures, or bulk hazardous materials are released.
        FRA is requiring that the skin covering the forward-facing end of 
    each passenger locomotive, including a cab car and an MU locomotive, be 
    at a minimum equivalent to a \1/2\-inch steel plate with a 25,000 
    pounds-per-square-inch yield strength. Material of a higher yield 
    strength material may be used to decrease the required thickness of the 
    material provided at least an equivalent level of strength is 
    maintained. The skin shall also be designed to inhibit the entry of 
    fluids into the occupied area of the equipment, and be affixed to the 
    collision posts or other main vertical structural members of the 
    forward-facing end structure to add to the strength of the end 
    structure.
        AAR Standard S-580 has included these requirements for all 
    locomotives built since August 1990. From observations of the improved 
    performance of locomotives during collisions, FRA believes that this 
    industry standard should be part of these safety standards. Passenger 
    railroad representatives in the Working Group endorsed this improved 
    safety requirement.
        In its comments on the NPRM, APTA recommended that paragraph (c) be 
    clarified so that the skin be designed to permit a train line door with 
    a window in the forward-facing end structure of cab cars and MU 
    locomotives. In fact, as proposed in the NPRM, the rule defined 
    ``skin'' to mean the ``outer covering on a fuel tank or the front of a 
    locomotive, including a cab car and an MU locomotive, excluding the 
    windows and forward-facing doors.'' See Sec. 238.5; 62 FR 49795 (The 
    skin may also be covered with another coating of a material such as 
    fiberglass). APTA's recommendation is therefore consistent with FRA's 
    proposal. For clarity, however, FRA has revised the final rule by 
    removing the exclusion concerning windows and forward-facing doors from 
    the definition of ``skin'' in Sec. 238.5, and placing the exclusion 
    instead directly in paragraph (d) of this section.
    Section 238.211  Collision Posts
        This section contains the structural strength requirements for 
    collision posts. Collision posts provide protection against the 
    crushing of occupied volumes of passenger equipment, including the 
    telescoping of one vehicle into another, in the event of a collision or 
    derailment.
        Paragraph (a) requires that all passenger equipment placed in 
    service for the first time on or after November 8, 1999 shall have 
    either two full-height collision posts, each collision post having an 
    ultimate longitudinal strength of not less than 300,000 pounds, or an 
    equivalent end structure. The 300,000-pound strength requirement makes
    
    [[Page 25606]]
    
    mandatory the long-standing construction practice for collision posts 
    in passenger equipment operating in the United States and has proven 
    effective in the Nation's railroad operating environment. This 
    requirement is similar to that contained in 49 CFR 229.141(a)(4), which 
    applies to MU locomotives operated in trains having a total empty 
    weight of 600,000 pounds or more, but also requires the collision posts 
    to be full-height. As noted, FRA does not believe the 600,000-pound 
    consist weight threshold is an appropriate distinction to retain for 
    passenger equipment operating on the general system intermingled with 
    equipment of more substantial strength, and, as a result, no such 
    consist weight distinction is made in the final rule.
        Full-height collision posts provide additional protection because 
    they extend higher than posts attached only at the underframe. Little, 
    if any, additional cost is imposed on builders by requiring full-height 
    posts. Spacing the collision posts at approximately the one-third 
    points laterally across the ends of the equipment will allow both posts 
    to be engaged in many collision scenarios. An equivalent single end 
    structure may be used in place of the two collision posts provided the 
    structure can withstand the sum of the forces that each collision post 
    is required to withstand. This allows for the design of monocoque, 
    unitized or like structures. FRA notes, of course, that such a single 
    end structure must also resist the loading requirements for corner 
    posts as specified in Sec. 238.213, as well as any other applicable end 
    structure requirements as specified in this rule for Tier I passenger 
    equipment.
        Amtrak, in its comments on the NPRM, noted that its rail passenger 
    operation is unique in the United States because it includes the use of 
    unoccupied express and mail cars. Amtrak stated that collision posts 
    applied to unoccupied head end cars (express cars) are unwarranted 
    because the posts unnecessarily increase the tare weight of this 
    equipment without any associated improvement in safety. FRA had 
    originally proposed requiring that all passenger equipment comply with 
    the requirements of paragraph (a), except for a vehicle of special 
    design that operates at the rear of a passenger train and is used 
    solely to transport freight, such as an auto-carrier or a RoadRailer. 
    See 62 FR 49804. FRA sought this broader application of the collision 
    post requirements in part because collision posts serve to repel 
    adjacent passenger equipment in a train collision or derailment and, 
    thereby, help prevent the uncontrolled crushing of equipment which 
    could tend to misalign the train consist. For occupant safety, it is 
    optimal that a train remain in line and upright in the event of a 
    collision or derailment, and gradually come to a stop after ``plowing 
    the ballast'' along the railroad track.
        Nonetheless, FRA has revised the final rule to except unoccupied 
    passenger equipment from the requirements of this section--whether 
    operated at the rear or forward end of a passenger train. However, as 
    noted above in the discussion of Sec. 238.203, unoccupied passenger 
    equipment operated at the forward end of a passenger train must comply 
    with the static end strength requirement to maintain the integrity of 
    the train.
        Paragraph (b) requires that each locomotive, including a cab car or 
    MU locomotive, ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in 
    service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, have two 
    forward collision posts, located at approximately the one-third points 
    laterally across the end of the locomotive, each post capable of 
    withstanding a 500,000-pound longitudinal force without exceeding the 
    ultimate strength of the joint. In addition, each post must be capable 
    of withstanding a 200,000-pound longitudinal force exerted 30 inches 
    above the joint of the post to the underframe, without exceeding its 
    ultimate strength. AAR Standard S-580 has included this requirement for 
    all locomotives built since August 1990. From observation of the 
    improved performance of these locomotives during collisions, including 
    collisions with motor vehicles at highway-rail grade crossings, FRA 
    believes this industry practice should become part of this rule's 
    safety standards.
        As an alternative, an equivalent end structure may be used in place 
    of the two forward collision posts described in paragraph (b), to allow 
    for the design of monocoque, unitized or like structures. The single 
    end structure shall withstand the sum of the forces that each collision 
    post is required to withstand, in addition to the loading requirements 
    for corner posts as specified in Sec. 238.213 and any other applicable 
    end structure requirements as specified in this rule for Tier I 
    passenger equipment.
        Paragraph (c) provides that for a consist of semi-permanently 
    coupled, articulated units, the end structure requirements in 
    paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section apply only to the ends of the 
    semi-permanently coupled consist of articulated units, provided that 
    the railroad submits to the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety 
    under the procedures specified in Sec. 238.21--and FRA accepts as 
    persuasive--a documented engineering analysis establishing that the 
    articulated connection is capable of preventing disengagement and 
    telescoping to the same extent as equipment satisfying the anti-
    climbing and collision post requirements contained in this subpart. In 
    such case, the interior ends of the individual units in the consist 
    need not be equipped with an end structure meeting the requirements of 
    paragraphs (a) and (b). FRA notes that, in commenting on proposed 
    Sec. 238.211(c), both Talgo and WDOT had requested that FRA substitute 
    the phrase ``semi-permanently coupled'' for ``permanently joined'' in 
    describing the consist of units subject to the exception provided in 
    paragraph (c). This recommendation has been adopted.
        FRA has modified paragraph (c) from that proposed in the NPRM, see 
    62 FR 49804, by not providing an automatic exception from the collision 
    post requirements for the interior ends of individual units in a 
    consist of semi-permanently coupled, articulated units. Instead, a 
    railroad must submit a documented engineering analysis supporting the 
    capabilities of the articulated connection, as described above, and FRA 
    must find that analysis persuasive. Articulated assemblies have a 
    history of remaining in line during derailments and collisions and, if 
    not designed to be uncoupled, only the outside ends of the entire 
    assembly should be exposed to the risks of override. However, none of 
    the relevant recent experience is on the North American continent, and 
    the ability of articulated connections to remain intact during a 
    collision with North American passenger equipment, freight rolling 
    stock, or a fixed obstruction has not been demonstrated analytically. 
    FRA noted the weakness in the proposed exception (Sec. 238.211(c) of 
    the NPRM) while preparing the final rule. An approved, documented 
    engineering analysis supporting the capabilities of the articulated 
    connection is necessary to ensure the safety of passengers and 
    crewmembers.
    Section 238.213  Corner Posts
        This section contains the requirements for corner posts on 
    passenger cars, such as passenger coaches, cab cars and MU locomotives, 
    ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the 
    first time on or after September 9, 2002. FRA has clarified the 
    requirements of this section, as explained below.
        A corner post is the vertical structural member normally located at 
    the intersection of the end of a rail vehicle
    
    [[Page 25607]]
    
    with a side of that vehicle. Paragraphs (a) and (b) specify the loads 
    and orientation of the loads that a corner post in a passenger car must 
    resist. The values specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) are the same as 
    those proposed in the NPRM, see 62 FR 49804, though they have been 
    stated in a different manner for clarity in the final rule.
        This section allows flexibility so that corner posts may be located 
    at positions other than at the extreme outside corners of a passenger 
    car, as long as the corner posts are placed ahead of the occupied 
    volume of the car. In this manner, corner posts may be positioned 
    adjacent to the occupied volume of a passenger car to provide 
    structural protection to the occupied volume. For instance, for 
    passenger coaches equipped with end vestibules, the corner posts may be 
    located in the side structure inboard of the vestibules' side door 
    openings, provided that such posts are not placed inside the occupied 
    volume, which includes any space for crew or passenger seating. FRA has 
    fully defined ``occupied volume'' in Sec. 238.5 to mean the volume of a 
    rail vehicle or passenger train where passengers or crewmembers are 
    normally located during service operation, such as the operating cab, 
    and passenger seating and sleeping areas. The entire width of a 
    vehicle's end compartment that contains a control stand is an occupied 
    volume. Further, a vestibule is typically not considered occupied, 
    except when it contains a control stand for use as a control cab.
        FRA did not intend that the flexibility to place corner posts at 
    locations other than at the extreme outside corners of passenger cars 
    would permit such corner posts to be placed inside the occupied volume 
    of the cars, and FRA recognizes that it should have made this point 
    more explicit in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49766. (Of course, as a railroad 
    is free to take safety measures beyond those required in this rule, a 
    railroad may, therefore, operate a passenger car with corner posts 
    inside the occupied volume of the car if another set of corner posts 
    that do comply with the requirements of this section are placed ahead 
    of the occupied volume.) In light of the vulnerabilities of cab cars 
    and MU locomotives operating as the leading units in a passenger train, 
    such passenger cars must be equipped with corner posts meeting the 
    requirements of this section that are placed ahead of the occupied 
    volume. Cab cars and MU locomotives will normally be occupied by a 
    train crewmember in an end compartment, and thus must have corner posts 
    placed near the extreme ends of the vehicles. As stated in its comments 
    on the NPRM, the BLE does not wish the cab control compartment to be 
    the designated section of a passenger car to crush in a collision, and 
    FRA agrees with the BLE that the cab must be protected.
        Bombardier, in its comments on the 1997 NPRM, suggested that 
    proposed section 238.213(a) be modified so that the corner posts must 
    resist the loads specified in this section at the point of attachment 
    to the underframe and at the point of attachment to the roof structure, 
    as those loads are applied individually. FRA had proposed that the 
    corner post be able to resist these loads as applied simultaneously, 
    not as applied individually. FRA has carried forward its proposal into 
    the final rule, and has not adopted Bombardier's comment. Requiring the 
    corner post to resist the specified loads as applied simultaneously at 
    the points of attachment to the underframe and at the roof structure is 
    a stricter requirement. In addition, the requirement is likely more 
    representative of the conditions present in an actual collision where 
    the corner post may be impacted at both points simultaneously, as in 
    the case of a sideswipe with a passing rail car.
        In their comments on the NPRM, Talgo and WDOT stated that the rule 
    should provide an exception for articulated trainsets similar to that 
    proposed for collision posts in Sec. 238.211(c) of the NPRM. 
    Accordingly, these commenters believed that corner posts should be 
    required only at the far ends of an assembly of semi-permanently 
    coupled, articulated passenger equipment--not at each end of each 
    intermediate, semi-permanently coupled vehicle. FRA has not adopted 
    these comments in the final rule. First, as discussed above, FRA has 
    modified Sec. 238.211 on collision posts so that there is no automatic 
    exception from the collision post requirements for intermediate 
    vehicles in an assembly of semi-permanently coupled, articulated 
    passenger equipment. Further, corner posts, by their very definition 
    and location, protect against hazards in a way that collision posts 
    (positioned closer to the center of the end of a vehicle) cannot. There 
    are many different scenarios in which a passenger car may be struck at 
    its corner, such as in a corner-to-corner collision with another rail 
    vehicle, or a raking collision with an object fouling the right-of-way. 
    As noted in the NPRM, eight passengers were killed following incursion 
    of a freight car into the side of two Amtrak coaches beginning at the 
    corner of each car, near Lugoff, South Carolina, on July 31, 1991. 
    Although there may be less chance of striking the corner of a semi-
    permanently coupled, articulated passenger car under certain 
    circumstances, the possibility of doing so does exist. FRA, therefore, 
    cannot grant an exclusion from the corner post requirements to such 
    equipment operated as an intermediate unit in an assembly of semi-
    permanently coupled, articulated passenger cars.
        In additional comments on this section, the BLE stated that the 
    proposed corner post strength requirements for Tier I passenger 
    equipment do not adequately address its safety concerns. The BLE noted 
    that past cornering collisions may have resulted in fewer deaths and 
    injuries had improved corner post structures been in place, and that 
    Tier I passenger equipment may operate up to 125 mph in corridors with 
    a significant number of highway-rail intersections. The BLE recommended 
    that FRA apply the corner post requirements proposed for Tier II power 
    cars in Sec. 238.409 to all new and upgraded Tier I passenger 
    equipment.
        As FRA explained in the NPRM, the structural parameters for corner 
    post strength represent the common practice for passenger cars built 
    for North American service. They are being adopted as an interim 
    measure to prevent the introduction of equipment not meeting such 
    minimum requirements. FRA recognizes that current design practice has 
    proven inadequate to protect the occupied volume in several recent 
    side-swipe collisions involving passenger trains with cab cars leading. 
    Crash modeling suggests that it is not feasible to modify current 
    equipment designs to protect against collisions of the magnitude that 
    occurred at Secaucus, New Jersey, and Silver Spring, Maryland, in 
    February of 1996. Nevertheless, stronger corner posts are necessary to 
    address collisions involving lower closing speeds. FRA is assisting the 
    APTA PRESS Task Force in preparing a standard for corner post 
    arrangements on cab cars and MU locomotives. Adoption of a suitable 
    standard will be an immediate priority upon publication of the final 
    rule.
    Section 238.215  Rollover Strength
        This section contains the structural requirements intended to 
    prevent significant deformation of the normally occupied spaces of a 
    passenger car in the event it rolls onto its side or roof. This section 
    essentially requires the vehicle structure to be able to support twice 
    the dead weight of the vehicle while the vehicle is resting on its side 
    or roof. Analysis has shown that current passenger car design practice 
    meets this requirement. This requirement has
    
    [[Page 25608]]
    
    proven effective in preventing massive structural deformation of cars 
    that have rolled during collisions or derailments. For this reason, FRA 
    believes this requirement should be incorporated into these safety 
    standards.
        In the NPRM, FRA invited comment whether this requirement should 
    also apply to locomotives. Representatives from RPI had advised that 
    locomotives do not roll over frequently enough to justify such 
    requirements for conventional locomotives.
        The BRC commented that this requirement should apply to locomotives 
    to protect the locomotive's crew from the crush and deformation of the 
    locomotive's occupied volume. While recognizing that locomotives may 
    not roll over frequently, the BRC observed that the additional strength 
    will protect the locomotive's crew if other equipment does land on top 
    of the locomotive. The BRC believed that the occupied volume of the 
    locomotive must be protected to increase the chances of survivability 
    for crewmembers. FRA notes that a rollover strength requirement for all 
    locomotives--freight and passenger--is being examined in the RSAC 
    Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group. FRA believes that the 
    Locomotive Crashworthiness Working Group is the most appropriate forum 
    in which to address a rollover strength requirement for locomotives 
    overall.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Talgo stated that paragraph (a) should 
    include the clarification that local deformations are acceptable when 
    the car rests on its side, just as paragraph (b) specifies that some 
    deformation is permitted to the roof when the car is resting thereon. 
    In paragraph (b), FRA has specified that deformation to the roof 
    sheathing and framing is allowed to the extent necessary for the 
    vehicle to be supported directly on the top chords of the side frames 
    and end frames. This type of deformation does not impinge on the volume 
    normally occupied by passengers. However, side wall deformations pose a 
    safety risk to passengers since seats and other interior fittings are 
    typically attached to the side wall, and passenger limbs are at risk of 
    entrapment or crushing. Therefore, FRA has modified this section in 
    response to Talgo's comment only to permit local yielding of the outer 
    skin of a passenger car provided the resulting deformations in no way 
    intrude upon the occupied volume of the car.
        As Bombardier suggested in its comments on the NPRM, FRA has also 
    made a minor clarification to this section by substituting the words 
    ``in the structural members of the'' in place of the word ``for'' in 
    the phrase which originally read in the NPRM, ``the allowable stress 
    for occupied volumes. . . .'' See 62 FR 49804-49805.
    Section 238.217  Side Structure
        This section contains car body side structure requirements. These 
    requirements are intended to prevent the side panels of a passenger car 
    from flexing excessively while in operation, and help to resist 
    penetration of the passenger car's side structure by an outside object. 
    These provisions essentially codify, with minor modifications, sections 
    16 and 17 of AAR Standard S-034-69, Specification for the Construction 
    of New Passenger Equipment Cars.
        This section was originally entitled ``Side impact strength'' in 
    the NPRM. FRA has changed the section title because the requirements in 
    this section principally refer to the stiffness of a car's side panel, 
    rather than the panel's strength. That is, these provisions principally 
    focus on preventing the side panel from flexing excessively under 
    service loads. The greatest service loads acting on the sidewalls of a 
    passenger car probably result from the aerodynamic loads of a train 
    entering or exiting a tunnel, and from two trains passing each other at 
    speed. Residually, these requirements will provide some protection in 
    the event the passenger car's side panel is struck by an outside 
    object.
        FRA believes that a side structural strength requirement is 
    necessary because approximately 13% of the grade crossing accidents 
    involving a passenger train result from a highway vehicle striking the 
    side of the passenger train. Further, passenger trains may be struck in 
    the side by other trains, individual rail cars that roll out of 
    sidings, or freight being transported on trains sharing common rights-
    of-way. In addition, during a derailment or train-to-train collision, 
    trains frequently buckle, exposing the sides of cars to potential 
    impacts during the collision.
        In its comments on this section in the NPRM, Bombardier noted that 
    the proposed requirement was based on AAR Standard 034, Section 20, and 
    it believed that to be consistent with the AAR Standard and to take 
    advantage of the higher strength steels currently used in carbody 
    construction, the rule should specify in paragraph (a) that, ``Where 
    minimum section moduli or thickness are specified, they shall be 
    adjusted in proportion to the ratio of the yield strength of the 
    material used, to that of mild open-hearth steel.'' FRA agrees that 
    this comment is applicable to cars whose structural members are made of 
    steel of higher strength than mild open-hearth steel. Accordingly, FRA 
    has expressly provided that the minimum section moduli or thickness 
    specified in paragraph (a) may be adjusted in proportion to the ratio 
    of the yield strength of the material used to that of mild open-hearth 
    steel only for a car whose structural members are made of a higher 
    strength steel.
        Talgo, in its comments on this section in the NPRM, believed that 
    the requirement should be rewritten to specify the units used for each 
    of the concepts discussed. For clarity, FRA states that the dimensional 
    units in this paragraph are in inches, and the units for the section 
    moduli are ``in inches\3\'' (inches cubed) in paragraphs (a)(1) and 
    (2).
        In its comments on the NPRM, WDOT stated that it appeared FRA has 
    continued to refuse to provide it with detailed information on the 
    risks and true need for side impact standards. WDOT stated that it had 
    previously asked FRA for documentation to support FRA's assertion that, 
    as originally stated in the ANPRM, ``[d]esigns of some passenger 
    equipment have floor levels low to the rail, creating the tendency for 
    a heavy highway vehicle striking the side of the train to climb into 
    the occupied passenger volume rather than being driven under the 
    underframe of the passenger rail car'' (61 FR 30692). Without such 
    detailed evidence, WDOT recommended that proposed Sec. 238.217 be 
    deferred until the second phase of the rulemaking.
        The Volpe Center has analyzed a highway vehicle side impact into a 
    single-level Amfleet car. The results of that analysis indicate that 
    the Amfleet car will derail and push sideways before significant 
    crushing of the car can occur. It is expected that rail cars having 
    similar structures--side sill, body bolster, and center sill--at a 
    similar height would behave in the same way in such a collision. This 
    includes most passenger cars operating in the United States. However, 
    other cars, such as Amtrak's bi-level cars and WDOT's single-level rail 
    cars, have floor structures that are structurally different and 
    positioned closer to the rail. Preliminary analysis indicates that 
    significant crushing may occur if a highway vehicle collides into the 
    side of one of these cars.
        As a general principle in specifying a side impact strength 
    requirement for a passenger car, the objective is to ensure that the 
    side of the passenger car is strong enough so that the car derails and 
    is pushed sideways--rather than collapses--when struck in the side by
    
    [[Page 25609]]
    
    another rail vehicle or a highway vehicle. FRA believes that current 
    practice may not be adequate to meet this goal, and that cars with low 
    floors are particularly vulnerable to penetration when struck in the 
    side. A more meaningful side structure requirement than contained in 
    this section is necessary to address this concern. Such a requirement 
    will include specifying minimum shear values at the car's floor as well 
    as at some point above the floor to protect the car's occupants. This 
    will be a priority in the second phase of the rulemaking. The 
    requirement in this final rule is, therefore, an interim measure. As 
    FRA believes that this section does not address in particular the 
    vulnerability of low-floor passenger cars to a side impact by a heavy 
    highway vehicle, FRA has, in effect, deferred consideration of a 
    requirement to do so.
        FRA notes that WDOT also commented as to the likelihood that a 
    highway vehicle will strike the side of a passenger train. WDOT 
    disagreed with FRA's analysis and conclusions on this issue as stated 
    in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49730-1. WDOT stated that FRA had omitted 
    mentioning that two-thirds of all the highway vehicle side impact 
    collisions into a passenger train involved the highway vehicle striking 
    the side of the locomotive. From this, WDOT estimated that one-half of 
    one percent (0.5%) of all grade crossing accidents over the 10-year 
    period shown in the NPRM may have involved a ``heavy'' highway vehicle 
    striking the side of a passenger car.
        FRA has gathered more recent data since publication of the NPRM on 
    highway vehicle side impact collisions into passenger trains. Between 
    January 1, 1990, and December 31, 1997, 1,572 collisions occurring at 
    public highway-rail public grade crossings between passenger trains and 
    highway vehicles were reported to FRA. In 202 of these instances 
    (12.8%) highway vehicles struck the side of a passenger train. In other 
    words, a highway vehicle struck the side of a passenger train an 
    average of approximately 25 times each year in this period. Further, in 
    this period 137 collisions involved the highway vehicle striking the 
    first unit of the passenger train, and 65 collisions involved the 
    highway vehicle striking a unit behind the first unit in the train. As 
    a result, WDOT is correct insofar as approximately two-thirds of such 
    collisions involved the highway vehicle striking the first unit in the 
    passenger train, which ostensibly was a locomotive but could also have 
    been a passenger car (cab control car or MU locomotive).
        Over the same 8-year period, 31 of the 202 occurrences in which a 
    highway vehicle struck a passenger train involved a ``heavy'' highway 
    vehicle. For purposes of this analysis, FRA considered heavy highway 
    vehicles to consist of all those vehicles identified as a ``Truck-
    Trailer'' (3) and one-half of those vehicles identified as ``Truck'' 
    (55), as specified according to Form FRA F6180-57--Rail-Highway Grade 
    Crossing Accident/Incident Report. In this period, then, a heavy 
    highway vehicle struck the side of a passenger train an average of 4 
    times each year--and of these occurrences a heavy highway vehicle 
    struck other than the lead unit in the train an average of 1 to 2 times 
    each year.
        In its comments on the NPRM, the WDOT noted that FRA had not 
    provided a record of any injuries or deaths occurring from highway 
    vehicle collisions into passenger trains. FRA states here that in the 
    8-year period from 1990 through 1997, highway vehicle collisions into 
    passenger trains resulted in 7 total injuries reported to FRA--3 
    injuries to railroad employees, and 4 injuries to passengers--and no 
    reported fatalities. FRA notes that reliance on this passenger injury 
    data in the abstract is not appropriate when considering the risks 
    associated with operating a particular rail passenger vehicle. For 
    example, it is possible that a highway vehicle collision into the side 
    of an Amfleet rail car that does not injure any passengers would 
    instead cause injuries under the same circumstances in a collision 
    involving a rail car with a different floor structure positioned closer 
    to the rail. As noted above, most of the passenger cars in the United 
    States possess floor structures similar to the Amfleet rail car, 
    positioned at a similar height above the rail. FRA maintains that the 
    potential for a highway vehicle to strike the side of a passenger train 
    is real, as shown by the record of the frequency of highway vehicles 
    striking the sides of passenger trains. FRA therefore advises railroads 
    to consider the risks and consequences of such a collision, with 
    particular attention to the different units of passenger equipment in 
    their operations.
        As noted above, the side strength of a passenger car is also highly 
    pertinent to its crashworthiness in a side or raking collision with 
    other railroad rolling stock. Examples could include a freight car 
    rolling out of a siding or industrial spur into the side of a passenger 
    train, or a locomotive moving in a terminal area passing through a 
    switch and into the side of a passenger train. Recognizing these 
    concerns, the Tier II provision on side strength does attempt to 
    address the identified need. This provision was derived from 
    discussions with Amtrak concerning development of specifications for 
    its high-speed trainsets for the Northeast Corridor.
    Section 238.219  Truck-to-car-body attachment
        This section contains the truck-to-car-body attachment strength 
    requirement for passenger equipment. The attachment is required to 
    resist without failure a 2g vertical force on the mass of the truck and 
    a force of 250,000 pounds in any horizontal direction on the truck.
        The intent of the requirement for the attachment to resist without 
    failure a minimum vertical force equivalent to 2g acting on the mass of 
    the truck is to prevent the truck from separating from the car body if 
    it is raised or rolls over. In effect, the attachment must resist, 
    without failure, a force equal to twice the weight of the truck and all 
    the components attached to the truck. Many types of keepers are used to 
    keep trucks attached to car bodies. FRA believes that the majority of 
    them are capable of meeting this requirement. The intent of the 
    requirement for the attachment to resist without failure a minimum 
    force of 250,000 pounds acting in any horizontal direction on the truck 
    is to address the forces that act upon the truck during a derailment 
    that would tend to shear the truck from the car body. The parameter 
    selected represents the current design practice that has proven 
    effective in preventing horizontal shear of trucks from car bodies.
        If the truck separates from the car body in a collision or 
    derailment it may become a hazardous projectile that will intrude upon 
    the occupied volumes of the equipment involved in the collision or 
    derailment. Further, if the truck separates from the car body it will 
    not be able to serve, in effect, as an anti-climbing device in a 
    collision or derailment. With the truck attached to the car body, the 
    truck of an overriding rail vehicle is likely to be caught by the 
    underframe of the overridden rail vehicle, thus arresting the override.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Talgo recommended that the regulation 
    be modified so that the strength of the attachment against horizontal 
    force is also measured in gs. Specifically, Talgo suggested that the 
    vertical force resistance limit of 2g could be employed rather than a 
    fixed load measure that, according to Talgo, did not take into account 
    individual truck mass. Talgo believed that this modification would not 
    undermine the intent of the rule, which it noted as allowing the truck 
    to
    
    [[Page 25610]]
    
    act as an anti-climbing device during a collision, citing the NPRM at 
    62 FR 49767.
        In addressing Talgo's comments, FRA would like to make clear that 
    the fundamental reason for requiring the truck-to-car-body attachment 
    to resist without failure a minimum force of 250,000 pounds acting in 
    any horizontal direction on the truck is to prevent the truck from 
    shearing off (separating from) the car body. (FRA believed this 
    implicit in the preamble discussion of the NPRM, and is making it clear 
    here to remove any doubt.) Whether the truck separates from the car 
    body if the car rolls over, or whether the truck separates from the car 
    body from being sheared off, the truck may become a hazardous 
    projectile in either case. FRA did state in the NPRM, ``If the truck 
    remains attached to the car body, the truck is less likely to be struck 
    by [or strike] other units of the train.'' 62 FR 49767. Having the 
    truck remain attached to the car body also allows the truck to serve, 
    in effect, as an anti-climbing device to prevent one vehicle from 
    overriding another in a collision. In this regard, FRA stated in the 
    NPRM, ``With the truck attached to the car body, the truck of an 
    overriding vehicle is likely to be caught by the underframe of the 
    overridden vehicle, thus arresting the override.'' Id. (Emphasis 
    added.) However, insofar as FRA's statement in the NPRM that the 
    ``Arequirement for the [truck-to-car-body] attachment to resist a 
    horizontal force is intended to allow the truck to act as an anti-
    climbing device during a collision'' has been understood to represent 
    the only intent of the horizontal loading resistance requirement, FRA 
    makes clear here that such an understanding of the requirement's intent 
    is too narrow.
        FRA believes it appropriate to specify that a passenger rail 
    vehicle's truck-to-car-body attachment must resist without failure a 
    minimum force of 250,000 pounds acting in any horizontal direction on 
    the truck. This force may be possessed by one rail vehicle (Vehicle A) 
    as it collides with the truck of another rail vehicle (Vehicle B) in a 
    collision. Vehicle A is able to possess this force independent of the 
    mass of Vehicle B's truck--or, for that matter, the mass of Vehicle B 
    itself. Nonetheless, Vehicle B's truck-to-car-body-attachment must 
    resist this force so that its truck does not separate from its body. In 
    this regard, FRA believes it inappropriate to restate the horizontal 
    force requirement in this section so that it is dependent on the mass 
    of an individual rail vehicle's truck. FRA does note that it has 
    related the mass of the truck to the vertical force that the truck-to-
    car-body attachment must resist: In this case, the mass of the truck 
    necessarily determines how strong the truck-to-car-body attachment must 
    be to prevent the truck from separating from the vehicle, as the weight 
    of the truck essentially acts to ``pull'' the truck away from the rail 
    vehicle.
        Talgo, in further commenting on the requirements of this section, 
    recommended that the rule should except articulated equipment utilizing 
    a single-axle truck positioned between two car bodies. Talgo stated 
    that in the event a compressive force is generated by a collision, the 
    truck attached to articulated equipment would become embedded between 
    the two car bodies. In this case, it believed the truck is not intended 
    to serve as an anti-climbing device, and that the train's articulated 
    joints would instead provide protection against climbing. WDOT also 
    raised this point in its comments on the NPRM, and recommended that FRA 
    work with Talgo to develop an appropriate alternative to the proposed 
    rule for non-conventional equipment.
        As noted, having the truck remain attached to the car body in a 
    collision or derailment helps to prevent one vehicle from overriding 
    another vehicle as the truck of the vehicle attempting the override is 
    caught on the underframe of the other vehicle. Further, the opportunity 
    of having the truck of one vehicle caught on the underframe of another 
    vehicle in such a scenario should be less likely to occur in a 
    collision involving single-axle articulated passenger rail cars than in 
    the case of non-articulated, conventional rail equipment. Yet, as FRA 
    has made clear, the requirements of this section are principally 
    intended to prevent a truck from separating from a rail passenger 
    vehicle. Trucks can and have separated from articulated rail equipment 
    in a collision; and truck separation poses a direct threat to the 
    safety of a passenger train's occupants, especially when the cars in 
    which those passengers ride are structurally vulnerable to penetration. 
    As a result, the requirements of this section must apply to all 
    passenger rail equipment-whether articulated or not.
    Section 238.221  Glazing
        This section contains additional requirements concerning the safety 
    glazing of passenger equipment subject to the requirements of 49 CFR 
    part 223. Existing safety glazing requirements for windows have largely 
    proven effective in passenger service at speeds up to 125 mph. However, 
    part 223 does not address the performance of the frame which attaches 
    the window glazing to the car body. Paragraph (b)(1) requires each 
    exterior window on a locomotive cab or a passenger car to remain in 
    place when subjected to the forces the glazing itself is required to 
    resist in part 223 of this chapter. In this way, the window glazing 
    must be secured in place so that it can both resist spalling when 
    struck by a projectile, for example, and also resist being knocked out 
    of the window frame. Paragraph (b)(2) requires each exterior window on 
    a locomotive cab or a passenger car to remain in place when subjected 
    to the forces due to air pressure differences caused when two trains 
    pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while traveling 
    in opposite directions, each train traveling at the maximum authorized 
    speed. This requirement is also intended to prevent the window from 
    being forced from the window frame, potentially injuring passengers and 
    crewmembers. FRA believes that most existing passenger equipment 
    subject to part 223 meets these requirements.
        FRA did not receive any specific comments on this section. However, 
    for clarity, FRA has restated the requirements proposed in 
    Sec. 238.221(b) and (c) in the NPRM, see 62 FR 49085, as 
    Sec. 238.221(b) in this final rule. The focus in paragraph (b) in the 
    final rule is clearly on the ability of each exterior window to remain 
    in place, however the window may be secured, and not have the window 
    become a potential projectile itself.
    Section 238.223  Fuel tanks
        This section contains the structural requirements for external and 
    internal fuel tanks on passenger locomotives ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 9, 2002.External fuel tanks must comply with the performance 
    requirements for locomotive fuel tanks contained in Appendix D to this 
    part, or an industry standard providing at least an equivalent level of 
    safety if approved by FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety under 
    Sec. 238.21. The requirements in Appendix D are based on AAR 
    Recommended Practice-506, Performance Requirements for Diesel Electric 
    Locomotive Fuel tanks, as adopted on July 1, 1995. In the NPRM, FRA 
    proposed incorporating the requirements of AAR RP-506 directly into the 
    rule. See 62 FR 49805. In preparing the final rule, however, FRA 
    determined that restating the requirements of RP-506 in Appendix D 
    would facilitate FRA's administration of the external fuel tank 
    performance requirement. RP-506 itself is not specifically written as a 
    regulatory
    
    [[Page 25611]]
    
    document, and one of its provisions on fueling does not appear to be a 
    safety requirement. However, FRA does not intend to make any 
    substantive change from the requirements of RP-506, except as noted in 
    detail in the discussion of Appendix D.
        FRA has included a definition of external fuel tank in the final 
    rule to mean a fuel containment volume that extends outside the car 
    body structure of the locomotive. An external fuel tank is 
    distinguished from an internal fuel tank, which is defined in the rule 
    as a fuel containment volume that does not extend outside the car body 
    structure of the locomotive. As a result, a fuel tank that is built 
    into the car body structure but is exposed in any way to the outside is 
    considered an external fuel tank under the rule.
        FRA has changed the title of paragraph (b) in the NPRM from 
    Integral fuel tanks to Internal fuel tanks, reflecting the 
    clarification in the definitions. This change is consistent with FRA's 
    intent that, for purposes of the rule, locomotive fuel tanks must 
    comply with one of two standards, depending upon the exposure of the 
    fuel tank outside the car body structure. FRA has dispensed with the 
    term ``integral'' fuel tank--i.e., a fuel tank that is essentially 
    integrated with a structural member of the locomotive not designed as a 
    fuel container--because, depending on its placement, an integral fuel 
    tank either may or may not be exposed outside the locomotive car body 
    structure.
        In commenting on the NPRM, Bombardier noted that the requirements 
    proposed in this section have not been applied by the industry to 
    diesel multiple-unit locomotives (DMUs). Bombardier believed that the 
    need and feasibility of applying these standards to DMUs must be 
    evaluated specially because DMUs have much smaller enclosed and 
    protected fuel tanks than those found on conventional North American 
    locomotives. Accordingly, Bombardier recommended that FRA defer 
    applying the requirements of this section to DMUs, until specific 
    requirements for DMUs are developed.
        Having considered Bombardier's comment, FRA does not recommend 
    separately addressing requirements for DMU locomotives at this time. 
    FRA has not been provided the operational or performance information 
    necessary for an in-depth evaluation of DMU fuel tanks, and only a 
    limited number of DMUs presently operate within the U.S. FRA will 
    further consider formulating separate requirements for DMU fuel tanks 
    in Phase II of the rulemaking, as operational and performance 
    information is gained.
    Section 238.225  Electrical System
        FRA did not receive any specific comments on this section, and it 
    is adopted as proposed. This section contains the requirements for the 
    design of electrical systems on passenger equipment. In developing the 
    proposed rule, the Working Group advised that no single, well-
    recognized electrical code or set of standards applied directly to the 
    design of railroad passenger equipment. As a result, the Working Group 
    recommended broad performance requirements which reflect common 
    electrical safety practice and are widely recognized as good electrical 
    design practice. FRA had offered for comment more detailed electrical 
    system design requirements in the ANPRM, but as advocated by the 
    Working Group the NPRM's approach was more performance-oriented and 
    provided wide latitude in equipment design. FRA believes that this 
    approach helps to ensure good electrical design practice without 
    imposing unnecessary costs on the industry.
        The electrical system requirements include provisions for:
         Electrical conductor sizes and properties to provide a 
    margin of safety for the intended application;
         Battery system design to prevent the risk of overcharging 
    or accumulation of dangerous gases that can cause an explosion;
         Design of resistor grids that dissipate energy produced by 
    dynamic braking with sufficient electrical isolation and ventilation to 
    minimize the risk of fires; and
         Electromagnetic compatibility within the intended 
    operating environment to prevent electromagnetic interference with 
    safety-critical equipment systems and to prevent interference of the 
    rolling stock with other systems along the rail right-of-way.
    
    Electrical standards currently under development by an APTA PRESS Task 
    Force will help give effect to these requirements and supplement them 
    as appropriate.
    Section 238.227  Suspension System
        This section contains the requirements for suspension system 
    performance of all Tier I passenger equipment. In the ANPRM, FRA 
    presented for comment a large set of detailed suspension system 
    performance requirements. The Working Group advised that such an 
    extensive set of requirements was not needed for Tier I passenger 
    equipment, and the NPRM reflected this advice.
        Overall, FRA is requiring that all passenger equipment shall 
    exhibit freedom from hunting oscillations at all speeds. Further, FRA 
    is requiring particular suspension system safety requirements for 
    passenger equipment operating at speeds above 110 mph but not exceeding 
    125 mph, near the transition speed range from Tier I to Tier II 
    requirements. Although FRA believes that for speeds not exceeding 110 
    mph existing equipment has not demonstrated serious suspension system 
    stability problems, most of this same equipment is only operated at 
    speeds that do not exceed 110 mph. Accordingly, when new or existing 
    passenger equipment is intended for operation above 110 mph, this 
    equipment must demonstrate stable operation during pre-revenue service 
    qualification tests at all speeds up to 5 mph in excess of its maximum 
    intended operating speed under worst-case conditions--including 
    component wear--as determined by the operating railroad. The Working 
    Group advised FRA that a single definition of worst-case conditions 
    could not be applied generally to all railroads; and, as a result, the 
    definition of worst-case conditions shall be determined by each 
    railroad based upon its particular operating environment.
        FRA has revised paragraph (a) based on a comment from Talgo by 
    defining hunting oscillations in the rule text directly, and removing 
    the definition of hunting oscillations from Sec. 238.5. Further, FRA 
    has clarified the intent of paragraph (a) that passenger equipment 
    shall exhibit freedom from hunting oscillations at all ``operating'' 
    speeds, by inserting the word ``operating'' as recommended by 
    Bombardier in its comments on the rule. FRA has made a similar 
    clarification in paragraph (b).
        AAPRCO, in its comments on the NPRM, stated that ``hunting'' is a 
    dynamic resonance phenomenon in which factors as diverse as car body 
    characteristics, truck characteristics, suspension conditions, wheel 
    tread contours and multiple rail alignment, profile, and lubrication 
    conditions all interact to produce a condition in which the truck 
    oscillates back and forth rapidly as the train moves down the track. 
    AAPRCO recognizes that hunting may be dangerous because high forces can 
    be generated between the wheels and the rails. However, according to 
    AAPRCO, because complex interactions of many factors lead to hunting, 
    there is no straightforward way for a car owner or railroad carrier to 
    determine ahead of time whether hunting will occur
    
    [[Page 25612]]
    
    without extensive, dynamic testing at operating speed and often on the 
    particular track in question. AAPRCO believed that all cars which 
    exhibit hunting when in service should be fixed at the first 
    opportunity. Yet, AAPRCO recommended deleting from the rule the 
    requirement that passenger equipment exhibit freedom from hunting 
    oscillations at all speeds for lack of a practical, predictive method 
    to determine whether an individual car meets this requirement.
        FRA agrees with AAPRCO's comments to the extent that the onset of 
    truck hunting cannot always be predicted. However, railroads should not 
    use equipment that they know has a hunting problem; and FRA is 
    retaining the proposed requirement in the final rule. FRA has added 
    AAPRCO's suggestion that if hunting oscillations do occur, a railroad 
    shall take immediate action (such as a reduction in speed and 
    subsequent attention to wheel contours) to prevent derailment. FRA does 
    note that private rail cars are typically heavy rail cars and, 
    therefore, less likely to hunt than lighter rail cars.
        FRA has added paragraph (c) to this section to make clear that the 
    requirements of 49 C.F.R. part 213 concerning vehicle/track interaction 
    apply by their own force to passenger equipment, notwithstanding any 
    provision of this section. The requirements of 49 C.F.R. Sec. 213.345 
    are more detailed than those that are contained in this section, and 
    apply as specified in that section to the qualification of the vehicle/
    track system for track Classes 6 through 9 for passenger equipment 
    operating above 90 mph (and freight equipment operating above 80 mph).
    Section 239.229  Safety appliances
        This section references current safety appliance requirements 
    contained in 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and 49 CFR part 231. These existing 
    requirements continue to apply independently to all Tier I passenger 
    equipment, and FRA is referencing them here for clarity.
    Section 238.231  Brake system
        This section contains general brake system performance requirements 
    that apply on or after September 9, 1999 to Tier I passenger equipment 
    except as otherwise provided. Paragraph (a) contains a requirement that 
    the primary braking system be capable of stopping the train with a 
    service application of the brakes from its maximum authorized operating 
    speed within the signal spacing existing on the track. FRA believes 
    that this requirement is the most fundamental performance standard for 
    any train brake system. This section merely codifies a requirement 
    which is current industry practice and is the basis for safe train 
    operation in the United States.
        Paragraph (b) requires that passenger equipment ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 9, 2002 be designed not to require an inspector to place 
    himself or herself on, under, or between components of the equipment to 
    observe brake actuation or release. The requirement allows railroads 
    the flexibility of using a reliable indicator in place of requiring 
    direct observation of the brake application or piston travel, because 
    the current designs of many passenger car brake systems make direct 
    observation extremely difficult without the inspector placing himself 
    or herself underneath the equipment. Brake system piston travel or 
    piston cylinder pressure indicators have been used with satisfactory 
    results for many years. FRA recognizes the concerns raised by certain 
    labor representatives regarding the use of piston travel indicators, 
    and although such indicators do not provide 100 percent certainty that 
    the brakes are effective, FRA believes that they have proven themselves 
    effective enough to be preferable to requiring an inspector to assume a 
    dangerous position.
        Paragraph (c) requires that an emergency brake application feature 
    be available at any time and that it produce an irretrievable stop. 
    This section merely codifies current industry practice and ensures that 
    passenger equipment will continue to be designed with an emergency 
    brake application feature. This provision recognizes the reality that 
    most passenger brake equipment currently provides a deceleration rate 
    with a full service application that is close to the emergency brake 
    rate. The current design requirement contained in 49 CFR Part 232, 
    Appendix B, requiring the emergency application feature increase a 
    train's deceleration rate by 15 percent, would require the lowering of 
    full service brake rates on passenger equipment, thereby compromising 
    safety and lowering train speeds. Consequently, FRA will not require a 
    specific deceleration rate that must be obtained through an emergency 
    brake application.
        Paragraph (d) requires that the train brake system respond as 
    intended to brake control signals and that the brake control system be 
    designed so that a loss of control signal causes a redundant control to 
    take over or cause the brakes to apply. These provisions are 
    fundamental requirements necessary for effective brake system 
    performance, and a codification of current industry practice. FRA 
    intends the requirement to apply to all types of brake control signals, 
    including pneumatic, electric, and radio signals.
        Paragraph (e) prohibits the introduction of alcohol or other 
    chemicals into the brake line. During periods of extreme cold weather, 
    railroad employees at times resort to adding alcohol or other freezing 
    point depressants to the brake line in an attempt to prevent 
    accumulated moisture in the line from freezing. Virtually every 
    railroad has a policy against this practice because alcohol and other 
    chemicals attack the o-rings and gaskets that seal the brake system, 
    causing them to age or fail prematurely. This practice can lead to 
    dangerous air leaks and it increases maintenance costs.
        Paragraph (f) requires that the brake system be designed and 
    operated to prevent dangerous cracks in wheels. Passenger equipment 
    wheels are normally heat treated so that the wheel rim is in 
    compression. This condition forces small cracks that form in the rim to 
    be closed. Heavy tread braking can heat wheels to the point that a 
    stress reversal occurs and the wheel rim is in tension to a certain 
    depth. Rim tension is a dangerous condition because it promotes surface 
    crack growth. In the 1994 NPRM on power brakes, FRA proposed a wheel 
    surface temperature limit to prevent this condition. See 59 FR 47729. 
    Several brake manufacturers and railroads objected to this approach, 
    claiming that the temperature limit was too conservative and did not 
    allow for the development of new materials that can withstand higher 
    temperatures. Based on these comments and concerns, FRA proposed in the 
    1997 NPRM and is retaining a more flexible performance requirement 
    rather than a wheel tread surface temperature limit. This is an 
    extremely important safety requirement because a cracked wheel that 
    fails at high speed can have catastrophic consequences. In addition to 
    the safety concerns, FRA believes that this requirement will lead to 
    longer wheel life, and thus should provide maintenance savings to the 
    railroads.
        Paragraph (g) requires that brake discs be designed and operated so 
    that the disc surface temperature does not exceed manufacturer 
    recommendations. In the 1994 NPRM, FRA proposed a disc surface 
    temperature limit. See 59 FR 47729. As noted above, several brake 
    manufacturers and railroads objected to this approach, claiming that 
    the temperature limit was too conservative and did not allow for the 
    development
    
    [[Page 25613]]
    
    of new materials that can withstand higher temperatures. Based on these 
    comments and concerns, FRA proposed in the 1997 NPRM and is retaining a 
    more flexible requirement rather than a single disc surface temperature 
    limit. FRA believes this requirement will lead to longer disc life, and 
    thus will produce maintenance savings to railroads.
        Paragraph (h) contains the requirements related to hand brakes and 
    parking brakes on passenger equipment. A hand or parking brake is an 
    important safety feature that prevents the rolling or runaway of parked 
    equipment. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed an all encompassing 
    requirement that all locomotives, except those ordered and placed in 
    service before certain dates, and all other passenger equipment be 
    provided with a hand or parking brake that could be set and released 
    manually and could hold the equipment on the maximum grade anticipated 
    by the operating railroad. Based on the concerns of labor 
    representatives, FRA recognizes that this proposed provision is 
    somewhat at odds with the hand brake provisions currently contained in 
    49 CFR part 231, particularly the requirements that the hand brake be 
    able to be operated while the equipment is in motion and that the hand 
    brake operate in harmony with the brake system. As it is FRA's intent 
    to remain consistent with the existing safety appliance requirements 
    for Tier I passenger equipment, FRA has slightly modified the 
    provisions requiring hand or parking brakes on passenger equipment.
        FRA is retaining the requirement for equipping locomotives, except 
    for MU locomotives, with either a hand brake or a parking brake that 
    can be set and released manually and can hold the equipment on the 
    maximum grade anticipated by the operating railroad. As there are 
    currently no requirements for equipping locomotives with hand brakes, 
    FRA will permit the use of a parking brake or hand brake which meets 
    the above specifications on these vehicles. However, for all other 
    passenger equipment and for MU locomotives, FRA is requiring that they 
    be equipped with a hand brake or parking brake which meets the 
    requirements contained in 49 CFR part 231 regarding hand brakes on 
    passenger cars. Although part 231 does not currently require hand 
    brakes on MU locomotives, FRA is requiring that the hand brake required 
    to be installed on these locomotives under this paragraph comply with 
    the requirements contained in part 231 for other passenger equipment. 
    As these locomotives generally transport members of the general public, 
    similar to passenger coaches, the necessity to apply the hand brake 
    while the car is in motion becomes critical for passenger safety. 
    Therefore, FRA believes that MU locomotives should be equipped with a 
    hand brake which meets the design requirements contained in part 231 
    regarding passenger cars.
        This paragraph contains the requirement that the hand brake or 
    parking brake hold the loaded unit on the maximum grade anticipated by 
    the operating railroad. FRA makes clear that the term ``loaded unit'' 
    refers to the maximum weight and capacity that the unit will carry 
    during its operation. Thus, such things as maximum fuel capacity, 
    maximum passenger capacity, maximum train crew capacity, and the 
    maximum weight of any lading that the locomotive or other unit will 
    carry should be considered in determining the holding ability of any 
    hand or parking brake utilized.
        Paragraph (i) contains the requirement that passenger cars be 
    equipped with a means for the emergency brake to be applied that is 
    clearly identified and accessible to passengers. This is a longstanding 
    industry practice and an important safety feature because crucial time 
    may be lost requiring passengers sensing danger to find a member of the 
    train crew to stop the train.
        Paragraph (j) contains provisions to ensure that the dynamic brake 
    does not become a safety-critical device. Railroads have consistently 
    held that dynamic brakes are not safety devices because the friction 
    brake alone is capable of safely stopping a train if the dynamic brake 
    is not available. The provisions in this paragraph include requiring 
    that the blending of the friction and dynamic brakes be automatic, that 
    the friction brakes alone be able to stop the train in the allowable 
    stopping distance, and that a failure of the dynamic brake does not 
    cause thermal damage to wheels or discs due to the greater friction 
    braking load. FRA believes that without these requirements the dynamic 
    brake would most likely become a safety-critical item and railroads 
    would not be permitted to dispatch trains unless the dynamic brake were 
    fully operational.
        Although FRA recognizes the concerns of labor representatives that 
    dynamic brakes are safety critical and should be required to work at 
    all times, FRA believes that in the context of blended braking labor's 
    concerns are somewhat misplaced and are adequately addressed by various 
    provisions contained in this final rule. In the blended brake context, 
    unlike freight operation, there is not an independent dynamic brake: 
    The dynamic brake and the pneumatic brake systems are automatically 
    blended without separate action being taken by the locomotive engineer. 
    Thus, the undue reliance on the dynamic brake is not a major concern 
    when blended braking systems are utilized. In addition, the provisions 
    contained in this paragraph ensure that blended brake systems are 
    designed so that failure of the dynamic portion of the blended braking 
    system does not impact the safe operation and stopping of the train. 
    Furthermore, as part of the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection 
    railroads are required to verify that all secondary braking systems are 
    in operating mode and do not have any known defects. See 
    Sec. 238.303(e)(15). Consequently, the railroad must verify that the 
    dynamic brakes are in operating mode and do not contain any known 
    defects and take prescribed action whenever the dynamic brakes are 
    found to be inoperative prior to releasing a locomotive from an 
    exterior calendar day mechanical inspection.
        Paragraph (k) requires that either computer modeling or dynamometer 
    tests be performed to confirm that new brake designs not result in 
    thermal damage to wheels or discs. Further, if the operating parameters 
    of the new braking system change significantly, a new simulation must 
    be performed. This requirement provides a means to ensure that the 
    requirements in paragraphs (f) and (g) are being complied with by new 
    brake designs.
        Paragraph (l) requires that all locomotives ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 9, 2002, be equipped with effective air coolers or air dryers 
    if equipped with air compressors. The coolers or dryers must be capable 
    of providing air to the main reservoir with a dew point suppression at 
    least 10 degrees F. below ambient temperature. FRA and most members in 
    the industry agree that moisture is a major cause of brake line 
    contamination. Consequently, reducing moisture leads to longer 
    component life and better brake system performance. Currently, 
    virtually all passenger railroads purchase only locomotives equipped 
    with air dryers or coolers. Therefore, FRA is merely requiring the 
    continuation of what it believes is good industry practice. Although 
    labor representatives contend that a dew point suppression of 10 
    degrees below ambient temperature is insufficient to prevent 
    condensation in the train line, these commenters provided no support 
    for that contention other than the
    
    [[Page 25614]]
    
    assertion that prior specifications called for a 35 degree dew point 
    suppression. Based on available information, FRA believes that a 10 
    degree dew point suppression is adequate. Without further study into 
    the issue, FRA is reluctant to impose a more burdensome standard than 
    that which was proposed. This issue may be further considered in the 
    second phase of this passenger equipment rulemaking process.
        Paragraph (m) requires that when a train is operated in either 
    direct or graduated release, the railroad shall ensure that all cars in 
    the train consist are set-up in the same operating mode. This provision 
    was added based upon the concerns of several labor commenters regarding 
    trains operated by Amtrak which contain a mixture of traditional 
    passenger equipment and freight-like equipment. Most passenger trains 
    are operated in what is known as a graduated release mode, whereby 
    brake cylinder pressure may be reduced in steps proportional to 
    increments of brake pipe pressure build-up; however, when passenger 
    trains operated by Amtrak contain certain freight-like equipment the 
    train is operated in a direct release mode, whereby brake cylinder 
    pressure is completely exhausted as a result of an increase in brake 
    pipe pressure. As these two different types of operating modes are now 
    being utilized on passenger trains, FRA agrees it is necessary to 
    require a railroad to ensure that all the cars in the train are set-up 
    in the same operating mode in order to prevent potential train handling 
    problems.
    Section 238.233  Interior Fittings and Surfaces
        This section contains the requirements concerning interior fittings 
    and surfaces that apply, as specified in this section, to passenger 
    cars and locomotives ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed 
    in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002.
        FRA and NTSB investigations of passenger train accidents have 
    revealed that luggage, seats, and other interior objects breaking or 
    coming loose is a frequent cause of injury to passengers and 
    crewmembers. During a collision, the greatest decelerations and thus 
    the greatest forces to cause potential failure of interior fitting 
    attachment points are experienced in the longitudinal direction, i.e., 
    in the direction parallel to the normal direction of train travel. 
    Current practice is to design seats and other interior fittings to 
    withstand the forces due to accelerations of 6g in the longitudinal 
    direction, 3g in the vertical direction, and 3g in the lateral 
    direction. Due to the injuries caused by broken seats and other loose 
    fixtures, FRA believes that the current design practice is inadequate.
        Paragraph (a)(1) requires that each seat in a passenger car remain 
    firmly attached to the car body when subjected to individually applied 
    accelerations of 4g in the lateral direction and 4g in the upward 
    vertical direction acting on the deadweight of the seat or seats, if 
    held in tandem. Based on a comment from Simula in response to the NPRM, 
    FRA has clarified this requirement from that proposed in the NPRM by 
    specifying that the vertical loading is in the ``upward'' direction. 
    Paragraph (a)(2) specifies that a seat attachment shall have an 
    ultimate strength capable of resisting the longitudinal inertial force 
    of 8g acting on the mass of the seat plus the load associated with the 
    impact into the seat back of an unrestrained 95th-percentile adult male 
    initially seated behind the seat back, when the floor decelerates with 
    a triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 
    milliseconds (msec). By resisting the force of an occupant striking the 
    seat from behind, a potential domino effect of seats breaking away from 
    their attachments is avoided. As used in this section, a 95th-
    percentile adult male has been defined in Sec. 238.5 of the final rule 
    based on the same characteristics for such a vehicle occupant specified 
    by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in its 
    motor vehicle safety standards at 49 CFR Sec. 571.208, S7.1.4. At the 
    January 1998 Working Group meeting, the NTSB had recommended use of the 
    NHTSA specifications for purposes of the rule's occupant protection 
    requirements.
        The requirement contained in paragraph (a)(2) represents a 
    modification from FRA's original proposal that the seat attachment 
    resist a longitudinal inertial force of 8g acting on the mass of the 
    seat plus the impact force of the mass of a 95th-percentile male 
    occupant(s) being decelerated from a relative speed of 25 mph and 
    striking the seat from behind. See 62 FR 49806. The impact speed at 
    which the occupant strikes the seatback ahead of him during a collision 
    depends on the distance from the occupant to the seatback and the 
    deceleration of the car (the crash pulse) during the collision. In 
    drafting the rule, FRA has assumed a seat pitch, or distance from the 
    occupant to the seatback ahead of him, consistent with the longest seat 
    pitch currently used in intercity passenger train service. As a result, 
    the final rule specifies the crash pulse and its duration, and need not 
    specify the secondary impact velocity. This change is intended to 
    clarify the rule by relating it more directly to how the rule is 
    applied and allow for different seat pitches. Seat pitches are expected 
    to reflect actual use of the seats and be less than that assumed by 
    FRA. Consequently, secondary impact speeds of occupants striking the 
    seatbacks ahead of them are expected to be 25 mph or less--a marginally 
    less severe test condition than that provided for in the NPRM.
        The revision to this paragraph is based in part on comments from 
    Simula that the rule require the seat to resist a dynamic crash pulse, 
    which it believed to be triangular with a 250 millisecond duration and 
    an 8g peak, plus the impact of representative unrestrained occupants 
    seated in a second row directly behind the test article. Simula noted 
    that including a dynamic crash pulse in the longitudinal direction 
    (parallel to the normal direction of train travel) provides a 
    simulation of a typical train-to-train collision in which the seat 
    would be involved. According to Simula, a dynamic crash pulse is more 
    representative of the crash environment than the shock pulse defined by 
    a peak acceleration only. Simula explained that the crash pulse is 
    typically specified for seat testing in the aircraft and automotive 
    industries. Specifying a crash pulse in essence specifies the operation 
    of the test equipment. FRA notes that the seat testing proposed in the 
    NPRM (and required in the final rule) is similar to such testing 
    performed in the aircraft and automotive industries, and FRA expects 
    that the actual testing of rail equipment will utilize the same test 
    equipment as used in these other industries. FRA has, therefore, 
    specified a crash pulse in this paragraph.
        FRA notes that at the Working Group meeting in December 1997, APTA 
    explained that it could not agree then to change any of the proposed 
    seat testing requirements, and that it was conducting research in these 
    matters. However, FRA does not believe the inclusion of a crash pulse 
    in this paragraph and elimination of the 25 mph impact speed to 
    significantly alter the required strength of the seats from that 
    proposed in the NPRM. In fact, the original proposal was potentially 
    more rigorous than that required under this final rule.
        Simula additionally commented that each crash test dummy used to 
    impact the seat back in testing the strength of the seat must be 
    instrumented, and that the injury data gathered from each dummy then 
    meet specified injury criteria. Simula explained that, like automotive 
    and transport aircraft testing, rail seat design requirements
    
    [[Page 25615]]
    
    should include the use of crash test dummies to measure specified loads 
    and accelerations for meeting specified injury criteria. FRA believes 
    that Simula's comment is significant and wholly appropriate for 
    consideration in the second phase of rulemaking on passenger equipment 
    safety standards. In this regard, FRA notes that Simula references in 
    its comments on proposed Sec. 238.435 (the Tier II counterpart to this 
    section) the use of a future APTA standard to specify occupant injury 
    criteria and other parameters. Accordingly, resolution of this issue in 
    the second phase of the rulemaking should benefit from APTA's efforts 
    in this area.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Simula also suggested modifying the 
    rule so that the requirements of paragraph (a) apply to each seat 
    assembly and specify that each seat assembly not separate from its 
    mountings or have any of its parts detach. FRA believes that Simula's 
    suggested modification restates the requirements of this section, in 
    effect, and FRA does not find it necessary to change the explicit 
    wording of the rule text. Simula further recommended specifying in the 
    rule that in sled testing the strength of the seat attachment to the 
    car, the attachment that is tested must be representative of the actual 
    structure and attachment. FRA agrees with Simula that testing a seat 
    and its attachment of a design or structure not representative of that 
    actually used in a passenger car would necessarily fail to demonstrate 
    that the actual seat and its attachment comply with the requirements of 
    the rule. FRA has made this explicit in paragraph (g). Of course, any 
    tests of passenger equipment or components of a design or structure not 
    representative of an actual rail vehicle or actual components subject 
    to the requirements of this part would necessarily fail to demonstrate 
    that such actual vehicle or components comply with the requirements of 
    this part--whether or not FRA has made this explicit in the rule text.
        Paragraph (b) requires that overhead storage racks provide 
    longitudinal and lateral restraint for stowed articles to minimize the 
    potential for these objects to come loose and injure train occupants. 
    Further, to prevent overhead storage racks from breaking away from 
    their attachment points to the car body, these racks shall have an 
    ultimate strength capable of resisting individually applied 
    accelerations of 8g longitudinally, 4g vertically, and 4g laterally 
    acting on the mass of the luggage stowed. This mass shall be specified 
    by each railroad. In commenting on the NPRM, the BRC did not believe 
    that a railroad should be allowed to specify the mass of the luggage 
    stowed for purposes of this requirement. However, each railroad is in 
    the best position to determine the mass of the luggage that can be 
    stowed in the stowage area.
        Paragraph (c) requires that all other interior fittings in a 
    passenger car be attached to the car body with sufficient strength to 
    withstand individually applied accelerations of 8g longitudinally, 4g 
    vertically, and 4g laterally acting on the mass of the fitting. FRA 
    believes the attachment strength requirements for seats, overhead 
    storage racks, and other interior fittings will help reduce the number 
    of injuries to occupants in passenger cars.
        Passenger car occupants may also be injured by protruding objects, 
    especially if the occupants fall or are thrown against such objects 
    during a train collision or derailment. As a result, FRA is requiring 
    in paragraph (d) that, to the extent possible, all interior fittings in 
    a passenger car, except seats, shall be recessed or flush-mounted. 
    Fittings that are recessed or flush-mounted do not protrude above 
    interior surfaces and thereby would help to minimize occupant injuries.
        Paragraph (e) is a general, common sense prohibition against sharp 
    edges and corners in a locomotive cab and a passenger car. Just as FRA 
    is concerned about protruding objects, these surfaces could also injure 
    passenger train occupants. If sharp edges and corners cannot be avoided 
    in the equipment design, they should be padded to mitigate the 
    consequences of occupant impacts.
        The requirements of paragraph (f) apply to each floor-mounted seat 
    in a locomotive cab as well as to any seat provided for an employee 
    regularly assigned to occupy the cab. FRA is requiring the seat 
    attachment to have an ultimate strength capable of resisting the loads 
    due to individually applied accelerations of 8g longitudinally, 4g 
    vertically, and 4g laterally acting on the combined mass of the seat 
    and its occupant. When turned backwards during a collision, seats with 
    head rests that are designed to this requirement can effectively 
    restrain crewmembers and minimize or prevent injuries.
        In the NPRM, FRA had proposed that the requirements of this section 
    apply to each floor-mounted seat provided exclusively for a crewmember 
    assigned to occupy the cab of a locomotive. See 62 FR 49806. Simula, in 
    its comments on the NPRM, recommended that the requirements of this 
    section not be limited to floor-mounted seats and instead suggested 
    substituting the words ``car-mounted seat.'' Simula expressed concern 
    that railroads may use wall-mounted seats for crewmembers that do not 
    comply with these requirements. Yet, as noted below in the discussion 
    of Sec. 238.445(g) (this provision's Tier II counterpart), Bombardier 
    observed that an additional seat--commonly a flip-up or a shelf-type 
    seat--is in many cases provided in the cab for a train crewmember who 
    is not normally in the cab. Bombardier believed these seats should not 
    be subjected to the same requirements as for the train operators' 
    seats.
        FRA has revised paragraph (f) so that the requirements of this 
    provision apply to floor-mounted seats and each seat provided for a 
    crewmember regularly assigned to the locomotive cab. FRA recognizes 
    that flip-down and other auxiliary seats are provided in locomotive 
    cabs for the temporary use of employees not regularly assigned to the 
    cab, such as a supervisor of locomotive engineers conducting an 
    operational monitoring test of the engineer. These seats do not need to 
    meet the requirements of this section.
        In further commenting on this paragraph, Simula recommended 
    specifying that the seat resist a triangular crash pulse of a 250 msec 
    duration having an 8g peak. However, FRA believes that the static 8g 
    load requirement proposed in the NPRM is a rational option, and has 
    retained it in the final rule. As train operators' seats are not likely 
    to be hit from behind, they are not likely to experience the impact 
    forces that passenger seats experience. Adopting Simula's comment would 
    result in a more expensive test without a corresponding increase in 
    safety.
        Simula additionally commented that, in conducting a test of the 
    seat, the attachment of the seat to the sled fixture must be 
    representative of the actual structure and attachment. FRA has adopted 
    this comment, as noted above, in paragraph (g). Testing a seat and its 
    attachment of a design or structure not representative of that actually 
    used in a locomotive cab would necessarily fail to demonstrate that the 
    actual seat and its attachment comply with the requirements of the 
    rule.
    Section 238.235  Doors
        This section contains the requirements for exterior doors on 
    passenger cars. These doors are the primary means of egress from a 
    passenger train.
        Paragraph (a) requires that by December 31, 1999, each powered, 
    exterior side door in a vestibule that is partitioned from the 
    passenger
    
    [[Page 25616]]
    
    compartment of a passenger car shall have a manual override device that 
    is: capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without 
    power from inside the car; located adjacent to the door which it 
    controls; and designed and maintained so that a person may readily 
    access and operate the override device from inside the car without 
    requiring the use of a tool or other implement. Passenger cars subject 
    to this requirement that are not already equipped with such manual 
    override devices must be retrofitted accordingly. FRA notes that a 
    vestibule is not partitioned from the passenger compartment of a 
    passenger car solely by the presence of any windscreen which extends no 
    more than one-quarter of the width across the car from the wall to 
    which it is attached.
        The requirements in paragraph (a) originally arose from the NTSB's 
    emergency safety recommendations (R-96-7) as part of its investigation 
    of the passenger train collision in Silver Spring, Maryland, on 
    February 16, 1996. In the NPRM, FRA fully set out these emergency 
    safety recommendations and FRA's response. See 62 FR 49734-5. As 
    announced following its full investigation of the Silver Spring, 
    Maryland passenger train collision, and stated here in particular among 
    its final recommendations, the NTSB recommended that FRA:
    
        Require all passenger cars to have easily accessible interior 
    emergency quick-release mechanisms adjacent to exterior passageway 
    doors and take appropriate emergency action to ensure corrective 
    action until these measures are incorporated into minimum passenger 
    car safety standards.
    
    (R-97-14) (See NTSB/RAR-97/02)
        FRA received a number of comments as to the date by which passenger 
    cars must be equipped with manual overrides to open exterior, side 
    doors as specified in this section. In its comments on the NPRM, Septa 
    asked that the date be set three years after the effective date of the 
    final rule, citing funding reasons. Metra commented that the date be 
    set four to six years from the effective date of the final rule. FRA 
    notes that this comment may have been based on the assumption that the 
    rule requires manual override devices to be installed on the exterior 
    of existing passenger cars, which this section does not. The UTU 
    commented that the proposal in the NPRM afforded railroads more than 
    enough time to comply with the requirement, considering their advance 
    notice of this issue. Finally, in its comments on the NPRM, the NTSB 
    stated that a two-year period to accomplish the equipping of passenger 
    cars with the manual override feature is too long.
        Having considered the comments submitted, FRA has decided to 
    require that compliance with this section be effected by December 31, 
    1999. FRA understands that a majority of the passenger cars are already 
    in compliance with the rule as proposed. FRA recognizes that some 
    entities may not be able to accomplish the total retrofit within the 
    required time, to the extent their budget and acquisition process can 
    only commence once the rule becomes final. However, these are self-
    imposed constraints that should not arrest progress in the industry as 
    a whole. Any entity faced with such constraints should seek a waiver.
        Paragraph (b) also provides that each powered, exterior side door 
    have a manual override feature the same as that required in paragraph 
    (a) for existing equipment, except that the manual override must also 
    be capable of opening the door from outside the car. This requirement 
    is intended to provide quick access to a passenger car by emergency 
    response personnel, and represents the consensus recommendation of the 
    Working Group. Paragraph (b) applies to each such door on a passenger 
    car ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the 
    first time on or after September 9, 2002. Paragraph (b)'s requirements 
    for a minimum number and dimension of side doors on a passenger car is 
    discussed earlier in the preamble.
        Paragraph (c) permits a railroad to protect a manul override device 
    with a cover or screen to safeguard such devices from casual or 
    inadvertent use. The rule requires that such cover and screens be 
    capable of being removed by passengers, however.
        Paragraph (d) is reserved for door marking and operating 
    instruction requirements. These requirements are addressed in the final 
    rule on passenger train emergency preparedness (49 CFR part 239), 
    specifically Sec. 239.107. See 63 FR 24630; May 4, 1998.
    Section 238.237  Automated Monitoring
        This section requires on or after November 8, 1999 an operational 
    alerter or a deadman control in the controlling locomotive of each 
    passenger train operating in other than cab signal, automatic train 
    control, or automatic train stop territory. This section further 
    requires that such locomotives ordered on or after September 8, 2000, 
    or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, 
    must be equipped with a working alerter. As a result, the use of a 
    deadman control alone on these new locomotives would be prohibited.
        An alerter will initiate a penalty brake application if it does not 
    receive the proper response from the engineer. Likewise, a deadman 
    control will initiate a penalty brake application if the engineer fails 
    to maintain proper contact with the device. The Working Group discussed 
    establishing specific setting requirements for alerters or deadman 
    controls based on maximum train speed and the capabilities of the 
    signal system. This discussion led to the conclusion that settings 
    should be left to the discretion of individual railroads as long as 
    they document the basis for the settings that they select. If the 
    device fails en route, the rule requires a second person qualified on 
    the signal system and brake application procedures to be stationed in 
    the cab or the engineer must be in constant radio communication with a 
    second crewmember until the train reaches the next terminal. This is 
    intended to allow the train to complete its trip with the device's 
    function of keeping the operator alert taken over by another member of 
    the crew.
        Alerters are safety devices intended to verify that the engineer 
    remains capable and vigilant to accomplish the tasks that he or she 
    must perform. Equipping passenger locomotives with an alerter is 
    current industry practice. These devices have proven themselves in 
    service, and the requirement will not impose an additional cost on the 
    industry.
        In the final rule, FRA has clarified the procedures a railroad must 
    follow if the alerter or deadman control fails en route. In addition to 
    the requirements of paragraph (d)(1), under paragraph (d)(2)(i) a tag 
    shall be prominently displayed in the locomotive cab to indicate that 
    the alerter or deadman control is defective, until such device is 
    repaired. Further, under paragraph (d)(2)(ii), when the train reaches 
    its next terminal or the locomotive undergoes its next calender day 
    inspection, whichever occurs first, the alerter or deadman control 
    shall be repaired or the locomotive shall be removed as the controlling 
    locomotive in the train.
    Subpart D--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements of Tier I 
    Passenger Equipment
    Section 238.301  Scope
        This subpart contains the requirements regarding the inspection, 
    testing, and maintenance of all types of passenger equipment operating 
    at speeds of 125 mph or less. This subpart is intended to address both 
    MU locomotives and push-pull equipment.
    
    [[Page 25617]]
    
    This subpart includes the requirements for the inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance of Tier I passenger equipment brake systems as well as the 
    other mechanical and electrical safety components of Tier I passenger 
    equipment.
    Section 238.303  Exterior Calendar Day Mechanical Inspection of 
    Passenger Equipment
        This section contains the requirements for performing exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspections on passenger equipment and is 
    patterned after a combination of the current calendar day inspection 
    required for locomotives under the Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards 
    and the pre-departure inspection for freight cars under the Railroad 
    Freight Car Safety Standards. See 49 CFR 229.21 and 215.13, 
    respectively. FRA intends for the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection to generally apply to all passenger cars and all unpowered 
    vehicles used in passenger trains (which includes, e.g., not only 
    coaches, MU locomotives, and cab cars but also any other rail rolling 
    equipment used in a passenger train). However, paragraph (a) has been 
    slightly modified to clarify that an inspection of secondary braking 
    systems must be conducted on all passenger equipment, which includes 
    all locomotives. A mechanical safety inspection of freight cars has 
    been a longstanding Federal safety requirement, and FRA believes that 
    the lack of a similar requirement for passenger equipment creates a 
    serious void in the current Federal railroad safety standards.
        As noted in the general preamble discussion, FRA has made minor 
    changes and clarifications to the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection that was proposed in the 1997 NPRM. In paragraph (d) of this 
    final rule, FRA is explicitly stating that the exterior mechanical 
    inspection is to be performed to the extent possible without uncoupling 
    the trainset and without placing the equipment over a pit or on an 
    elevated track. This explicit statement has been added in response to 
    APTA's concerns regarding what would constitute proper performance of 
    these inspections. It was never FRA's intent to require this inspection 
    to be conducted in such a manner. FRA intended the inspection to be 
    very similar to the freight car safety inspection currently required 
    pursuant to part 215.
        FRA also recognizes that certain items contained in the proposed 
    exterior mechanical inspection could not have been easily inspected 
    without proper shop facilities. Therefore, FRA has moved some of the 
    exterior mechanical inspection requirements related to couplers and 
    trucks to the periodic mechanical inspection requirements as these 
    periodic inspections will likely be performed at locations with 
    facilities available that are more conducive to inspecting the specific 
    components. The specific items which have been moved to the periodic 
    mechanical inspection requirements include: all trucks are equipped 
    with a device or securing arrangement to prevent the truck and car body 
    from separating in case of derailment; all center castings on trucks 
    are not cracked or broken; the distance between the guard arm and the 
    knuckle nose is not more than 5\1/8\ inches on standard type couplers 
    (MCB contour 1904) or more than 5\5/16\ inches on D&E couplers; the 
    free slack in the coupler or drawbar not absorbed by friction devices 
    or draft gears is not more than \1/2\ inch; and the draft gear is not 
    broken. The changes made in this final rule were discussed with the 
    Working Group at the December 15-16, 1997 meeting.
        Paragraph (a) requires that each passenger car and each unpowered 
    vehicle used in a passenger train receive an exterior mechanical safety 
    inspection at least once each calendar day that the equipment is placed 
    in service except under the circumstances described in paragraph (f). 
    As noted above, this paragraph also recognizes that the requirement 
    contained in paragraph (e)(15) that all secondary braking systems on 
    all passenger equipment are in operating mode and do not have any known 
    defects. FRA has amended this requirement from that proposed in the 
    1997 NPRM, which proposed to require that all secondary braking systems 
    be working (62 FR 49808), in order to acknowledge that it is impossible 
    to ascertain whether some secondary braking systems, such as dynamic 
    brakes, are working unless the equipment is in use. Thus, FRA has 
    modified the language of the requirement to ensure that all secondary 
    braking systems are capable of working when released from the exterior 
    mechanical inspection. Paragraph (a) and paragraph (e)(15) have also 
    been modified to accurately reflect FRA's intent to ensure that all 
    secondary braking systems are inspected. The requirements for an 
    exterior calendar day mechanical inspection are generally applicable 
    only to passenger cars and other unpowered vehicles used in a passenger 
    trains. Thus, except for MU locomotives and cab cars, other locomotives 
    would not fall within the requirements of this section. However, many 
    locomotives contain secondary braking systems such as dynamic brakes. 
    Thus, in order to effectuate FRA's intent that these secondary braking 
    systems be inspected, paragraph (e)(15) has been modified to clarify 
    that it is applicable to all passenger equipment, which includes all 
    locomotives. Consequently, FRA intends for the secondary braking 
    systems on all locomotives to be inspected and that it be known that 
    those systems are in operating mode and do not contain any known 
    defects.
        Paragraph (b) is also a new provision being added to this final 
    rule in order to address the inspections of vehicles that are added to 
    a passenger train while en route. FRA is modifying the Class I brake 
    test and exterior calendar day mechanical inspection requirements to 
    ensure the proper operation of all cars added to a train while en 
    route. In paragraph (b) FRA is requiring the performance of an exterior 
    mechanical inspection on each car added to a passenger train at the 
    time it is added to the train unless documentation is provided to the 
    train crew that an exterior mechanical inspection was performed on the 
    car within the previous calendar day. FRA is adding this requirement in 
    order to address the concerns raised by various labor representatives 
    that no provisions were provided in the 1997 NPRM to address 
    circumstances when cars are added to an en route train. FRA believes 
    that the added provision will ensure the integrity of the mechanical 
    components on every car added to an existing train and should not be a 
    burden for railroads since cars are generally added to passenger trains 
    at major terminals with the facilities and personnel available for 
    conducting such inspections. Furthermore, the inspection requirements 
    contained in this paragraph are very similar to what is currently 
    required when a freight car is added to a train while en route. See 49 
    CFR Sec. 215.13.
        Paragraph (c) requires that exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspections be performed by a qualified maintenance person. FRA 
    believes the combination of a daily Class I brake test and a mechanical 
    safety inspection performed by highly qualified personnel is a key to 
    safer passenger railroad operations. Such a practice will most likely 
    detect and correct equipment problems before they become the source of 
    an accident or incident resulting in personal injuries or damage to 
    property. As noted in previous discussions, FRA does not intend to 
    provide any special provisions for weekend operations with regard to 
    conducting calendar day mechanical inspections by QMPs as suggested in 
    the
    
    [[Page 25618]]
    
    comments submitted by some APTA representatives. The rationale for 
    requiring daily mechanical attention by highly qualified inspectors, a 
    proposition generally accepted by Working Group members, appears to 
    apply equally to weekend periods. In fact, based on FRA's experience, 
    equipment used on weekends is generally used more rigorously than 
    equipment used during weekday operations.
        At present, only one commuter operation (Metra) has raised 
    significant concerns regarding weekend operations. Although there is no 
    specific data suggesting that existing weekend operations on Metra have 
    created a safety hazard, FRA has found it virtually impossible to draft 
    and justify provisions providing limited flexibility for Metra that do 
    not create potential loopholes that could be abused by other passenger 
    train operations that have not had the apparent safety success of 
    Metra. Moreover, based on FRA's independent investigation of Metra's 
    operation, it is believed that the impact of this final rule on Metra's 
    weekend operations will be significantly less than that indicated in 
    APTA's written comments and originally perceived by Metra. FRA believes 
    that most of the personnel needed by Metra to conduct its weekend 
    operations in accordance with this final rule are available to Metra or 
    its contractors and that minor adjustments could be made to its weekend 
    operations that might avoid significant new expense. As the concerns 
    regarding weekend operations appear to involve just one commuter 
    operation and because the precise impact on that operation is not known 
    or available at this time, FRA believes that the waiver process would 
    be the best method for handling the concerns raised by that operator. 
    This would afford FRA an opportunity to provide any relief that may be 
    warranted based on the specific needs and the safety history of the 
    individual railroad without opening the door to potential abuses by 
    other railroads that are not similarly situated.
        Paragraph (e) identifies the components that are required to be 
    inspected as part of the exterior daily mechanical safety inspection 
    and provides measurable inspection criteria for the components. The 
    railroad is required to ascertain that each passenger car, and each 
    unpowered vehicle used in a passenger train conforms with the 
    conditions enumerated in paragraph (e) and that all passenger equipment 
    conforms with the requirement contained in paragraph (e)(15). Deviation 
    from any listed condition makes the passenger car or unpowered vehicle 
    defective if it is in service. The Working Group members generally 
    agreed that the components contained in this section represent valid 
    safety-related components that should be frequently inspected by 
    railroads. However, members of the Working Group had widely differing 
    opinions regarding the criteria to be used to inspect these components. 
    FRA selected and has retained inspection criteria based on the 
    locomotive calendar day inspection and the freight car safety pre-
    departure inspection required by 49 CFR parts 229 and 215, 
    respectively. FRA believes that, at a minimum, passenger cars should 
    receive an inspection which is at least equivalent to that received by 
    locomotives and freight cars.
        As discussed in the 1997 NPRM, FRA intends for the daily mechanical 
    inspection to serve as the time when the railroad repairs defects that 
    occur en route. Thus, this section generally requires that safety 
    components not in compliance with this part be repaired before the 
    equipment is permitted to remain in or return to passenger service. 
    (See Sec. 238.9 for a discussion of the prohibitions against using 
    passenger equipment containing defects; and Secs. 238.15 and 238.17 for 
    a discussion of movement of defective equipment for purposes of repair 
    or sale). The purpose of the defect reporting and tracking system 
    required in Sec. 238.19 is to have the mechanical forces make all 
    necessary safety repairs to the equipment before it is cleared for 
    another day of operation. In other words, FRA generally intends for the 
    flexibility to operate defective equipment in passenger service to end 
    at the calendar day mechanical inspection.
        In paragraph (e)(15), FRA has modified the requirements regarding 
    secondary braking systems to clarify that secondary braking systems 
    must be in operating mode and contain no known defective conditions. 
    FRA has also included provisions to address the handling of defective 
    dynamic brakes in order to specifically establish restrictions on the 
    movement of equipment containing this type of defective secondary brake 
    and to recognize the concerns raised by several commenters regarding 
    the importance that these secondary brakes have in the operation of 
    passenger equipment. FRA agrees that in many circumstances it is 
    desirable to have operative dynamic brakes in order to prevent thermal 
    stress to the wheels, which has the potential of occurring if certain 
    passenger trains are operated for extended periods without dynamic 
    brakes and compensating train control practices are not used. In 
    developing the requirements for handling defective dynamic brakes, FRA 
    has generally incorporated the current best practices of the industry.
        This paragraph draws a distinction between dynamic brakes on MU 
    locomotives and dynamic brakes on conventional locomotives, treating 
    each slightly differently due to the safety implications involved in 
    each type of operation. FRA intends to require that MU locomotives 
    equipped with dynamic brakes found not to be in operating mode or 
    containing a defective condition which prevents the proper operation of 
    the dynamic brakes be handled in the same manner as a running gear 
    defect pursuant to Sec. 238.17. Thus, MU locomotives found with 
    defective dynamic brakes at the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection must have the dynamic brakes repaired prior to continuing in 
    passenger service. FRA further intends that MU locomotives which 
    experience a dynamic brake defect while en route be handled the same as 
    a running gear defect pursuant to Sec. 238.17. Thus, the locomotive 
    would have to be inspected by a QMP and be properly tagged at the 
    location it is found to be defective.
        The requirements related to conventional locomotives found with 
    dynamic brakes not to be in operating mode or containing a defective 
    condition which prevents the proper operation of the dynamic brakes are 
    somewhat less stringent than the movement requirements placed on MU 
    locomotives. In these cases, the locomotive may remain in passenger 
    service provided that the unit is properly tagged, each locomotive 
    engineer taking charge of the train is informed as to the status of the 
    locomotive, and the locomotive's dynamic brakes are repaired within 
    three calendar days of being found defective.
        FRA has treated MU and conventional locomotives slightly 
    differently for several reasons. Past history has shown that failure to 
    have operative dynamic brakes in MU operations increases the potential 
    of causing thermal stress to the wheels of the vehicles to a much 
    greater extent than inoperative dynamic brakes in conventional 
    locomotive operations. MU locomotive operations generally tend to have 
    a greater number of station stops, requiring the use of the brakes, 
    than operations where conventional locomotives are utilized and, thus, 
    the potential for thermal stress to the wheels is increased. 
    Furthermore, operations utilizing conventional
    
    [[Page 25619]]
    
    locomotives tend to operate for extended distances across the country 
    and, thus, are further from locations where repairs to the dynamic 
    brakes can be properly repaired. Therefore, these operations may need 
    extra time to get a defective locomotive to a particular location for 
    repair. Furthermore, FRA believes that the tagging and notification 
    requirements imposed on conventional locomotives reduce the potential 
    of an engineer's undue reliance on a secondary brake system which is 
    not available. Finally, the handling requirements contained in this 
    paragraph are consistent with the current practices within the industry 
    and should have a minimal impact on passenger operations.
        Paragraph (f) contains a narrow exception which allows long-
    distance intercity passenger trains that miss a scheduled exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspection due to a delay en route to continue 
    in passenger service to the location where the inspection was scheduled 
    to be performed. At that point, a calendar day mechanical inspection 
    must be performed prior to returning the equipment to service of any 
    kind. This flexibility applies only to the mechanical safety 
    inspections of coaches. FRA does not intend to relieve the railroad of 
    the responsibility to perform a locomotive calendar day inspection as 
    required by 49 CFR part 229.
        Paragraph (g) contains certain minimal recordkeeping requirements 
    related to the performance of the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection provisions. FRA believes that proper and accurate 
    recordkeeping is the cornerstone of any inspection process and is 
    essential to ensuring the performance and quality of the required 
    inspections. Without such records the inspection requirements would be 
    difficult to enforce. Although recordkeeping was discussed in the 
    Working Group and FRA believes it to be an integral part of any 
    inspection requirement, FRA inadvertently omitted any such requirements 
    in the NPRM specifically related to mechanical inspections. This 
    omission was brought to FRA's attention through verbal and written 
    comments provided by various interested parties and has now been 
    corrected. This paragraph specifically permits a railroad to maintain 
    the required records either in writing or electronically, and the 
    record may be part of a single master report covering an entire group 
    of cars. Whatever format the railroad elects to use to record the 
    information, it must contain the specific information listed in this 
    paragraph.
        Paragraph (h) specifies an additional contingent component of the 
    calendar day exterior mechanical inspection. If a car requiring a 
    single car test is moved in a train carrying passengers or available to 
    carry such passengers to a place where the test can be performed, then 
    the single car test must be performed before or during the exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspection. This provision has been retained 
    from the 1997 NPRM. The comments submitted by APTA suggested that the 
    word ``next'' be inserted prior to ``calendar day mechanical 
    inspection.'' FRA did not make this change as it would provide greater 
    latitude than FRA intended. Paragraph (h) applies to equipment that is 
    already in transit from the location where repairs were conducted that 
    required the performance of a single car test. Thus, in order to remain 
    consistent with the provisions contained in Sec. 238.311(f) such cars 
    must receive the single car test prior to, or as part of, the car's 
    exterior calendar day mechanical inspection. Although FRA recognizes 
    the concerns of labor representatives with regard to this provision, 
    FRA believes that it is necessary to provide the railroads the 
    flexibility to make the necessary repairs to a piece of equipment and 
    then move it to a location which is most conducive to performing the 
    required single car test. FRA currently permits such flexibility and is 
    not aware of any significant safety problems that have arisen as a 
    result of such a practice. However, in order to ensure the safe 
    movement of such equipment, FRA has added various inspection and 
    tagging requirements in Sec. 238.311(f) that must be performed prior to 
    hauling such equipment to another location for the performance of a 
    single car test. (See section-by-section discussion of Sec. 238.311.)
    Section 238.305  Interior Calendar Day Mechanical Inspection of 
    Passenger Cars
        This section contains the requirements for the performance of 
    interior mechanical inspections on passenger cars (which includes, 
    e.g., passenger coaches, MU locomotives, and cab cars) each calendar 
    day that the equipment is used in service except under the 
    circumstances described in paragraph (d). Unlike the exterior calendar 
    day mechanical inspection, FRA in paragraph (b) of this section permits 
    the interior inspections of passenger cars to be performed by 
    ``qualified persons,'' individuals qualified by the railroad to do so. 
    Thus, these individuals need not meet the definition of a ``qualified 
    maintenance person.''
        As noted in the 1997 NPRM, FRA's original position was to require 
    the interior inspections to be performed by qualified maintenance 
    persons. However, after several discussions with members of the Working 
    Group and several other representatives of passenger railroads, FRA 
    determined that the training and experience typical of qualified 
    maintenance persons is not necessary and often does not apply to 
    inspecting interior safety components of passenger equipment. In 
    addition, the flexibility created by permitting someone less qualified 
    than a qualified maintenance person can reduce the cost of performing 
    the mechanical safety inspection since the most economical way to 
    accomplish the mechanical inspection is to combine the exterior 
    inspection with the Class I brake test and then have a crewmember 
    inspect on arrival at the final terminal or have a train coach cleaner 
    combine the interior coach inspection with coach cleaning.
        Paragraph (c) lists various components that are required to be 
    inspected as part of the interior calendar day mechanical safety 
    inspection. As a minimum, FRA requires that the following components be 
    inspected: trap doors; end and side doors; manual door releases; safety 
    covers, doors and plates; vestibule step lighting; and safety-related 
    signs and instructions. Consistent with the discussions regarding the 
    movement of defective equipment with non-running gear defects, all en 
    route defects and all noncomplying conditions under this section must 
    be repaired at the time of the daily interior inspection or the 
    equipment would be required to be locked-out and empty in order to be 
    placed or remain in passenger service with the exception of a defect 
    under Sec. 238.305(c)(5). (See Sec. 238.9 for a discussion of the 
    prohibitions against using passenger equipment containing defects, and 
    Sec. 238.17 for a discussion of the movement of defective equipment for 
    purposes of repair.)
        It should be noted that two of the items contained in paragraph (c) 
    have been slightly modified in order to clarify FRA's intent and to 
    ensure the safety of the traveling public. Paragraph (c)(5), regarding 
    the continuing use of a car with a defective door, has been modified by 
    the addition of subparagraph (c)(5)(iii), which requires that at least 
    one operative and accessible door be available on each side of the 
    vehicle in order for the car to continue to be used in passenger 
    service. FRA believes the addition of this requirement is necessary to 
    ensure that passengers have adequate egress from the equipment should 
    an emergency occur.
    
    [[Page 25620]]
    
    Paragraph (c)(8) has also been modified to clarify that the inspection 
    of the manual door releases, as proposed in the 1997 NPRM, need only be 
    made to the extent necessary to verify that all D rings, pull handles, 
    or other means to access manual door releases are in place based on a 
    visual inspection. FRA recognizes that inspection of the actual manual 
    door release would be overly burdensome, costly, and unnecessary due to 
    the relative reliability of such devices. It should also be noted that 
    the final rule contains a new paragraph (c)(9) which requires that the 
    interior mechanical inspection ensure that all required emergency 
    equipment, including fire extinguishers, pry bars, auxiliary portable 
    lighting, and first aid kits be in place. These items are required 
    pursuant to the regulations on passenger train emergency preparedness 
    contained at 49 CFR part 239, and FRA believes that the inspection to 
    ensure the presence of such equipment is appropriate under this 
    section.
        Paragraphs (d) and (e) contain provisions which are identical to 
    certain requirements pertaining to exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspections. Paragraph (d) allows long-distance intercity passenger 
    trains that miss a scheduled calendar day mechanical inspection due to 
    a delay en route to continue in passenger service to the location where 
    the inspection was scheduled. Paragraph (e) contains the recordkeeping 
    requirements related to the performance of interior calendar day 
    mechanical inspections. FRA believes that proper and accurate 
    recordkeeping is the cornerstone of any inspection process and is 
    essential to ensuring the performance and quality of the required 
    inspections. Without such records the inspection requirements would be 
    difficult to enforce. Although recordkeeping was discussed in the 
    Working Group and FRA believes it to be an integral part of any 
    inspection requirement, FRA inadvertently omitted any such requirements 
    in the 1997 NPRM specifically related to mechanical inspections. This 
    omission was brought to FRA's attention through verbal and written 
    comments provided by various interested parties and has been corrected. 
    This paragraph specifically permits a railroad to maintain the required 
    records either in writing or electronically, and the record may be part 
    of a single master report covering an entire group of cars. Whatever 
    format the railroad elects to use to record the information, it must 
    contain the specific information listed in this paragraph.
    Section 238.307  Periodic Mechanical Inspection of Passenger Cars and 
    Unpowered Vehicles Used in Passenger Trains
        This section contains the requirements for performing periodic 
    mechanical inspections on all passenger cars and all unpowered vehicles 
    used in passenger trains. Paragraph (b) makes clear that the periodic 
    mechanical inspections required under this section are to be performed 
    by a qualified maintenance person as defined in Sec. 238.5. In the 1997 
    NPRM, FRA proposed that the following components be inspected for 
    proper operation and repaired, if necessary, as part of the periodic 
    maintenance of the equipment: emergency lights; emergency exit windows; 
    seats and seat attachments; overhead luggage racks and attachments; 
    floor and stair surfaces; and hand-operated electrical switches. See 62 
    FR 49808-09. FRA further proposed that such periodic inspections be 
    performed every 180 days. As noted above, FRA, with the intent of 
    requiring their inspection on a periodic basis, removed certain items 
    previously proposed in the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection 
    as they could not be easily inspected without proper shop facilities.
        After a review of the industry's practices regarding the 
    performance of periodic mechanical-type inspections, FRA believes that 
    some of the items removed from the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection as well as some of the items previously proposed in the 180 
    day periodic mechanical inspection should be and are currently 
    inspected on a more frequent basis by the railroads. As it is FRA's 
    intent in this proceeding to attempt to codify the current best 
    practices of the industry, FRA believes that the current intervals for 
    inspecting certain components should be maintained. Consequently, FRA 
    is modifying the time interval for conducting periodic mechanical 
    inspections to include a 92-day and a 368-day periodic inspection.
        In paragraph (c), FRA requires the periodic inspection on a 92-day 
    basis of certain mechanical components previously proposed as part of 
    the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection, as well as an 
    inspection of floors, passageways, and switches. The mechanical 
    components to be inspected that were previously included as part of the 
    calendar day mechanical inspection include verification that all trucks 
    are equipped with a device or securing arrangement to prevent the truck 
    and car body from separating in case of derailment and that all center 
    castings on trucks are not cracked or broken. FRA will also require a 
    92-day inspection of emergency lighting systems as they are critical to 
    the safety of passengers in the event of an accident or derailment. FRA 
    is adding an inspection of the roller bearings to the 92-day 
    inspection. Although this component was inadvertently left out of the 
    NPRM, FRA believes that roller bearings are an integral part of the 
    mechanical components and must be part of any mechanical inspection 
    scheme. Furthermore, several labor commenters recommended inspections 
    criteria similar to that contained in 49 CFR Part 215, which 
    specifically addresses the condition of roller bearings. See 49 CFR 
    Sec. 215.115. As roller bearings are best viewed in a shop facility 
    context, FRA is adding the inspection of this component to the 92-day 
    periodic mechanical inspection which is consistent with the current 
    practices of the industry. FRA is also adding the general conditions 
    and components previously proposed in Sec. 238.109(b) (62 FR 49801-802) 
    to the 92-day periodic mechanical inspection contained in this 
    paragraph. As the conditions previously proposed in Sec. 238.109(b) 
    were intended to ensure that the railroads had an inspection scheme in 
    place to ensure that all systems and components of the equipment are 
    free of conditions that endanger the safety of the crew, FRA believes 
    that a specific inspection interval is better suited to address the 
    general condition of the equipment and ensure the safety of the riding 
    public and railroad employees. This paragraph also requires that all of 
    the components inspected as part of the exterior and interior calendar 
    day inspection be inspected at the 92-day periodic inspection.
        Paragraph (d) of this section retains a semi-annual periodic 
    inspection for certain components as proposed in the 1997 NPRM. In the 
    NPRM, FRA proposed a 180-day periodic inspection, but in order to 
    remain consistent with the 92-day inspection scheme this paragraph 
    requires a 184-day periodic inspection of certain mechanical 
    components. These include: seats; luggage racks; beds; and emergency 
    windows. This paragraph also contains an added requirement related to 
    the inspection of the couplers; couplers were removed from the calendar 
    day inspection and have been inserted in the 184-day inspection scheme. 
    FRA is placing the coupler inspection at this interval rather than at 
    the 92-day interval in order to reduce the amount of coupling and 
    uncoupling of
    
    [[Page 25621]]
    
    equipment that will be required. In paragraph (e) FRA has extended the 
    inspection interval related to manual door releases over that which was 
    proposed in the 1997 NPRM. Due to the general reliability of these 
    devices and because they are partially inspected on a daily basis, FRA 
    believes that an annual inspection of the releases will ensure their 
    proper operation. Thus, the final rule requires an inspection of the 
    manual door releases every 368 days.
        In paragraph (b) FRA has attempted to make clear that, although FRA 
    has established certain periodic inspection intervals in order to 
    establish a default interval, FRA will allow railroads to develop 
    alternative intervals for performing such inspections for specific 
    components or equipment based on a more quantitative reliability 
    assessment completed as part of their system safety programs. FRA 
    expects that railroads will utilize reliability-based maintenance 
    programs as appropriate, given this opportunity to do so. As successful 
    reliability based maintenance programs are dynamic, it is expected 
    that, in the process of defining and documenting the reliable use of 
    equipment or specific components, over time, continued assessments may 
    indicate a need to increase or decrease inspection intervals. FRA will 
    only permit lengthened inspection intervals beyond the default 
    intervals when such changes are justified by a quantitative reliability 
    assessment. The previously described inspection intervals are based on 
    sound but limited information provided to FRA that FRA believes 
    represents a combination of operating experience, analytical analyses, 
    knowledge and intuition. FRA expects that railroads will collect and 
    respond to additional data throughout the operating life of the 
    equipment.
        FRA believes that the approach taken to identify the stated default 
    inspection intervals contained in this section combined both 
    qualitative, or subjective, judgement with available quantitative 
    information. FRA believes this approach is appropriate for the 
    conservative default strategy defined. However, FRA recognizes that 
    this mixed approach does not yield a quantified level of equipment 
    reliability. The reliability of a system or component is defined as the 
    probability that, when operating under stated environmental conditions, 
    the system or component will perform its intended function adequately 
    for a specified interval of time, number of cycles of operation, or 
    number of miles. Reliability is a quantitative measure. FRA believes 
    that quantified, high levels of reliability are desired for the 
    continued safe operation of passenger equipment. Therefore, FRA 
    encourages equipment owners to perform additional sensitivity analyses 
    to determine which components or equipment has the greatest potential 
    for introducing risk, thus requiring the most careful monitoring to 
    increase reliability while reducing the consequences of failure. FRA 
    believes that, in addition to component design reliability, quality 
    assurance, as well as maintenance and inspection proficiency may be 
    considered and evaluated by the equipment owners as a part of this 
    process. When considering the reliable use of passenger equipment, 
    elements such as couplers as well as suspension systems; trucks; side 
    bearings; wheels; jumpers; cable connections; buffer plates; 
    diaphragms; and secondary brake systems, and human factors as it 
    relates to inspecting and maintaining these elements may be considered. 
    Component level structural fatigue, corrosion, and wear are variables 
    that may be considered to bound or introduce uncertainty in passenger 
    equipment performance, effectively reducing reliability as well.
        Given the limited quantitative information that is presently 
    available regarding factors that influence the reliability of passenger 
    equipment, the primary sources of information available for initial 
    reliability assessments include: judgement; simulations; field, 
    laboratory, and office experiments; operating environment and 
    maintenance process reviews; and accident and near-miss investigations. 
    FRA believes that in the operation of passenger equipment, where 
    failure costs are high and casualties infrequent, accident data for 
    informed decision making may be scarce or not fully applicable. 
    Further, legal and punitive threats may provide significant impediments 
    to identifying the contributing, initiating, and compounding causes of 
    failures. Data from near-miss, or near-catastrophic incidents may be 
    found to be instructive, but often not all of the parameters entering a 
    quantitative analysis are recorded or communicated in these cases.
        FRA believes that for the initial reliability assessments of 
    passenger equipment and components qualified judgment will be an 
    important source of quantitative information. Qualified judgment is 
    based upon both the accumulation of experience and a mental synthesis 
    of factors allowing the evaluator to assess the situation and produce 
    results. Such judgment has a rightful place in making initial 
    quantitative reliability assessments because current available data is 
    often deficient for the evaluation of a particular situation. However, 
    as adequately structured databases are developed and implemented for 
    reliability center maintenance programs, FRA believes more reliance can 
    be placed on objective data and reliability assessments will be based 
    on a combination of data and judgment. FRA believes that, in the very 
    near term, sole reliance cannot be placed on objective data sources to 
    provide quantitative reliability assessments; instead, adequately 
    qualified and unbiased judgment will continue to be required in 
    conjunction with verifiable operating data for analysis purposes.
        When planning the maintenance of a component or system to protect 
    the safety and operating capability of the equipment, FRA expects that 
    a number of items will be considered in the reliability assessment 
    process, which include:
        1. The consequences of each type of functional failure;
        2. The visibility of a functional failure to the operating crew 
    (evidence that a failure has occurred);
        3. The visibility of reduced resistance to failure (evidence that a 
    failure is imminent);
        4. The life or age-reliability characteristics of each item;
        5. The economic tradeoff between the cost of scheduled maintenance 
    and the benefits to be derived from it;
        6. A multiple failure, resulting from a sequence of independent 
    failures, may have consequences that would not be caused by any one of 
    the individual failures alone. These consequences are taken into 
    account in the definition of the failure consequences for the first 
    failure; and
        7. A default strategy will continue to govern decision making in 
    the absence of full information or agreement. This strategy provides 
    for conservative initial decisions, to be revised on the basis of 
    information derived from operating experience.
        FRA believes that a variety of qualitative approaches, such as a 
    Failure Modes, Effects, Criticality Analysis (FMECA) may be useful in 
    evaluating the potential consequences of a functional failure. FRA 
    believes a qualitative approach may be used in complement and combined 
    with a quantitative approach such as Probabilistic Risk Analyses (PRA) 
    or Quantified Risk Analyses (QRA) which may include structured 
    probabilistic Event Tree, Fault Tree, or Influence Diagram analyses to 
    provide additional insight to railroads regarding the reliable use of 
    their equipment. Quantitative approaches are useful to characterize the 
    details of a system
    
    [[Page 25622]]
    
    whereas qualitative approaches can provide characterization of the 
    general performance quality of the system analyzed.\4\ Component level 
    reliability analysis centered around a quantitative, deterministic 
    design approach such as Damage Tolerance Analysis (DTA) may be 
    appropriate when information about the ability of a structural 
    component to sustain anticipated loads in the presence of fatigue, 
    corrosion, or accidental damage is required.\5\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \4\ Evaluation Approaches & Quantification (Chapter 8), ``The 
    Role of Human Error in Design, Construction, and Reliability of 
    Marine Structures.'' Robert G. Bea, Report No. SSC-378, U.S. Coast 
    Guard, Washington, D.C. 1994, pp. 127-149.
        \5\ ``Reliability and Risk Analysis for Design and Operations 
    Planning of Offshore Structures.'' T. Moan, Sixth ICOSSAR, 
    Innsbruck, August 1993.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        FRA expects that analyses of individual components investigated as 
    a part of the reliability assessment process may require equipment 
    owners to collect and consider information regarding: a component's 
    physical features and conditions; a component's actual operating use; 
    the existence of manufacturing defects and tolerances; the effects of 
    repairs or modifications made to the component; and capabilities of 
    available nondestructive evaluation methods used for inspection. 
    Management of effective reliability-based maintenance programs requires 
    an organized information system for surveillance and analysis of the 
    performance of each component under the known operating conditions. FRA 
    believes that the information derived from such operating experience 
    can provide information of failures that could affect operating safety; 
    failures that have operational consequences; the failure modes of units 
    removed as a result of failures; as well as the general condition of 
    unfailed parts in units that have failed and serviceable units 
    inspected as samples.
        As stated above, at the time of the development of default 
    maintenance intervals, FRA used the available information to determine 
    the inspection intervals necessary to protect safety. However, FRA 
    believes that the optimum inspection tasks, methods, and intervals as 
    well as the applicability of age or life limits will be best obtained 
    from reliability analyses based on additional service-based data 
    collection, in some cases coupled with appropriate deterministic 
    analyses to both ensure safety and maximize reliability. For further 
    information regarding sources of reliability theory and analysis, FRA 
    recommends that the following materials be considered:
    
         ANSI (American National Standards Institute)/ASQC 
    (American Society for Quality) S2 (1995) Introduction to Attribute 
    Sampling;
         ANSI/ASQC Z1.4 (1993) Sampling Procedures and Tables 
    for Inspection by Attributes;
         ANSI/ASQC Z1.9 (1993) Sampling Procedures and Tables 
    for Inspection by Variables for Percent Nonconforming;
         Handbook of Reliability Engineering and Management, W. 
    G. Ireson, McGraw Hill, 1996;
         MIL-STD-414 (1957) Sampling Procedures and Tables for 
    Inspection by Variables for Percent Nonconforming;
         MIL-STD-1234A (1974) Single and Multi-Level Continuous 
    Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes;
         Reliability-Centered Maintenance, F. S. Nowlan and H. 
    F. Heap, Final Report for Contract MDA 903-75-C-0349, Office of 
    Assistant Secretary of Defense, Washington, D.C., 1978;
         Reliability-Centered Maintenance, A. M. Smith, McGraw 
    Hill, 1992;
         Reliability-Centered Maintenance, J. Moubray, McGraw 
    Hill, 1997; and
         Reliability in Engineering Design, K.C. Kapur and L. R. 
    Lamberson, John Wiley & Sons, 1977.
    
        Paragraph (e) contains the recordkeeping requirements related to 
    the performance of periodic mechanical inspections. FRA believes that 
    proper and accurate recordkeeping is the cornerstone of any inspection 
    process and is essential for ensuring the performance and quality of 
    the required inspections. Without such records, the inspection 
    requirements would be difficult to enforce. Although recordkeeping was 
    discussed in the Working Group and FRA believes it to be an integral 
    part of any inspection requirement, FRA inadvertently omitted any such 
    requirements in the NPRM specifically related to mechanical 
    inspections. This omission was brought to FRA's attention through 
    verbal and written comments provided by various interested parties and 
    has been corrected. This paragraph specifically permits a railroad to 
    maintain the required records either in writing or electronically. 
    Whatever format the railroad elects to use to record the information, 
    it must contain the specific information listed in this paragraph.
    Section 238.309  Periodic Brake Equipment Maintenance
        This section contains the requirements related to the performance 
    of periodic brake maintenance for various types of passenger equipment, 
    referred to in the industry as clean, oil, test, and stencil (COT&S). 
    Although FRA has considered the concerns raised by certain labor 
    representatives during this rulemaking, FRA does not agree with the 
    conclusions drawn by these commenters with regard to the testing and 
    data submitted to FRA regarding modest extensions of the COT&S 
    intervals for equipment utilizing certain types of brake valves. All of 
    the COT&S intervals contained in this section are based, at least in 
    part, on current operations under existing waivers and on data and 
    information which FRA believes provide substantial support that the 
    valves can be safely operated for the periods of time provided in this 
    section. Furthermore, FRA believes that the stringent inspection and 
    testing regiment and the single car test requirements contained in this 
    final rule also provide sufficient additional safeguards to permit 
    modest increases in the COT&S intervals for equipment outfitted with 
    certain brake valves and other equipment having generally shown the 
    ability to operate for longer periods without failure.
        Paragraph (b) extends the periodic maintenance interval for MU 
    locomotive fleets that are 100 percent equipped with air dryers and 
    modern brake systems from 736 days to 1,104 days. The requirement 
    remains 736 days for fleets that are not 100 percent equipped with air 
    dryers or that are equipped with older brake systems. FRA bases this 
    extension on tests conducted by Metro-North and monitored by FRA field 
    inspectors. These tests revealed that after three years brake valves on 
    MU locomotives equipped with air dryers were very clean and showed 
    little or no signs of deterioration. Based on the results of these 
    tests, FRA is confident that these valves can safely operate for three 
    years between periodic maintenance. FRA believes this extension of the 
    periodic maintenance interval will result in a cost savings to those 
    railroads that operate MU locomotives equipped with air dryers.
        Paragraph (c) extends the periodic maintenance interval on 
    conventional locomotives equipped with 26-L or equivalent types of 
    brakes from the current standard of 736 days to 1,104 days. The 
    required periodic maintenance interval remains at 736 days for 
    locomotives equipped with other types of brake systems. This 
    requirement merely makes universal a practice that has been approved by 
    waiver for several years. See H-80-7. FRA believes that locomotives 
    equipped with 26-L brakes have demonstrated an ability to operate 
    safely for three years between periodic maintenance.
        Paragraph (d) extends the periodic maintenance interval on 
    passenger coaches and other unpowered vehicles equipped with 26-C or 
    equivalent brake systems from 1,104 days to 1,476 days. This extension 
    is based on tests
    
    [[Page 25623]]
    
    performed by Amtrak. Based on these tests, FRA granted Amtrak a waiver 
    for this extension on July 26, 1995. See FRA Docket No. PB 94-3. Amtrak 
    has operated under the terms of this waiver for several years with no 
    problems. Consequently, based on Amtrak's experience, FRA believes all 
    passenger cars with 26-C equipment can safely be operated for four 
    years between periodic maintenance.
        Paragraph (e) recognizes that the same extensions applicable to 
    locomotives and passenger coaches should be applied to control cab cars 
    that use brake valves that are identical to the 26-C valves used in 
    passenger cars or the 26-L valves used on locomotives. Consequently, 
    based on the information and tests conducted on those valves as well as 
    waivers currently existing, FRA is extending the periodic maintenance 
    interval for cab cars to 1,476 days or 1,104 days for those cab cars 
    that use brake systems identical to the 26-C and 26-L, respectively. 
    This extension is consistent with recent requests for waivers received 
    by FRA.
        In paragraph (a)(2) FRA provides that a railroad may petition FRA, 
    under Sec. 238.21, to approve alternative maintenance procedures 
    providing equivalent safety. Under this provision, railroads could 
    propose using periodically scheduled single car tests to extend the 
    time between required periodic maintenance on passenger coaches. FRA 
    believes that the single car test provides a good alternative to more 
    frequent periodic maintenance. In fact, in the 1994 NPRM on power 
    brakes, FRA proposed the elimination of time-based COT&S and in its 
    stead proposed time intervals for conducting single car tests, ranging 
    from three to six months, depending on the utilization rate of the 
    passenger equipment. See 59 FR 47690-91, 47710-11, and 47740-41. 
    However, comments received and discussions with members of the Working 
    Group revealed that many passenger railroads would rather perform 
    periodic maintenance than more frequent single car tests. One reason 
    for this is that some operators would rather take equipment out of 
    service every few years and perform the overhaul of the brake system 
    than have equipment out of service for shorter periods every few 
    months. Therefore, FRA has retained periodic maintenance intervals but 
    provided the alternative to railroads to propose single car testing 
    intervals in order to reduce the frequency with which the periodic 
    maintenance is performed. Consequently, railroads are afforded some 
    flexibility to determine the type of maintenance approach that best 
    suits their operations. However, in response to concerns raised by a 
    labor commenter, it should be noted that FRA would likely not 
    completely eliminate the need to perform COT&S on a periodic basis but 
    might consider extending the interval between such attention depending 
    on the frequency of the single car test intervals proposed by a 
    railroad.
    Section 238.311  Single Car Test
        This section contains the requirements for performing single car 
    tests on all nonself-propelled passenger cars and all unpowered 
    vehicles used in passenger trains. As previously discussed in the 
    general preamble, FRA is modifying the requirements related to the 
    performance of single car tests from those that were proposed in the 
    1997 NPRM. In paragraph (a), based on the recommendations of 
    representatives from both rail labor and rail management, FRA is 
    referencing the single car testing procedures which were developed by 
    APTA PRESS rather than the AAR single car testing procedures referenced 
    in the 1997 NPRM. The single car test procedures were issued by APTA on 
    July 1, 1998, and are contained in APTA Mechanical Safety Standard SS-
    M-005-98. The single car test procedures issued by APTA are more 
    comprehensive and better address passenger equipment than the older AAR 
    recommended practices. In paragraph (a), FRA is also slightly modifying 
    the applicability of this section for clarity. In the 1997 NPRM, FRA 
    proposed to require the performance of single car tests on all 
    passenger cars and other unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains. 
    However, the definition of passenger cars includes self-propelled 
    vehicles such as MU locomotives, to which FRA did not intend the single 
    car test requirements to apply. Consequently, FRA has modified the 
    language of paragraph (a) to clarify that the testing requirements 
    apply to nonself-propelled passenger cars and unpowered vehicles used 
    in passenger trains.
        Paragraph (b) requires that all single car tests be performed by a 
    qualified maintenance person. A single car test is a comprehensive 
    brake test that requires the skills and knowledge of a highly trained 
    and skilled person with mechanical expertise. Railroads currently use 
    personnel which would generally meet the definition of ``qualified 
    maintenance person'' as defined by this part to perform single car 
    tests, and FRA believes that this practice should continue.
        FRA is also modifying some of the circumstances under which a 
    single car test is required to be performed in paragraphs (c) through 
    (e). FRA agrees with several of the commenters that the 1997 NPRM may 
    have been over-inclusive in listing the components whose repair, 
    replacement, or removal would trigger the performance of a single car 
    test. Paragraph (c) lists the wheel defects that would trigger the 
    requirement to perform a single car test. FRA believes that the wheel 
    defects contained in this paragraph generally tend to indicate some 
    type of braking equipment problem. FRA believes that merely changing a 
    wheel to correct a wheel defect that is actually caused by a brake 
    system problem will only lead to a continuation of the problem on the 
    new wheel and will increase repair costs to the railroad. A test that 
    checks for the root cause of the defect is not only a good safety 
    practice, but is a good business practice that will lead to reduced 
    operating costs. However, in accordance with the discussions conducted 
    with the Working Group in mid-December of 1997, paragraph (d) makes 
    clear that FRA will not mandate the performance of a single car test 
    for wheel defects, other than a built-up tread, if the railroad can 
    establish that the wheel defect is due to a cause other than a 
    defective brake system. Thus, the burden will fall on the railroad to 
    establish and maintain sufficient documentation that a wheel defect is 
    due to something other than a brake-related cause. FRA makes clear that 
    if the railroad cannot establish the specific non-brake related cause 
    for a wheel defect, it is required to perform a single car test.
        Paragraph (e) requires a railroad to conduct a single car test if 
    one or more of the identified brake system components is removed, 
    repaired, or replaced. This paragraph also requires that a single car 
    test be performed if a passenger car or vehicle is placed in service 
    after having been out of service for 30 or more days. FRA believes that 
    these requirements will ensure that brake system repairs have been 
    performed correctly and that the car's brake system will operate as 
    intended after repairs are made or after the car has been in storage 
    for extended periods. As noted above, FRA has amended the list of brake 
    components to include only those circumstances where a relay valve, 
    service portion, emergency portion, or pipe bracket is removed, 
    repaired, or replaced. Whenever any other component previously 
    contained in the 1997 NPRM is removed, repaired, or replaced, paragraph 
    (g) requires that only that portion that is renewed or replaced be 
    tested. FRA believes that the items
    
    [[Page 25624]]
    
    contained in paragraph (g) can generally be removed, replaced, or 
    repaired without affecting other portions of the brake system, thus 
    reducing the need to perform a single car test. FRA believes that the 
    requirements contained in paragraphs (e) and (g) are more consistent 
    with the current practices of most passenger railroads than the 
    requirement proposed in the 1997 NPRM.
        Paragraph (f) provides that if a single car test cannot be made at 
    the point where repairs are made, the car may be moved in service to 
    the next forward location where the test can be made. This paragraph 
    requires that at a minimum the single car test be completed prior to, 
    or as a part of, the car's next calendar day mechanical inspection. As 
    noted previously, labor representatives object to permitting cars to be 
    used in passenger service after a repair is made without the required 
    single car test being performed. These commenters contend that the 
    performance of a single car test is necessary prior to using the 
    vehicle in order to determine whether any other unknown defects to the 
    brake system exist. Although FRA recognizes the concerns of labor 
    representatives with regard to this provision, FRA believes that it is 
    necessary to provide railroads the flexibility to make the necessary 
    repairs to a piece of equipment and then move it to a location which is 
    most conducive to performing the required single car test. However, in 
    order to address labor's concerns and to ensure the safe movement of 
    such equipment, FRA has added a visual inspection requirement and a 
    tagging requirement that must be met prior to the railroad being 
    allowed to haul a car in the fashion provided in this paragraph. 
    Consequently, this paragraph requires that prior to moving a car in 
    passenger service for the purposes of conducting a single car test, a 
    visual inspection verifying the application and release of the brakes 
    on both sides of the repaired car must be conducted and the car must be 
    appropriately tagged to indicate the need to perform a single car test.
    Section 238.313  Class I Brake Test
        This section contains the requirements related to the performance 
    of Class I brake tests. The requirements in this section apply to all 
    passenger coaches, control cab cars, MU locomotives, and all nonself-
    propelled vehicles that are part of a passenger train. After 
    consideration of the comments and information submitted, FRA intends to 
    make very minor changes to the requirements regarding Class I brake 
    tests from those that were previously proposed in the 1997 NPRM.
        Paragraph (a) of this section requires that a Class I brake test be 
    performed at least once each calendar day that a piece of equipment is 
    placed in service. As noted previously in the 1997 NPRM, the Working 
    Group discussed and debated when and how a Class I brake test should be 
    performed. Labor representatives stressed the need for a thorough brake 
    test performed by qualified mechanical inspectors on every passenger 
    train. These representatives strongly contended that this brake test 
    must be performed prior to the first daily departure of each passenger 
    train. On the other hand, representatives of passenger railroads 
    expressed the desire to have flexibility in conducting a comprehensive 
    brake inspection, arguing that safety would be better served if 
    railroads were permitted to conduct these inspections on a daily basis. 
    Although FRA agrees with the position advanced by many labor 
    representatives that some sort of car-to-car inspection must be made of 
    the brake equipment prior to the first run of the day in most 
    circumstances, FRA does not agree that it is necessary to perform a 
    full Class I brake test in order to ensure the proper functioning of 
    the brake equipment. As FRA views a Class I brake test as a 
    comprehensive inspection of the braking system, FRA believes that 
    commuter and short-distance intercity passenger train operations must 
    be permitted some flexibility in conducting these inspections. 
    Consequently, paragraph (a) requires that commuter and short-distance 
    intercity passenger train operations perform a Class I brake test 
    sometime during the calendar day in which the equipment is used.
        FRA also recognizes the differences between commuter or short-
    distance intercity operations and long-distance intercity passenger 
    train operations. Long-distance intercity passenger trains do not 
    operate in shorter turnaround service over the same sections of track 
    on a daily basis for the purpose of transporting passengers from major 
    centers of employment. Instead, these trains tend to operate for 
    extended periods of time, over long distances with greater distances 
    between passenger stations and terminals. Further, these trains may 
    operate well over 1,000 miles in any 24-hour period, somewhat 
    diminishing the opportunity for conducting inspections on these trains. 
    Therefore, FRA believes that a thorough inspection of the braking 
    system on these types of operations must be conducted prior to the 
    trains' departure from an initial starting terminal. Consequently, 
    paragraph (b) retains the proposed requirement that a Class I brake 
    inspection be performed on long-distance intercity passenger trains 
    prior to departure from an initial terminal. FRA does not believe there 
    would be any significant burden placed on these operations as the 
    current regulations require that an initial terminal inspection be 
    performed at these locations. Furthermore, virtually all of the initial 
    terminal inspections currently conducted on these types of trains are 
    performed by individuals who would be considered qualified maintenance 
    persons pursuant to Sec. 238.5.
        Paragraph (b) also retains the requirements proposed in the 1997 
    NPRM related to the performance of Class I brake tests on long-distance 
    intercity passenger trains every 1,500 miles or every calendar day, 
    whichever comes first. After reviewing the information and comments 
    submitted by labor representatives, the information and comments 
    provided by Amtrak, and based upon the independent information 
    developed by FRA, FRA believes that the enhanced inspection scheme 
    contained in this final rule will ensure the continued safety of long-
    distance intercity passenger trains. (See previous discussion of 
    comments in general preamble portion of this document.)
        Contrary to the statements made in the comments submitted by some 
    labor representatives, FRA is not merely increasing the distance 
    between brake inspections for these types of trains. Rather, FRA is 
    increasing both the quality and the content of the inspections that 
    must be performed on long-distance intercity passenger trains and, 
    thus, increasing the safety of such trains. Under the current 
    regulations these passenger trains are required to receive an initial 
    terminal brake inspection at the point where they are originally 
    assembled, and from that point the train must receive an intermediate 
    brake inspection every 1,000 miles. The current 1,000-mile inspection 
    merely requires the performance of a leakage test, an application of 
    the brakes and the inspection of the brake rigging on each car to 
    ensure it is properly secured. See 49 CFR 232.12(b). The current 1,000-
    mile brake inspection does not require 100 percent operative brakes 
    prior to departure and does not require piston travel to be inspected. 
    The current regulations also do not require the performance of any type 
    of mechanical inspection on passenger equipment at 1,000-mile 
    inspection points or at any other time in the train's journey. Thus,
    
    [[Page 25625]]
    
    under the current regulations a long-distance intercity passenger train 
    can travel from New York to Los Angeles on one initial terminal 
    inspection, a series of 1,000-mile inspections, and no mechanical 
    inspections.
        Whereas, this rule will require the performance of a Class I brake 
    test, which is more comprehensive than the current initial terminal 
    inspection, at the point where the train is originally assembled and 
    will require the performance of another Class I brake test every 1,500 
    miles or every calendar day thereafter, whichever comes first, by 
    highly qualified inspectors. Thus, at least every 1,500 miles or every 
    calendar day a long-distance passenger train will be required to 
    receive a brake inspection which is more comprehensive than the current 
    initial terminal inspection and which requires that the train have 100 
    percent operative brakes and have piston travel set within established 
    limits. Furthermore, this rule will require the performance of an 
    exterior and interior mechanical inspection every calendar day that the 
    train is in service. Consequently, the inspection scheme proposed in 
    the 1997 NPRM and retained in this final rule will, in FRA's view, 
    increase the safety and better ensure the integrity of the brake and 
    mechanical components of long-distance passenger trains.
        FRA also believes that some recognition must be given to the 
    various types of advanced braking system technologies used on many 
    long-distance intercity passenger trains. Many of these advanced 
    technologies are not found with any regularity in freight operations 
    and thus the reliability and performance of brake systems on these 
    passenger trains enhance the safety of these trains and, when combined 
    with other aspects of this discussion, support FRA's belief that these 
    brake systems can safely be operated with the inspection intervals that 
    were proposed in the 1997 NPRM. Dynamic brakes are typically employed 
    on these types of trains to limit thermal stresses on friction surfaces 
    and to limit the wear and tear on the brake equipment. Furthermore, the 
    brake valves and brake components used on today's long-distance 
    passenger trains are far more reliable than was the case several 
    decades ago. Other technological advances utilized with regularity by 
    these passenger trains include:
         The use of brake cylinder pressure indicators which 
    provide a reliable indication of the application and release of the 
    brakes.
         The use of disc brakes which provide shorter stopping 
    distances and decrease the risk of thermal damage to wheels.
         The ability to effectuate a graduated release of the 
    brakes due to a design feature of the brake equipment which permits 
    more flexibility and more forgiving train control.
         The ability to cut out brakes on a per-axle or per-truck 
    basis rather than a per car basis, thus permitting greater use of those 
    brakes that are operable.
         Brake ratios that are 2\1/2\ times greater than the brake 
    ratios of loaded freight cars.
        Although some of the technologies noted above have existed for 
    several decades, most of the technologies were not in wide spread use 
    until after 1980. Furthermore, most of the noted technological advances 
    just started to be integrated into one efficient and reliable braking 
    system within the last decade. Consequently, the technology 
    incorporated into the brake equipment used in today's long-distance 
    intercity passenger trains has increased the reliability of the braking 
    system and permits the safe operation of the equipment for extended 
    distances even though a portion of the braking system may be 
    inoperative or defective.
        FRA also disagrees with the contentions raised by certain labor 
    representatives that the facts and data do not support the 500 mile 
    extension in the brake inspection interval even with the more 
    comprehensive inspection scheme. These commenters recommend that the 
    current 1,000-mile brake inspection interval be retained together with 
    the increased inspection regiment. These commenters contend that due to 
    the large number of defects being found at 1,000-mile inspections the 
    need to retain the inspection is justified. As an example and support 
    for this position, the BRC submitted information containing numerous 
    defective conditions compiled by carmen stationed at Union Station in 
    Washington D.C. from January 1996 through February of 1997 that the 
    carmen allegedly found on trains traveling through Union Station. After 
    reviewing the documentation submitted, FRA does not believe the 
    information supports the conclusion that 1,000-mile brake inspections 
    must be maintained and that it would be unsafe to extend the distance 
    between brake inspections under the inspection scheme contained in this 
    final rule.
        Due to the lack of detail contained in the information submitted by 
    the BRC, it is impossible to determine whether the vast majority of the 
    alleged defective conditions were defective under the Federal 
    regulations or whether the conditions were merely in excess of Amtrak's 
    voluntary maintenance standards or operating practices. In addition, 
    based on the description of some of the conditions, they would not be 
    considered defective conditions under current Federal regulations. 
    Furthermore, the vast majority of the conditions alleged in the 
    document were not power brake defects, and thus, under the current 
    regulations, would not have been required to have been inspected at a 
    1,000-mile inspection. Nor do the current regulations mandate any type 
    of mechanical inspection on passenger equipment (other than on 
    locomotives under 49 CFR part 229, of course). Moreover, as the vast 
    majority of the alleged conditions were mechanical and wheel defects, 
    FRA believes that these types of defective conditions will be addressed 
    by the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection contained in this 
    final rule which will be required to be performed every calendar day 
    that a piece of equipment is in service.
        FRA agrees with the comments submitted by the BRC that the data and 
    information submitted by Amtrak regarding the allegedly defective 
    equipment found at Washington, D.C., does not fully address whether the 
    cars identified by carmen at that location were defective and does 
    indicate that at least many of the cars were repaired for the defective 
    condition noted within several days after moving through Washington, 
    D.C. However, contrary to the conclusions reached by labor 
    representatives, the fact that a car remained in service with an 
    alleged defective mechanical or brake condition does not necessarily 
    mean the train involved was in an unsafe condition or that the 
    equipment was being moved illegally. The current regulations regarding 
    freight mechanical equipment and the existing statutory mandates 
    regarding the movement of equipment with defective safety appliances 
    and brakes permit the movement of a certain amount of defective 
    equipment to certain locations provided it is determined by a qualified 
    person that such a movement can be made safely or that a sufficient 
    percentage of the brakes remain operative. See 49 U.S.C. 20303, 49 CFR 
    215.9. As this final rule will specifically address the inspection of 
    the mechanical components on passenger equipment and the movement of 
    defective mechanical components, which is not covered by existing 
    regulations, FRA believes that the amount of defective equipment being 
    operated will be reduced significantly and/or handled safely in revenue 
    trains. Although FRA agrees that the
    
    [[Page 25626]]
    
    information submitted by Amtrak regarding the number of cars set out at 
    1,000-mile inspection points does not reflect the true number of 
    defects being found during the inspections, FRA does find it 
    significant that a very small percentage of cars set-out by Amtrak are 
    set-out at 1,000-mile inspection locations and that most set-outs occur 
    en route.
        FRA also finds it necessary to make clear that the number of cars 
    alleged to have been found in defective condition at Union Station in 
    Washington, D.C. is not indicative of a safety problem on long-distance 
    intercity passenger trains. Assuming that all of the cars contained in 
    BRC's submission were in fact defective as alleged, it appears that 
    approximately 750 cars were defective. However, the information also 
    reveals that approximately 1,300 trains were inspected; thus, using a 
    conservative estimate of 10 cars per train, approximately 13,000 cars 
    were inspected. As a result, approximately only 6 percent of the cars 
    inspected were found to contain either a mechanical or brake defect. 
    Furthermore, of the approximate 750 cars alleged to have been found 
    defective, only approximately 20 percent of those contained a power 
    brake-related defect. Consequently, only about 1-2 percent of the total 
    cars inspected contained a power brake-related defect. Moreover, from 
    the information provided it appears that none of the trains contained 
    in the BRC submission were involved in any type of accident or incident 
    related to the defective conditions alleged.
        FRA believes that the key to any inspection scheme developed for 
    long-distance intercity passenger trains is the quality of the 
    inspection which is performed at a train's point of origin. FRA is 
    convinced that if a train is properly inspected with highly qualified 
    inspectors and has 100 percent operative brakes at its point of origin, 
    then the train can easily travel up to 1,500 miles between brake 
    inspections without significant deterioration of the braking system. 
    FRA independently monitored a few long-distance intercity passenger 
    trains running from New York to Miami, New York to New Orleans, and New 
    York to Chicago and found that when the trains departed from their 
    points of origin with a brake system that was defect free they arrived 
    at destination without any defective conditions existing in their brake 
    systems. These findings are consistent with FRA's experience in 
    inspecting long-distance intercity passenger trains over the last 
    several years. It should be noted that during this independent 
    monitoring, FRA did find some trains that after receiving initial 
    terminal inspections still contained some defective conditions in the 
    brake system. Although FRA believes that none of the defective 
    conditions found would have prevented the safe operation of the trains, 
    FRA recognizes that FRA as well as the railroads must be vigilant in 
    ensuring that quality brake system inspections are performed on a train 
    at its point of origin and at each location where a Class I brake test 
    is required to be performed. Consequently, due to the comprehensive 
    nature of Class I brake tests and the exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection combined with the technological advances incorporated into 
    the braking systems utilized in these types of trains and after a 
    review of the data and information provided and based on FRA's 
    experience with these types of operations, FRA is retaining the 
    proposed 1,500 mile interval for the performance of Class I brake tests 
    in this final rule.
        Paragraph (c) contains a provision that was not proposed in the 
    1997 NPRM to address the inspection of cars added to an en route train. 
    FRA has modified the Class I brake test requirements to ensure the 
    proper operation of all cars added to a train while en route. This 
    paragraph requires the performance of a Class I brake test on each car 
    added to a passenger train at the time it is added to the train unless 
    documentation is provided to the train crew that a Class I brake test 
    was performed on the car within the previous calendar day and the car 
    has not been disconnected from a source of compressed air for more than 
    four hours prior to being added to the train. This requirement has been 
    included in order to address the concerns raised by various labor 
    representatives that no provisions were provided in the 1997 NPRM to 
    address circumstances when cars are added to an en route train. Section 
    238.317 makes clear that if a car has received such inspection, the 
    railroad will be required to perform a Class II brake test at the time 
    the car is added to the train. FRA believes that these provisions are 
    necessary to ensure the integrity of the brake system on every car 
    added to an existing train and should not be a burden for railroads 
    since cars are generally added to passenger trains at major terminals 
    with the facilities and personnel available for conducting such 
    inspections. Furthermore, these inspection requirements are very 
    similar to what is currently required when a freight car is added to a 
    train while en route. See 49 CFR Sec. 232.13.
        Paragraph (d) requires that the Class I brake tests be performed by 
    qualified maintenance persons. As FRA intends for Class I brake tests 
    to be in-depth inspections of the entire braking system, which most 
    likely will be performed only one time in any given day in which the 
    equipment is used, FRA believes that these inspections must be 
    performed by individuals possessing the knowledge to not only identify 
    and detect a defective condition in all of the brake equipment required 
    to be inspected but also the knowledge to recognize the interrelational 
    workings of the equipment and have a general understanding of what is 
    necessary to repair the equipment. Furthermore, most passenger 
    railroads currently have a daily brake test performed by highly 
    qualified mechanically trained employees so this requirement is not 
    really a departure from current industry practice. (For a detailed 
    discussion of ``qualified maintenance person'' see the section-by-
    section analysis for Sec. 238.5 and the general preamble discussion 
    related to qualified maintenance persons.)
        Paragraph (e) provides railroads with the option to perform the 
    Class I brake test either separately or in conjunction with the 
    calendar day mechanical inspections. FRA has retained this provision 
    simply to clarify that the two inspections need not be done at the same 
    time or location as long as they are both performed sometime during the 
    calendar day that a piece of equipment is in use.
        Paragraph (f) prohibits a railroad from using or hauling a 
    passenger train in passenger service from a location where a Class I 
    brake test has been performed, or was required to have been performed, 
    with less than 100 percent operating brakes. (See section-by-section 
    analysis of Sec. 238.15 for a detailed discussion of movement of 
    defective equipment for purposes of repair or sale.)
        Paragraph (g) contains a list of the safety-related items that must 
    be inspected, tested, or demonstrated as part of a Class I brake test. 
    This list was developed based on the experience and knowledge of FRA's 
    motive power and equipment field inspectors familiar with the 
    operations and inspection practices of passenger operations. The 
    Working Group extensively discussed the items contained in this 
    paragraph. Very few comments were submitted which addressed the 
    specific items contained in this paragraph. One commenter did recommend 
    that a few of the provisions be clarified to specifically address tread 
    brakes. Therefore, paragraph (g)
    
    [[Page 25627]]
    
    generally retains all of the requirements proposed in the 1997 NPRM 
    except to the extent that a few requirements have been slightly 
    modified for clarity. Paragraph (g)(1) requires that an inspection be 
    conducted on each side of each car to verify the application and 
    release of each brake. This requirement is consistent with FRA's 
    longstanding interpretation of what the current regulations require 
    when conducting initial terminal and 1,000 mile brake inspections 
    pursuant to Sec. 232.12. For clarity and consistency, FRA has 
    explicitly incorporated the requirement into this final rule. Minor 
    modifications have been made to paragraphs (g)(3), (g)(5), and (g)(11) 
    in order to clarify the intent of the requirements to brake systems 
    utilizing tread brakes. It should be noted that the requirement 
    contained in paragraph (g)(14) would bar the use of a train that 
    current regulations allow to be placed in service. This paragraph 
    requires that brake indicators must function as intended. Although this 
    provision may require railroads to make more frequent repairs than are 
    currently required, FRA believes these added costs are necessitated 
    by--and offset by--the ability to use brake indicators during the 
    performance of certain brake tests in lieu of direct observation of the 
    brakes.
        Paragraph (h) requires the qualified maintenance person that 
    performs a Class I brake test to record the date, time and location of 
    the test as well as the number of the controlling locomotive of the 
    train. It should be noted that a requirement to record the total number 
    of cars inspected during the Class I brake test has been added at 
    paragraph (h)(4). FRA believes this information is necessary to ensure 
    that the required inspection has been performed on all the cars in a 
    train and provides a method for the tracking of cars added to en route 
    trains. This minimal information is required to be available in the cab 
    of the controlling locomotive to demonstrate to the train crew and 
    future inspectors that the train is operating under a current Class I 
    brake test. Furthermore, the use of such records or ``brake slips'' as 
    they are known in the industry is the current practice of virtually all 
    passenger railroads. FRA believes that this recordkeeping requirement 
    adds necessary reliability, accountability, and enforceability to the 
    inspection requirements contained in this section.
        Paragraph (i) allows long distance, intercity passenger trains that 
    miss a scheduled Class I brake test due to a delay en route to proceed 
    to the point where the scheduled brake test was to be performed. This 
    flexibility prevents Amtrak or other operators of long distance trains 
    from having to dispatch qualified maintenance persons to the location 
    of a delayed train merely to meet the calendar day Class I brake test 
    requirement. This is a common sense exception that will not compromise 
    safety.
    Section 28.315  Class IA Brake Test
        This section contains the requirements regarding the performance of 
    Class IA brake tests. As mentioned previously, although FRA agrees with 
    the position advanced by many labor representatives that some sort of 
    car-to-car inspection must be made of the brake equipment prior to the 
    first run of the day, FRA does not agree that it is necessary to 
    perform a full Class I brake test in order to ensure the proper 
    functioning of the brake equipment in all situations. However, contrary 
    to the position espoused by several railroad representatives, FRA 
    believes that something more than just a determination that the brakes 
    on the rear car set and release is necessary in many situations.
        Currently, the quality of initial terminal tests performed by train 
    crews is likely adequate to determine that brakes apply on each car. 
    However, most commuter equipment utilizes ``tread brake units'' in lieu 
    of cylinders and brake rigging of the kind prevalent on freight and 
    some intercity passenger cars. It is undoubtedly the case that train 
    crewmembers do not verify application of the brakes by tapping brake 
    shoes while the brakes are applied--the only effective means of 
    determining that adequate force is being applied. This is one reason 
    why the subject railroads typically conduct redundant initial terminal 
    tests at other times during the day. Further, train crews are not asked 
    to inspect for wheel defects and other unsafe conditions, nor should 
    they be asked to do so, given the conditions under which they are asked 
    to inspect and the training they receive.
        As noted previously, FRA is modifying the requirements for when a 
    Class IA brake test must be performed from that which was proposed in 
    the 1997 NPRM. FRA continues to believe that some type of car-by-car 
    inspection must be performed prior to a passenger train's first run of 
    the day if the train was used in passenger service the previous day 
    without any brake inspection being performed after it has completed 
    service and before it lays-up for the evening. However, FRA tends to 
    agree with the comments submitted by APTA representatives that the need 
    for such an inspection is minimized if a Class I brake test is 
    performed within a relatively short period of time prior to the first 
    run of the day and the train has not been used in passenger service 
    since the performance of that inspection. From a safety standpoint, it 
    appears to be overkill to require the performance of a second 
    comprehensive brake test when the equipment has not been used in 
    passenger service and has remained on a source of compressed air since 
    the last comprehensive brake test was performed. In such circumstances, 
    FRA believes that the performance of a Class II brake test would be 
    sufficient to determine if there are any problems with the braking 
    system due to vandalism or other causes since the last comprehensive 
    Class I brake test. Furthermore, as APTA's comments point out, commuter 
    railroads have been safely operated in a fashion similar to this for a 
    number of years. Consequently, paragraph (a)(1) of this section makes 
    clear that a Class IA brake test is to be performed prior to the first 
    morning departure of each commuter or short-distance intercity 
    passenger train unless a Class I brake test was performed within the 
    previous twelve hours and the train has not been used in passenger 
    service and has not been disconnected from a source of compressed air 
    for more than four hours since the performance of the Class I brake 
    test. FRA believes that this exception is consistent with the concept 
    of performing comprehensive brake and mechanical inspections at 
    centralized locations as this provision affords railroads the ability 
    to conduct a Class I brake test at the end of a train's daily operating 
    cycle at a central location and then have the ability to move the train 
    in non-passenger service to an outlying location without being required 
    to perform a Class IA brake test prior to departure from the outlying 
    terminal.
        Paragraph (a)(2) requires that a Class IA brake test be performed 
    prior to placing a train in service if that train has been off a source 
    of compressed air for more than four hours. This requirement formalizes 
    a long-standing agency interpretation of the existing power brake 
    regulations but increases the time limit from two to four hours. Labor 
    representatives maintain that any number of brake system problems can 
    develop with equipment off air for only a short time, while management 
    representatives contend that equipment can be left off air for extended 
    periods of time with no problems. FRA believes the requirement 
    contained in this paragraph is a fair compromise that allows railroads 
    some operating flexibility, but does not allow equipment to be off air 
    without a new
    
    [[Page 25628]]
    
    brake test for extended periods of time. FRA agrees that its 
    longstanding administrative interpretation of allowing cars to be ``off 
    air'' for only two hours was established prior to the development of 
    new equipment that has greatly reduced leakage problems. However, 
    contrary to the contentions of some commenters, FRA does not believe 
    that cars should be allowed to be ``off air'' for extended periods 
    without being retested. The longer cars sit without a supply of 
    compressed air attached, the greater the chances are that the integrity 
    of the system will be compromised, either by weather conditions or 
    vandalism.
        Paragraph (b) allows a commuter or short-distance intercity 
    passenger train that provides continuing late night service that began 
    prior to midnight to complete its daily operating cycle after midnight 
    without performing another Class I or Class IA brake test on the train 
    prior to its first departure after midnight. This provision is included 
    to make clear that a train is not required to be stopped during its 
    operating cycle in order to receive a Class I or Class IA brake test 
    prior to it first departure of a calendar day. FRA also makes clear 
    that this provision does not relieve a railroad from its responsibility 
    under Sec. 238.313 to perform a Class I brake test on each calendar day 
    that the train is in use. Thus, a train operating past midnight must 
    receive a Class I brake test sometime on each of the two days it is in 
    use.
        Paragraph (c) allows a Class IA brake test to be performed at a 
    shop or yard site without needing the test repeated at the first 
    passenger terminal if the train remains on air and in the custody of 
    the crew. This provision is an incentive for railroads to conduct the 
    tests at locations where they can be performed more safely and easily. 
    FRA believes that a shop or yard location is more conducive for 
    conducting a proper brake test. Raised platforms and other conditions 
    frequently found at terminals can make the performance of a brake test 
    difficult, if not hazardous.
        Paragraph (d) permits the Class IA test to be performed by either a 
    qualified person or a qualified maintenance person. Paragraph (e) 
    prohibits a railroad from using or hauling a passenger train from a 
    location where a Class IA brake test has been performed, or was 
    required to have been performed, with less than 100 percent operative 
    brakes. (See section-by-section analysis of Secs. 238.15-238.17 for a 
    discussion of movement of defective equipment for purposes of repair or 
    sale.) Paragraph (f) contains the specific tasks that must be performed 
    when conducting a proper Class IA brake test. This paragraph makes 
    clear that a Class IA brake test include: a check that each brake sets 
    and releases; a test of the emergency brake application feature; a 
    check of the deadman or other emergency control device; an observation 
    that angle cocks and cutout cocks are properly set; an observation that 
    brake pipe pressure changes are communicated to the rear of the train; 
    and a test that the communicating signal system is known to be 
    operative.
        Paragraph (g) requires that the inspection of the set and release 
    of the brakes be performed by walking the train so the inspector 
    actually observes the set and release of each brake. Labor 
    representatives strongly contended that this is the only way to do a 
    proper brake test. They believe that observation of brake indicators 
    does not give a reliable indication of effective brakes because the 
    indicators sense brake cylinder pressure rather than the force of the 
    brake shoe against the wheel or the pad against the disc. However, this 
    paragraph allows an exception when railroads determine that direct 
    observation of the set and release can place the inspector in danger. 
    FRA acknowledges the contention of rail management representatives that 
    conditions at certain locations where Class IA tests may be performed 
    could place the inspector in danger if he or she is required to place 
    himself or herself in a position to actually observe the set and 
    release of each brake. Where railroads determine this to be the case, 
    FRA will permit the use of brake indicators for the set and release 
    step of the Class IA brake test as long as the inspector takes a 
    position where an accurate observation of the indicators can be made.
    Section 238.317  Class II Brake Test
        This section contains the requirements regarding how a Class II 
    brake test is to be performed and contains the conditions for when a 
    railroad is required to perform the brake test. The Class II brake test 
    provides passenger railroads the flexibility to continue to use train 
    crew personnel to perform the limited brake tests required when minor 
    changes to the train occur. Both labor and management representatives 
    to the Working Group recognized that train crews are capable of 
    performing the relatively simple checks required by a Class II brake 
    test and that the operations of most commuter and passenger railroads 
    require the flexibility of having operating personnel perform these 
    tests.
        Paragraph (a) contains the circumstances which require the 
    performance of a Class II brake test. This paragraph has been modified 
    from that which was proposed in the 1997 NPRM in order to clarify the 
    requirements, to remain consistent with other provisions of this rule, 
    and to address recent issues that have been raised with FRA regarding 
    certain passenger train operations. Although paragraph (a)(1) retains 
    the proposed requirement that a Class II brake test be performed 
    whenever the control stand is changed, this paragraph has been modified 
    in order to clarify that a Class II brake test need not be performed in 
    circumstances where a train is being moved in non-passenger service 
    from one track to another inside a terminal complex even though the 
    changing of the control stand occurs during such movements. In order to 
    effectuate such movements the control stand may be required to be 
    changed several times. As these train movements are akin to switching 
    movements in that they are performed over relatively short distances at 
    very low speeds and pose minor safety hazards, FRA will not require the 
    performance of multiple Class II brake tests in order to conduct such 
    movements. It should be noted that Sec. 238.319 requires the 
    performance of a running brake test whenever the control stand is 
    changed during these types of movements in order to ensure the 
    operation of the brake system during these movements. This paragraph 
    also requires the performance of a Class II brake test prior to the 
    train's departure from the terminal complex with passengers.
        Paragraph (a)(2) requires the performance of a Class II brake test 
    prior to the first morning departure of a commuter or short-distance 
    intercity passenger train where a Class I brake test remains valid as 
    provided in Sec. 238.315(a)(1). As discussed in the preceding section, 
    FRA believes that in these limited circumstances the performance of a 
    Class II brake test will adequately ensure the integrity of the brake 
    system on the train since the performance of the last Class I brake 
    test. Paragraph (a)(4) has been added in order to clarify that a Class 
    II brake test is to be performed whenever cars or equipment are removed 
    from a train. This provision is consistent with the concept that the 
    proper operation of the brake system must be verified whenever an event 
    occurs which may impact the integrity of the brake system and is 
    consistent with current practice on virtually every railroad.
        Paragraph (c) requires that passenger trains not depart from Class 
    II brake tests which are performed at a terminal or a yard with any 
    brakes cut-out,
    
    [[Page 25629]]
    
    inoperative, or defective unless the equipment is moved in accordance 
    with Sec. 238.15. The language of this requirement has been slightly 
    modified from the language proposed in the 1997 NPRM, in order to make 
    the provision consistent with the movement for repair provisions 
    contained in this final rule. See Sec. 238.15. Many terminals and most 
    yards are locations where brake repairs can be effectuated. Thus, 
    passenger equipment containing defective brake equipment would not be 
    permitted to depart those locations capable of making the necessary 
    repairs until repaired. If the necessary repairs cannot be effectuated 
    at such locations the equipment must be properly tagged and moved 
    pursuant to the requirements contained in Sec. 238.15.
        Paragraph (d) requires that a Class II brake test consist of: a 
    check that the brakes on the rear unit of the train apply and release 
    in response to brake control signals or a check that brake pipe 
    pressure changes are properly communicated at the rear of the train by 
    observation of a gauge at the end of the train or in the cab of the 
    rear unit; a test of the emergency brake application and a test of the 
    deadman pedal or other emergency control device on MU equipment; and a 
    test of the communicating signal system to ensure it is operating as 
    intended. The proposed requirements for observing a set and release of 
    the brakes on the rear car and for ensuring that brake pipe pressure 
    changes are properly communicated at the rear of the train have been 
    combined and stated in the alternative in this final rule, as FRA 
    believes that the performance of either task indicates proper trainline 
    continuity and to perform both would be redundant and unnecessary. It 
    should also be noted that the requirement regarding the testing of the 
    emergency application and deadman pedal or other emergency control 
    devices is only applicable to MU equipment due to the ease of 
    performing such an inspection on that equipment. The requirement that 
    the communicating signal system be tested is part of both a Class I and 
    a Class IA brake test and has been added to this brake inspection as 
    FRA believes the proper operation of the communicating signal system is 
    necessary for the safe operation of a train and can be easily tested in 
    a very short amount of time. FRA believes that if the equipment 
    receives a full Class I brake test and a calendar day mechanical 
    inspection at some time during each operating day, then these simple 
    checks are adequate to confirm brake system performance at intermediate 
    terminals or turning points. This requirement basically codifies 
    current industry practice.
    Section 238.319  Running Brake Tests
        This section contains the requirements for conducting running brake 
    tests on the brakes of passenger trains. A running brake test is merely 
    a brake application at the first safe opportunity to confirm that the 
    brake system works as expected by the engineer. Paragraphs (a) and (c) 
    require that a running brake test be performed in accordance with the 
    railroad's established operating rules after the train has received a 
    Class I, Class IA, or Class II brake test as safety permits. FRA 
    believes that railroads are in the best position to determine when and 
    where running tests can be safely performed. As most passenger 
    railroads routinely conduct running brake tests, FRA believes that the 
    requirements contained in this section capture an important safety 
    check without changing current operating practice to any great extent. 
    It should be noted that paragraph (b) has been added to this section to 
    require the performance of a running brake test whenever the control 
    stand used to control the train is changed to facilitate the movement 
    of a passenger train from one track to another within a terminal 
    complex while not in passenger service. As previously discussed, due to 
    the special nature of these moves FRA believes that a running brake 
    test adequately ensures the proper operation of the braking system 
    during these movements and obviates the need to perform a Class II 
    inspection each time the control stand is changed in these 
    circumstances.
    Subpart E--Specific Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment
    Section 238.401  Scope
        This subpart contains the design and performance requirements for 
    Tier II passenger equipment--that is, passenger equipment operating at 
    speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 150 mph. For the most part, 
    compliance with the requirements of this section will be demonstrated 
    by one-time analysis or initial acceptance tests.
        The requirements contained in this subpart have their basis in 
    discussions between Amtrak and FRA involving safety requirements for 
    the operation of passenger trainsets at speeds up to 150 mph on the 
    Northeast Corridor (NEC). Aware that FRA was considering the 
    development of safety standards for high-speed passenger rail 
    equipment, Amtrak asked FRA for assistance in developing a set of 
    safety specifications for the procurement of high-speed trainsets which 
    would address FRA's safety concerns. As a result, Amtrak's high-speed 
    trainsets, scheduled to begin regular passenger service in 1999, will 
    very likely comply with all of the safety standards in this subpart.
        Amtrak's discussions with FRA led it to sponsor a risk assessment 
    of high speed rail passenger systems on the north end of the NEC--from 
    New York to Boston. The discussions also prompted FRA to sponsor 
    computer modeling to predict the performance of various equipment 
    structural designs and configurations in collisions. A copy of the risk 
    assessment performed by Arthur D. Little, Inc., for Amtrak is included 
    in the docket of this rulemaking. The risk assessment was based on 
    existing and predicted future right-of-way configurations and traffic 
    density patterns. The risk assessment concluded that a significant risk 
    of collisions at speeds below 20 mph and a risk of collisions at speeds 
    exceeding 100 mph exist over the 20-year projected operational life of 
    the HSTs--due to heavy and increasing conventional commuter rail 
    traffic, freight rail traffic on the NEC, highway-rail grade crossings, 
    moveable bridges, and a history of low speed collisions in or near 
    stations and rail yards.
        Based on the risk assessment and the results of the computer 
    modeling, Amtrak and FRA determined that full reliance on collision 
    avoidance measures rather than crashworthiness, though the hallmark of 
    safe high-speed rail operations in several parts of the world, could 
    not be implemented in corridors like the north end of the NEC. Existing 
    traffic and right-of-way configurations do not permit implementation of 
    the same collision avoidance measures that have proven successful in 
    Europe and Japan. To compensate for the increased risk of a collision 
    in the North American rail operating environment, a more crashworthy 
    trainset design is needed. (FRA does note that on June 3, 1998, near 
    Eschede in northern Germany, an ICE (Inter City Express) passenger 
    train derailed at a speed of approximately 125 mph into the support 
    structure of a highway bridge carrying traffic over the railroad right-
    of-way, collapsing the bridge. A number of the cars in the train were 
    crushed, and 101 fatalities resulted from the derailment.) Accordingly, 
    the set of structural requirements for Tier II passenger equipment in 
    this final rule is more stringent than the current design practice for 
    North American passenger equipment or for high-speed rail equipment in 
    other parts of the world.
    
    [[Page 25630]]
    
    Section 238.403  Crash Energy Management Requirements
        This section requires that each power car and trailer car be 
    designed with a crash energy management system to dissipate kinetic 
    energy during a collision.
        During discussions with Amtrak for the safety provisions of its 
    high-speed trainsets, FRA proposed very challenging crash energy 
    management requirements based on predictions using computer modeling. 
    Amtrak believed that meeting these requirements would be well beyond 
    the current state of the art for passenger equipment design, and that 
    an extensive and costly research and testing program would be required. 
    As an alternative, Amtrak proposed a crash energy management design 
    based on the demonstrated, commercially viable design developed in 
    France and incorporated in the most recent design of the TGV trainset. 
    FRA believes that Federal safety standards must be capable of 
    implementation in the design of passenger equipment without driving the 
    cost of implementation to the point that high-speed rail systems are no 
    longer financially viable.
        Paragraph (c) requires a Tier II train to have a crash energy 
    management system capable of absorbing a minimum of 13 megajoules (MJ) 
    of energy at each end of the train. The ability to absorb this energy 
    must be partitioned as follows: a minimum of 5 MJ by the front end of 
    the power car ahead of the operator's control compartment; a minimum of 
    3 MJ by the power car structure behind the operator's control 
    compartment; and a minimum of 5 MJ by the unoccupied end of the first 
    trailer car adjacent to the power car. This requirement can be met 
    using existing technology. However, it will effectively prevent a 
    conventional cab car from operating as the lead vehicle in a Tier II 
    passenger train because such equipment cannot absorb 5 MJ of collision 
    energy ahead of the train operator's position. Recent accidents 
    involving trains operating with a cab car forward have demonstrated the 
    vulnerability of this type of equipment in collisions. FRA believes 
    such equipment should not be used in the forward position of a train 
    that travels at speeds greater than 125 mph. FRA has also encouraged 
    Amtrak to use an alternative lead vehicle where speeds exceed 110 mph 
    and highway-rail grade crossings are prevalent. Further, FRA is 
    specifically requiring in paragraph (f) that passenger seating be 
    prohibited in the leading unit of a Tier II train.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Talgo observed that the standards in 
    this section may be unattainable using current technology. However, 
    Amtrak's high-speed trainsets have been shown to meet the requirements 
    of this section. Specifically, testing has shown the crash energy 
    absorbing components of the power car and in the end of the first 
    trailer car adjacent to the power car to absorb the energy as provided 
    in paragraph (c).
        Talgo further commented that because the kinetic energy of a 
    running train is a function of its mass and speed, paragraph (c) should 
    not state a fixed value of energy. Rather, it believed paragraph (c) 
    should state a value with respect to a specified speed to allow some 
    flexibility for trains of varying mass and yet preserve the same level 
    of safety. FRA recognizes that the kinetic energy of a running train is 
    a function of its mass and speed, and if Tier II trains were at no risk 
    of colliding with other trains of greater weight, then adopting Talgo's 
    comment may be possible. However, the Tier II safety standards are 
    intended to apply to high-speed passenger trains that, as necessitated 
    by the United States rail operating environment, will operate 
    commingled with heavier trains, especially heavy and long freight 
    trains that may themselves operate at speeds up to 80 mph. In the event 
    of a collision with a heavier train, a Tier II passenger train must 
    confront the energy possessed by that train. FRA believes that a Tier 
    II passenger train must have a crash energy management system capable 
    of absorbing the minimum energy levels specified in paragraph (c) to 
    protect the train's occupants in light of the risks of colliding with 
    heavier trains and other objects along the railroad right of way. As a 
    result, FRA believes it is inappropriate to adopt Talgo's comment.
        Additionally, in its comments on the NPRM, Talgo believed 
    paragraphs (c)(1)-(3) should be rewritten so that the total energy that 
    is required to be absorbed is dissipated through all inter-car 
    connections, not just through the first few cars. FRA notes that one of 
    the reasons the energy absorbing structures of the leading car in a 
    Tier II passenger train (power car) and the adjacent trailer car must 
    themselves absorb the energy specified in this section is to reduce the 
    risk and effects of secondary collisions throughout the train's 
    subsequent vehicles. Secondary collisions (i.e., impacts with interior 
    objects) can seriously harm or, in extreme cases, kill train occupants. 
    This risk of harm to a Tier II passenger train's occupants is, 
    therefore, minimized overall by requiring the energy absorbing 
    structures in the first two train cars to absorb collision energy 
    before it poses a risk to the train's occupants.
        Paragraph (d) requires that for a 30-mph collision of a train on 
    tangent, level track with an identical stationary train, the 
    deceleration of the occupied compartments of each trailer car shall not 
    exceed 8g; and when seated anywhere in a trailer car, the velocity at 
    which a 50th-percentile adult male contacts the seat back ahead of him 
    shall not exceed 25 mph. A 50th-percentile adult male has been defined 
    in Sec. 238.5, based on the same characteristics for such a vehicle 
    occupant's weight and dimensions specified in a NHTSA standard at 49 
    CFR Sec. 571.208, S7.1.4. FRA does note that, for purposes of this 
    requirement, the weight of the occupant is not particularly relevant, 
    as weight generally should not affect how fast the occupant strikes the 
    seat back ahead of him. In this regard, an occupant of heavier of 
    lighter weight should be neither more nor less protected by the 
    requirements of this paragraph.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Simula did not recommend defining an 
    occupant velocity in paragraph (d), noting that it is a function of the 
    crash pulse, the distance between two rows of seats, as well as 
    occupant position and size. FRA has specified that occupant velocity 
    not exceed 25 mph in a secondary collision because an occupant 
    travelling beyond that speed is at considerable risk of harm from a 
    secondary impact. In fact, use of an occupant restraint system would 
    likely have to be required to protect the train occupants in such a 
    case. FRA believes that compliance with paragraph (d)(1) can be 
    demonstrated, and that Amtrak's HTS complies with the rule based on 
    information presented to FRA.
        Simula additionally commented that if trailer cars are built to 
    withstand 30 mph collisions and 10g decelerations, then the seats in 
    these cars should also be designed to withstand these same forces. 
    Specifically, Simula did not recommend requiring that the decelerations 
    in trailer cars be limited in a 30 mph collision to 10g while requiring 
    seats to withstand the impact of an occupant travelling at 25 mph and a 
    longitudinal force of 8g, noting that the seats will not be able to 
    withstand the 10g decelerations and consequently detach from the car.
        FRA notes that Simula's comment relates to the seat strength 
    requirements found in Sec. 238.435. In the final rule, Sec. 238.435(a) 
    requires that the seat back and seat attachment in a passenger car be 
    designed to withstand, with deflection but without total failure, the 
    load associated with the impact into the
    
    [[Page 25631]]
    
    seat back of an unrestrained 95th-percentile adult male initially 
    seated behind the seat back, when the floor to which the seat is 
    attached decelerates with a triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g 
    and a duration of 250 milliseconds. FRA agrees with Simula that it is 
    possible that a seat in a trailer car may detach from the car when 
    subjected to a force that is greater than that required to be withstood 
    under proposed Sec. 238.435(a) in the NPRM, and expressly permitted by 
    proposed Sec. 238.403(d). FRA has, therefore, decided to modify 
    Sec. 238.403(d) so as to limit the permissible decelerations in a 
    trailer car to 8g under the conditions specified in that paragraph. FRA 
    believes that meeting this requirement is feasible with current 
    technology, and that Amtrak's HTS complies with Sec. 238.403(d)(2) on 
    the basis of information presented to FRA.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Talgo believed that paragraph (d) 
    should make allowances for the short-lived elevations in peak that may 
    occur during a collision so that peaks exceeding 10g (as proposed) for 
    a duration no longer than 10 milliseconds are acceptable. FRA believes 
    that for purposes of demonstrating compliance with this paragraph 
    through testing, deceleration measurements may be processed through a 
    low-pass filter having a bandwidth of 50 Hz.
        Paragraph (e) contains the analysis process to demonstrate that 
    equipment meets these crash energy management performance requirements. 
    The process allows simplifying assumptions to be made so that computer 
    modeling techniques can be used to confirm compliance.
    Section 238.405  Longitudinal Static Compressive Strength
        This section contains the requirements for longitudinal compressive 
    strength of power cars and trailer cars. Paragraph (a) requires the 
    compressive strength of the underframe of the power car cab to be a 
    minimum of 2,100,000 pounds without yielding. To form an effective 
    crash refuge, this strength is needed to take advantage of the strength 
    of the power car's two end frames. Alternate design approaches that 
    provide equivalent protection are allowed, but the equivalent 
    protection must be demonstrated through analysis and testing and be 
    approved by FRA under the provisions of Sec. 238.21.
        In its comments on paragraph (a), Bombardier believed that a design 
    requirement based on the ultimate strength of the structure, as 
    proposed in the NPRM, makes the analysis more difficult and testing the 
    structure impractical and potentially dangerous. According to 
    Bombardier, the specified test load should be based on the yield 
    strength of the structure rather than the ultimate strength, as this 
    would also be consistent with the Amtrak high-speed trainset 
    specifications. FRA has revised this section pursuant to Bombardier's 
    comment. FRA notes that the effect of this revision is to require a 
    stronger power car cab than originally proposed in the rule.
        Bombardier additionally commented that clarifying text should be 
    added to define the structural loading conditions so that the 
    2,100,000-pound load shall be resisted at the height of the underframe 
    at the rear of the cab as follows: 300,000 pounds at each rear cab 
    corner post location; and 750,000 pounds at each rear cab collision 
    post location. FRA does not believe it necessary to incorporate 
    Bombardier's comment into the rule, and doing so may result in 
    confusion. As discussed in Sec. 238.411, FRA believes that each corner 
    post structure on the rear end of a power car cab must resist a 
    300,000-pound load at the structure's joint with the underframe, and 
    each collision post structure must resist a 750,000-pound load in the 
    same manner. These loads may not be resisted solely at the underframe 
    as a test of the strength of the corner and collision post structures; 
    otherwise, the actual ability of the collision and corner post 
    structures to resist shearing would not be implicated. Further, the 
    load testing criteria for corner and collision post structures in the 
    rule is based on ultimate strength; whereas the longitudinal 
    compressive strength requirement in this paragraph, as revised, is 
    based on yield strength. In light of the separate requirements for 
    testing corner and collision post structures, FRA believes it best not 
    to expressly integrate those requirements with this section.
        Paragraph (b) contains the requirements for the static compressive 
    strength of the occupied volumes of trailer cars. This adopts the 
    traditional North American design practice of a static strength of 
    800,000 pounds, without deformation of the underframe. Paragraph (c) 
    makes clear that unoccupied volumes of power cars or trailer cars may 
    have a static end strength of less than 800,000 pounds to accommodate 
    crash energy management designs.
        The crash energy management design requirement ensures that the 
    stronger end structures and the stronger static compressive strength of 
    the cab of a power car will not make Tier II passenger equipment 
    incompatible with existing passenger equipment should a collision 
    between the two different types of equipment occur. The crash energy 
    management design causes a Tier II passenger train to appear as a 
    softer collision surface to a conventionally designed train, owing to 
    the collision energy absorbed by the Tier II train as its unoccupied 
    volumes intentionally crush.
    Section 238.407  Anti-Climbing Mechanism
        This section contains the requirements for anti-climbing mechanisms 
    on power and trailer cars. Paragraph (a) requires a power car to have a 
    forward anti-climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or 
    downward static vertical force of 200,000 pounds, without exceeding the 
    ultimate strength of the material. This requirement is virtually 
    identical to that required of locomotives by AAR S-580. However, 
    designs are permitted that require the crash energy management 
    controlled crushing to occur prior to the anti-climber fully engaging. 
    FRA has revised this paragraph based on a comment from Bombardier that 
    the rule text, as proposed, did not indicate that the 200,000-pound 
    value is an ultimate load. Inasmuch as this requirement as stated in 
    AAR S-580 is in fact based on an ultimate load acceptance criterion, 
    FRA has modified the rule text accordingly.
        Paragraph (b) requires that interior train coupling points between 
    units, including between units of articulated cars or other permanently 
    joined units of cars, have an anti-climbing device capable of resisting 
    an upward or downward vertical force of 100,000 pounds without 
    yielding. This is consistent with current design practice. FRA has 
    revised this section based on a comment from Bombardier that the 
    requirements in paragraph (b) are based on 49 CFR Sec. 229.141(a)(2), 
    and should thus include a yield strength acceptance criterion. FRA has 
    modified the rule consistent with the requirements of 49 CFR 
    Sec. 229.141(a)(2).
        Paragraph (c) requires the forward coupler of a power car to resist 
    a vertical downward force of 100,000 pounds for any horizontal position 
    of the coupler without yielding, and is virtually identical to that 
    provided in 49 CFR Sec. 229.141(a) for MU locomotives built new after 
    April 1, 1956, and operated in trains having a total empty weight of 
    600,000 pounds or more.
        Talgo commented on both this section and its Tier I counterpart in 
    Sec.  238.205. Talgo explained that it desired to avoid the implication 
    that only couplers may properly function as anti-climbing
    
    [[Page 25632]]
    
    mechanisms. Talgo also believed that in measuring the strength of the 
    anti-climbing device, the operative variable should be vertical 
    acceleration, expressed in gs, rather than load, expressed in pounds, 
    to accommodate trains of different masses. FRA has discussed these 
    comments earlier in the preamble.
    Section 238.409  Forward End Structures of Power Car Cabs.
        This section contains the requirements for forward end structures 
    of power car cabs. The forward end structure of a power car cab is 
    vital in a collision with another object. This structure must resist 
    override, prevent the entry of fluids into occupied spaces of the cab, 
    and allow the crash energy management system to function. The 
    requirements in paragraphs (a)-(c) are based on a specific end 
    structure design that consists of a full-height center collision post, 
    two side collision posts located at approximately the one-third points 
    laterally, and two full-height corner posts. This section also includes 
    loading requirements that each of these structural members must 
    withstand. However, the rule does permit flexibility for using other 
    equipment designs that provide equivalent structural protection.
        End structures meeting these requirements will provide considerably 
    greater protection to the train operator than that provided by existing 
    passenger equipment designs. For example, much stronger corner posts 
    are required here than for Tier I passenger equipment. FRA believes 
    these end structures help provide a degree of crashworthiness to 
    compensate for the increased risk associated with operating at higher 
    speeds.
        The front end structure design also includes in paragraph (d) a 
    skin requirement equivalent to that required by AAR S-580 and contained 
    in Sec. 238.209 for Tier I locomotives. FRA has revised paragraphs 
    (a)(3) and (b)(2) based on a comment from Bombardier. Bombardier noted 
    that the acceptance criterion proposed by FRA in these paragraphs is 
    based on the yield or critical buckling stress; whereas the design of 
    the forward end structures of the Amtrak high-speed power car cab is 
    based on an ultimate load. FRA agrees that basing the acceptance 
    criterion on ultimate strength is consistent with the Amtrak high-speed 
    trainset design specification, and FRA has modified the rule in this 
    regard.
        Bombardier also commented that in paragraph (c)(2) FRA proposed 
    requiring the corner post to resist a horizontal, lateral force of 
    100,000 pounds applied at a point 30 inches up from the underframe. 
    Bombardier stated that the cab on the Amtrak high-speed trainset was 
    designed to resist the 100,000-pound load at a point 18 inches up from 
    the underframe, and believed this consistent with all current design 
    practices for car end structural members. FRA has not modified the rule 
    on this point. FRA has found no conflict between the proposal and the 
    Amtrak high-speed trainset specification.
        Both Bombardier and Talgo commented that FRA appeared to have 
    specified the wrong value in paragraph (c)(3) of the proposed rule, as 
    compared with the values contained in Figure 1. See 62 FR 49812-3. The 
    commenters are correct that, as proposed, the paragraph wrongly 
    required each forward corner post to resist a horizontal, longitudinal 
    or lateral shear load of 150,000 pounds. As Figure 1 demonstrates, FRA 
    intended each corner post to resist a horizontal, longitudinal or 
    lateral shear load of 80,000 pounds. FRA has revised paragraph (c)(3) 
    accordingly in the final rule.
        Talgo additionally commented that in paragraph (d)(1), although the 
    rule makes clear that its reference to a particular thickness of 
    material does not preclude the use of thinner materials having a higher 
    yield strength, it would be preferable to avoid specifying a thickness 
    altogether. Instead, Talgo suggested that the skin strength requirement 
    could be stated in terms of a specified impact resistance, as FRA 
    proposed in Sec.  238.421 on safety glazing. FRA recognizes that it may 
    be possible to specify an impact resistance requirement, yet FRA has 
    chosen a yield strength requirement based on AAR Standard No. 580 and 
    the collective judgment of the railroad industry behind that standard. 
    Accordingly, although FRA would not preclude an equipment design based 
    on impact resistance that provides equivalent safety, FRA will defer 
    consideration of specifying such an impact resistance until Phase II of 
    the rulemaking. FRA does note that the strength of the material, in 
    terms of its resistance to shear, is also important to ensure occupant 
    protection.
    Section 238.411  Rear end Structures of Power Car Cabs.
        The rear end structure of a power car cab provides protection to 
    crewmembers from intrusion of locomotive machinery or trailing cars 
    into the cab's occupied volume as a result of a collision or 
    derailment. The requirements in this section are based on a specific 
    end structure design that consists of two full-height corner posts 
    (paragraph (a)) and two full-height collision posts (paragraph (b)). In 
    addition, this section specifies loading requirements that each of 
    these structural members must withstand. Of course, the rule does 
    permit flexibility for using other equipment designs that provide 
    equivalent structural protection.
        The required rear end structural protection will provide 
    considerably greater protection to the train operator than that 
    provided by existing passenger equipment designs. Together, the front 
    and rear end structural protection required in this rule for a power 
    car cab make the cab a highly survivable crash refuge.
        In commenting on the NPRM, Bombardier recommended that in paragraph 
    (b) the 750,000-pound force at the rear end cab structure collision 
    posts be applied at the height of the centerline of the underframe, and 
    not at the collision posts' joint with the underframe. FRA disagrees, 
    and believes it necessary to test the strength of the collision post 
    structure at its joint with the underframe to demonstrate the actual 
    ability of the collision post structure to resist shearing. Otherwise, 
    if the strength of the collision post structure were tested at the 
    height of the centerline of the underframe, the collision post 
    connection would not be loaded and the ability of the collision post 
    structure to resist shearing would not be tested.
        Bombardier also suggested that the horizontal, shear load value of 
    750,000 pounds specified in paragraph (b)(1) that the collision post is 
    required to resist be changed to 500,000 pounds. Bombardier believed 
    this modification necessary to be consistent with the shear strength 
    requirements for the front collision posts specified both in the rule 
    as well as in the Amtrak high-speed trainset specifications. FRA 
    disagrees with this comment, and has not revised the rule on this 
    point. The 750,000 pounds that each of the two collision posts at the 
    rear of a power car cab must individually resist--1,500,000 pounds in 
    the aggregate--is consistent with the 500,000 pounds that each of the 
    three collision posts at the forward end of the power car cab must 
    individually resist--again 1,500,000 pounds in the aggregate--under 
    Sec.  238.409(a) and (b) of this rule. Further, FRA believes these 
    values to be consistent with the Amtrak high-speed trainset design 
    specification.
    Section 238.413  End Structures of Trailer Cars
        The requirements in paragraph (a) are based on a specific end 
    structure design that consists of two full-height corner posts and two 
    full-height collision
    
    [[Page 25633]]
    
    posts. The requirements include loading requirements that each of these 
    structural members must withstand. The rule allows flexibility for 
    other designs that provide protection structurally equivalent to the 
    specified design.
        Paragraph (b) in the final rule contains an additional requirement 
    for trailer cars designed with an end vestibule. Such designs provide 
    an opportunity for additional corner post structures inboard of the 
    vestibule side doors. These corner posts can be supported by the side 
    sill and therefore be structurally more substantial than the corner 
    posts ahead of the side doors. This paragraph includes loading 
    requirements that these additional full-height corner posts must 
    withstand. Overall, the double corner post design provides 
    significantly increased protection to passengers in trailer cars with 
    end vestibules.
        In its comments on the rule, Bombardier stated that, to be 
    consistent with the design requirements for Amtrak's high speed 
    trainsets, the corner post loads in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (b)(2), and 
    (b)(3) (as numbered in the final rule) should be applied at 18 inches 
    up from the underframe, rather than at 30 inches. FRA agrees that these 
    values are consistent with Amtrak's previous undertakings for the high-
    speed trainsets, and has modified the final rule accordingly.
        In the 1997 NPRM, FRA proposed an exception from the requirements 
    of paragraph (a) for a trailer car (or, more appropriately, a consist 
    of trailer cars) made up of multiple articulated units not designed for 
    uncoupling other than in a maintenance shop. See 62 FR 49814, proposed 
    Sec. 238.413(b). FRA proposed that the end structure requirements in 
    paragraph (a) apply only to the two ends of the entire articulated 
    assembly (or consist) of units, and that the interior ends of the 
    individual units of the articulated assembly need not be equipped with 
    an end structure meeting the requirements in paragraph (a). Articulated 
    assemblies have a history of remaining in line during derailments and 
    collisions and, if not designed to be uncoupled, only the outside ends 
    of the entire assembly should be exposed to the risks of override. (In 
    this regard, FRA should have only proposed an exception for such 
    equipment from the collision post requirements in paragraph (a) and not 
    from the corner post requirements as well since collision posts--not 
    corner posts--principally protect against override and telescoping of 
    passenger equipment. Corner posts, by their very definition and 
    location, protect against hazards along the railroad right-of-way in a 
    way that collision posts cannot.) However, none of the relevant recent 
    experience is on the North American continent, and the ability of 
    articulated connections to remain intact during a high-speed collision 
    with North American passenger equipment, freight rolling stock, or a 
    fixed obstruction has not been demonstrated analytically. FRA noted the 
    weakness in the proposed exception (Sec. 238.413(b) of the NPRM) while 
    preparing the final rule. FRA has deleted proposed paragraph (b) in its 
    entirety, and has not provided an exception due to the high operating 
    speeds of Tier II passenger equipment.
    Section 238.415  Rollover Strength
        This section contains the requirements for the rollover strength of 
    passenger cars and power cars. If the occupied volumes of these 
    vehicles remain intact when they roll onto their side or roof 
    structures, occupant injury from vehicle collapse will be avoided. This 
    section essentially requires the vehicle structure to support twice the 
    deadweight of the vehicle as it rests on its side or roof. Passenger 
    equipment constructed to North American design practice performs well 
    in rollover situations. FRA believes this requirement captures this 
    industry practice.
        FRA has revised paragraph (a) to make clear that its requirements 
    apply to passenger cars. This revision is consistent with the section-
    by-section analysis of proposed Sec. 238.415 in the NPRM, see 62 FR 
    49779, which explained that this section included rollover strength 
    requirements for both power cars and trailer cars. (The term trailer 
    car is in fact a more inclusive definition under the rule than the term 
    passenger car.) FRA has also made clear in paragraph (a) that minor 
    localized deformations to the outer side skin of the passenger car or 
    power car are allowed provided such deformations in no way intrude upon 
    the occupied volume of each car. As in the NPRM, paragraph (b) states 
    that deformation to the roof sheathing and framing is allowed to the 
    extent necessary for the vehicle to be supported directly on the top 
    chords of the side frames and end frames.
        As Bombardier suggested in its comments on the NPRM, FRA has also 
    made a minor clarification to this section by substituting the words 
    ``in the structural members of the'' in place of the word ``for'' in 
    the phrase which originally read in the NPRM, ``the allowable stress 
    for occupied volumes .* * *.'' See 62 FR 49816.
    Section 238.417  Side Loads
        This section contains the requirements intended to resist 
    penetration of the side structure of a passenger car by a highway or 
    rail vehicle. The objective is to make the side of the passenger car 
    strong enough so that the car derails rather than collapses when struck 
    in the side by a highway or rail vehicle. If the passenger car can move 
    sideways (derail), less structural damage and potential to injure train 
    occupants will result.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Bombardier stated that for practical 
    reasons and to be consistent with the Amtrak high-speed trainset design 
    specifications, local yielding of the side sill should be allowed in 
    calculating the allowable stress in paragraph (c). FRA agrees that 
    local yielding of the side skin adjacent to the side sill and belt 
    rail, and local yielding of the side sill bend radii at the crossbearer 
    and floor-beam connections is permissible. FRA has modified paragraph 
    (c) accordingly, and notes that such local yielding is permissible 
    provided the resulting deformations do not intrude upon the occupied 
    volume of the passenger car.
    Section 238.419  Truck-to-Car-Body and Truck Component Attachment
        Paragraph (a) requires the truck-to-car-body attachment on Tier II 
    passenger equipment to resist without failure a minimum vertical force 
    equivalent to 2g acting on the mass of the truck and a minimum force of 
    250,000 pounds acting in any horizontal direction on the truck. The 
    intent of the requirement to resist without failure the minimum 
    vertical force equivalent to 2g acting on the mass of the truck is to 
    prevent the truck from separating from the car body during a rollover. 
    The intent of the requirement to resist without failure the minimum 
    force of 250,000 pounds acting in any horizontal direction on the truck 
    is to resist the forces that act upon the truck during a collision or 
    derailment that would tend to shear the truck from the car body. If the 
    truck separates from the car body it may become a hazardous projectile 
    that will intrude upon the occupied volume of a passenger car or 
    locomotive. Further, the truck will not be able to serve, in effect, as 
    an anti-climbing device if it separates from the car body in a 
    collision or derailment.
        Paragraph (b) requires that each component of the truck must remain 
    attached to the truck when a force equivalent to 2g acting on the mass 
    of the component is exerted in any direction on that component. Whereas 
    paragraph (a) is intended to keep the
    
    [[Page 25634]]
    
    truck attached to the car body, paragraph (b) is intended to keep truck 
    components attached to the truck.
        Bombardier, in its comments on the NPRM, requested that FRA modify 
    paragraph (a) so that the truck-to-car-body attachment must resist the 
    specified vertical and horizontal forces only as individual loads 
    applied separately. However, FRA has retained the requirement that the 
    truck-to-car-body attachment resist the specified vertical and 
    horizontal forces as applied at the same time. Requiring the truck-to-
    car-body attachment to resist the vertical and horizontal forces 
    applied at the same time reflects actual conditions experienced during 
    a collision or derailment. For this reason, FRA believes it 
    inappropriate to adopt Bombardier's comment.
    Section 238.421  Glazing
        This section contains the glazing requirements for Tier II 
    passenger equipment. FRA believes that the higher speed of Tier II 
    passenger equipment necessitates more stringent glazing standards than 
    currently required by 49 CFR part 223. As a result, FRA proposed 
    specific standards for end-facing exterior glazing, side-facing 
    exterior glazing, and interior glazing (which is not addressed in part 
    223) on windows installed in Tier II passenger equipment. See 62 FR 
    49817. In response to the NPRM, however, FRA received a number of 
    comments questioning the appropriateness of FRA's proposals, as well as 
    the existing glazing standards in part 223. Having considered these 
    comments, FRA has decided to focus the final rule principally on more 
    stringent glazing requirements for end-facing exterior windows 
    installed in Tier II passenger equipment. In the second phase of this 
    rulemaking, FRA will reexamine the glazing requirements for all windows 
    installed in Tier II passenger equipment. FRA notes that this final 
    rule does not amend the requirements of 49 CFR part 223, although FRA 
    had proposed to amend the application section of that part in the NPRM. 
    See 62 FR 49791. Such an amendment is no longer appropriate in light of 
    the requirements of this section (Sec. 238.421) in the final rule. The 
    requirements of this section and the modifications from the proposed 
    rule are discussed below in detail.
        The requirements of paragraph (a) apply to all exterior windows on 
    power car cabs and passenger cars. Windows on such equipment are 
    required to meet the glazing standards contained in 49 CFR part 223, 
    except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. Part 223 
    contains requirements for both end-facing and side-facing window 
    glazing, and employs different testing methods than specified in this 
    section. As recommended by Bombardier in its comments on the NPRM, 
    instead of applying the glazing requirements in this section generally 
    to power cars as proposed in the NPRM, FRA has decided to limit the 
    application of the glazing requirements in this section to power car 
    cabs. This modification is consistent with the glazing requirements in 
    part 223, see, e.g., 49 CFR Sec. 223.9(a). Bombardier had noted that 
    one of the side windows on the Amtrak high-speed power cars will lead 
    to an equipment room, which FRA understands will not be occupied while 
    the power car is in service.
        Paragraph (a) relates to paragraph (b) in that paragraph (b) 
    contains additional requirements for end-facing exterior window glazing 
    on power car cabs and passenger cars. First, under paragraph (b)(1), 
    end-facing exterior window glazing shall resist the impact of a 12-
    pound solid steel sphere traveling at the maximum speed of the vehicle 
    in which the glazing will be installed. The test must be conducted so 
    that the sphere strikes the window glazing at an angle of 90 degrees 
    (perpendicular) to the window surface. To successfully pass the test, 
    the window must neither spall nor be penetrated by the sphere. This 
    test is similar to the requirements imposed under European glazing 
    standards for high-speed trains, and should be much more repeatable 
    than the cinder block test specified in 49 CFR part 223.
        In the NPRM, FRA had proposed that end-facing exterior windows 
    resist an impact with a 12-pound steel sphere at an angle equal to the 
    angle between the window glazing surface as installed and the direction 
    of travel of the train. See 62 FR 49817. In commenting on the NPRM, 
    Automotive Glass Engineering (Automotive Glass) explained that impact 
    angle depends upon variables such as the vector of the projectile, the 
    vector of the train, and the angle at which the subject glazing is 
    installed. Automotive Glass then observed that it would have no advance 
    knowledge of the angle at which an object would strike the window 
    glazing when installed in the train. Automotive Glass recommended that 
    the rule require that tests be conducted at an angle perpendicular to 
    the surface--noting this would constitute the most severe impact--
    unless the rule specifies the method for determining the angle of 
    incidence. FRA has adopted the comment of Automotive Glass by revising 
    the rule text to require that the window glazing resist the impact with 
    the 12-pound steel sphere at an angle 90 degrees to the window surface. 
    This should result in a requirement as strict or stricter than that 
    proposed in the NPRM.
        Under paragraph (b)(1), end-facing exterior window glazing shall 
    demonstrate anti-spalling performance by the use of a 0.001 aluminum 
    witness plate, placed 12 inches from the glazing surface during all 
    impact tests. The witness plate must not contain any marks from spalled 
    window glazing particles after any impact test. This requirement was 
    originally proposed as Sec. 238.421(a)(3)(ii) in the NPRM. When 
    impacted on the exterior surface, window glazing currently used in 
    railroad equipment tends to spall from the inside surface. Several eye 
    injuries to crewmembers have resulted. FRA believes that the witness 
    plates used in conducting the spalling tests to qualify current glazing 
    are too thick and have allowed glazing that actually spalled to pass 
    the test. The witness plate specified in this paragraph is much thinner 
    and, therefore, more sensitive to detecting spall.
        In commenting on the NPRM, Automotive Glass stated that the 
    performance of a witness plate is critically dependent on the amount of 
    tension in which it is held, and that a uniform tension procedure would 
    enhance consistency. Automotive Glass therefore recommended that the 
    test protocol specify the minimum tension of the foil in terms of some 
    unit of measure, other than ``taut,'' which it considered an aspiration 
    not a specification. FRA notes that in testing required under 49 CFR 
    part 223, the witness plate must have a ``taut''surface. See 49 CFR 
    part 223, Appendix A, b.(6). In the NPRM, proposed 
    Sec. 238.421(a)(3)(ii) is silent as to the tension of the witness 
    plate. As ``taut'' has been the witness plate tension specification 
    used in all safety glazing testing required by FRA, use of a ``taut'' 
    witness plate is not inconsistent with the requirements of this 
    section. FRA believes that this issue may be reexamined in the second 
    phase of the rulemaking.
        Automotive Glass also commented that total elimination of spalling 
    will result in additional weight, additional cost, loss of durability, 
    or some combination of these three. According to Automotive Glass, 
    unessential weight above the center of gravity is detrimental because 
    high-speed trains should have less inertia and a lower center of 
    gravity. Automotive Glass believed FRA could sacrifice too much by 
    averting the slight hazard created by the possibility of minor spalling 
    in an
    
    [[Page 25635]]
    
    extremely unlikely event. Under the final rule, of course, only end-
    facing exterior glazing on Tier II passenger equipment is subject to 
    the particular requirements of this paragraph. Side-facing exterior 
    glazing is subject to the requirements contained in 49 CFR part 223. As 
    a result, only a relatively small number of the windows on a Tier II 
    passenger train will be required to comply with the more stringent 
    requirements specified in this paragraph. In this regard, FRA believes 
    that the changes made to the final rule render these comments less 
    significant.
        Automotive Glass further commented that under the proposed rule no 
    spalling of glass is allowed, and noted that under 49 CFR part 223 
    spalling is permitted unless it is severe enough to penetrate the 
    prescribed foil witness plate. Additionally, Automotive Glass stated 
    that constructing foil witness plates requires great care to avoid 
    creating indentations in the foil, and that microscopic examination of 
    the surface could be required to locate indentations to determine 
    whether they were preexisting or produced by spall. To the extent no 
    spalling is allowed, Automotive Glass suggested replacing the witness 
    plate with a capture box that would capture glass fragments in the box. 
    Automotive Glass believed that use of a capture box would result in a 
    simpler and more reliable determination whether spalling occurred. In 
    addition, if the rule would permit minor spalling, Automotive Glass 
    recommended use of a thinner witness plate positioned closer to the 
    glazing material to reduce the severity of allowable spalling and 
    permit determination based on penetration instead of indentation.
        FRA desires that no spalling occur, however, and recognizes that 
    the specified requirement is stricter than that provided in part 223. 
    Further, FRA believes that use of a capture box is not necessarily a 
    superior method of testing for spalling, as the integrity of the test 
    results depend in large part on the attentiveness of the operator 
    examining the capture box for spalled glass. FRA notes that Automotive 
    Glass also provided several other comments regarding the testing 
    protocols specified in this section and 49 CFR part 223. To the extent 
    that these comments address testing protocols in part 223, they concern 
    issues affecting glazing tests for both freight and passenger 
    equipment. Such issues need to be addressed in a broader regulatory 
    forum than this final rule on passenger equipment safety. FRA does make 
    clear, nevertheless, in response to a comment from Automotive Glass, 
    that it is not proper to certify that a segment of window glazing meets 
    the requirements of this section or part 223, or both, unless that 
    window segment is composed of the same material and manufactured in the 
    same manner as the window segment that underwent the testing required 
    by this section or part 223, or both.
        Paragraph (c) contains an alternative to the glazing standards 
    specified in paragraphs (a) and (b). The alternative standards 
    specified in paragraph (c) represent proposed '' Secs. 238.421(a) and 
    (b) in the NPRM. FRA has included this paragraph in the final rule in 
    recognition that the safety glazing standards proposed in Sec. 238.421 
    were developed in consultation with Amtrak for use on Amtrak's HTS, and 
    FRA believed these standards would provide sufficient protection for 
    the safety of the train occupants. However, the option to use the 
    alternative standards in paragraph (c) only applies to exterior window 
    glazing in passenger equipment ordered prior to May 12, 1999. Further, 
    the option to comply with paragraph (c) is no longer available once the 
    window needs to be replaced and the railroad has exhausted its 
    inventory of glazed windows conforming to the requirements of paragraph 
    (c) as held prior to May 12, 1999. In this manner, exterior window 
    glazing complying with the requirements in this paragraph will be 
    phased out over time.
        Paragraph (d) is similar to Sec. 238.221(b) in this final rule. FRA 
    did not receive any specific comments on this section and, for clarity, 
    FRA has restated the requirements proposed in Secs. 238.421(c) and (d) 
    in the NPRM, see 62 FR 49817, as Sec. 238.421(d) in this final rule. 
    The focus of paragraph (d) in the final rule is clearly on the ability 
    of each exterior window to remain in place, however the window may be 
    secured, and not have the window become a potential projectile itself. 
    FRA notes that it is separately evaluating whether securement of window 
    glazing in existing passenger equipment is sufficient to withstand 
    pressure differences associated with passing high-speed trains.
        Paragraph (e) is a stenciling requirement which FRA has revised in 
    this final rule as proposed originally in Sec. 238.421(f).
        As noted, FRA has decided not to impose on all Tier II passenger 
    equipment in this final rule the particular requirements for side-
    facing exterior window glazing on Tier II passenger equipment which FRA 
    had proposed in the NPRM. Instead, Tier II power car cabs and passenger 
    cars must comply with the existing side-facing exterior window glazing 
    requirements specified in 49 CFR part 223, or comply with the 
    alternative standards specified in paragraph (c), as appropriate. 
    However, FRA has included the following comments received on the 
    proposed side-facing exterior window glazing standards for purposes of 
    advancing the discussion of these standards in the second phase of the 
    rulemaking.
        FRA had generally proposed requiring that side-facing exterior 
    window glazing in Tier II passenger equipment resist the impact of a 
    12-pound solid steel sphere traveling at 15 mph and impacting at an 
    angle of 90 degrees to the surface of the glazing, with no penetration 
    or spall. See proposed Sec. 238.421(a)(2)(i), 62 FR 49817. FRA intended 
    this test to be more stringent than the large object impact test 
    required for side-facing exterior glazing under 49 CFR part 223, and to 
    demonstrate whether the side-facing glazing can protect occupants from 
    a relatively heavy object thrown against the side of the train. In 
    response to this proposal, GE Plastics (of the General Electrical 
    Company) commented that, although the energy resulting from the 
    proposed test would be greater than that required under part 223, the 
    momentum produced would not be greater. Noting that tests have shown 
    momentum to be as significant a factor as energy in the consequences of 
    an impact, GE Plastics did not believe the proposed test could be 
    considered more stringent than the current requirement in 49 CFR part 
    223. Instead of FRA's proposed test, GE Plastics recommended a test 
    involving a steel sphere weighing 24 to 25 pounds travelling at 15 mph, 
    so that energy and momentum would be greater than the current 
    requirement.
        FRA had also proposed generally requiring that side-facing exterior 
    window glazing in all Tier II passenger equipment resist the impact of 
    a granite ballast stone weighing a minimum of 0.5 pounds, traveling at 
    75 mph, at a 90-degree angle to the glazing surface, with no 
    penetration or spall. See proposed Sec. 238.421(a)(2)(ii). FRA intended 
    this test to demonstrate whether the glazing could protect occupants 
    against impact from a common stone found along the railroad thrown at a 
    speed slightly faster than a human could throw such an object. In 
    response, Automotive Glass commented that, because ballast stones are 
    irregular geometrically and structurally, reproducible tests would not 
    be possible unless the granite spheres used in the tests were machined 
    and polished. Second, Automotive Glass stated that the proposed test 
    would not impose a significantly higher kinetic energy load than that 
    imposed by the
    
    [[Page 25636]]
    
    test involving a 12-pound steel sphere impacting the glazing surface at 
    15 mph, and also it would not have greater spall generation potential 
    than the proposed test involving a 9 mm bullet. Automotive Glass added 
    that, if a higher kinetic energy test is desired, it would be more 
    reasonable to increase the impact velocity of the proposed test 
    involving the 12-pound steel sphere to at least 16 mph.
        FRA has also decided to defer imposing a new requirement for 
    ballistic testing of exterior window glazing on all power car cabs and 
    passenger cars. In the NPRM, FRA proposed requiring that all exterior 
    glazing resist the single impact of a 9-mm, 147-grain bullet traveling 
    at an impact velocity of 900 feet per second, with no bullet 
    penetration or spall. See proposed Sec. 238.421(a)(3)(i). FRA noted 
    that this bullet is a much more common handgun round than the 22-
    caliber bullet specified in 49 CFR part 223. In response to the 
    proposal, GE Plastics commented that it had seen no data indicating 
    that people shoot at trains more frequently with 9 mm bullets, although 
    it agreed that a 9 mm bullet is a more common handgun round than a .22 
    caliber bullet. Further, GE Plastics questioned why a 147 grain bullet 
    was specified, noted that a bullet's shape and composition affect its 
    penetrating ability, and believed that more detail is needed to 
    determine which bullet is appropriate. Moreover, GE Plastics expressed 
    concern about the wording of the proposed test in that it believed a 
    bullet will rarely be travelling exactly at 900 feet per second during 
    testing. GE Plastics recommended specifying a minimum and a maximum 
    velocity, instead, as well as examining the wording of existing 
    ballistic test standards.
        In commenting on the proposal, Automotive Glass noted its belief 
    that the .22 caliber projectile specified in 49 CFR part 223 represents 
    the threat of accidental injury from young people hunting or 
    ``plinking'' along a railroad right-of-way, while the proposed 9 mm 
    projectile represents the threat of injury intentionally inflicted by 
    vandals or terrorists. Automotive Glass believed that if FRA were to 
    adopt a policy of requiring any level of protection against 
    intentionally inflicted injury, it would seem to constitute a departure 
    from previous policy. If FRA were to adopt this approach, then 
    Automotive Glass recommended that the proposed test protocol require 
    each subject glazing specimen to withstand three 9 mm bullets within a 
    circle eight inches in diameter, as vandals or terrorists are more 
    likely to fire short bursts. Further, Automotive Glass observed that 
    any level of ballistic resistance required of glazing which exceeds 
    that provided by the body panel construction below the glazing would 
    contribute only to a false sense of security. In the end, Automotive 
    Glass suggested that individual railroads be given the discretion 
    whether to utilize glazing with greater ballistic resistance based on 
    the threat and severity of vandalism or terrorism each faces. Again, 
    FRA has decided to defer until the second phase of the rulemaking 
    consideration of imposing a new requirement for ballistic testing on 
    all exterior window glazing used on power car cabs and passenger cars. 
    Of course, a railroad may avail itself of the alternative requirements 
    specified in paragraph (c) at its option, to the extent paragraph (c) 
    is applicable.
        The final rule does not contain a standard covering interior window 
    glazing, as FRA has decided to defer consideration of imposing such a 
    standard until the second phase of this rulemaking. In the NPRM, FRA 
    had proposed requiring that interior glazing meet the minimum 
    requirements of AS1 type laminated glass as defined in American 
    National Standard ``Safety Code for Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor 
    Vehicles Operating on Land Highways,'' ASA Standard Z26.1-1966. See 62 
    FR 49817. (Bombardier commented that it believed the latest revision to 
    this standard occurred in 1990 rather than 1966.) FRA intended that the 
    proposed requirement would alleviate the need for interior window 
    glazing to meet the stringent impact resistance requirements placed on 
    exterior glazing, while ensuring that the glazing will shatter in a 
    safe manner like automotive glazing. In response to this proposal, GE 
    Plastics commented that requiring the glass to meet the AS1 
    requirements would exclude recognized safety glazing materials for 
    reasons unrelated to the glazing's ability to break safely, such as 
    light transmission, light distortion, and abrasion resistance. GE 
    plastics further commented that specifying a requirement for laminated 
    glass would exclude many established safety glazing materials. GE 
    Plastics recommended that, if safety glazing is desired, FRA 
    incorporate instead the 1984 version of the ANSI Z97.1 safety glazing 
    standard for use in buildings, which defines safety glazing as 
    ``Glazing materials so constructed, treated, or combined with other 
    materials that, if broken by human contact, the likelihood of cutting 
    and piercing injuries that might result from such contact is 
    minimized.''
        AtoHaas Americas, Inc., (AtoHaas) similarly commented that the AS1 
    standard incorporated in FRA's interior glazing proposal is an external 
    glazing standard that contains requirements which may not be needed for 
    internal glazing, such as light stability, luminous transmittance, and 
    abrasion resistance. Likewise, AtoHaas commented that specifying a 
    requirement for laminated glass would exclude other materials able to 
    meet the safety needs here for internal glazing. AtoHaas noted that 
    there are many types of glazing that would shatter or break in a safe 
    manner, and urged FRA to examine the American National Standard for 
    Safety Glazing Used in Buildings for products meeting FRA's safety 
    needs. FRA will consider these recommendations with the Working Group 
    in the second phase of the rulemaking, and presents them here to 
    advance discussion on potential requirements for interior window 
    glazing in Tier II passenger equipment.
    Section 238.423  Fuel Tanks
        This section contains the requirements for fuel tanks for fossil-
    fueled Tier II passenger equipment. This section should be read with 
    the discussion of locomotive fuel tanks in the preamble. This section 
    contains separate requirements for external fuel tanks, which extend 
    outside the car body structure, and for internal tanks, which do not 
    extend outside the car body.
        In commenting on the proposed rule, Bombardier recommended that the 
    same requirements proposed for Tier I fuel tanks apply to Tier II 
    equipment as well. Bombardier stated that early consensus was reached 
    to do so in the Tier II working group during development of the NPRM. 
    Bombardier maintained that this consensus was based on the fact that 
    there are no fuel tanks on the electric trainsets being built for the 
    NEC; the maximum speed for a fossil-fueled version of the trainsets 
    would be 125 mph; and no data exists to support the need for different 
    fuel tank requirements for Tier I and Tier II equipment. Further, 
    Bombardier stated that the requirements for Tier I fuel tanks 
    incorporate the most current industry practices for diesel electric 
    locomotive fuel tanks.
        In response to Bombardier's comment, FRA believes that different 
    fuel tank requirements for Tier I and Tier II equipment may be 
    appropriate based on the different maximum speeds at which the 
    equipment can travel. However, FRA recognizes that the specific 
    differences between the proposed Tier I and Tier II fuel tank 
    requirements have not been tightly justified. Accordingly, the final 
    rule requires compliance with Tier I requirements for internal fuel 
    tanks, and includes a requirement for
    
    [[Page 25637]]
    
    FRA review and approval of any Tier II external fuel tank for safety 
    equivalence with Tier I performance.
        As Bombardier pointed out in its comments, the NPRM did contain a 
    technical mistake in proposed Sec. 238.223(b)(2), which had as its Tier 
    II counterpart proposed Sec. 238.423(b)(3). Accordingly, these 
    paragraphs have been corrected in the final rule to reflect that the 
    25,000-lb yield strength described in the proposals is in fact a 
    25,000-lb per-square-inch yield strength.
    Section 238.425  Electrical System.
        FRA did not receive any specific comments on this section, and it 
    is adopted as proposed. This section contains the requirements for the 
    electrical system design of Tier II passenger equipment. These 
    requirements reflect common electrical safety practice and are widely 
    recognized as good electrical design practice. They include provisions 
    for:
         Circuit protection against surges, overload and ground 
    faults;
         Electrical conductor sizes and properties to provide a 
    margin of safety for the intended application;
         Battery system design to prevent the risk of overcharging 
    or accumulation of dangerous gases that can cause an explosion;
         Design of resistor grids that dissipate energy produced by 
    dynamic braking with sufficient electrical isolation and ventilation to 
    minimize the risk of fires; and
         Electromagnetic compatibility within the intended 
    operating environment to prevent electromagnetic interference with 
    safety-critical equipment systems and to prevent interference of the 
    rolling stock with other systems along the right-of-way.
    Section 238.427  Suspension System
        In response to comments on the 1997 NPRM and for purposes of 
    clarification, FRA has revised the requirements of this section. 
    Changes from the NPRM are noted below in the general discussion of this 
    section.
        As explained in the NPRM, safety requirements concerning the wheel-
    rail interface have traditionally been addressed as part of the track 
    safety standards. In parallel with the Tier II Equipment Subgroup's 
    effort to develop high-speed equipment safety standards, the RSAC Track 
    Working Group developed a final rule on track safety standards which 
    includes high-speed track standards. See 63 FR 33992, June 22, 1998. In 
    October 1996, FRA sponsored a joint meeting of the Tier II Equipment 
    Subgroup and members of the Track Working Group focusing on the 
    development of high-speed track standards to ensure that the two sets 
    of standards not conflict at the wheel-rail interface, where they 
    overlap. FRA did receive a comment on the passenger equipment NPRM that 
    the two sets of standards do in fact conflict, and this comment is 
    addressed in particular in the discussion of Appendix C to this part 
    (Suspension System Safety Performance Standards).
        To ensure safe, stable performance and ride quality, paragraph (a) 
    requires suspension systems to be designed to reasonably prevent wheel 
    climb, wheel unloading, rail rollover, rail shift, and a vehicle from 
    overturning. These requirements must be met in all operating 
    environments, and under all track and loading conditions as determined 
    by the operating railroad. In addition, these requirements must be met 
    under all track speeds and track conditions consistent with the Track 
    Safety Standards (49 CFR part 213), up to the maximum operating speed 
    and maximum cant deficiency of the equipment. These broad suspension 
    system performance requirements address the operation of equipment at 
    both high speed over well maintained track and at low speed over lower 
    classes of track. Suspension system performance requirements are needed 
    at both high and low speeds as exemplified by incidents where stiff, 
    high-speed suspension systems caused passenger equipment to derail 
    while negotiating curves in yards at low speeds.
        Compliance with paragraph (a) must be demonstrated during pre-
    revenue service acceptance testing of the equipment and by complying 
    with the safety performance standards for suspension systems contained 
    in Appendix C to this part. Because better ways to demonstrate 
    suspension system safety performance may be developed in the future, 
    the rule allows the use of alternative standards to those contained in 
    Appendix C if they provide at least equivalent safety and are approved 
    by the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety under the provisions of 
    Sec. 238.21.
        Paragraph (b) requires the steady-state lateral acceleration of 
    passenger cars to be less than 0.1g, as measured parallel to the car 
    floor inside the passenger compartment, under all operating conditions.
        Paragraph (c) requires each truck to be equipped with a permanently 
    installed lateral accelerometer mounted on the truck frame. If hunting 
    oscillations are detected, the train must be slowed. FRA has revised 
    this section to specify that hunting oscillations are considered a 
    sustained cyclic oscillation of the truck which is evidenced by lateral 
    accelerations in excess of 0.4g root mean square (mean-removed) for 2 
    seconds. In its comments on the rule, Talgo had recommended that the 
    permissible limits of hunting oscillations be specified in the rule 
    text and not in the definitions section, Sec. 238.5, as proposed in the 
    NPRM. See definition of hunting oscillations in proposed Sec. 238.5, 62 
    FR 49793. FRA has adopted Talgo's suggestion for clarity. However, FRA 
    has not adopted Talgo's alternative specification. Talgo commented 
    that, using the formulation in the NPRM in defining hunting 
    oscillations for Tier II passenger equipment, lateral oscillations 
    should apply on a peak basis, rather than on a peak-to-peak basis. 
    Talgo explained that oscillations would be considered dangerous if the 
    amplitude of six consecutive peaks exceeded 0.8g. Talgo added that this 
    approach is followed in Europe, citing UIC-515, and believed it more 
    reasonable than the proposed formulation. FRA has revised the 
    definition of hunting oscillations to make it consistent with the 
    definition of truck hunting in 49 CFR Sec. 213.333, Note 4 to the table 
    of Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits. FRA determined that the 
    approach using the root mean square (mean-removed) was the preferred 
    indicator of the forces associated with truck hunting, and takes into 
    consideration the oscillatory nature of truck hunting. FRA believes 
    this definition of truck hunting removes the uncertainty in counting 
    the number of sustained oscillations.
        FRA has further revised the rule to specify that the accelerometer 
    measurements shall be processed through a filter having a band pass of 
    0.5 to 10 Hz. Talgo also commented the rule should state that in 
    measuring the amplitude of lateral oscillations, the signal should be 
    filtered with a band pass of 4 to 8 Hz so that irrelevant signals are 
    excluded. FRA has adopted Talgo's recommendation in general, yet has 
    specified a pass band consistent with the track safety standards. See 
    49 CFR Sec. 213.333, Note 3 to table of Vehicle/Track Interaction 
    Safety Limits.
        Paragraph (d) provides ride vibration (quality) limits for vertical 
    accelerations, lateral accelerations, and the combination of lateral 
    and vertical accelerations. These limits must be met while the 
    equipment is traveling at the maximum operating speed over its intended 
    route. In commenting on the NPRM, Bombardier noted that the values 
    proposed in this paragraph were not fully consistent with the values 
    found in the then-proposed track safety standards, and requested that 
    they be
    
    [[Page 25638]]
    
    made consistent. FRA has revised the requirements of this paragraph 
    accordingly. For clarity, as used in paragraph (d)(1)(iii), the formula 
    (aL2+aV2) can be restated as the sum of the 
    square of both accelerations.
        FRA has combined paragraph (e) of proposed Sec. 238.427 into 
    paragraph (d) of the final rule as paragraph (d)(2). This provision 
    requires that compliance with the requirements of this paragraph be 
    demonstrated during the equipment's pre-revenue service qualification 
    tests required under Sec. 238.111 and Sec. 213.345 of the federal track 
    safety standards. One of the most important objectives of pre-revenue 
    service qualification testing is to demonstrate that suspension system 
    performance requirements have been met. FRA makes clear that the 
    requirements of paragraph (d)(2) need only be shown during pre-revenue 
    service qualification testing of the equipment.
        FRA has added paragraph (d)(3) to make clear that, for purposes of 
    paragraph (d), acceleration measurements shall be processed through a 
    filter having a band pass of 0.5 to 10 Hz. In its comments on the NPRM, 
    Talgo observed that the signal filter to use in performing the limit 
    calculations had not been specified in this paragraph, and suggested 
    using a band pass filter of 0.4 to 10 Hz. FRA has effectively adopted 
    Talgo's comment.
        Paragraph (e) requires wheelset journal bearing overheat sensors to 
    be provided either on board the equipment or at reasonable intervals 
    along the railroad's right-of-way. FRA prefers sensors to be on board 
    the equipment to eliminate the risk of a hotbox that develops between 
    wayside locations. However, FRA does recognize that onboard sensors 
    have a history of falsely detecting overheat conditions, causing 
    significant operating difficulties for some passenger railroads.
        FRA has clarified paragraph (e) based on a comment from Bombardier 
    that this provision should apply to each wheelset journal bearing, and 
    not to each equipment bearing as stated in Sec. 238.427(f), see 62 FR 
    49818. This is in accord with FRA's original intent.
    Section 238.429  Safety Appliances
        This section contains the requirements for safety appliances for 
    Tier II passenger equipment. FRA has attempted to simplify and clarify 
    how the Safety Appliance Standards contained in 49 CFR part 231 and 49 
    U.S.C. 20302(a) will be applied to Tier II passenger equipment. The 
    requirements contained in this section are basically a restatement of 
    existing requirements but tailored specifically for application to this 
    new and somewhat unconventional equipment. They represent the consensus 
    recommendation of the Tier II Equipment Subgroup.
        This final rule has retained all of the requirements proposed in 
    the 1997 NPRM. The only modification to the safety appliance 
    requirements is in response to one commenter's recommendation that the 
    requirements related to sill steps be made more consistent with 
    existing regulations. As a result, the requirement contained in 
    paragraph (e)(7), regarding the maximum height of the lowest sill step 
    tread, has been changed to be consistent with existing regulations and 
    practice.
        This same commenter also recommended that a specific grade of steel 
    be designated in the requirements for the steel or other materials used 
    for handrails, handholds, and sill steps, and that the grade of SAE 
    (Society of Automotive Engineers) bolt to be used as mechanical 
    fasteners be specified as well. FRA believes that steel or other 
    materials used for handrails, handholds, and sill steps should at least 
    be equivalent to specification ASTM A-576, Grade 1015-1020 steel. 
    However, to the extent this need be specified as a requirement, FRA 
    believes it would be more appropriate to consider doing so for safety 
    appliances on all passenger equipment--not just Tier II passenger 
    equipment. FRA had not made such a proposal in the NPRM; and this issue 
    may be reexamined in Phase II of the rulemaking. As for the strength of 
    mechanical fasteners, the final rule states that mechanical fasteners 
    must have a mechanical strength at least equivalent to that of a \1/2\ 
    inch diameter SAE grade steel bolt, as FRA had proposed in the NPRM. 
    FRA believes that any SAE grade of steel bolt will satisfy this 
    requirement, and, as a result, FRA has not modified the final rule in 
    this regard.
        Paragraph (b) deserves special mention; it requires that Tier II 
    passenger trains be provided with a parking or hand brake that can be 
    set and released manually and can hold the equipment on a 3-percent 
    grade. A hand brake is an important safety feature that prevents the 
    rolling or runaway of parked equipment.
    Section 238.431  Brake System
        This section contains the brake system design and performance 
    requirements for Tier II passenger equipment, and, except for one 
    provision, represents the consensus recommendation of the Tier II 
    Equipment Subgroup. The provisions contained in this section are 
    virtually identical to the requirements proposed in the 1997 NPRM. 
    Except for one commenter's recommendation that leeway be provided on 
    the number of locations in a vehicle that must be equipped with a means 
    to effectuate an emergency brake application on shorter equipment, no 
    substantive adverse comments were received on the provisions contained 
    in this section and, thus, they have been retained without change.
        As noted in the 1997 NPRM, the main issue of concern among Subgroup 
    members involved the capability of sensor technology used to monitor 
    the application and release of brakes. Labor representatives maintained 
    that a technology that actually measures the force of brake shoes and 
    pads against wheels and brake discs is required for a reliable 
    indication of brake application and release. Railroad operators 
    contended that this technology is not commercially available and that 
    monitoring pressure in brake cylinders does provide a reliable 
    indication of brake application and release, particularly when those 
    cylinders are directly adjacent to the point where brake friction 
    surfaces are forced together. FRA agrees that the technology suggested 
    by certain labor commenters is not currently available and that brake 
    system piston travel or piston cylinder pressure indicators have been 
    used with satisfactory results for many years. Although FRA agrees that 
    these indicators do not provide 100 percent certainty that the brakes 
    are effective, they have proven effective enough to be preferable to 
    requiring an inspector to assume a dangerous position while inspecting 
    a train's brake system.
        Aside from this issue, the rest of the brake system design and 
    performance requirements contained in this section received widespread 
    support. In fact, several of the requirements were contained in written 
    positions provided by both rail labor and management members of the 
    Subgroup, and virtually all of the requirements were discussed in the 
    high-speed passenger equipment section of the 1994 NPRM on power 
    brakes. See 59 FR 47693-94, 47699-47700, and 47730. Many of the 
    requirements in this section are similar to the requirements for Tier I 
    passenger equipment contained in Sec. 238.231, thus the discussion 
    related to that section should be read in conjunction with the 
    following discussion.
        Paragraph (a) of this section is virtually identical to the 
    requirement related to the braking systems of Tier I passenger 
    equipment in Sec. 238.231(a).
        Paragraph (b) contains a requirement similar to that in 
    Sec. 238.231(b) and is
    
    [[Page 25639]]
    
    intended to protect railroad employees. FRA believes that inspectors of 
    equipment must be able to ascertain if brakes are applied or released 
    without placing themselves in a vulnerable position. This final rule 
    allows railroads the flexibility of using a reliable indicator in place 
    of requiring direct observation of the brake application or piston 
    travel because the designs of many of the brake systems used on 
    passenger equipment make direct observation of the brakes extremely 
    difficult. Brake system piston travel or piston cylinder pressure 
    indicators have been used with satisfactory results for many years. 
    Although indicators do not provide 100 percent certainty that the 
    brakes are effective, they have proven effective enough to be 
    preferable to requiring an inspector to assume a dangerous position.
        Paragraph (c) is virtually identical to the requirement contained 
    in Sec. 238.231(c), and is a fundamental brake system performance 
    requirement that an emergency brake application feature be available at 
    any time and produce an irretrievable stop. This paragraph contains an 
    additional requirement that a means to actuate the emergency brake be 
    provided at two locations in each unit of the train. This additional 
    requirement ensures the availability of the emergency brake feature and 
    is in accordance with the current available design of high-speed 
    passenger equipment. FRA received comments from Renfe Talgo 
    recommending that FRA change this requirement to permit shorter 
    equipment to provide only one location in each unit of a train with a 
    means to actuate the emergency brake. This commenter recommends such 
    leeway due to the fewer number of passengers in these units and due to 
    the distance any one passenger would be to the actuation device when 
    compared to the distance in standard length passenger train units. FRA 
    has modified this paragraph to provide that equipment that is 45 feet 
    or less in length (approximately one-half the length of standard 
    passenger equipment) need provide a means to actuate the emergency 
    brake at only one location in each such unit of the train.
        Paragraph (d) requires the brake system to be designed to prevent 
    thermal damage to wheels and brake discs.
        Paragraph (e) contains requirements related to blended braking 
    systems. These requirements are similar to those contained in 
    Sec. 238.231(j). The only additional requirement is that the 
    operational status of the electric portion of the blended brake be 
    displayed in the operator's cab. Operators of this high-speed equipment 
    may use different train handling procedures when the electric portion 
    of blended brake is not available. Therefore, a dangerous situation 
    could arise when an operator of these high-speed trainsets expects the 
    electric portion of the blended brake to be available and it is not. 
    FRA believes that when operations exceed 125 mph either the train must 
    not be used if the electric portion of the blended brake is not 
    available, or the train operator must know that the electric portion of 
    the blended brake is not available so he or she can be prepared to use 
    compensating train handling procedures. Further, FRA believes that if 
    the additional heat input to wheels or discs caused by lack of the 
    electric portion of the blended brake causes thermal damage to these 
    braking surfaces, then the electric portion of the blended brake should 
    be considered a required safety feature and, unless it is available, 
    the equipment should not be used.
        Paragraph (f) requires the brake system to allow a disabled train's 
    pneumatic brakes to be controlled by a conventional locomotive during 
    rescue operations.
        Paragraph (g) requires that Tier II passenger trains be equipped 
    with an independent brake failure detection system that compares brake 
    commands to brake system outputs to determine if a failure has 
    occurred. This paragraph also requires that the brake failure detection 
    system report failures to the automated monitoring system, which is 
    contained in Sec. 238.445, thus alerting the train operator to 
    potential brake system degradation so that the operator can take 
    corrective action such as slowing the train.
        Paragraph (h) requires that all Tier II passenger equipment be 
    provided with an adhesion control system designed to automatically 
    adjust the braking force on each wheel to prevent sliding during 
    braking. This paragraph also requires that the train operator be 
    alerted in the event of a failure of this system with a wheel slide 
    alarm that is visual or audible, or both. This feature ties the 
    adhesion control system to the automated monitoring system and prevents 
    dangerous wheel slide flat conditions that can be caused when wheels 
    lock during braking.
    Section 238.433  Draft System
        FRA is requiring that leading and trailing automatic couplers of 
    Tier II trains be compatible with standard AAR couplers with no special 
    adapters used. FRA believes that compatibility with standard couplers 
    is necessary in order that a conventional locomotive could assist in 
    the rescue of disabled Tier II passenger equipment. In addition, 
    couplers must include an automatic coupling feature as well as an 
    uncoupling device that complies with 49 U.S.C. chapter 203, 49 CFR part 
    231, and 49 CFR Sec. 232.2. FRA believes that automatic uncoupling 
    devices are necessary in order to comply with the intent of the statute 
    so that employees will not have to place themselves between equipment 
    in order to perform coupling or uncoupling operations.
    Section 238.435  Interior Fittings and Surfaces
        This section contains the requirements for interior fittings and 
    surfaces. Once survivable space is ensured by basic vehicle structural 
    strength and crash energy management requirements, the design of 
    interior features becomes an important factor in preventing or 
    mitigating injuries resulting from collisions or derailments. Loose 
    seats, equipment, and luggage are a significant cause of injuries in 
    passenger train collisions and derailments.
        Paragraphs (a) through (c) contain requirements for the design of 
    passenger car seats and the strength of their attachment to the car 
    body. These requirements are based on sled tests of passenger coach 
    seats, seat tests conducted for other modes of transportation, and 
    computer modeling to predict the results of passenger train collisions. 
    These provisions include a requirement for shock absorbent material on 
    the backs of seats to cushion the impacts of passengers with the seats 
    ahead of them.
        FRA has modified paragraph (a) based on comments received in 
    response to the NPRM. In the NPRM, FRA proposed requiring a seat back 
    in a passenger car to be designed to withstand, with deflection but 
    without total failure, the load of a seat occupant who is a 95th-
    percentile male accelerated at 8g who impacts the seat back. See 62 FR 
    49819. Simula, in commenting on the NPRM, suggested that the seat back 
    in a passenger car should be designed to withstand, with deflection but 
    without total failure, the impact of unrestrained occupant(s) seated 
    behind the test article (seat back) and subjected to the same crash 
    pulse. Further, in its comments on the NPRM, Bombardier noted that the 
    design of the seats in Amtrak's HTS is based on a 185-pound occupant 
    according to Amtrak's specification, while paragraph (a) specified the 
    occupant size as a 95th-percentile male.
        In the final rule, paragraph (a) requires that the design of the 
    seat back
    
    [[Page 25640]]
    
    and seat attachment withstand, with deflection but without total 
    failure, the load associated with the impact into the seat back of an 
    unrestrained 95th-percentile adult male initially seated behind the 
    seat, when the floor to which the seat is attached decelerates with a 
    triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 
    milliseconds. (As used in this section, a 95th-percentile adult male 
    has been defined in Sec. 238.5.) This modification clarifies the intent 
    of the proposal, and specifies a crash pulse. As noted by Simula, 
    specifying a crash pulse recognizes the importance of testing seats 
    dynamically to represent actual conditions in a train collision. 
    Paragraph (a) has also been modified to incorporate paragraph (c)(1) of 
    the proposed rule by stating that the seat attachment must also resist 
    the specified load as well, and this is discussed below.
        In response to Bombardier's comment on the size of the occupant 
    seated behind the seat being tested for purposes of determining the 
    required strength of the seat, FRA notes that the specification for 
    Amtrak's HTS does provide for use of a smaller occupant than is 
    specified in the rule. However, the Amtrak specification also provides 
    that the occupant be subjected to a more severe crash pulse than that 
    specified in the rule. As a result, FRA believes that under paragraph 
    (a) the energy required to be absorbed by the seat being tested is not 
    greater than that provided for in the Amtrak specification, and FRA has 
    not modified the rule on this point.
        As noted above, FRA has modified paragraph (c) in the final rule by 
    incorporating proposed paragraph (c)(1) into paragraph (a) of the final 
    rule and retaining, as renumbered in paragraph (c) of the final rule, 
    proposed paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) in the NPRM. See 62 FR 49819. FRA 
    has incorporated proposed paragraph (c)(1) into paragraph (a) of the 
    final rule based in part on a comment from Simula that the ultimate 
    strength of a seat attachment to a passenger car body shall be 
    sufficient to withstand a crash pulse representing a typical train 
    accident (275 msec triangular pulse, peak acceleration 10 G) and the 
    impact of an unrestrained occupant(s) behind the test article. 
    Incorporating the longitudinal strength requirement proposed for the 
    seat attachment in paragraph (c)(1) of the NPRM into paragraph (a) of 
    the final rule rationalizes the rule and recognizes that the seat 
    attachment requirement and the seat back requirement both take into 
    account the force of a train occupant impacting the seat from behind. 
    However, FRA has not adopted Simula's recommendation to increase the g 
    loading that the seat attachment is required to withstand or specify a 
    crash pulse as long as 275 milliseconds, triangular. Simula's 
    recommendation appears to be based on the assumption that higher speed 
    train collisions will result in greater decelerations of longer 
    duration in a trailer car. Yet, FRA believes that the resulting 
    decelerations will have only a longer duration. As the duration for 
    which an occupant impacts an interior surface has a negligible 
    influence on potential injury, the 8g force and 250 msec crash pulse 
    specified in this paragraph is appropriate for Tier II passenger 
    equipment.
        The lateral and vertical loading requirements in paragraph (c) 
    remain unchanged from the NPRM other than being renumbered.
        FRA has not incorporated two other comments from Simula on this 
    section for the reasons noted below. First, Simula suggested adding a 
    requirement that two rows of seats should be included in the seat 
    testing and positioned to represent the row-to-row pitch for 
    installation. FRA has not modified the rule in this regard, because FRA 
    believes it evident that in testing seats to show compliance with the 
    requirements of this section the positioning of the seats must 
    represent the actual positioning of the seats in the passenger car 
    subject to the requirements of this section. In addition, Simula 
    recommended that instrumented Hybrid III dummies be seated in the row 
    behind the test article to determine occupant injury potential during a 
    dynamic test, and that the data measured by the dummies meet specified 
    injury criteria available in a pending APTA standard. Simula further 
    recommended that the number and size of unrestrained occupants (crash 
    test dummies) to be used in testing be defined in the APTA standard. 
    Simula noted that the results of ongoing research will be used to 
    complete the standard, and that to meet injury performance criteria the 
    railroad may have to use some form of occupant restraint system. As 
    evidenced by Simula's comments, specifying occupant injury criteria is 
    an ongoing issue and, as such, is best deferred to the second phase of 
    this rulemaking. FRA does recognize that pursuing the specification of 
    occupant injury criteria is both sound and technically appropriate, and 
    encourages research in this regard for use in the second phase of the 
    rulemaking, in addition to examining the use of NHTSA occupant injury 
    criteria.
        Paragraph (d) contains the requirements for strength of attachment 
    of interior fittings and is similar to that required in 
    Sec. 238.233(c). Similar to its comment noted above, Bombardier 
    remarked that proposed paragraph (d) specified a 95th-percentile male 
    for use in determining the required strength of certain interior 
    fittings. See 62 FR 49819-20. Bombardier explained that the design of 
    tables for Amtrak's HTS does not follow this approach, and that, based 
    on research conducted within the rail industry, it relates to impact 
    velocities of a 185-pound occupant. Bombardier was unsure how the 
    proposed rule compared to the way tables were being designed and 
    constructed for Amtrak's HTS, and requested that the practicality of 
    the proposed approach be first considered. As FRA responded above to 
    Bombardier's similar comment, FRA believes that specifying a larger 
    occupant size will not in itself increase the strength that the fitting 
    is required to withstand since the Amtrak specification provides that 
    the 185-pound occupant must resist a more severe crash pulse than that 
    provided in the rule. FRA believes the requirement in paragraph (d) is 
    not greater than that required under the Amtrak specification for HTS.
        Paragraph (e) contains a special requirement for the ultimate 
    strength of seats and other fittings in the cab of a power car. Due to 
    the extra strength of the cab, its structure is capable of resisting 
    forces caused by accelerations that exceed 10g. As a result, benefit 
    can be gained from a greater longitudinal strength requirement for seat 
    and other interior fitting attachments. FRA is therefore requiring that 
    seats and equipment in the cab be attached to the car body with 
    sufficient strength to resist longitudinal forces caused by an 
    acceleration of 12g. The lateral and vertical requirements remain 4g. 
    These requirements do not apply to equipment located outside the cab.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Simula also recommended that the 12g 
    longitudinal requirement be supplemented by a 250-millisecond dynamic 
    crash pulse. However, FRA believes that this will result in a more 
    expensive test without a corresponding increase in safety. Simula 
    further suggested that the 4g lateral and vertical loading requirements 
    apply to the combined mass of the seat and the seat occupant. FRA notes 
    that such a requirement is provided in Sec. 238.447(f)(2).
        Paragraphs (f) and (g) contain requirements representing good 
    safety design practice for any type of vehicle.
        FRA believes the luggage restraint requirement in paragraph (h) 
    will
    
    [[Page 25641]]
    
    prevent many of the injuries caused by flying luggage that are typical 
    of passenger train collisions and derailments.
        FRA has included paragraph (i) in the final rule, consistent with 
    its parallel requirement in Sec. 238.233(g) for Tier I passenger 
    equipment.
    Section 238.437  Emergency Communication
        This section requires an emergency communication system with back-
    up power within a Tier II train. This safety feature will allow the 
    train crew to provide evacuation and other instructions to passengers, 
    and help prevent panic that can occur during emergency situations.
        FRA's principal revision to this section allows passenger cars 45 
    feet or less in length to have only one emergency communication 
    transmission location. FRA had proposed that transmission locations be 
    placed at both ends of each passenger car. In response to the proposal, 
    Talgo commented that in considering the placement of transmission 
    locations, the operative factor should be the distance from any point 
    on the train to the nearest transmission unit--rather than specifying 
    that they be placed at the ends of each passenger car. Talgo believed 
    this necessary to accommodate cars which are half the length in size of 
    conventional cars.
        As the length of a conventional railroad passenger car is typically 
    between 85 and 90 feet, FRA believes it appropriate to require a car 
    not more than half that length to have only one emergency communication 
    transmission unit. However, FRA is not prepared to specify a 
    requirement to place such transmission units solely on the distance 
    from any point on the train to the nearest transmission unit. By taking 
    into account the location of transmission units on a train level, the 
    nearest transmission unit to a passenger seated in one car may in fact 
    be a transmission unit located in an adjoining car. However, having to 
    pass into an adjoining car to access the transmission unit, although 
    nearer linearly, may at a minimum be impracticable in certain 
    situations. FRA believes that each Tier II passenger car, no matter its 
    size, must have its own emergency communication transmission unit.
        This section also requires that emergency communication 
    transmission locations be marked with luminescent material, that clear 
    instructions be provided for the use of the emergency communication 
    system, and that the emergency communication system have back-up power 
    for a minimum period of 90 minutes.
        In commenting on the rule, the NTSB noted that FRA had not proposed 
    emergency communication requirements for Tier I operations. The NTSB 
    believed that emergency communication requirements are necessary for 
    Tier I operations because the majority of passenger train accidents 
    have occurred in those operations. The NTSB also stated that emergency 
    communication requirements should not be limited to intra-train 
    operations, but include as well the ability to communicate from the 
    train to outside sources. In a similar comment on the NPRM, the UTU 
    stated that passenger trains should not be dispatched without working 
    head end radios and a reliable backup system. The UTU also commented 
    that all conductors and crewmembers should be issued portable radios 
    capable of communicating with each other, the head end, and the 
    dispatcher or control center.
        FRA is not applying the Tier II requirements for intra-train 
    emergency communication to Tier I operations at this time. FRA agrees 
    with the NTSB's comment that emergency communication requirements 
    should not be a function of speed, but rather a function of the design 
    and configuration of the train and the terrain in which the train 
    operates. Yet, FRA's decision here is not based on speed. FRA initially 
    proposed to limit this proposal to Tier II passenger trains because 
    such trains are intended to operate as a fixed unit, unlike most Tier I 
    passenger trains. Whereas an emergency system to communicate throughout 
    the train may be more easily provided for in a train which remains as a 
    fixed unit, the interchangeability of passenger cars and locomotives 
    raises practical considerations about the compatibility of 
    communications equipment in a Tier I passenger train. FRA believes it 
    best to address these considerations and further examine requirements 
    concerning emergency communication within a Tier I train in the second 
    phase of the rulemaking, following consideration of these issues by the 
    APTA PRESS Task Force.
        As to requirements for emergency communication from a train to an 
    outside source, FRA has addressed such requirements in the Railroad 
    Communications final rule, designated as Docket No. RSOR-12. See 63 FR 
    47182; Sept. 4, 1998. FRA recognizes that the ability to communicate in 
    an emergency is important for all trains--freight and passenger. In 
    particular, because passenger trains operate commingled with freight 
    trains, the ability of a freight train crew to notify a railroad 
    control center of an emergency involving its train may prevent a 
    collision with an oncoming passenger train. The railroad communications 
    rulemaking was supported by a working group, established through RSAC, 
    which specifically addressed communication facilities and procedures, 
    with a strong emphasis on passenger train emergency requirements. In 
    general, section 220.209 of the Railroad Communications final rule 
    provides that, for each railroad having no fewer than 400,000 employee 
    work hours, each occupied controlling locomotive in a train shall have 
    a working radio that can communicate with the control center of the 
    railroad, and each train shall also have communications redundancy, 
    i.e., a working radio on another locomotive in the consist or other 
    means of working wireless communication. See 49 CFR Sec. 220.9; 63 FR 
    47195-6. Moreover, in addition to the requirements of the Railroad 
    Communications rule, FRA notes that intercity passenger and commuter 
    railroads already make extensive provision for ensuring communication 
    capabilities during emergencies. FRA believes that other communications 
    issues have been resolved either in the railroad communications 
    rulemaking, the passenger train emergency preparedness rulemaking, or 
    this final rule. However, any final issues can be addressed in the 
    second phase of this rulemaking.
    Section 238.439  Doors
        This section contains the requirements for doors on Tier II 
    passenger cars. This section should be read with the discussion of 
    passenger car doors earlier in the preamble. As stated, FRA has 
    modified the requirement for the number of exterior side doors per 
    passenger car (contained in paragraph (a)) by specifying that each car 
    shall have a minimum of two such doors.
        The requirements in paragraph (b) are similar to those contained in 
    Sec. 238.235(b) for Tier I passenger equipment. However, the 
    requirements of paragraph (c) have no counterpart in Sec. 238.235. This 
    paragraph requires the status of powered, exterior side doors to be 
    displayed to the crew in the operating cab and, if door interlocks are 
    used, the sensors to detect train motion must nominally be set to 
    operate at not more than 3 mph. Such equipment is well within current 
    technology. Paragraph (d) requires that powered, exterior side doors be 
    connected to an emergency back-up power system.
    
    [[Page 25642]]
    
    Paragraph (e) is identical to that provided for Tier I passenger 
    equipment in Sec. 238.235(c).
        Paragraph (f) requires passenger compartment end doors to be 
    equipped with a kick-out panel, pop-out window, or other means of 
    egress in the event the doors will not open, or be so designed as to 
    pose a negligible probability of becoming inoperable in the event of 
    carbody distortion following a collision or derailment. This paragraph 
    does not apply to such doors providing access to the exterior of a 
    trainset, however, as in the case of an end door in the last car of a 
    train. In the NPRM, FRA discussed that the requirements in this 
    paragraph originally arose out of the NTSB's emergency safety 
    recommendations following its investigation of the February 16, 1996, 
    collision between a MARC commuter train and an Amtrak passenger train 
    in Silver Spring, Maryland. See 62 FR 49734-5. Specifically, as stated 
    in its final railroad accident report, the NTSB recommended that FRA:
    
        Require all passenger cars to have either removable windows, 
    kick panels, or other suitable means for emergency exiting through 
    the interior and exterior passageway doors where the door could 
    impede passengers exiting in an emergency and take appropriate 
    emergency measures to ensure corrective action until these measures 
    are incorporated into minimum passenger car safety standards. (NTSB/
    RAR-97/02) (R-97-15)
    
        As explained in the NPRM, FRA proposed that the first practical 
    application of the NTSB's recommendation be made with respect to Tier 
    II passenger car end doors. See 62 FR 49735. FRA has been assisting 
    APTA through its PRESS task force examine the full range of options for 
    implementing the NTSB recommendation in Tier I passenger equipment, in 
    addition to the Volpe Center's work on emergency egress on a systems 
    level. These complementary efforts will be brought together in the 
    second phase of the rulemaking.
        FRA notes that it has modified paragraph (f) from the proposal in 
    the NPRM, see 62 FR 49820 (proposed Sec. 238.441(d)), to permit Tier II 
    passenger car doors to be designed without a kick-out panel, pop-out 
    window, or like feature, provided that the doors pose a negligible 
    probability of becoming inoperable in the event of carbody distortion 
    following a collision or derailment. FRA believes this modification is 
    consistent with the NTSB's safety recommendation
    (R-97-15).
        Paragraph (g) is reserved for door marking and operating 
    instruction requirements. These requirements are currently provided in 
    the rule on passenger train emergency preparedness at 49 CFR 
    Sec. 239.107. See 63 FR 24630, 24680. In phase II of the rulemaking, 
    FRA will consider integrating the door marking and operating 
    instruction requirements found in part 239 with this part. 
    Additionally, FRA will consider revising those requirements as 
    necessary.
    Section 238.441  Emergency Roof Entrance Location
        This section requires that Tier II passenger equipment either have 
    a roof hatch or a clearly marked structural weak point in the roof to 
    provide quick access for properly equipped emergency personnel. Such 
    features will aid in removing passengers and crewmembers from a vehicle 
    that is either on its side or upright.
        In the NPRM, FRA proposed that each Tier II passenger car be 
    equipped with a minimum of two such emergency roof entrance locations. 
    See 62 FR 49820. Talgo, in its comments on this proposal, remarked that 
    a passenger car half the length of a conventional passenger car should 
    require only one roof hatch or structural weak point. Further, 
    Bombardier commented that the high-speed trainsets it is constructing 
    for Amtrak will have only one structural weak point located in the 
    center of the passenger cars due to the location of roof-mounted air 
    conditioning units at each end of the cars.
        In the final rule, each Tier II passenger car and each cab of a 
    power car is required to have at least one emergency roof entrance 
    location to permit the evacuation of the vehicle's occupants through 
    the roof. Beyond the issue of the sufficiency of the number of 
    emergency roof entrance locations for Tier II passenger equipment is 
    the larger issue of applying requirements for emergency roof entrance 
    locations to Tier I passenger equipment. The final rule does not 
    contain such requirements for Tier I passenger equipment, and there was 
    no consensus within the Working Group to do so. See 62 FR 49750-1. 
    However, FRA believes that work within the APTA PRESS Task Force will 
    lead to reconciliation of Tier I and Tier II requirements on this 
    issue. FRA intends to reexamine the requirements of this section in the 
    second phase of the rulemaking with a view to applying emergency roof 
    entrance locations requirements to Tier I passenger equipment. In the 
    meantime, the public is entitled to the protection afforded by the Tier 
    II standard. High-speed derailments may be more severe because of the 
    total energy involved and a potentially longer ``ride down'' during 
    which injuries may occur, rendering occupants incapable of exiting the 
    train under their own power.
        Paragraph (b) is reserved for marking and instruction requirements 
    to be specified as necessary in the second phase of this rulemaking.
    Section 238.443  Headlights
        FRA received no comments on this provision, and it is adopted as 
    proposed. Because of the high speeds at which Tier II passenger 
    equipment operates, FRA is requiring that a headlight be directed 
    farther in front of the train to illuminate a person than is currently 
    required for existing equipment under 49 CFR Sec. 229.125(a). A Tier II 
    passenger train will travel distances more quickly than a Tier I 
    passenger train, and the train operator will have less time to react, 
    thereby necessitating earlier awareness of objects on the track.
        FRA notes that, as further specified in 49 CFR Sec. 229.125(d)-(h), 
    locomotives operated at speeds greater than 20 miles per hour over one 
    or more public highway-rail crossings are required to be equipped with 
    operative auxiliary lights. The requirements contained in 
    Sec. 229.125(d)-(h) do apply, according to their terms, to Tier II 
    passenger equipment. Any proposal to the contrary in the NPRM was made 
    in error.
    Section 238.445  Automated Monitoring
        This section contains the requirements related to the automated 
    monitoring of the status or performance of various safety-related 
    systems on Tier II passenger trains. A number of passenger train 
    accidents have been either fully or partly caused by human error. The 
    faster operating speeds of Tier II passenger equipment will afford the 
    train operator less time to evaluate and react to potentially dangerous 
    situations, thereby increasing the potential for accidents. Automated 
    monitoring systems can decrease the risk of accidents by alerting the 
    train operator to abnormal conditions and advising the operator as to 
    necessary corrective action. Such systems can even be designed to take 
    corrective action automatically in certain situations.
        FRA received no comments on this section as proposed, and 
    paragraphs (a) and (c) have been adopted without substantive change. 
    However, FRA has modified paragraph (b) to make clear when immediate 
    corrective action must be taken in the event a system or component 
    required to be monitored is
    
    [[Page 25643]]
    
    operating outside of its predetermined safety limits.
        Paragraph (a) requires a Tier II passenger train to be equipped to 
    monitor the performance of a minimum set of safety-related systems and 
    components. The monitoring system can also be used to provide 
    information for trouble-shooting and maintenance and to accumulate 
    reliability data to form the basis for setting required periodic 
    maintenance intervals.
        Paragraph (b) requires the train operator to be alerted when any of 
    the systems or components required to be monitored is operating outside 
    of predetermined safety parameters. When any such system or component 
    is operating outside of its predetermined safety parameters, immediate 
    corrective action must be taken if the system or component defect 
    impairs the train operator's ability to safely operate the train. 
    Accordingly, a report of a system or component defect may not require 
    immediate corrective action. The need to take such action would be 
    determined by the railroad based on whether the defective system or 
    component impairs the train operator's ability to safely operate the 
    train. Further, in the event immediate corrective action must be taken, 
    the rule does not require that intervention be automatic. Of course, 
    the railroad should have a valid basis for either leaving response in 
    the hands of the train operator or making the corrective action 
    automatic.
        Paragraph (c) requires the monitoring system to be designed with an 
    automatic self-test feature that notifies the train operator that the 
    monitoring capability is functioning correctly and alerts the operator 
    that a system failure has occurred. Because train operators can become 
    dependent on automated monitoring systems, they need to know when their 
    vigilance must be heightened to compensate for a malfunction in such an 
    automated safety tool.
    Section 238.447  Train Operator's Controls and Power Car Cab Layout
        This section contains a set of requirements for interior features 
    in Tier II power car cabs. FRA has clarified and revised this section, 
    based on comments received in response to the proposal, in two 
    principal ways: The seat requirements in paragraph (f) apply to any 
    floor-mounted seat and each seat provided for an employee regularly 
    assigned to occupy the power car cab, instead of to each crewmember in 
    the cab; and such seats will not require seatbelts. FRA has also 
    combined proposed paragraphs Sec. 238.447(a) and (b) in the NPRM, see 
    62 FR 49820-1, into paragraph (a) of this section in the final rule for 
    economies of space. Subsequent paragraphs have been renumbered 
    accordingly.
        In its comments on the NPRM, Bombardier explained that an 
    additional seat--commonly a flip-up or a shelf-type seat--is in many 
    cases provided in the cab for a train crewmember who is not normally in 
    the cab. Bombardier believed these seats should not be subjected to the 
    same requirements as for the train operators' seats, as that was not 
    the intent of discussions within the Working Group. Accordingly, 
    Bombardier recommended making clear that the requirements in paragraph 
    (f) apply only to each seat provided for the train operators.
        FRA agrees with Bombardier's comment that the requirements proposed 
    in Sec. 238.447(g) of the NPRMBnow Sec. 238.447(f) of the final rule--
    need not apply to each seat provided for a crewmember in a power car 
    cab. FRA recognizes that flip-down and other auxiliary seats are 
    provided in locomotive cabs for the temporary use of employees not 
    regularly assigned to the cab. These employees may include a supervisor 
    of locomotive engineers conducting an operational monitoring test of 
    the engineer(s). Such seats are typically attached to an interior wall 
    and placed behind those seats used by the train operators. FRA believes 
    it appropriate to clarify the application of paragraph (f) in the final 
    rule so that its requirements apply only to each seat provided for an 
    employee regularly assigned to occupy the power car cab, and to any 
    floor-mounted seat in the cab. Accordingly, paragraph (f) does not 
    apply to a wall-mounted, flip-down seat occupied by an employee such as 
    a supervisor of locomotive engineers who occasionally rides in the cab.
        FRA has also modified paragraph (f) by not requiring that seats 
    subject to that provision be equipped with a single-acting, quick-
    release lap belt and shoulder harness as defined in 49 CFR 
    Sec. 571.209. FRA had proposed such a requirement in the NPRM because 
    the crew may experience high decelerations in a collision from the 
    cab's high strength and forward location near the expected point of 
    impact in many different collision scenarios. See  Sec. 238.447(g)(1), 
    62 FR 49821. In its comments on the NPRM, the BLE stated that its 
    experience did not support the need to require a lap belt and shoulder 
    harness, and that its member engineers were overwhelmingly against such 
    a requirement. The BLE explained that engineers need to rapidly exit 
    from the seat to a place of safety in the event of an impending 
    accident or act of vandalism. In such instances, the primary defense of 
    the engineer is to move quickly from harms way, according to the BLE, 
    and operating at speeds of 150 mph will decrease the time a locomotive 
    engineer has to react to such incidents. The BLE noted that it would 
    change its position on this issue if there is overwhelming evidence 
    that the force of deceleration on Tier II equipment would be so severe 
    as to cause injury to engineers or interfere with their operation.
        In its comments on the rule, Simula remarked that formal research 
    is needed to determine both the feasibility of incorporating active 
    restraints in a cab and the potential for the crew to actually use 
    them. Simula also noted the option of exploring passive restraints such 
    as air bags or compartmentalization, as opposed to active restraints 
    such as lap belts and shoulder harnesses. Simula explained that cost 
    effectiveness considerations for implementing both compartmentalization 
    and active and passive restraints are markedly different for the crew 
    in the cab compared to passengers. Simula asserted that the relatively 
    high cost of passive restraints may be justified for one or two 
    crewmembers in a extremely severe environment.
        In light of the comments received, FRA has decided to defer until 
    Phase II of the rulemaking the issue of requiring seats in a power car 
    cab to be equipped with seat belts and shoulder harnesses. FRA will 
    continue to explore strategies for train occupant protection--both for 
    passengers and employees--and FRA will be able to focus on these 
    strategies with the members of the Working Group in Phase II.
        In other statements on the NPRM, commenters recommended applying 
    the requirements in this section to Tier I passenger equipment. The 
    NTSB stated that the minimum elements proposed in this section for 
    operator's controls and cab layout design are sufficient and should 
    also be included in Tier I operations for ergonomic design and to 
    minimize the chance of human error in both types of operations. The 
    NTSB cited safety recommendations arising out of an accident in Kelso, 
    California, concerning the dangers posed by improperly located safety-
    significant controls and switches in locomotives and the need to 
    relocate and/or protect such controls and switches so they cannot be 
    inadvertently activated or deactivated. FRA has not fully explored 
    extension of these concepts with the working group and will take the 
    issue under advisement for incorporation into
    
    [[Page 25644]]
    
    Tier I standards during Phase II of the rulemaking.
        The BLE commented that the proposed requirements for seating in 
    this section also be applied to Tier I equipment. The BLE stated that 
    existing seating on some Tier I equipment is woefully inadequate. In 
    particular, the BLE noted that some cab car seats are not adjustable; 
    have no suspension; are severely limited in their cushioning; have no 
    lumbar support; and are injuring their occupants. The BLE also 
    recommended that both Tier I and Tier II equipment be provided with a 
    cab temperature control system which maintains a minimum temperature of 
    65 degrees and a maximum of 85 degrees F.
        FRA in not requiring that the detailed provisions in this section 
    be imposed in full on Tier I passenger equipment. FRA believes these 
    provisions are more necessary for Tier II passenger equipment because 
    the higher operating speeds will press human reaction time, and such 
    requirements will contribute to the ability of the crew to operate the 
    train as safely as possible. In addition, several members of the 
    Working Group opposed applying such requirements to Tier I passenger 
    equipment, asserting that a number of the requirements involved 
    ergonomic issues which do not directly affect safety. FRA notes that 
    certain requirements concerning locomotive cab interior safety are 
    provided in Sec. 238.233 of the final rule.
        Through RSAC's working group on Locomotive Cab Working Conditions, 
    FRA and members of the regulated community have been evaluating issues 
    concerning locomotive cab working conditions. As a number of issues 
    concern both passenger and freight operations, FRA believes that such 
    issues may best be addressed in this RSAC working group. Of course, FRA 
    does recognize that the concern involving crew seats in cab cars is 
    more unique to passenger operations, and FRA is therefore pleased by 
    APTA's voluntary effort to improve crew seats on cab cars.
        FRA notes that, for purposes of paragraph (f)(1) in this section, 
    it has specified the crewmember occupying the seat as a 95th-percentile 
    adult male, consistent with the use of a 95th-percentile adult male 
    elsewhere in this rule. In the NPRM, the characteristics of the 
    crewmember occupying the seat had not been specified, per se. See 
    proposed Sec. 238.447(g)(2); 62 FR 49821.
        FRA further notes that, for purposes of paragraph (f)(2), it has 
    not specified particular measurements or a particular survey on which 
    to base the necessary characteristics of persons ranging from a 5th-
    percentile adult female to a 95th-percentile adult male. Instead, these 
    characteristics may be drawn from any recognized survey after 1958 of 
    weight, height, and other body dimensions of U.S. adults, corrected for 
    clothing as appropriate. Data from such a survey is presented in Public 
    Health Service Publication No. 1000, Series 11, No. 8, ``Weight, 
    Height, and Selected Body Dimensions of Adults,'' June 1965. (A copy of 
    this document has been placed in the public docket for this 
    rulemaking.) The definition of 95th-percentile adult male used 
    elsewhere in the rule is too narrow to apply in this context.
    Subpart F--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for Tier 
    II Passenger Equipment
    Section 238.501  Scope
        This subpart contains the inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    requirements for passenger equipment that operates at speeds exceeding 
    125 mph but not exceeding 150 mph. As discussed in the 1997 NPRM, there 
    is currently no operating history with regard to Tier II equipment, and 
    thus there are no regulations or industry standards establishing 
    detailed testing, inspection, or maintenance procedures, criteria, and 
    intervals for the equipment. The railroads and the rail labor 
    organizations differ on the approach that should be taken in 
    establishing inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements. 
    Railroads have long appealed to FRA to move away from detailed 
    ``command and control'' regulations and instead to provide broad safety 
    performance requirements that afford railroads wide latitude to develop 
    the operational details. Rail labor organizations, on the other hand, 
    believe that specific inspection, testing, and maintenance criteria 
    that cannot be unilaterally changed by railroads are the only way that 
    safe railroad operation can be assured.
        FRA believes that the introduction of a new type of passenger 
    equipment offers the opportunity for a fresh start, where perhaps both 
    of these seemingly conflicting concerns can be resolved. This final 
    rule retains the approach taken in the 1997 NPRM and contains general 
    guidelines on the process to be used by the operating railroad, 
    together with the system developer, to develop an inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance program. The operating railroad and the system 
    developer together have the best information, expertise, and resources 
    necessary to develop the details of an effective inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance program. The operating railroad is thereby granted some 
    latitude to develop the operational details of the program, using the 
    system safety process to justify the safety decisions that are made. 
    However, FRA intends to exercise final approval of the inspection, 
    testing, and maintenance program proposed by the operating railroad; 
    rail labor organizations will be given an opportunity to discuss their 
    concerns with FRA during the approval process set forth in 
    Sec. 238.505. Tier II equipment may not be used prior to FRA approval 
    of an inspection, testing, and maintenance program. Further, this final 
    rule makes clear that FRA intends to enforce the safety-critical 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures, criteria, and 
    maintenance intervals that result from the approval process.
        Labor commenters recommended that if FRA is to permit the railroads 
    to develop inspection and testing criteria and procedures for Tier II 
    passenger equipment, then rail labor must be involved in the process as 
    a full partner. These commenters also believed that any procedures 
    developed must provide an equivalent level of safety to the inspection 
    and testing procedures provided for conventional passenger equipment. 
    Furthermore, these commenters believed that any testing and inspection 
    procedures developed must be fully enforceable to the same extent as 
    federal regulations.
        Although FRA recognizes and appreciates labor's desire to be a full 
    partner in the development of any inspection and testing procedures, 
    and FRA fully endorses and recommends collaboration with appropriate 
    labor forces, FRA does not believe it appropriate to mandate labor's 
    participation in the initial stages of the development of such 
    procedures. As the equipment for which the inspection and testing 
    programs are being developed will be new, with little operating 
    history, FRA believes that the operating railroad and the system 
    developer have the best information, expertise, and resources necessary 
    to develop the details of an effective inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance program. Moreover, FRA believes this final rule provides 
    the industry's labor forces with an adequate avenue for raising any 
    issues and providing input on any criteria or procedure developed by a 
    railroad. Section 238.505 ensures that designated representatives of a 
    railroad's employees are provided a copy of any inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance criteria or procedures submitted by the railroad for 
    FRA approval and provides an opportunity for these parties to present 
    their views on the submitted plans and procedures
    
    [[Page 25645]]
    
    prior to FRA's approval or rejection of any program. Furthermore, this 
    section addresses all of the major inspections and test provisions 
    related to conventional passenger equipment and ensures that any 
    program developed by a railroad regarding the inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance of Tier II passenger equipment incorporate these major 
    requirements. Finally, paragraph (b) of this section, as discussed in 
    detail below, makes clear that the provisions of any program approved 
    by FRA related to the inspection and testing of power brakes or other 
    inspection, test, or maintenance procedure, criteria, and interval that 
    is deemed to be safety-critical will be enforceable to the same extent 
    as any other requirement contained in this part.
    Section 238.503  Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements
        This section requires the establishment by the railroad of an FRA-
    approved inspection, testing, and maintenance program based on a daily 
    complete brake system test and mechanical safety inspection of the 
    equipment performed by qualified maintenance persons, coupled with a 
    periodic maintenance program based on a system safety analysis. 
    Although paragraph (a) contains some basic requirements to be included 
    in a program, FRA does not intend to prescribe every detail of what a 
    program must contain. FRA requires the operating railroad to develop 
    and justify the details of any program it adopts based on the specific 
    safety needs and operating environment of the high-speed rail system 
    being developed.
        Paragraph (b) intends to make enforceable, subject to civil 
    penalties and other enforcement action, the inspection and testing of 
    power brakes and the other safety-critical inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance requirements that are identified in the railroad's program 
    and approved by FRA. ``Safety-critical'' requirements are those that, 
    if not fulfilled, increase ``the risk of damage to equipment or 
    personal injury to a passenger, crewmember, or other person.'' See 
    Sec. 238.5. Under paragraph (l), the railroad must identify which items 
    in its inspection, testing, and maintenance program are safety-
    critical. The railroad must submit the program to FRA under the 
    procedures contained in Sec. 238.505. Once these programs are approved 
    by FRA, this section makes clear those items identified as safety-
    critical are enforceable by FRA. FRA agrees with labor representatives 
    to the Working Group that safety standards are stronger when they 
    contain specific provisions that can be enforced.
        Paragraph (c) requires that the operating railroad develop an 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance program to ensure that all systems 
    and components of Tier II passenger equipment are free of general 
    conditions that endanger the safety of the crew, passengers, or 
    equipment. FRA has identified the various conditions enumerated in 
    paragraph (c) that would need to be addressed in the railroad's 
    program. Consequently, FRA has defined what the inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance program must accomplish, but not how to accomplish it.
        Paragraph (d) contains the more specific requirements that any 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance program must incorporate. In 
    paragraph (d)(1), FRA requires that Tier II equipment receive the 
    equivalent of a Class I brake test, as described in Sec. 238.313, 
    before its departure from an originating terminal and every 1,500 miles 
    after that or once each calendar day the equipment remains in service. 
    The test must be performed by a qualified maintenance person. For 
    example, a Tier II train must receive the equivalent of a Class I brake 
    test at its originating terminal and must receive a second Class I 
    equivalent brake test after traveling 1,500 miles from the time of the 
    original Class I brake test, whether or not it is the same calendar 
    day. Furthermore, a Tier II train must receive the equivalent of a 
    Class I brake test each calendar day it is used in service even if it 
    has not traveled 1,500 miles since the last Class I equivalent brake 
    test. Due to the speeds at which this equipment is permitted to 
    operate, FRA believes that a comprehensive brake test must be performed 
    prior to the equipment being placed in service.
        Paragraph (d)(2) requires that a complete exterior and interior 
    mechanical inspection be conducted by a qualified maintenance person at 
    least once each calendar day that the equipment is used. In order to 
    perform a quality mechanical inspection, railroads must be provided 
    some flexibility in determining the locations where these inspections 
    can best be performed. FRA believes that permitting railroads to 
    conduct these mechanical inspections at any time during the calendar 
    day provides adequate flexibility to move equipment to appropriate 
    locations. Trains that miss a scheduled Class I brake test or 
    mechanical inspection due to a delay en route may proceed to the 
    location where the Class I brake test or mechanical inspection was 
    scheduled to be performed. FRA recognizes that, due to the specialized 
    nature of this equipment, proper inspections can only be conducted at a 
    limited number of locations. FRA also recognizes that trains become 
    delayed en route due to problems which are not readily foreseeable. 
    Thus, FRA will permit the continued use of such equipment to the 
    location where the required inspection was scheduled to be performed.
        Paragraph (e) restates Sec. 238.15 and provides a cross-reference 
    to that section. The paragraph provides that trains developing en route 
    defective, inoperative, or insecure primary brake equipment be moved in 
    accordance with the requirements of that section.
        Paragraph (f) restates Sec. 238.17 and adds a narrow exception to 
    that section. The paragraph requires that Tier II equipment that 
    develops a defective condition not related to the primary brake be 
    moved and handled in accordance with the requirements contained in 
    Sec. 238.17, with one exception. The exception to these requirements 
    applies to a failure of the secondary portion of the brake that occurs 
    en route. In those circumstances, the train may proceed to the next 
    scheduled equivalent Class I brake test at a speed no greater than the 
    maximum safe operating speed demonstrated through analysis and testing 
    for braking with the friction brake alone. At that location the brake 
    system shall be restored to 100 percent operation before the train 
    continues in service. This final rule allows extensive flexibility for 
    the movement of equipment with defective brakes, but also contains a 
    hard requirement that all brake components be repaired and the brake 
    system, including secondary brakes, be restored at the location of the 
    train's next major brake test. FRA believes that this approach 
    recognizes the secondary role played by the electric portion of blended 
    brakes. If the railroad has demonstrated that the friction brake alone 
    can stop the train within signal spacing without thermal damage to 
    braking surfaces, then the train may be used at normal maximum speed in 
    the event of an electric brake failure. This final rule essentially 
    limits the use of trains without available secondary braking systems to 
    no more than 48 hours. FRA believes that Sec. 238.17 strikes the 
    correct balance between the need of railroads to transport passengers 
    to their destination and the need to have equipment with defects that 
    could lead to more serious safety problems quickly repaired. This 
    requirement places a heavy responsibility on qualified maintenance 
    persons to exercise their judgment on when and how equipment is safe to 
    move.
    
    [[Page 25646]]
    
        Paragraph (g) requires that scheduled maintenance intervals be 
    based on the analysis conducted pursuant to the railroad's safety plan, 
    and be approved by FRA under the procedures of Sec. 238.505. The rule 
    allows the maintenance intervals for safety-critical components to be 
    changed only when justified by accumulated acceptable operating data. 
    Changes in maintenance cycles of safety-critical components must be 
    based on verifiable data made available to all interested parties and 
    shall be reviewed by FRA. This paragraph is another attempt to balance 
    the needs of the operating railroad to run efficiently and the concern 
    of rail labor organizations that railroads not have the ability to 
    unilaterally make safety decisions. For a new system, with no operating 
    history, a formal system safety analysis is the only justifiable way to 
    set initial maintenance intervals. The paragraph recognizes that as 
    time passes and an operating history is developed, a basis for changing 
    maintenance intervals can be established. However, the decision to make 
    these changes must have the participation of all the affected parties.
        Paragraph (h) requires that the operating railroad establish a 
    training, qualification, and designation program as defined in the 
    training program plan under Sec. 238.109 to qualify individuals to 
    perform safety inspections, tests, and maintenance on the equipment. If 
    the railroad deems it safety-critical, then only qualified individuals 
    may perform the safety inspection, test, or maintenance of the 
    equipment. This paragraph does not prescribe a detailed training 
    program or qualification and designation process. Those details are 
    left to the operating railroad, but FRA must approve the program 
    proposed by the operating railroad under procedures contained in 
    Sec. 238.505.
        Paragraph (i) requires the operating railroad to establish standard 
    procedures for performing all safety-critical inspections, tests, 
    maintenance, or repair. This paragraph also makes clear that the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by this section 
    should not include procedures to address employee working conditions 
    that arise in the course of conducting the inspections, tests, and 
    maintenance set forth in the program. FRA intends for the program 
    required by this section to detail only those tasks required to be 
    performed in order to conduct the inspections, tests, and maintenance 
    necessary to ensure that the equipment is in safe and proper condition 
    for use. In proposing the creation of these plans, FRA did not intend 
    to enter into the area of addressing employee safety while conducting 
    the inspections, tests, and maintenance covered by the programs. FRA is 
    always concerned with the safety of employees while conducting their 
    duties, but employee safety in maintenance and servicing areas 
    generally falls within the jurisdiction of OSHA. It is not FRA's intent 
    to oust OSHA's jurisdiction with regard to the safety of employees 
    while performing the inspections, tests and maintenance required by 
    this part, except where FRA has already addressed workplace safety 
    issues, such as blue signal protection. Therefore, in order to prevent 
    any uncertainty as to FRAs intent, FRA has modified this paragraph by 
    eliminating any language or provision which could have been potentially 
    perceived as displacing the jurisdiction of OSHA and has added a 
    specific clarification that FRA does not intend for the program 
    required by this section to address employee safety while conducting 
    the inspections and tests described. Consequently, the specific 
    elements that FRA proposed to be included in the inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance plan have been eliminated for the reasons noted above 
    and because they were merely duplicative of the general requirements 
    contained in paragraph (a) of this section and are unnecessary.
        Paragraph (k) requires that the operating railroad establish an 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance quality control program enforced 
    by railroad or contractor supervisors. In essence, this creates the 
    need for the operating railroad to perform spot checks of the work 
    performed by its employee and contract equipment maintainers to ensure 
    that the work is performed in accordance with established procedures 
    and Federal requirements. FRA believes this is an important management 
    function that has a history of being neglected in the railroad 
    industry.
        Paragraph (l) requires the operating railroad to identify each 
    inspection and testing procedure and criterion and each maintenance 
    interval that the railroad considers safety-critical.
    Section 238.505  Program Approval Procedure
        This section contains the procedures a railroad shall follow in 
    securing FRA approval of its inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    program for Tier II passenger equipment. As no substantive adverse 
    comments were received on this section, FRA has retained this section 
    as proposed in the 1997 NPRM.
    Subpart G--Specific Safety Planning Requirements for Tier II Passenger 
    Equipment
    Section 238.601  Scope
        This subpart contains specific requirements for Tier II passenger 
    equipment safety planning. These safety planning requirements include 
    requirements for the operation of Tier II passenger equipment, 
    procurement of Tier II passenger equipment, and the introduction or 
    major upgrade of new technology in existing Tier II passenger equipment 
    that affects a safety system on such equipment.
        The discussion of this subpart should be read in conjunction with 
    the general discussion of safety planning earlier in the preamble. FRA 
    is retaining more extensive safety planning requirements for Tier II 
    railroad operations, as these will be operations with new 
    characteristics that require special attention and have heightened 
    safety risks due to the speed of the equipment.
    Section 238.603  Safety Planning Requirements
        Paragraph (a) requires that, prior to commencing revenue service 
    operation of Tier II passenger equipment, each railroad shall prepare 
    and execute a written plan for the safe operation of such equipment. 
    The plan may be combined with a pre-revenue service acceptance testing 
    plan required under Sec. 238.111, and any other plan required under 
    this part provided that the individual planning elements required under 
    this part are addressed. The plan shall be updated at least every 365 
    days.
        Paragraph (b) requires that for each procurement of Tier II 
    passenger equipment, and for each major upgrade or introduction of new 
    technology in existing Tier II passenger equipment that affects a 
    safety system on such equipment, each railroad shall prepare and 
    execute a written safety plan. The plan may also be combined with a 
    pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan required under 
    Sec. 238.111, and any other plan required under this part provided that 
    the individual planning elements required under this part are 
    addressed.
        As noted earlier in the preamble, Bombardier, in its comments on 
    the NPRM, believed that the proposed rule confused the requirements for 
    a railroad's system safety plan with those required for equipment 
    acquisition. Bombardier recommended that they be separately addressed. 
    This section in the final rule reflects these comments in that 
    paragraph (a) addresses requirements for an overall safety plan for 
    Tier II passenger equipment, while paragraph (b) addresses planning
    
    [[Page 25647]]
    
    requirements for equipment acquisition and upgrade.
        Paragraph (c) requires that each railroad maintain sufficient 
    documentation to demonstrate how the operation and design of its Tier 
    II passenger equipment complies with safety requirements or, as 
    appropriate, addresses safety requirements under paragraphs (a)(4) and 
    (b)(7) of this section. Each railroad shall also maintain sufficient 
    documentation to track how safety issues are raised and resolved.
        Paragraph (d) requires that each railroad make available to FRA for 
    inspection and copying upon request each safety plan required by this 
    section and any documentation required pursuant to such plan. This 
    section does not in itself require FRA approval of a plan. However, FRA 
    approval would be required for those sections of a plan intended to 
    comply with the requirements of Sec. 238.111, for example.
    Appendix A--Schedule of Civil Penalties
        This appendix contains a schedule of civil penalties to be used in 
    connection with this part. Because such penalty schedules are 
    statements of policy, notice and comment are not required prior to 
    their issuance. See 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Commenters were invited to 
    submit suggestions to FRA describing the types of actions or omissions 
    under each regulatory section that would subject a person to the 
    assessment of a civil penalty. Commenters were also invited to 
    recommend what penalties may be appropriate, based upon the relative 
    seriousness of each type of violation. FRA received no specific 
    comments in response.
    Appendix B--Test Methods and Performance Criteria for the Flammability 
    and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials Used in Passenger Cars 
    and Locomotive Cabs
        The table of test methods and performance criteria contained in 
    Appendix B has been revised to address concerns related to their 
    adoption as a regulation. These revisions include reorganization of 
    categories and function of materials listed in the table in Appendix B; 
    inclusion of a note to permit the substitution of seat and mattress 
    assembly tests for individual material tests; inclusion of a note to 
    require dynamic tests to be performed for seat cushions prior to fire 
    tests; revision of performance criteria for certain materials; 
    inclusion of a note to permit a testing exception for small parts; 
    inclusion of a note to permit the use of an alternative heat release 
    rate and smoke generation test for small miscellaneous, discontinuous 
    parts; and addition of a category for wire and cable insulation 
    requirements. Three definitions which relate to heat release rate were 
    added to those previously listed in Appendix B of the NPRM. A new 
    category of structural components other than structural flooring which 
    may be exposed to fire hazards and associated notes was also added. The 
    complete list of notes has also been renumbered from that contained in 
    the NPRM to reflect these revisions.
        The revisions were selected based on the results of analysis of 
    input from several resources. (A detailed rationale for all revisions 
    is also contained in a supporting document prepared under contract to 
    the Volpe Center and placed in the public docket for this 
    rulemaking.\6\) First, the comments of the parties who responded to the 
    NPRM were reviewed. As raised in particular by Fire Cause Analysis in 
    its comments on the NPRM, the current classification of items listed in 
    the categories and functions in the table contained in Appendix B in 
    the NPRM (based on FRA's 1989 guidelines) has caused confusion and 
    conflict as to what materials should be tested according to what test 
    methods. Second, a document containing the rationale for the 
    development of the original flammability and smoke emission tests and 
    performance criteria was reviewed.\7\ Third, the previous Federal 
    Register notices pertaining to tests and performance criteria published 
    as the 1989 FRA guidelines (54 FR 1837; Jan 17, 1989) and published as 
    recommended practices by FTA (then-UMTA) for rail transit vehicles (47 
    FR 53559, Nov. 26, 1982; 49 FR 32482, Aug. 14, 1984) and for transit 
    buses and vans (55 FR 27402, July 2, 1990; 57 FR 1360, Jan 13, 1992; 58 
    FR 54250, Oct. 20, 1993) were reviewed. Fourth, the input from railroad 
    operators, carbuilders, and consultants who participated in a Workshop 
    held at the NIST Building and Fire Research Laboratory in July 1997 was 
    considered.\8\ Fifth, documentation prepared by the NFPA Railroad Task 
    Force for the NFPA 130 Committee was reviewed.9,10 Sixth, 
    the results of the ongoing FRA-sponsored NIST fire safety research 
    project were reviewed; as well as the results of tests jointly funded 
    by Amtrak and FRA using alternative seat assemblies considered for use 
    in Amtrak's high-speed trainsets. Seventh, the results of the NTSB-
    sponsored fire tests conducted for MARC commuter rail cars were 
    reviewed.\11\ All of these inputs and further analysis were used as the 
    basis to simplify the table in Appendix B of the NPRM and reduce 
    confusion and duplication in revising the list of tests and performance 
    criteria and related notes.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \6\ ``Recommendations for Revising the Fire Safety Performance 
    Requirements in Federal Railroad Administration Notice of Proposed 
    Rulemaking (NPRM) For Passenger Equipment, September 23, 1997,'' 
    Prepared by J. Zicherman and S. Markos. Draft Project Memorandum. 
    December, 1998.
        \7\ ``Rationale for Recommended Fire Safety Practices for Rail 
    Transit Materials Section.'' Transportation Systems Center. Report 
    nos: MA-06-0098-82-1, and DOT-TSC-UMTA 81-74, January, 1983. A copy 
    of this document has been placed in the public docket for this 
    rulemaking.
        \8\ ``Follow-UP Notes: NIST/CFR FRA Project, Meeting/Workshop of 
    7/23/97,''above.
        \9\ ``Proposed Revision of NFPA 130, Table 4-2.4, 
    Recommendations for Testing the Flammability and Smoke Emission 
    Characteristics of Rail Transit Vehicle Materials; Review Paper--
    Status Update.'' NFPA 130 Press Working Group Meeting of 8/15/97. 
    Prepared by J. Zicherman. A copy of this document has been placed in 
    the public docket for this rulemaking.
        \10\ ``Proposed Revision of NFPA 130 Table 4-2.4, 
    Recommendations for Testing the Flammability and Smoke Emission 
    Characteristics of Rail Transit Vehicle Materials; Review Paper--
    Status Update.'' NFPA 130 Press Working Group Meeting of 10/15/97. 
    Prepared by J. Zicherman. A copy of this document has been placed in 
    the public docket for this rulemaking.
        \11\ ``Interpretive Report: Flammability and Smoke Compliance 
    and Fire Analysis (MARC/Amtrak Collision, February 16, 1996).'' 
    Prepared for National Transportation Safety Board. Prepared by J. G. 
    Quintiere, University of Maryland. Final Report. December 19, 1996. 
    A copy of this document has been placed in the public for this 
    rulemaking.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Most of the items listed under ``Function of Material'' in the 
    table in Appendix B of the NPRM have identical (or nearly identical) 
    flammability pass/fail performance criteria. For example, although they 
    were listed separately in the NPRM under function of material in the 
    table, ``Seat and/or Mattress Frame''; ``Seat and Toilet Shroud''; 
    ``Wall''; ``Ceiling''; ``Windscreen''; ``Partition, Tables and 
    Shelves''; ``HVAC Ducting''; ``Window''; ``Light Diffuser''; ``End Cap 
    [and] Roof Housings''; and ``Interior [and] Exterior Boxes'' all were 
    subject to the same ASTM E 162 test procedure and performance criteria 
    for flame spread. Accordingly, in the final rule, all of these items 
    have been combined under the single category of ``Vehicle Components'' 
    in the table in Appendix B. Overall, the items listed under 
    ``Category'' and ``Function of Material'' have been decreased from 
    seven to six and from twenty-eight to ten, respectively, from the same 
    table in the NPRM. The majority of entries have also been re-titled. 
    The new ``Category'' and ``Function of Material'' titles streamline the 
    table presentation while retaining all the actual material functions 
    used in an intercity or commuter rail passenger car
    
    [[Page 25648]]
    
    or locomotive cab. Some revisions have also been made to acknowledge 
    that certain existing performance criteria are so close as to be 
    indistinguishable based on the precision of the test methods used 
    (e.g., flame spread values of 25 vs. 35 using test procedure ASTM E 
    162). Of course, some material categories or subcategories could not be 
    combined since they require different test methods, e.g., fabrics 
    versus cushions. In addition, other considerations (such as ballistic 
    test requirements for plastic window glazing) have precluded the 
    combination of (and thus identical performance criteria for) some 
    categories and material functions.
        Specific revisions to the table in Appendix B of the NPRM are 
    summarized in the following text. In addition, the notes to the table 
    have been revised and renumbered to reflect the table's reorganization, 
    and the text for several new notes has been added. The notes to the 
    table will be discussed where appropriate in the discussion of the 
    table below, and a discussion of the complete list of notes is also 
    provided.
        ``Cushions, Mattresses'' is a new category in the table which was 
    formerly listed under the function of material column and included 
    under the previously used category ``Passenger seats, Sleeping and 
    dining car components.'' See 62 FR 49823. Note 1 to the table which 
    concerns flaming dripping or running is virtually identical to Note 1 
    as proposed in the NPRM. Note 2 is virtually identical to Note 5 as 
    proposed in the NPRM, and pertains to ASTM E 662 smoke emission limits. 
    The note renumbering provides consecutive numbering logic within the 
    revised categories and function of materials.
        As explained, FRA has been investigating the testing of assemblies 
    of materials for performance in a fire, rather than individually 
    testing the materials which comprise such assemblies, to more 
    accurately reflect the interaction of materials in a fire. As part of 
    the FRA-sponsored fire safety research program managed by the Volpe 
    Center, six full-scale alternative seat assemblies being considered for 
    the Amtrak high-speed train sets were tested in March, 1997, using a 
    furniture calorimeter (ASTM E 1537). \12\ The tests, jointly funded by 
    FRA and Amtrak, used current Amtrak upholstery and different cushion 
    foams; fire blocking layers were used in some trials. The test results 
    showed that fire blocking layers can significantly prevent fire 
    ignition, and limit flame spread, fire growth, and smoke generation.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \12\  ``Passenger Rail Car Seat Fire Tests; ASTME E 1357/CAL TB 
    133.'' J. Zicherman and S. Markos. Draft Project Memorandum. 
    December 1998. A copy of the report has been placed in the public 
    docket for this rulemaking.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Note 3 permits the testing of seat and mattress assemblies 
    incorporating heat release rate methods developed by consensus. Testing 
    the performance of a seat or mattress assembly as an integrated unit, 
    which is more representative of an actual condition, will be an 
    alternative to individually testing the components that comprise the 
    seat or mattress assembly. Seat assemblies and mattresses to be tested 
    in this alternative manner shall use ASTM E 1537, ``Standard Test 
    Method for Fire Testing of Upholstered Seating Furniture,'' and shall 
    use pass/fail criteria specified in California Technical Bulletin (CAL 
    TB) 133, ``Flammability Test Procedure for Seating Furniture for Use in 
    Public Occupancies.'' CAL TB 133 has a successful history of use at 
    state and municipal levels for high-hazard occupied places, such as 
    nursing homes. Results of the March, 1997 tests using the ASTM E 1537 
    test procedure on seat assemblies being considered for Amtrak's high-
    speed trainsets showed that certain assemblies met the Cal TB 133 test 
    criteria and exhibited a total lack of flame spread as well as low heat 
    and smoke release. Id. In addition, data from Amtrak-funded tests 
    showed that seat assemblies selected for use on Amtrak's high-speed 
    trainsets passed both the ASTM D 3675 and FAA ``oil burner'' tests.
        Acceptance of results using the alternative test approach in Note 3 
    for seat and mattress assemblies requires an accompanying fire hazard 
    analysis for the specific application. This analysis may take the form 
    of a specific system safety or fire protection analysis. The analysis 
    must provide for necessary quality control of components used in these 
    assemblies in actual day-to-day use. Quality control must be part of 
    the daily operating plans for a system to ensure that individual 
    substandard materials or components are not substituted within a given 
    component assembly for parts having an identical function which are of 
    acceptable quality. In conducting the fire hazard analysis, the 
    operating environment within which seat and mattress assemblies 
    qualified by assembly tests will be used must also be considered in 
    relation to the risk of vandalism, puncture, cutting, or other acts or 
    external forces which may expose the individual components of the 
    assemblies. Seats and mattresses using certain types of foams must 
    resist vandalism, puncture, cutting, and other acts and external 
    forces. Robust blocking layer(s), resistant to both fire (as used to 
    meet FAA fire seat regulations), as well as to cutting and puncture, 
    may be required. If used, these blocking layers must be applied in a 
    manner which seals the seams (e.g., using bonding or ceramic thread 
    with binding tape) and ensures that the foam does not leak or drip out 
    and become exposed to ignition. The U.S. Coast Guard has issued a 
    Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular (NAVIC) for structural fire 
    protection which permits the use of fire blockers if tested according 
    to Cal TB 133; the NAVIC states that these materials have proven 
    effective in protecting combustible foams from being involved in a 
    fire. \13\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \13\ ``Navigation and Inspection Circular No. 9-97. Guide to 
    Structural Fire Protection.'' US Coast Guard. COMDTPUB P16700.4, 
    October 31, 1997.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        FRA notes that the ASTM E 1537 test procedure was not expressly 
    referenced in the NPRM to allow testing of seat and mattress assemblies 
    in this alternative manner. However, FRA did intend to permit use of 
    alternative test procedures to demonstrate flammability and smoke 
    emission characteristics of materials (upon special approval by FRA). 
    See 62 FR 49803. FRA has, in effect, granted approval to any party to 
    use the ASTM E 1537 test procedure to demonstrate the flammability and 
    smoke emission characteristics of seat and mattress assemblies in 
    accordance with the requirements of Note 3, in lieu of utilizing the 
    testing methods otherwise required by the table in Appendix B.
        Note 4 applies to seat cushion testing without upholstery and is 
    identical to Note 9 as proposed in the NPRM. The note renumbering 
    provides consecutive numbering logic within the revised categories and 
    function of materials.
        Note 5 requires the dynamic testing of seat cushions to address the 
    retention of fire retardant characteristics of foams after the 
    materials have been in service for a period of time. The precedent for 
    the addition of Note 5 requiring the performance of an endurance test 
    (ASTM D 3574, Test I2 (Dynamic Fatigue Test by the Roller 
    Shear at Constant Force) or Test I3 (Dynamic Fatigue Test by 
    Constant Force Pounding) both using Procedure B) for seat cushions is 
    noted in the FTA notices relating to transit bus and van materials (58 
    FR 54250, 57 FR 1360). The concern that fire and smoke emission 
    characteristics of materials may change over time will be more fully 
    examined in the second phase of this rulemaking.
        A new category title ``Fabrics'' includes seat upholstery, mattress 
    ticking and covers, and curtains, as formerly included under the 
    category
    
    [[Page 25649]]
    
    ``Passenger seats, Sleeping and dining car components'' in the table in 
    Appendix B of the NPRM. The term ``All'' under function of material 
    eliminates confusion as to what must be tested; if composed of fabric, 
    window shades, draperies and wall coverings are required to be tested. 
    The test procedure for purposes of the burn test is an FAA test found 
    at 14 CFR part 25, Appendix F, Part I (vertical test). FRA has 
    referenced this test procedure directly in the table and, thereby, 
    removed the intermediate reference to 14 CFR Sec. 25.853(a), as stated 
    in the NPRM. Formerly, smoke emission requirements were limited to 
    250 for ``coated'' and 100 for ``uncoated'' 
    fabrics at four minutes. The latter is typically PVC vinyl-based 
    upholstery fabric. It was determined that a uniform criteria of 
    200 at four minutes for the smoke emission rate would be 
    appropriate for both classes of fabrics, based in part on the known 
    performance of the range of fabrics available, and the definition of 
    coated and uncoated used by the ASTM, rather than the terms used in the 
    above-cited report, ``Rationale for Recommended Fire Safety Practices 
    for Rail Transit Materials Selection,'' prepared by the Volpe Center in 
    the early 1980s. Moreover, allowing a higher smoke emission performance 
    criteria for coated fabrics--more than twice that allowed for uncoated 
    fabrics--provides an inconsistent level of safety. In addition, the 
    NFPA 130 Committee has accepted a recommendation for the identical 
    change in its revised table requirements.
        Notes 6 and 7, which pertain to washing and dry cleaning of 
    materials, are almost identical to Notes 2 and 3 as proposed in the 
    NPRM. These notes were renumbered to reflect consecutive numbering 
    logic within the revised categories and function of materials. In 
    addition, some upholstery materials must be dry cleaned. Accordingly, 
    Note 7 applies to upholstery materials.
        Note 8 was formerly the second sentence in Note 3 as proposed in 
    the NPRM. However, since that sentence also included the words 
    ``washed,'' as well as ``dry cleaned,'' this text was separated into a 
    new Note 8 to ensure that the labeling requirement would be clearly 
    understood to apply whatever cleaning method is used.
        The new category ``Vehicle Components'' includes the majority of 
    those materials formerly listed in the NPRM under the categories of 
    ``Panels,'' ``Flooring'' (except structural), thermal and acoustical 
    ``Insulation'' (see discussion below), ``Elastomers,'' ``Exterior 
    Plastic Components,'' and ``Component Box Covers.'' Note 9 specifies, 
    as a minimum, which combustible component materials must be tested, and 
    is based on the components listed in the table in Appendix B of the 
    NPRM.
        Note 10 provides that testing of vehicle component miscellaneous, 
    discontinuous small parts may not be necessary if such parts do not 
    contribute materially to fire growth and the surface area of any 
    individual small part is not greater than or equal to 16 square inches 
    (100 cm2) in end use configuration. A fire hazard analysis 
    is required that considers both the quantity of the parts (e.g., 
    limited) and the location of the parts (e.g., at discontinuous, or 
    isolated locations, or both), as well as the vulnerability of the parts 
    to ignition and contribution to flame spread. As an example, grommets 
    used on seats or window shades present an insignificant fire threat and 
    could logically and safely be exempted from testing. Such small parts 
    have been selectively exempted through the use of similar language in 
    rail car specification documents for many years. On the other hand, 
    other materials, such as those used to produce wire ties (of which 
    hundreds or thousands may be included in a single car to mount power 
    and low voltage cable bundles) shall not be exempted from testing, as 
    specified in Note 11.
        Note 11 relates to Note 10. If the surface area of any individual 
    small part is less than 16 square inches (100 cm2) in end 
    use configuration, such small part must be tested using the ASTM E 
    1354-97 test procedure, ``Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible 
    Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen 
    Consumption Calorimeter'' (e.g., Cone Calorimeter), unless such small 
    part has been shown not to contribute materially to fire growth 
    following an appropriate fire hazard analysis as specified in Note 10. 
    ASTM E 1354 measures heat release rate (HRR) at a prescribed heat flux 
    using oxygen depletion techniques and produces information including 
    data for time of ignition and peak HRR. The quotient of these two 
    parameters has been evaluated as part of the current FRA-funded NIST 
    research program, as well as in other research, and has been shown to 
    reliably predict ignitability (see Hirschler, 1992, 1995 14 
    15). Ignitability is also a parameter of importance for certain small 
    parts used in rail passenger cars. In addition, such parts, because of 
    their small size and end uses, may be important from an ignition 
    perspective, but not from a flame spread perspective. The pass/fail 
    criterion:
    
        \14\ ``Tools Available to Predict Full Scale Fire Performance of 
    Furniture,'' Fire and Polymers II. Hirschler, M.M. Ed. G. L. Nelson, 
    ACS Symp. Series 599. Ch. 36, pp. 593-608.
        \15\ ``Effect of a Single Furnishing Product on Fire Hazard in 
    Actual Occupancies Based on Heat Release Rate.'' Hirschler, M.M. 
    Proceedings, NFPRF Symposium and FIre Risk & Hazard, San Francisco, 
    June 25-27, 1997.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    tig/ q//max  1.5
    
    is defined by the ratio of a given sample's sustained time in seconds 
    (s) to ignition (tig) to its peak (maximum) heat release 
    rate (q//max), as measured in the Cone Calorimeter under the 
    stipulated exposure conditions. This quantity has been demonstrated to 
    be a direct measure of a material's sensitivity to ignition, which is 
    important since the class of parts referred to here will not, due to 
    their small size, contribute markedly to fire growth and heat release. 
    However, these parts may, if capable of showing sustained ignition, 
    cause secondary ignition of surrounding materials subsequent to their 
    own ignition. The required heat flux exposure of 50 kW/m2 is 
    sufficiently high to ignite materials which have a reasonable degree of 
    intrinsic ignition resistance. The pass/fail criterion is based on 
    relatively current research, including that conducted by NIST for 
    passenger railroad materials cited earlier. FRA notes that the ASTM E 
    1354 test method was not expressly referenced in the NPRM. However, as 
    identified by the Volpe Center during its fire safety research, this 
    test procedure is an appropriate way to address the flammability and 
    smoke emission characteristics of small parts and its use in this final 
    rule complements the exemption from testing otherwise provided for 
    small parts as specified in Note 10. Note 12 relates to Note 11. If, in 
    accordance with Note 11, small miscellaneous, discontinuous parts are 
    tested using ASTM E 1354 and an appropriate fire hazard analysis 
    accompanies the test results, such small parts do not have to be tested 
    for smoke generation using the ASTM E 662 test procedure.
        Flexible cellular foam products not used for seat and mattress 
    applications are now included in the separate ``Vehicle Components'' 
    category to address the unique fire-related properties represented when 
    used for arm rests, seatback ``crash'' padding, and thermal and 
    acoustical insulation. The different armrest test requirements in Note 
    8 in the NPRM have been deleted. The differentiation is no longer 
    necessary since the new Function of Material ``Flexible Cellular 
    Foams'' requires that armrest foam material be tested according to ASTM 
    D 3675. If
    
    [[Page 25650]]
    
    hard plastic, the armrest test requirement is ASTM E 162. Tests 
    conducted by NIST in 1983 of Amtrak interior materials showed that foam 
    armrests assist flame spread from seat cushions to wall liners.
        Thermal and acoustical insulation materials were previously 
    included as a separate table category in the NPRM, with values 
    identical to cushions and mattresses for flame spread (less than or 
    equal to 25) and smoke emission (less than or equal to 100 for 1.5 
    minutes). (Thermal and acoustical insulation did not expressly contain 
    a smoke emission criterion for 4 minutes in the NPRM, though intended 
    to be less than or equal to 200.) Flexible cellular foam is sometimes 
    used as thermal and acoustical insulation; if so used, the requirements 
    remain unchanged (25, 100, and 200, respectively). Otherwise, the 
    performance criteria for insulation materials are now 35, 100, and 200, 
    respectively, to be consistent with other vehicle components.
        Note 13 relates to the use of carpet on walls and ceilings and is 
    virtually identical to Note 10 as proposed in the NPRM. Note 14 
    concerns floor coverings and is virtually identical to Note 7 as 
    proposed in the NPRM.
        Two items having identical test performance criteria relating to 
    use of plastics in light transmitting assemblies under the function of 
    material column in the table in Appendix B in the NPRM have been 
    combined into a new ``Light transmitting plastics'' function of 
    material column in the final rule. This terminology is consistent with 
    use of the term for identical plastics in the construction industry and 
    building codes. The test performance criteria remain unchanged from the 
    NPRM. In addition, this category also provides for uniform acceptance 
    criteria for transparent plastics used in windscreens, which formerly 
    were not clearly addressed. Note 15 pertains to window glazing and is 
    virtually identical to that in Note 4 as proposed in the NPRM. 
    Renumbering of the note reflects consecutive numbering logic.
        The separate category of ``Elastomers'' in the table in the NPRM 
    has been included under the function of material column in the 
    ``Vehicle Components'' category in the table in the final rule. As 
    indicated in Note 16, the flammability test method for elastomers has 
    been revised to reference ASTM C 1166, which has superseded ASTM C 542 
    as proposed in the NPRM. As specified in Note 16, only elastomeric 
    parts with surface areas equal to or more than 16 square inches (100 
    cm2) in end use configuration are required to be tested 
    using ASTM C 1166; elastomeric parts with smaller surface areas need 
    not be tested using ASTM C 1166. Accordingly, diaphragms, window 
    gaskets, door nosing, and roof mats would continue to be tested; in 
    addition, due to their size, flexible flat seat ``springs'' or 
    suspension membranes are also required to be tested using ASTM C 1166. 
    Testing requirements for miscellaneous small parts comprised of 
    elastomeric composition having a surface area less than 16 square 
    inches are discussed in Notes 10, 11, and 12.
        The test requirement differentiation in Notes 10, 11,12, and 16 
    according to part size is based on several factors. Many small 
    miscellaneous parts used in car construction may be composed of 
    elastomeric materials. These parts include cleats, blocks, abrasion and 
    vibration damping pads. As such, these parts are frequently molded and 
    are not readily available for testing in sizes required for either the 
    ASTM E 162 or ASTM C 1166 test methods without undergoing special 
    fabrication. Moreover, as noted in the discussion concerning Note 11, 
    ASTM E 1354 is sensitive to ignition properties rather than flame 
    spread. The later parameter would be a critical variable if such parts 
    were used in applications with larger exposed surface areas.
        The subject of ``Wire and Cable'' has been addressed by the 
    addition of a new category in the table which requires smoke and 
    flammability emission screening for wire and cable insulation. This is 
    especially important due to the greater quantities of wire and cable 
    used in electrically-powered intercity and commuter rail passenger 
    cars. Fire-related tests and performance criteria for wire and cable 
    insulation were not expressly included in the table proposed in 
    Appendix B of the NPRM. The test methods of the IEEE, Insulated Cable 
    Engineers Association (ICEA), National Electrical Manufacturers 
    Association (NEMA), and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) specified 
    in the final rule have long and successful histories of use, and have 
    also been specified in the existing NFPA 130 requirements. In Note 17, 
    one set of test methods is comprised of NEMA WC 3/ICEA S-19-1981, 
    paragraph 6.19.6, and the second set is comprised of UL 44 and UL 83. 
    The ICEA and NEMA jointly issued NEMA WC 3/ICEA S-19-1981, and it 
    includes testing for both thermosetting wire insulation and for 
    thermoplastic wire insulation. In Note 18, in addition to passing ANSI/
    IEEE Standard 383, section 2.5, the power cable must also demonstrate 
    continued circuit integrity for 5 minutes to allow continued short term 
    operation of power when exposed to ignition.
        FRA notes that, in its comments on the NPRM, the IEEE (like the 
    NFPA) referred to the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act 
    of 1995, above, and the provision which requires, in general, that 
    Federal agencies ``use technical standards that are developed or 
    adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies.'' The IEEE cited its 
    own development of voluntary consensus standards and their potential 
    for integration in this rulemaking. In the second phase of the 
    rulemaking, FRA will consider with the Working Group the appropriate 
    use of other IEEE standards in this and other subject areas, in 
    addition to the IEEE standard contained in this rule for fire safety.
        The new category ``Structural Components'' addresses the structural 
    integrity of floor assemblies and other structural elements. In 
    Appendix B of the NPRM, only the performance of structural flooring was 
    expressly addressed in the table itself and in the text of former Note 
    6. The first sentence of text relating to penetrations as proposed in 
    Note 6 in the NPRM has been separated and inserted as Note 19 in the 
    final rule. Note 19 requires that penetrations be tested as part of 
    floor assemblies and other structural elements. The text in the second 
    sentence of Note 6 as proposed in the NPRM specifically pertained to 
    structural flooring assemblies, and it has been separated and inserted 
    into Note 20 in the final rule.
        Note 21 addresses the structural integrity of less well defined and 
    design dependent rail car structural elements, other than floors. These 
    structural elements may carry significant weight loads or have 
    important fire barrier functions in protecting train occupants, or 
    both. Examples include extensive HVAC or power-conditioning equipment 
    installed on roofs or electrical equipment lockers, which may become 
    involved in fires. Such fires may result from mechanical failures, 
    electrical insulation breakdown, or from other hazards. Accordingly, 
    Note 21 requires that portions of the vehicle body (other than floors 
    but including the roof) which separate major ignition sources, or 
    sources of fuel load from the vehicle interior, demonstrate fire 
    endurance by a fire hazard analysis acceptable to the railroad.
        The following summary lists the changes to the content of the notes 
    and their numbering from the NPRM, reflecting both the table 
    reorganization in the final rule as well as additional requirements: 
    Note 1 is virtually identical to that in the NPRM. Note 2 is
    
    [[Page 25651]]
    
    virtually identical to Note 5 in the NPRM. Note 3 permits the testing 
    of seat and mattress assemblies according to ASTM E 1537 using Cal TB 
    133 performance criteria. Note 4 is identical to Note 9 in the NPRM. 
    Note 5 requires dynamic testing of seat cushions. Notes 6 and 7 are 
    virtually identical to Notes 2 and 3 in the NPRM. The text of Note 8 is 
    virtually identical to the second sentence of Note 3 in the NPRM. Note 
    9 lists vehicle component materials which must be tested, at a minimum. 
    Note 10 allows a testing exception for materials used to fabricate 
    small, discontinuous parts that will not contribute materially to fire 
    growth in end use configuration, provided an appropriate fire hazard 
    analysis is conducted. Note 11 requires that if the surface area of any 
    individual small part is less than 16 square inches (100 
    cm2) in end use configuration, such small part must be 
    tested using the ASTM E 1354 test procedure, unless such small part has 
    been shown not to contribute materially to fire growth following an 
    appropriate fire hazard analysis as specified in Note 10. Note 12 
    relates to Note 11. If, in accordance with Note 11, small parts are 
    tested using ASTM E 1354 and an appropriate fire hazard analysis 
    accompanies the test results, such small parts do not have to be tested 
    for smoke generation using the ASTM E 662 test procedure. Note 13 is 
    virtually identical to Note 10 in the NPRM. Note 14 is virtually 
    identical to Note 7 in the NPRM. Note 15 is virtually identical to Note 
    4 in the NPRM. Note 16 provides test requirements for elastomeric 
    materials greater than 16 square inches (100 cm2) in end use 
    configuration and requires that, at a minimum, window gaskets, door 
    nosings, diaphragms, and roof mats be tested. Notes 17 and 18 apply to 
    wire and cable insulation. Note 19 is based on the last sentence of 
    text formerly in Note 6 in the NPRM. Note 20 contains the first part of 
    text of Note 6 in the NPRM. Note 21 addresses new test requirements for 
    other structural components, such as car roofs and electrical cabinets, 
    in addition to the floor assembly.
        The list of standards contained in Appendix B, paragraph (c), in 
    the NPRM has been revised and updated.
    Appendix C--Suspension System Safety Performance Standards
        The purpose of Appendix C is to prevent the occurrence of a variety 
    of derailments due to forces on wheels. FRA has revised and clarified 
    the requirements of this appendix based on comments received in 
    response to the NPRM.
        First, Bombardier commented that as proposed by FRA some 
    differences existed between Appendix C and the requirements of the 
    then-proposed Track Safety Standards, Sec. 213.333. Consequently, 
    Bombardier recommended that FRA change Appendix C to resolve the 
    discrepancies; or eliminate Appendix C and reference the track safety 
    standards' table of vehicle/track interaction performance limits in 
    Sec. 213.333 and incorporate Bombardier's proposed changes submitted as 
    part of its September 15, 1997 hearing testimony on the track safety 
    standards.
        At the Working Group meeting in January 1998, a Volpe Center 
    representative explained that the discrepancy between proposed Appendix 
    C and the proposed track safety standards may be justifiable because 
    Appendix C would apply only to new passenger equipment; whereas the 
    then-proposed standards in the track safety rule would apply to both 
    new and existing equipment. Appendix C's standards could therefore be 
    necessarily stricter. In this regard, FRA has retained Appendix C and 
    not simply referenced the track safety standards' table of vehicle/
    track interaction performance limits in 49 CFR Sec. 213.333. Points 4 
    and 6 in Appendix C are not found in the track safety standards' table 
    of vehicle/track interaction safety limits, and thus need to be 
    retained in this passenger equipment rule to ensure the safety of new 
    passenger equipment. However, FRA has otherwise reconciled Appendix C 
    with the track safety standards' table in Sec. 213.333.
        Talgo, in its comments on proposed Appendix C, suggested that FRA 
    reword the second paragraph in the Appendix to clarify that the 
    performance standards are meant to apply to the average values for the 
    parameters recorded during the time the train travels six feet. FRA has 
    not adopted Talgo's suggestion, however. FRA intended that the 
    performance standards apply to the maximum values for the parameters 
    recorded to ensure that the passenger equipment operates within outer 
    safety limits. Use of average values would mask real safety concerns.
        Talgo also recommended that FRA define the method for signal 
    filtering. FRA has adopted Talgo's recommendation and specified that, 
    for purposes of this appendix, wheel/rail force measurements shall be 
    processed through a low pass filter having a cut-off frequency of 25 
    Hz.
        Finally, Talgo recommended that points 4 and 5 in the appendix be 
    revised to acknowledge that they should not be applied to single-axle 
    trucks. FRA has not adopted Talgo's recommendation with respect to 
    points 4 and 5, to the extent that an exemption for rail cars with 
    single-axle trucks was sought. However, FRA provides the following 
    clarification of points 4 and 5. Point 4 provides that the sum of the 
    vertical wheel loads on one side of any truck shall not be less than or 
    equal to 20 percent of the static vertical axle load, and that this 
    shall include the effect of a crosswind allowance as specified by the 
    railroad for the intended service of the equipment. Whether the rolling 
    assembly is a single-axle or a double-axle truck, or whether solid or 
    stub axles are used to configure the truck, the risk of wheel unloading 
    is still present. If the vehicle is subjected to forces that reduce the 
    static vertical load per truck side to 20% or less of the static axle 
    load, an unsafe condition may exist. Point 4, therefore, requires that 
    the sum of vertical wheel loads on any side of any truck (or any other 
    suspension configuration per car end or between two car ends) be always 
    greater than 20% of the static vertical axle load. For stub (non-solid) 
    axles, an equivalent static vertical axle load may be computed by 
    adding the static vertical wheel loads on opposite sides. If the 
    rolling assembly has only one axle per suspension unit, as in the case 
    of Talgo equipment, then any single wheel load is required to be always 
    greater than 20% of its static value. As a result, point 4 of this 
    appendix will constitute a more stringent requirement than provided in 
    point 3. Point 5 of the appendix requires that the maximum truck side 
    L/V ratio not exceed 0.6. If the rolling assembly has only one axle per 
    suspension unit, as in the case of Talgo equipment, then the 
    corresponding L/V ratio computed for each consecutive pair of axles 
    shall be similarly limited to 0.6.
    Appendix D to Part 238--Requirements for External Fuel Tanks on Tier I 
    Locomotives
        This appendix contains the performance requirements for external 
    fuel tanks on Tier I locomotives, as adapted from AAR Recommended 
    Practice (RP) 506, ``Performance Requirements for Diesel Electric 
    Locomotive Fuel Tanks,'' effective July 1, 1995. In incorporating this 
    industry practice into Federal regulation, FRA has rephrased the text 
    of RP-506 in part. Yet, no substantive change is intended, except as 
    noted below. RP-506, a copy of which is available in the public docket 
    of this rulemaking, is comprised of sections entitled ``Scope,'' 
    ``Background,'' ``Limitations,'' and ``Structural Strength 
    Requirements.'' Appendix D represents the section
    
    [[Page 25652]]
    
    entitled ``Structural Strength Requirements,'' or Section 4 in RP-506.
        FRA has not included Section 4.4 of RP-506 in Appendix D. Section 
    4.4 (``Fueling'') states, ``Internal structures of [the] tank must not 
    impede the flow of fuel through the tank while fueling at a rate of 300 
    gpm [gallons per minute].'' The rate at which a fuel tank may be fueled 
    is only a safety concern in the broad sense that the fuel not spill 
    from the tank while fueling. Of course, FRA recognizes that railroad 
    fuel dispensers utilize automatic shut-off devices that will stop the 
    flow of fuel before the fuel spills out of the tank if the fuel is 
    dispensed too readily for the tank to process. The ability of the tank 
    to accept fuel at a certain rate per minute therefore appears to be 
    more of an operational concern than a safety concern for a railroad in 
    that the process of fueling locomotives not be unnecessarily delayed.. 
    As a result, FRA will not make Section 4.4. of RP-506 a safety 
    requirement of this rule, even though a railroad is free to make it its 
    own requirement in acquiring locomotives.
    
    X. Regulatory Impact
    
    A. Executive Order 12866 and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures
    
        This rule has been evaluated in accordance with existing policies 
    and procedures and is considered to be significant under both Executive 
    Order 12866 and DOT policies and procedures (44 FR 11034; Feb. 26, 
    1979). FRA has prepared and placed in the docket a full regulatory 
    evaluation of the rule (only a summary is provided below). This 
    evaluation estimates the costs and consequences of the rule as well as 
    its anticipated economic and safety benefits. The evaluation may be 
    inspected and photocopied during normal business hours by visiting the 
    FRA Docket Clerk at the Office of Chief Counsel, FRA, Seventh Floor, 
    1120 Vermont Avenue, in Washington, D.C. Photocopies may also be 
    obtained by submitting a written request by mail to the FRA Docket 
    Clerk at the Office of Chief Counsel, FRA, 1120 Vermont Ave, Mail Stop 
    10, Washington, D.C. 20590.
        Certain requirements in the rule reflect current industry practices 
    or restate existing regulations, or both. As a result, in calculating 
    the costs of this rule, FRA has neither included the cost of those 
    actions that would have been performed voluntarily in the absence of 
    this rule, nor the costs of those actions that would have been required 
    by the existing regulations that have been restated in this rule. 
    Further, in calculating the benefits arising from this rule, FRA has 
    not included as a benefit any good resulting from such actions.
        FRA expects that overall this rule will save the passenger rail 
    industry approximately $20 million Net Present Value (NPV) over the 
    next twenty years. Rail passengers are expected to benefit from reduced 
    delays totaling approximately $11 million (twenty-year NPV). FRA 
    expects the NPV of the total twenty-year costs incurred associated with 
    the rule to be $68.5 million. The NPV of the total twenty-year savings 
    expected to accrue to the industry from the rule is approximately $87 
    million. For some passenger rail operators, the total costs incurred 
    will exceed the total cost savings. For others, the cost savings will 
    outweigh the costs. Expected safety benefits coupled with reduced 
    passenger train delays outweigh the estimated costs of compliance with 
    this rule.
        The following tables present the estimated twenty-year costs and 
    savings (NPV) associated with the specific requirements in this final 
    rule. To the best of FRA's ability, FRA has apportioned the total costs 
    and savings in the following tables between Amtrak, commuter railroads, 
    and the State of Washington to more precisely show the effects of this 
    final rule on these different entities. In commenting on the NPRM, APTA 
    had recommended that FRA segregate the costs and benefits to commuter 
    railroads from those involving Amtrak--and not represent both Amtrak 
    and commuter railroads together. FRA has separately identified the 
    State of Washington in the tables below because of the unique concerns 
    involving its operation of Talgo passenger equipment, discussed above 
    in the preamble.
        Ideally, FRA would separately show the costs and savings for 
    commuter railroads from those involving Amtrak for each requirement in 
    the rule. However, FRA cannot separate some of the twenty-year costs 
    and savings of this rule with any degree of accuracy between Amtrak and 
    commuter railroads, especially for passenger equipment that is not yet 
    in service. For instance, FRA does not know how often Amtrak will order 
    new equipment or what specific type of equipment that may be. To a 
    certain extent, railroads will be able to control their level of 
    expenditures in response to this rule by choosing to overhaul or 
    rebuild equipment they own or by purchasing existing equipment from 
    other railroads instead of ordering new equipment. Of course, FRA can 
    more precisely apportion the costs and savings between Amtrak and 
    commuter railroads for the inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    requirements in this rule; those requirements will most significantly 
    impact the existing fleet of passenger equipment, which is readily 
    identifiable.
    
                                               NPV 20-Year Costs Incurred
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Washington
                  Requirement category                    Amtrak       Commuter rail       State           Total
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Fire Safety--Materials..........................              $0              $0              $0              $0
    Certification...................................             (*)  ..............  ..............          84,752
        New Equipment...............................  ..............  ..............  ..............         253,625
        Existing Equipment..........................  ..............  ..............  ..............         675,004
        Inspect/Test/Maint..........................  ..............  ..............  ..............         142,056
    Train Hardware & Software.......................               0               0               0               0
    Inspect/Test/Maint. Program:
        Existing Equipment..........................  ..............  ..............  ..............         277,816
        New Equipment...............................  ..............  ..............  ..............         167,958
    Training Program:
        Course Development..........................  ..............  ..............  ..............       1,720,629
        Exterior Mech. Inspect......................  ..............  ..............  ..............       5,081,250
        Interior Mech. Inspect......................  ..............  ..............  ..............       3,408,940
    Pre-Revenue Service Testing:
        Equip w/Prev. Op. Exp.......................  ..............  ..............  ..............          16,950
        Equip w/Out Prev. Op. Exp...................  ..............  ..............  ..............         233,373
    Rim-Stamped Straight-Plate Wheels...............               0               0               0               0
    
    [[Page 25653]]
    
     
    Emergency Lighting..............................               0               0               0               0
    Talgo--Risk Assessment..........................               0               0         280,634         280,634
    Anticlimber & Link to Car Body..................               0         129,296               0         129,296
    Forward End Structures..........................               0       8,190,145               0       8,190,145
    Corner Posts....................................               0       1,532,517               0       1,532,517
    Rollover Strength...............................  ..............  ..............  ..............          29,305
    Side Structure..................................               0               0               0               0
    Truck to Car Body Attachment....................               0               0               0               0
    Glazing.........................................  ..............  ..............  ..............       1,303,894
    Fuel Tanks......................................               0               0               0               0
    Electrical System...............................               0               0               0               0
    Suspension System...............................               0               0               0               0
    Brake System--Ease of Inspection................  ..............  ..............  ..............          32,179
    Interior fittings and Surfaces..................  ..............  ..............  ..............       2,608,856
    Emergency Window Exits..........................               0               0               0               0
    Doors--Manual Door Release......................               0       3,968,598               0       3,968,598
    Automated Monitoring............................  ..............  ..............  ..............          30,503
    Mvmt Defective Equip--Non Brakes................  ..............  ..............  ..............          25,934
    Mvmt Defective Equip--Brakes....................  ..............  ..............  ..............         735,249
    Reporting and Tracking System...................               0       5,371,054               0       5,371,054
    Daily Exterior Mech. Inspections................       3,009,223      16,712,854               0      19,722,077
    Qualified Maintenance Person....................               0       1,447,370  ..............       1,447,370
    Daily Interior Mech. Inspections................  ..............  ..............  ..............      10,861,361
    Periodic Mechanical Inspection..................  ..............  ..............  ..............         201,639
    Single Car Test.................................               0               0               0               0
                                                                                                     ---------------
        Total Costs.................................  ..............  ..............  ..............      68,532,966
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                                                   NPV 20-Year Savings
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Washington
                  Requirement category                    Amtrak       Commuter rail       State           Total
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    COT&S Interval Extensions:
        Coaches.....................................              $0      $9,227,510              $0      $9,227,510
        MU locomotives..............................               0      33,368,421               0      33,368,421
        Cab cars....................................               0       7,191,358               0       7,191,358
    1,500-mile brake inspection.....................      31,852,373               0               0      31,852,373
    Class IA brake tests............................               0       4,360,701               0       4,360,701
    Mvmt Defect Brakes--RR..........................  ..............  ..............  ..............         632,592
    Mvmt Defect Brakes--Passengers..................  ..............  ..............  ..............      11,368,651
                                                                                                     ---------------
        Total Savings...............................  ..............  ..............  ..............      98,019,605
        Total Twenty-Year Net Impact: $29,486,639 (Savings).
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (* In the above tables, a ``--'' indicates that total costs or savings, as appropriate, could not be apportioned
      between Amtrak, commuter railroads, and the State of Washington.)
    
        FRA notes that as a result of the final rule's requirement to 
    conduct fire safety analyses of existing passenger equipment, the 
    analyses may indicate that modifications to existing equipment are 
    necessary to reduce the level of risk of fire or smoke to an acceptable 
    level. Although costs associated with performing the analyses are 
    included in the calculations above, costs associated with performing 
    any equipment modifications are not. If costs associated with equipment 
    modifications are incurred, they will be incurred over the first four 
    years of the rule and could total between $8.75 million and $14 million 
    for existing equipment. If costs associated with installation of 
    additional fire and smoke detection and suppression systems are 
    incurred for new equipment, total twenty-year costs (NPV) could 
    increase by up to $3.9 million. These costs are not included in the 
    calculations presented above because FRA cannot predict with any degree 
    of precision the results of the fire safety analyses. Should equipment 
    modifications, and fire and smoke detection and suppression systems be 
    required, the total net impact of the rule could be reduced from a 
    savings of $29.5 million to a savings of $11.6 million (NPV). Rail 
    operators would experience a minimal savings.
        Intercity passenger and commuter railroads generally offer the 
    travelling public one of the safest forms of transportation available. 
    However, the history of passenger train accidents shows that the 
    potential for injury and loss of life is significant. Between January 
    1, 1990, and December 31, 1997, there were a total of 93 passenger 
    fatalities on intercity passenger and commuter railroads, representing 
    a total economic loss of $251 million. Sixty-eight passenger fatalities 
    occurred when the trains carrying the passengers were involved in 
    derailments or collisions. FRA believes that it is reasonable to expect 
    that the measures called for in this rule will prevent or mitigate the 
    severity of casualties greater in value than the costs to rail carriers 
    of implementing the requirements of this rule.
    
    [[Page 25654]]
    
        The unique circumstances surrounding each future passenger train 
    accident will determine the ultimate effectiveness of this rule and 
    FRA's other strategies to improve passenger rail safety. Similar 
    accidents have unique characteristics which ultimately determine an 
    accident's severity in terms of casualties. As a result, we cannot at 
    this time forecast future accident scenarios with a level of precision 
    that would allow us to predict the actual need for the particular 
    measures in this rule. However, this rule protects railroad employees 
    and passengers against known hazards that can be mitigated in a cost-
    effective manner. For each cost associated with a requirement in this 
    rule, FRA has examined the potential safety benefits accruing from the 
    requirement. Certain elements of the rule, such as the structural 
    requirements, will directly improve safety by decreasing threats to 
    life and property. Other elements of the rule will provide savings to 
    the rail industry while maintaining or improving the industry's 
    excellent safety record overall.
        In its comments on the proposed rule, the NCDOT stated that the 
    summary economic analysis contained in the NPRM did not include an 
    analysis of the impact on individual States. The NCDOT believed the 
    cost summary to be understated and not include an operator by operator 
    analysis. The above summary does specify this rule's impact on 
    Washington State. Further, as noted, a copy of the full regulatory 
    evaluation of this rule is available through the FRA Docket Clerk. That 
    evaluation does include, where appropriate, discussions of the rule's 
    impact on particular railroads or groups of railroads. The evaluation 
    also takes into consideration that individual States will contract with 
    Amtrak for the provision of rail service on their behalf. In this 
    regard, for example, a State may utilize Amtrak's inspection forces 
    trained under the rule, and thus not have to train inspection forces on 
    its own.
    
    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) 
    requires an assessment of the impacts of proposed rules on small 
    entities. FRA has conducted a regulatory flexibility assessment of this 
    final rule's impact on small entities, and the assessment has been 
    placed in the public docket for this rulemaking. FRA certifies that the 
    final rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number 
    of small entities. This final rule affects intercity passenger and 
    commuter railroads, rapid transit operations that operate on the 
    general system of transportation, and certain private car owners. FRA 
    notes that the standards contained in this rule were developed in 
    consultation with a Working Group that included Amtrak, individual 
    commuter railroads, APTA, and the AAPRCO. APTA represents the interests 
    of commuter railroads and rapid transit systems in regulatory matters. 
    The AAPRCO represents the interests of private car owners in regulatory 
    matters.
        Except for private car owners, the entities impacted by the final 
    rule are governmental jurisdictions, known as transit authorities, none 
    of which are small for purposes of the prevailing law. The statutory 
    definition of ``small governmental jurisdictions'' is a governmental 
    entity that serves a population center of 50,000 or less. See 5 U.S.C. 
    601(5). The transit authorities subject to the requirements of this 
    rule do not fall within the class established by statute. Nevertheless, 
    FRA considered the impacts of this final rule on the smaller entities 
    subject to the rule. Commuter railroads and rapid transit systems are 
    part of larger transit organizations that receive Federal funds. The 
    level of costs incurred by each organization should generally vary in 
    proportion to either the size of the organization or the extent to 
    which the organization purchases newly manufactured passenger 
    equipment. For instance, railroads with fewer employees and passenger 
    equipment will have lower costs associated with employee training and 
    the inspection, testing, and maintenance of passenger equipment. FRA 
    notes that this rule offers railroads the opportunity to experience 
    savings in the areas of inspection, testing, and maintenance of 
    passenger equipment. The extent of these savings will generally vary 
    proportionally with the size of the fleet of each railroad.
        FRA is making only certain requirements in this rule applicable to 
    private cars that are operated in passenger trains subject to this 
    rule. FRA considered the potential burdens associated with applying the 
    various requirements in this rule to private car owners and operators. 
    FRA is limiting the application of this rule only to those requirements 
    necessary to ensure the safe operation of the passenger train in which 
    the private cars operate, as well as the safety of railroad personnel 
    handling or inspecting the cars. The economic impacts to private cars 
    owners are expected to be minimal, however. Among the provisions 
    applicable to private cars are daily mechanical inspection 
    requirements; brake inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements; 
    and a prohibition concerning rim-stamped straight-plate wheels on 
    tread-braked passenger equipment.
        FRA recognizes that private cars affected by this final rule are 
    principally hauled by Amtrak, which imposes its own safety requirements 
    on the operation of private cars. As a result, the daily exterior 
    mechanical inspection requirements in this final rule, though new 
    Federal requirements, are only minimally more stringent than the 
    mechanical inspections currently performed by Amtrak on its own. The 
    final rule does offer the flexibility to move equipment with power 
    brake defects, as well as the flexibility to perform daily brake tests 
    and mechanical inspections at locations best suited for performing such 
    tests and inspections. To the extent that all passenger equipment is 
    subject to daily exterior mechanical inspections, private cars will not 
    be affected disproportionately.
        Generally, the final rule requires that rim-stamped straight-plate 
    wheels not be used as replacement wheels on tread-braked private cars. 
    Amtrak has established a private car policy which does not allow the 
    use of rim-stamped straight-plate wheels as replacement wheels on 
    private cars. Further, Amtrak will decline to move any tread-braked 
    private car with a rim-stamped straight-plate wheel after June 30, 
    2000. Because Amtrak holds private cars to standards as high or higher 
    than those contained in this rule, there will be no additional economic 
    impact imposed on private cars operated in Amtrak trains from this 
    rule's rim-stamped straight-plate wheel provision. Private cars are 
    also subject to provisions in this final rule concerning protection 
    against personal injury, suspension system safety, safety appliances, 
    and brake system safety. These requirements represent either current 
    industry practice or current Federal safety requirements (which are 
    being restated in this final rule).
        Smaller passenger rail operations such as tourist, scenic, 
    excursion, and historic railroads are exempt from this final rule. A 
    joint FRA/industry Working Group will be developing recommendations 
    regarding the applicability of FRA regulations, including this one, to 
    tourist, scenic, historic, and excursion railroads. Based on that 
    Working Group's recommendations, portions of the final rule may apply 
    to some or all of these railroads.
    
    C. Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        This rule contains information collection requirements. FRA has
    
    [[Page 25655]]
    
    submitted these information collection requirements to the Office of 
    Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with 
    the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The 
    sections that contain the new or revised information collection 
    requirements, or both, and the estimated time to fulfill each 
    requirement are as follows:
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Total annual         Average time per     Total annual burden     Total annual burden
                CFR section                Respondent universe         responses               response                hours                   cost
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    216.14--Special notice for repairs-- 19 railroads..........  12 forms.............  5 minutes............  1 hour...............  $39
     passenger equipment.
    238.1--Earlier application--rule     19 railroads..........  15 notifications.....  45 minutes...........  11 hours.............  429
     requirements--sections 238.15,
     238.17, 238.19, 238.107, 238.109.
    238.7--Waivers.....................  19 railroads..........  12 waivers...........  2 hrs/25 hrs.........  70 hours.............  2,730
    238.11--Penalties..................  19 railroads..........  1 falsified rept.....  15 minutes...........  .25 hr...............  9
    238.15--Movement of passenger        19 railroads..........  1,000 cards/tags.....  3 minutes............  50 hours.............  2,500
     equipment with power brake
     defects, and
        --Movement of passenger          19 railroads..........  288 cards/tags.......  3 minutes............  14 hours.............  700
         equipment with power brake
         defects develop en route.
        --Conditional requirement......  19 railroads..........  144 notifications....  3 minutes............  7 hours..............  350
    238.17--Movement of passenger        19 railroads..........  200 tags/cards.......  3 minutes............  10 hours.............  340
     equipment with other than power
     brake defects.
        --Movement of passenger          19 railroads..........  76 tags..............  3 minutes............  4 hours..............  136
         equipment with safety
         appliance defects.
                                         19 railroads..........  38 notifications.....  30 seconds...........  19 min...............  11
    238.19--Reporting and tracking       19 railroads..........  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
     defective passenger equipment.                                                      procedure.
        --List of power brake repair     1 railroad............  1 list...............  2 hours..............  2 hours..............  78
         points.
        --Amendments to list...........  1 railroad............  1 update.............  1 hour...............  1 hour...............  39
    238.21/238.103/238.223(a)/
     238.309(2)/238.311(a)/ 238.405(a)/
     238.427(a):
        --Petitions for special          19 railroads..........  1 petition...........  16 hours.............  16 hours.............  624
         approval of alternative
         standard.
        --Petitions for special          19 railroads..........  1 petition...........  120 hours............  120 hours............  4,680
         approval of alternative
         compliance.
        --Petitions for special          19 railroads..........  1 petition...........  24 hours.............  24 hours.............  936
         approval of pre-revenue
         service acceptance testing
         plan.
        --Comments on the petitions....  Unknown...............  2 comments...........  1 hour...............  2 hours..............  140
    238.103--Fire Safety:
        --Plan.........................  6 equipment             2.4 eq. design (5 yr.  200 hours............  480 hours............  33,360
                                          manufacturers.          average).
        --Subsequent equipment orders..  6 equipment             2.4 eq. design (5 yr.  60 years.............  144 hours............  14,400
                                          manufacturers.          average).
        --Preliminary fire safety        19 railroads..........  19 documents.........  119 hours............  2,264 hours..........  501,241
         analysis.
        --Final fire safety analysis...  18 railroads..........  6 documents (3 yr.     135 hours............  811 hours............  81,067
                                                                  average).
        --Fire safety analysis on        19 railroads..........  1 document...........  8 hours..............  8 hours..............  800
         equipment transfer.
        --Written procedures--fire       19 railroads..........  19 written procedures  80 hours.............  1,520 hours..........  106,400
         safety system and fire safety
         equipment.
    238.105--Train hardware and          197 railroads.........  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
     software safety.                                                                    procedure.
    238.107--Inspection, testing, and
     maintenance plan:
        --Plan.........................  19 railroads..........  N/A..................  Usual and Customary    N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         procedure.
        --Annual plan review by          19 railroads..........  19 reviews...........  60 hours.............  1,140 hours..........  44,460
         railroads.
    238.109 Training, qualification,
     and designation program:
    
    [[Page 25656]]
    
     
        --Training employees to perform  17 railroads..........  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
         brake-related inspections,                                                      procedure.
         tests, or maintenance.
        --Training employees to perform  19 railroads..........  6,020 trained          2 hours..............  12,522 hours.........  421,410
         daily mechanical inspections.                            employees/241
                                                                  instructors.
        --Development of training        19 railroads..........  19 programs..........  520 hours............  9,880 hours..........  360,620
         program.
        --Recordkeeping................  19 railroads..........  6,020 records........  3 minutes............  301 hours............  11,739
    238.111--Pre-revenue service         6 equipment             2.4 plans (5 yr.       16 hours.............  38 hours.............  2,641
     acceptance testing plan--equip.      manufacturers.          average).
     prev. in revenue service.
        --Pass equip. that has not been  6 equipment             2.4 plans (5 yr.       200 hours............  480 hours............  42,144
         in revenue service in U.S.       manufacturers.          average).
        --Subsequent equipment orders..  6 equipment             2.4 plans (5 yr.       60 hours.............  144 hours............  11,472
                                          manufacturers.          average).
        --Major upgrades/intro. new      1 equipment manuf.....  None likely..........  N/A..................  N/A..................  N/A
         tech.--Tier II.
    238.201--Alternative compliance....  19 railroads..........  Incl. in 238.21......  Inc. 238.21..........  Incl. 238.21.........  Incl. 238.21
    238.203--Static end strength:
        --Grandfathering non-compliant   19 railroads..........  1 petition...........  300 hours............  300 hours............  21,000
         equip.
        --Comment......................  Unkown................  6 comments...........  20 hours.............  120 hours............  8,400
    238.211--Collision posts...........  19 railroads..........  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. 238.21.........  Incl. 238.21.........  Inc. 238.21
    238.223--Locomotive fuel tanks--     19 railroads..........  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. 238.21.........  Incl. 238.21.........  Inc 238.21
     alt. std.
    238.231--Brake system--identified &  2 brake manu-           N/A..................  N/A..................  Usual and cust.......  N/A
     marked.                              facturers.
     238.237--Automated monitoring:
        --Alerter/Deadman control--      19 railroads..........  19 documents.........  2 hours..............  38 hours.............  1,482
         documentation.
        --Defective alerter/Deadman      19 railroads..........  100 tags.............  3 minutes............  5 hours..............  250
         control.
    238.301--Scope--requirements--earli  19 railroads..........  Incl. in 238.1.......  Incl. in 238.1.......  Incl. in 238.1.......  Incl. 238.1
     er application.
    238.303--Exterior calendar day       N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
     mechanical inspection of passenger                                                  procedure.
     equipment--door and cover plates
     guarding high voltage equip.
        --MU locomotives w/ inoperative  19 railroads..........  50 tags/cards........  3 minutes............  3 hours..............  150
         dyn. brakes.
        --Conventional locos. w/         19 railroads..........  50 tags/cards........  3 minutes............  3 hours..............  150
         inoper. dyn. brakes.
        --Written notice--inoperative    19 railroads..........  25 written not.......  3 minutes............  1 hour...............  34
         dyn. brakes.
        --Records--ext. calendar day     19 railroads..........  2,022,436 recd.......  1 minute.............  33,707 hours.........  1,146,038
         mech. insp.
    238.305--Interior calendar day
     mechanical inspection of passenger
     cars:
        --Stenciling or marking          N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
         emergency brake valve.                                                          procedure.
        --Stenciling or marking high     N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
         voltage equipment.                                                              procedure.
        --Tagging of defective doors...  10 railroads..........  600 tags.............  1 minute.............  10 hours.............  340
        --Safety related signage.......  N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customery    N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         customery procedure.
        --Records......................  19 railroads..........  1,866,904 recds......  1 minute.............  31,115 hours.........  1,057,910
    238.307--Periodic mechanical
     inspection of passenger cars:
        --Written notification--alt.     5 railroads...........  5 notifications......  5 hours..............  25 hours.............  975
         periodic insp. int.
        --Switches--markings...........  N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         procedure.
    
    [[Page 25657]]
    
     
        --Records......................  6 railroads...........  15 records...........  3 minutes............  .75 hours............  29
        --Detailed documentation--alt.   5 railroads...........  5 documents..........  100 hours............  500 hours............  19,500
         insp. interval.
    238.309--Alternative maintenance     19 railroads..........  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Inc. 238.21
     proc.
        --Records of periodic            N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
         maintenance.                                                                    procedure.
    238.311--Single car test--alt.       19 railroads..........  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Inc.--238.21
     procedure.
        --Tagging to indicate need--     19 railroads..........  25 tags..............  3 minutes............  1 hour...............  34
         single car test.
    238.313--Class I brake test........  N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         procedure.
        --Documentation--test already    ......................  .....................  .....................  .....................  ......................
         performed.
        --Qualif. maint. Person.--       ......................  .....................  .....................  .....................  ......................
         statement in cab.
    238.315--Class IA brake test:
        --Brake pipe pressure--          19 railroads..........  365,000 comm.........  3 seconds............  304 hours............  10,336
         communications.
        --Communicating signal system--  19 tests..............  365,000 tests........  15 seconds...........  1,521 hours..........  51,714
         tests.
    238.317--Class II Brake Test:
        --Brake pipe pressure--          19 railroads..........  365,000 comm.........  3 seconds............  304 hours............  10,336
         communications.
        --Communicating signal system--  19 railroads..........  365,000 tests........  15 seconds...........  1,521 hours..........  51,714
         tests.
    238.403--Crash energy management     1 railroad............  1 design.............  120 hours............  120 hours............  12,000
     requirements.
    238.405--Longitudinal static         1 railroad............  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl.--238.21........  Incl.--238.21........  Inc.--238.21
     compressive.
    238.421--Gazing:
        --Marking of glazing material..  N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         procedure.
        --Stenciling requirement.......  N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         procedure.
    238.423--Fuel tanks--equiv. level    N/A...................  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Inc.--238.21
     of safety.
    238.427--Suspension system--alt.     N/A...................  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl. in 238.21......  Incl.--238.445
     stds.
        --Hunting oscillations--alarms   1 railroad............  Incl. in 238.445.....  Inc.--238.445........  Inc.--238.445........  In.--238.445
         to train oper.
    238.431--Brake system..............  1 railroad............  1 analysis...........  40 hours.............  40 hours.............  1,560
        --Brake system failures........  1 railroad............  Incl. 238.445........  Incl. 238.445........  Incl. 238.445........  In 238.445
        --Wheel slide alarms...........  1 railroad............  Incl. 238.445........  Incl. 238.445........  Incl. 238.445........  In 238.445
    238.437--Emergency communication...  3 car manufacturers...  3 instructions.......  1 hour...............  3 hours..............  102
    238.441--Emergency roof entrance     3 car manufacturers...  16 cars marked.......  15 minutes...........  4 hours..............  136
     location.
        --Markings.....................  ......................  .....................  .....................  .....................  ......................
    238.445--Automated monitoring......  1 railroad............  200 alerts...........  1 second.............  3 minutes............  2
        --Self test feature--            1 railroad............  6,300 notifications..  1 second.............  2 hours..............  68
         notifications to train
         operator.
    238.447--Train operator's controls   N/A...................  N/A..................  Usual and customary    N/A..................  N/A
     and power car cab layout.                                                           procedure.
    238.503--Inspection, testing, and
     maintenance requirements:
    238.505--Program approval
     procedures:
        --Submission of program........  1 railroad............  1 program............  80 hours.............  80 hours.............  3,120
        --Amendments to program........  1 railroad............  1 amendment..........  8 hours..............  8 hours..............  312
        --Comments.....................  4 unions/individuals..  4 comments...........  1 hour...............  4 hours..............  276
        --Approval.....................  N/A...................  N/A..................  No disapprovals        N/A..................  N/A
                                                                                         expected at this
                                                                                         time.
    238.603--Safety planing              1 railroad............  1 safety plan........  100 hours............  100 hours............  3,900
     requirements--Process to introduce
     new technology.
    Appendix B to Part 238--labeling     5-6 seat manufacturers  N/A..................  Usual customary        N/A..................  N/A
     requirement.                                                                        procedure.
    
    [[Page 25658]]
    
     
        --Seat/Mattress assemblies--     5-6 manuf.............  Incl. 238.103........  Incl. 238.103........  Incl. 238.103........  In 238.103
         fire haz. analysis.
        --Disc. small parts--fire        5-6 manuf.............  Incl. in 238.103.....  Incl. 238.103........  Incl. 238.103........  In238.103
         hazard analysis.
        --Surface any small part--fire   5-6 manuf.............  Incl. in 238.103.....  Incl. 238.103........  Incl. 238.103........  In238.103
         haz. analysis.
        --Small elastomers/misc. parts-- 5-6 manuf.............  Incl. in 238.103.....  Incl. 238.103........  Incl. 238.103........  In238.103
         fire haz. anal.
        --Portions vehicle body--fire    5-6 manuf.............  Incl. in 238.103.....  Incl. 238.103........  Incl. 238.103........  In238.103
         hazard analysis.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        All estimates include the time for reviewing instructions; 
    searching existing data sources; gathering or maintaining the needed 
    data; and reviewing the information. For information or a copy of the 
    paperwork package submitted to OMB contact Mr. Robert Brogan, Office of 
    Safety, Planning and Evaluation Division, RRS-21, Federal Railroad 
    Administration, 1120 Vermont Ave., N.W., Mail Stop 17, Washington, D.C. 
    20590 (telephone: (202) 493-6292) or Ms. Dian Deal, Office of 
    Information Technology and Productivity Improvement, RAD-20, Federal 
    Railroad Administration, 1120 Vermont Ave., N.W., Mail Stop 35, 
    Washington, D.C. 20590 (telephone: (202) 493-6133).
        FRA cannot impose a penalty on persons for violating information 
    collection requirements which do not display a current OMB control 
    number, if required. The information collection requirements contained 
    in this rule have been approved under OMB control number 2130-0544.
    
    D. Environmental Impact
    
        FRA has evaluated these regulations in accordance with its 
    procedures for ensuring full consideration of the environmental impact 
    of FRA actions, as required by the National Environmental Policy Act 
    (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), other environmental statutes, Executive 
    Orders, and DOT Order 5610.1c. This final rule meets the criteria that 
    establish this as a non-major action for environmental purposes.
    
    E. Federalism Implications
    
        This rule has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and 
    criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and it has been determined 
    that the rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to 
    warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment. The fundamental 
    policy decision providing that Federal regulations should govern 
    aspects of service provided by municipal and public benefit 
    corporations (or agencies) of State governments is embodied in the 
    statute quoted above (49 U.S.C. 20133). Further, FRA has consulted with 
    commuter railroad authorities in developing this rule.
    
    F. Compliance With the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
    
        Pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-
    4) each Federal agency ``shall, unless otherwise prohibited by law, 
    assess the effects of Federal Regulatory actions on State, local, and 
    tribal governments, and the private sector (other than to the extent 
    that such regulations incorporate requirements specifically set forth 
    in law).'' Sec. 201. Section 202 of the Act further requires that 
    ``before promulgating any general notice of proposed rulemaking that is 
    likely to result in promulgation of any rule that includes any Federal 
    mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal 
    governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of 
    $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any 1 year, 
    and before promulgating any final rule for which a general notice of 
    proposed rulemaking was published, the agency shall prepare a written 
    statement . . .'' detailing the effect on State, local and tribal 
    governments and the private sector. The final rules issued today will 
    not result in the expenditure, in the aggregate, of $100,000,000 or 
    more in any one year, and thus preparation of a statement was not 
    required.
    
    G. Effects on the Year 2000 Computer Problem
    
        This rule does not mandate business process changes nor require 
    modifications to computer systems that will detract from resources 
    railroads will apply toward addressing any possible Year 2000 computer 
    problems. Although business process changes and modifications to 
    computer systems may occur as this rule is implemented, railroads would 
    only voluntarily make such changes and modifications before the year 
    2000.
        Implementation of certain inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    requirements, as well as recordkeeping and tracking of defective 
    equipment requirements, would require use of the same resources 
    railroads will apply toward resolving Year 2000 computer problems. 
    However, FRA will not require that such implementation occur before 
    July, 2000. FRA will apply requirements for inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance of equipment, and recordkeeping and tracking, at an earlier 
    date only to those railroads that indicate a desire for this to occur. 
    Because certain of the requirements for inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance offer railroads an opportunity to achieve efficiencies and 
    savings, some railroads may voluntarily choose to have these 
    requirements applied to them earlier. FRA notes that its implementation 
    schedule for inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements, as well 
    as recordkeeping and tracking requirements, was also developed taking 
    into consideration the time generally needed for railroads to develop 
    maintenance programs and implement training requirements as required by 
    this rule.
    
    XI. List of Subjects
    
    49 CFR Part 216
    
        Penalties, Railroad safety, Reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements, Special notice for repairs.
    
    49 CFR Part 223
    
        Glass and glass products, Glazing, Penalties, Railroad safety, 
    Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    
    49 CFR Part 229
    
        Locomotives, Penalties, Railroad safety, Reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements.
    
    49 CFR Part 231
    
        Penalties, Railroad safety, Safety appliances.
    
    49 CFR Part 232
    
        Penalties, Power brakes, Railroad safety, Reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements.
    
    [[Page 25659]]
    
    49 CFR Part 238
    
        Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Passenger equipment, 
    Penalties, Railroad safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
    
    The Rule
    
        In consideration of the foregoing, chapter II, subtitle B of title 
    49, Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
    
    PART 216--[AMENDED]
    
        1. The authority citation for part 216 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102-04, 20111, 20133, 20137-38, 20141, 
    20143, 20301-02, 20701-02, 21301-02, 21304; 49 CFR 1.49(c), (m).
    
        2. Section 216.1(a) is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 216.1  Application.
    
        (a) This part applies, according to its terms, to each railroad 
    that uses or operates--
        (1) A railroad freight car subject to part 215 of this chapter;
        (2) A locomotive subject to 49 U.S.C. chapter 207 (49 U.S.C. 20701-
    03); or
        (3) Railroad passenger equipment subject to part 238 of this 
    chapter.
    * * * * *
    
    
    Sec. 216.3  [Amended]
    
        3. Section 216.3(b) is amended by removing the phrase ``section 206 
    of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 435)'' and adding 
    in its place the phrase ``49 U.S.C. 20105''.
    
    
    Sec. 216.5  [Amended]
    
        4. Section 216.5(c) is amended by adding after ``216.13,'': 
    ``216.14,''.
    
    
    Sec. 216.13  [Amended]
    
        5. The first sentence of Sec. 216.13(a) is removed and a new 
    sentence is added in its place to read as follows: ``When an FRA Motive 
    Power and Equipment Inspector or State Equipment Inspector determines a 
    locomotive is not safe to operate in the service to which it is put, 
    whether by reason of nonconformity with the FRA Railroad Locomotive 
    Safety Standards set forth in part 229 of this chapter or the FRA 
    Railroad Locomotive Inspection Regulations set forth in part 230 of 
    this chapter or by reason of any other condition rendering the 
    locomotive unsafe, he or she will notify the railroad in writing that 
    the locomotive is not in serviceable condition.''
        5a. The third sentence of Sec. 216.13(a) is amended by removing the 
    phrase ``part 230'' and adding in its place the phrase ``parts 229 and 
    230''.
        6. Section 216.14 is added to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 216.14  Special notice for repairs--passenger equipment.
    
        (a) When an FRA Motive Power and Equipment Inspector or a State 
    Equipment Inspector determines that railroad passenger equipment is not 
    in conformity with one or more of the requirements of the FRA Passenger 
    Equipment Safety Standards set forth in part 238 of this chapter and 
    that it is unsafe for further service, he or she will issue a written 
    Special Notice to the railroad that the equipment is not in serviceable 
    condition. The Special Notice describes the defect or defects that 
    cause the equipment to be in unserviceable condition. After receipt of 
    the Special Notice, the railroad shall remove the equipment from 
    service until it is restored to serviceable condition. The equipment 
    may not be deemed in serviceable condition until it complies with all 
    applicable requirements of part 238 of this chapter.
        (b) The railroad shall notify in writing the FRA Regional 
    Administrator for the FRA region in which the Special Notice was issued 
    when the equipment is returned to service, specifying the repairs 
    completed.
        (c) Railroad passenger equipment subject to a Special Notice may be 
    moved from the place where it was found to be unsafe for further 
    service to the nearest available point where the equipment can be 
    repaired, if such movement is necessary to make the repairs. However, 
    the movement is subject to the further restrictions of Secs. 238.15 and 
    238.17 of this chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 216.17  [Amended]
    
        7. Section 216.17(a) is amended as follows:
        a. By adding, after ``216.13'', ``216.14,'';
        b. By adding, after the word ``locomotive,'' in the third sentence, 
    the phrase ``railroad passenger equipment,''; and
        c. By revising the fifth sentence to read as follows:
        ``If upon reinspection, the railroad freight car, locomotive, or 
    passenger equipment is found to be in serviceable condition, or the 
    track is found to comply with the requirements for the class at which 
    it was previously operated by the railroad, the FRA Regional 
    Administrator or his or her agent will immediately notify the railroad, 
    whereupon the restrictions of the Special Notice cease to be 
    effective.''
    
    Subpart B--[Amended]
    
        8. In subpart B of part 216, the phrases ``the FRA Regional 
    Director for Railroad Safety'', ``the FRA Regional Director of Railroad 
    Safety'', ``a Regional Director'' and ``the Regional Director'' are 
    removed, and the phrase ``the FRA Regional Administrator'' is added in 
    their place.
    
    PART 223--[AMENDED]
    
        9. The authority citation for part 223 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102-03, 20133, 20701-20702, 21301-02, 
    21304; 49 CFR 1.49(c), (m).
    
        10. Section 223.8 is added to subpart B to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 223.8  Additional requirements for passenger equipment.
    
        In addition to the requirements contained in this part, 
    requirements for emergency window exits and window safety glazing on 
    passenger equipment, as defined in Sec. 238.5 of this chapter, are also 
    found in part 238 of this chapter.
    
    PART 229--[AMENDED]
    
        11. The authority citation for part 229 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102-03, 20133, 20137-38, 20143, 20701-03, 
    21301-02, 21304; 49 CFR 1.49(c), (m).
    
        12. Section 229.3 is amended by revising paragraph (a) and adding 
    new paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 229.3  Applicability.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this 
    section, this part applies to all standard gage railroads.
        (b) * * *
        (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of Sec. 229.125 do not apply to Tier II 
    passenger equipment as defined in Sec. 238.5 of this chapter (i.e., 
    passenger equipment operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not 
    exceeding 150 mph).
        (d) On or after November 8, 1999, paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1) of 
    Sec. 229.141 do not apply to ``passenger equipment'' as defined in 
    Sec. 238.5 of this chapter, unless such equipment is excluded from the 
    requirements of Secs. 238.203 through 238.219, and Sec. 238.223 of this 
    chapter by operation of Sec. 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter.
        (e) Paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4), and (b)(2) through (b)(4) of 
    Sec. 229.141 do not apply to ``passenger equipment'' as defined in 
    Sec. 238.5 of this chapter that is placed in service for the first time 
    on or after September 8, 2000, unless such equipment is excluded from 
    the requirements of Secs. 238.203 through
    
    [[Page 25660]]
    
    238.219, and Sec. 238.223 of this chapter by operation of 
    Sec. 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter.
    
    PART 231--[AMENDED]
    
        13. The authority citation for part 231 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102-03, 20131, 20301-03, 21301-02, 21304; 
    49 CFR 1.49(c), (m).
    
        14. Section 231.0 is amended by redesignating paragraphs (c) 
    through (e) as paragraphs (d) through (f), respectively; by revising 
    paragraph (a); and by adding a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 231.0  Applicability and penalties.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
    this part applies to all standard gage railroads.
        (b) * * *
        (c) Except for the provisions governing uncoupling devices, this 
    part does not apply to Tier II passenger equipment as defined in 
    Sec. 238.5 of this chapter (i.e., passenger equipment operating at 
    speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 150 mph).
    * * * * *
    
    PART 232--[AMENDED]
    
        15. The authority citation for part 232 is revised to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20102-03, 20133, 20141, 20301-03, 20306, 
    21301-02, 21304; 49 CFR 1.49 (c), (m).
    
        16. Section 232.0 is amended by redesignating paragraphs (c) 
    through (e) as paragraphs (d) through (f), respectively; by revising 
    paragraph (a); and by adding a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 232.0  Applicability and penalties.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
    this part applies to all standard gage railroads.
        (b) * * *
        (c) Except for Secs. 232.2 and 232.21 through 232.25, this part 
    does not apply to a ``passenger train'' or ``passenger equipment'' as 
    defined in Sec. 238.5 of this chapter that is subject to the inspection 
    and testing requirements contained in part 238 of this chapter.
    * * * * *
        17. Part 238 is added to read as follows:
    
    PART 238--PASSENGER EQUIPMENT SAFETY STANDARDS
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    Sec.
    238.1  Purpose and scope.
    238.3  Applicability.
    238.5  Definitions.
    238.7  Waivers.
    238.9  Responsibility for compliance.
    238.11  Civil penalties.
    238.13  Preemptive effect.
    238.15  Movement of passenger equipment with power brake defects.
    238.17  Movement of passenger equipment with other than power brake 
    defects.
    238.19  Reporting and tracking defective passenger equipment.
    238.21  Special approval procedure.
    238.23  Information collection.
    
    Subpart B--Safety Planning and General Requirements
    
    238.101  Scope.
    238.103  Fire safety.
    238.105  Train hardware and software safety.
    238.107  Inspection, testing, and maintenance plan.
    238.109  Training, qualification, and designation program.
    238.111  Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan.
    238.113  Emergency window exits.
    238.115  Emergency lighting.
    238.117  Protection against personal injury.
    238.119  Rim-stamped straight-plate wheels.
    
    Subpart C--Specific Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment
    
    238.201  Scope/alternative compliance.
    238.203  Static end strength.
    238.205  Anti-climbing mechanism.
    238.207  Link between coupling mechanism and car body.
    238.209  Forward-facing end structure of locomotives.
    238.211  Collision posts.
    238.213  Corner posts.
    238.215  Rollover strength.
    238.217  Side structure.
    238.219  Truck-to-car-body attachment.
    238.221  Glazing.
    238.223  Locomotive fuel tanks.
    238.225  Electrical system.
    238.227  Suspension system.
    238.229  Safety appliances.
    238.231  Brake system.
    238.233  Interior fittings and surfaces.
    238.235  Doors.
    238.237  Automated monitoring.
    
    Subpart D--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for 
    Tier I Passenger Equipment
    
    238.301  Scope.
    238.303  Exterior calendar day mechanical inspection of passenger 
    equipment.
    238.305  Interior calendar day mechanical inspection of passenger 
    cars.
    238.307  Periodic mechanical inspection of passenger cars and 
    unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains.
    238.309  Periodic brake equipment maintenance.
    238.311  Single car test.
    238.313  Class I brake test.
    238.315  Class IA brake test.
    238.317  Class II brake test.
    238.319  Running brake test.
    
    Subpart E--Specific Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment
    
    238.401  Scope.
    238.403  Crash energy management.
    238.405  Longitudinal static compressive strength.
    238.407  Anti-climbing mechanism.
    238.409  Forward end structures of power car cabs.
    238.411  Rear end structures of power car cabs.
    238.413  End structures of trailer cars.
    238.415  Rollover strength.
    238.417  Side loads.
    238.419  Truck-to-car-body and truck component attachment.
    238.421  Glazing.
    238.423  Fuel tanks.
    238.425  Electrical system.
    238.427  Suspension system.
    238.429  Safety appliances.
    238.431  Brake system.
    238.433  Draft system.
    238.435  Interior fittings and surfaces.
    238.437  Emergency communication.
    238.439  Doors.
    238.441  Emergency roof entrance location.
    238.443  Headlights.
    238.445  Automated monitoring.
    238.447  Train operator's controls and power car cab layout.
    
    Subpart F--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for Tier 
    II Passenger Equipment
    
    238.501  Scope.
    238.503  Inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.
    238.505  Program approval procedure.
    
    Subpart G--Specific Safety Planning Requirements for Tier II Passenger 
    Equipment
    
    238.601  Scope.
    238.603  Safety planning requirements.
    
    Appendix A to Part 238--Schedule of Civil Penalties
    
    Appendix B--Test Methods and Performance Criteria for the Flammability 
    and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials Used in Passenger Cars 
    and Locomotive Cabs
    
    Appendix C to Part 238--Suspension System Safety Performance Standards
    
    Appendix D to Part 238--Requirements for External Fuel Tanks on Tier I 
    Locomotives
    
    Appendix E to Part 238--General Principles of Reliability-Based 
    Maintenance Programs
    
        Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20302-03, 
    20306, and 20701-02; 49 CFR 1.49.
    
    Subpart A--General
    
    
    Sec. 238.1  Purpose and scope.
    
        (a) The purpose of this part is to prevent collisions, derailments, 
    and other occurrences involving railroad passenger equipment that cause 
    injury or death to railroad employees, railroad passengers, or the 
    general public; and to
    
    [[Page 25661]]
    
    mitigate the consequences of such occurrences to the extent they cannot 
    be prevented.
        (b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for 
    railroad passenger equipment. This part does not restrict a railroad 
    from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements 
    not inconsistent with this part.
        (c) Railroads to which this part applies shall be responsible for 
    compliance with all of the requirements contained in Secs. 238.15, 
    238.17, 238.19, 238.107, 238.109, and subpart D of this part effective 
    July 12, 2001.
        (1) A railroad may request earlier application of the requirements 
    contained in Secs. 238.15, 238.17, 238.19, 238.107, 238.109, and 
    subpart D upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator 
    for Safety. Such a request shall indicate the railroad's readiness and 
    ability to comply with all of the provisions referenced in paragraph 
    (c) introductory text of this section.
        (2) Except for paragraphs (b) and (c) of Sec. 238.309, a railroad 
    may specifically request earlier application of the maintenance and 
    testing provisions contained in Secs. 238.309 and 238.311 
    simultaneously. In order to request earlier application of these two 
    sections, the railroad shall indicate its readiness and ability to 
    comply with all of the provisions contained in both of those sections.
        (3) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of Sec. 238.309 shall apply beginning 
    September 9, 1999.
    
    
    Sec. 238.3  Applicability.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, this part 
    applies to all:
        (1) Railroads that operate intercity or commuter passenger train 
    service on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad 
    system of transportation; and
        (2) Railroads that provide commuter or other short-haul rail 
    passenger train service in a metropolitan or suburban area as described 
    by 49 U.S.C. 20102(1), including public authorities operating passenger 
    train service.
        (b) Railroads that permit to be used or hauled on their lines 
    passenger equipment subject to this part, in violation of a power brake 
    provision of this part or a safety appliance provision of this part, 
    are subject to the power brake and safety appliance provisions of this 
    part with respect to such operations.
        (c) This part does not apply to:
        (1) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not 
    connected to the general railroad system of transportation;
        (2) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation 
    that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
        (3) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on 
    or off the general railroad system of transportation; or
        (4) Circus trains.
    
    
    Sec. 238.5  Definitions.
    
        As used in this part--
        AAR means the Association of American Railroads.
        APTA means the American Public Transit Association.
        Administrator means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad 
    Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
        Alerter means a device or system installed in the locomotive cab to 
    promote continuous, active locomotive engineer attentiveness by 
    monitoring select locomotive engineer-induced control activities. If 
    fluctuation of a monitored locomotive engineer-induced control activity 
    is not detected within a predetermined time, a sequence of audible and 
    visual alarms is activated so as to progressively prompt a response by 
    the locomotive engineer. Failure by the locomotive engineer to 
    institute a change of state in a monitored control, or acknowledge the 
    alerter alarm activity through a manual reset provision, results in a 
    penalty brake application that brings the locomotive or train to a 
    stop.
        Anti-climbing mechanism means the parts at the ends of adjoining 
    vehicles in a train that are designed to engage when subjected to large 
    buff loads to prevent the override of one vehicle by another.
        Bind means restrict the intended movement of one or more brake 
    system components by obstruction, increased friction, or reduced 
    clearance.
        Block of cars means one car or multiple cars in a solid unit 
    coupled together for the purpose of being added to, or removed from, a 
    train as a solid unit.
        Brake, air or power brake means a combination of devices operated 
    by compressed air, arranged in a system, and controlled manually, 
    electrically, or pneumatically, by means of which the motion of a rail 
    car or locomotive is retarded or arrested.
        Brake, disc means a retardation system used on some rail vehicles, 
    primarily passenger equipment, that utilizes flat metal discs as the 
    braking surface instead of the wheel tread.
        Brake, dynamic means a train braking system whereby the kinetic 
    energy of a moving train is used to generate electric current at the 
    locomotive traction motors, which is then dissipated through banks of 
    resistor grids or back into the catenary or third rail system.
        Brake, effective means a brake that is capable of producing its 
    required design retarding force on the train. A rail car's air brake is 
    not considered effective if its piston travel is in excess of the 
    maximum prescribed limits.
        Brake indicator means a device, actuated by brake cylinder 
    pressure, which indicates whether brakes are applied or released.
        Brake, inoperative means a primary brake that, for any reason, no 
    longer applies or releases as intended or is otherwise ineffective.
        Brake, on-tread friction means a braking system that uses a brake 
    shoe that acts on the tread of the wheel to retard the vehicle.
        Brake, parking or hand brake means a brake that can be applied and 
    released by hand to prevent movement of a stationary rail car or 
    locomotive.
        Brake pipe means the system of piping (including branch pipes, 
    angle cocks, cutout cocks, dirt collectors, hoses, and hose couplings) 
    used for connecting locomotives and all rail cars for the passage of 
    air to control the locomotive and car brakes.
        Brake, power means ``air brake'' as that term is defined in this 
    section.
        Brake, primary means those components of the train brake system 
    necessary to stop the train within the signal spacing distance without 
    thermal damage to friction braking surfaces.
        Brake, secondary means those components of the train brake system 
    which develop supplemental brake retarding force that is not needed to 
    stop the train within signal spacing distances or to prevent thermal 
    damage to friction braking surfaces.
        Brake shoes or pads aligned with tread or disc means that the 
    surface of the brake shoe or pad, respectively, engages the surface of 
    the wheel tread or disc, respectively, to prevent localized thermal 
    stress.
        Braking system, blended means a braking system where the primary 
    brake and one or more secondary brakes are automatically combined to 
    stop the train. If the secondary brakes are unavailable, the blended 
    brake uses the primary brake alone to stop the train.
        Calendar day means a time period running from one midnight to the 
    next midnight on a given date.
        Class I brake test means a complete passenger train brake system 
    test and inspection (as further specified in Sec. 238.313) performed by 
    a qualified
    
    [[Page 25662]]
    
    maintenance person to ensure that the air brake system is 100 percent 
    effective.
        Class IA brake test means a test and inspection (as further 
    specified in Sec. 238.315) performed by a qualified person of the air 
    brake system on each car in a passenger train to ensure that the brakes 
    apply and release on each car in the train in response to train line 
    commands.
        Class II brake test means a test and inspection (as further 
    specified in Sec. 238.317) performed by a qualified person of brake 
    pipe integrity and continuity from the controlling locomotive to the 
    rear unit of a passenger train.
        Collision posts means structural members of the end structures of a 
    vehicle that extend vertically from the underframe to which they are 
    securely attached and that provide protection to occupied compartments 
    from an object penetrating the vehicle during a collision.
        Control valves means that part of the air brake equipment on each 
    rail car or locomotive that controls the charging, application, and 
    release of the air brakes, in response to train line commands.
        Corner posts means structural members located at the intersection 
    of the front or rear surface with the side surface of a rail vehicle 
    and which extend vertically from the underframe to the roof. Corner 
    posts may be combined with collision posts to become part of the end 
    structure.
        Crack means a fracture without complete separation into parts, 
    except that, in a casting, a shrinkage crack or hot tear that does not 
    significantly diminish the strength of the member is not a crack.
        Crash energy management means an approach to the design of rail 
    passenger equipment which controls the dissipation of energy during a 
    collision to protect the occupied volumes from crushing and to limit 
    the decelerations on passengers and crewmembers in those volumes. This 
    may be accomplished by designing energy-absorbing structures of low 
    strength in the unoccupied volumes of a rail vehicle or passenger train 
    to collapse in a controlled manner, while providing higher structural 
    strength in the occupied volumes. Energy deflection can also be part of 
    a crash energy management approach. Crash energy management can be used 
    to help provide anti-climbing resistance and to reduce the risk of 
    train buckling during a collision.
        Crash refuge means a volume with structural strength designed to 
    maximize the survivability of crewmembers stationed in the locomotive 
    cab during a collision.
        Crewmember means a railroad employee called to perform service 
    covered by the Federal hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21103 and 
    subject to the railroad's operating rules and program of operational 
    tests and inspections required in Sec. 217.9 and Sec. 217.11 of this 
    chapter.
        Critical buckling stress means the minimum stress necessary to 
    initiate buckling of a structural member.
        Emergency brake application means an irretrievable brake 
    application resulting in the maximum retarding force available from the 
    train brake system.
        Emergency window means that segment of a side-facing glazing panel 
    which has been designed to permit rapid and easy removal in an 
    emergency situation.
        End structure means the main support structure projecting upward 
    from the underframe of a locomotive, passenger car, or other rail 
    vehicle. The end structure is securely attached to the underframe at 
    each end of a rail vehicle.
        50th -percentile adult male means a person weighing 164 pounds 
    (plus or minus 3 pounds) and possessing the following dimensions: erect 
    sitting height: 35.7 inches (plus or minus 0.1 inch); hip breadth 
    (sitting): 14.7 inches (plus or minus 0.7 inch); hip circumference 
    (sitting): 42 inches; waist circumference (sitting): 32 inches (plus or 
    minus 0.6 inch); chest depth: 9.3 inches (plus or minus 0.2 inch); and 
    chest circumference: 37.4 inches (plus or minus 0.6 inch).
        Foul means restrict the intended movement of one or more brake 
    system components because the component is snagged, entangled, or 
    twisted.
        FRA means the Federal Railroad Administration.
        Fuel tank, external means a fuel containment volume that extends 
    outside the car body structure of a locomotive.
        Fuel tank, internal means a fuel containment volume that does not 
    extend outside the car body structure of a locomotive.
        Full-height collision post, corner post, or side frame post means 
    any vertical framing member in the rail car body structure that spans 
    the distance between the underframe and the roof at the car body 
    section where the post is located. For collision posts located at the 
    approximate third points laterally of an end frame, the term ``full-
    height'' applies to posts that extend and connect to supporting 
    structural members in the roof at the location of the posts, or to a 
    beam connected to the top of the end-frame and supported by the roof 
    rails (or anti-telescoping plate), or to both.
        Full service application means a brake application which results in 
    a brake cylinder pressure at the service limiting valve setting or 
    equivalent.
        Glazing, end-facing means a glazing panel located where a line 
    perpendicular to the exterior surface of the panel makes an angle of 50 
    degrees or less with the longitudinal center line of the rail vehicle 
    in which the panel is installed. A glazing panel that curves so as to 
    meet the definition for both side-facing and end-facing glazing is 
    considered end-facing glazing.
        Glazing, exterior means a glazing panel that is an integral part of 
    the exterior skin of a rail vehicle and has a surface exposed to the 
    outside environment.
        Glazing, side-facing means a glazing panel located where a line 
    perpendicular to the exterior surface of the panel makes an angle of 
    more than 50 degrees with the longitudinal center line of the rail 
    vehicle in which the panel is installed.
        Handrails means safety appliances installed on either side of a 
    rail vehicle's exterior doors to assist passengers and crewmembers to 
    safely board and depart the vehicle.
        Head end power means power generated on board the locomotive of a 
    passenger train used for purposes other than propelling the train, such 
    as cooking, heating, illumination, ventilation and air conditioning.
        In passenger service/in revenue service means a train or passenger 
    equipment that is carrying, or available to carry, passengers. 
    Passengers need not have paid a fare in order for the equipment to be 
    considered in passenger or in revenue service.
        In service, when used in connection with passenger equipment, 
    means:
        (1) Passenger equipment subject to this part that is in passenger 
    or revenue service; and
        (2) All other passenger equipment subject to this part, unless the 
    passenger equipment:
        (i) Is being handled in accordance with Secs. 238.15, 238.17, 
    238.305(c)(5), or 238.503(f), as applicable;
        (ii) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track;
        (iii) Is on a storage track and is not carrying passengers; or
        (iv) Has been delivered in interchange but has not been accepted by 
    the receiving railroad.
        Interior fitting means any component in the passenger compartment 
    which is mounted to the floor, ceiling, sidewalls, or end walls and 
    projects into the passenger compartment more than 25
    
    [[Page 25663]]
    
    mm (1 in.) from the surface or surfaces to which it is mounted. 
    Interior fittings do not include side and end walls, floors, door 
    pockets, or ceiling lining materials, for example.
        Lateral means the horizontal direction perpendicular to the 
    direction of travel.
        Locomotive means a piece of on-track rail equipment, other than hi-
    rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment, which may 
    consist of one or more units operated from a single control stand with 
    one or more propelling motors designed for moving other passenger 
    equipment; with one or more propelling motors designed to transport 
    freight or passenger traffic, or both; or without propelling motors but 
    with one or more control stands. This term does not include a 
    locomotive propelled by steam power unless it is used to haul an 
    intercity or commuter passenger train. Nor does this term include a 
    freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to failure 
    of a passenger locomotive.
        Locomotive cab means the compartment or space on board a locomotive 
    where the control stand is located and which is normally occupied by 
    the engineer when the locomotive is operated.
        Locomotive, cab car means rail rolling equipment intended to 
    provide transportation for members of the general public that is 
    without propelling motors but equipped with one or more control stands.
        Locomotive, controlling means the locomotive from which the 
    locomotive engineer exercises control over the train.
        Locomotive, MU means rail rolling equipment self-propelled by any 
    power source and intended to provide transportation for members of the 
    general public; however, this term does not include an MU locomotive 
    propelled by steam power unless it is used to haul an intercity or 
    commuter passenger train.
        Longitudinal means in a direction parallel to the normal direction 
    of travel.
        Luminescent material means material that absorbs light energy when 
    ambient levels of light are high and emits this stored energy when 
    ambient levels of light are low, making the material appear to glow in 
    the dark.
        L/V ratio means the ratio of the lateral force that any wheel 
    exerts on an individual rail to the vertical force exerted by the same 
    wheel on the rail.
        MIL-STD-882C means a military standard issued by the United States 
    Department of Defense to provide uniform requirements for developing 
    and implementing a system safety plan and program to identify and then 
    eliminate the hazards of a system or reduce the associated risk to an 
    acceptable level.
        Monocoque means a type of rail vehicle construction where the shell 
    or skin acts as a single unit with the supporting frame to resist and 
    transmit the loads acting on the rail vehicle.
        Mph means miles per hour.
        95th -percentile adult male means, except as used in 
    Sec. 238.447(f)(2), a person weighing 215 pounds and possessing the 
    following dimensions: erect sitting height: 38 inches; hip breadth 
    (sitting): 16.5 inches; hip circumference (sitting): 47.2 inches; waist 
    circumference (sitting): 42.5 inches; chest depth: 10.5 inches; and 
    chest circumference 44.5 inches.
        Occupied volume means the volume of a rail vehicle or passenger 
    train where passengers or crewmembers are normally located during 
    service operation, such as the operating cab and passenger seating and 
    sleeping areas. The entire width of a vehicle's end compartment that 
    contains a control stand is an occupied volume. A vestibule is 
    typically not considered occupied, except when it contains a control 
    stand for use as a control cab.
        Ordered, as applied to acquisition of equipment, means that the 
    acquiring entity has given a notice to proceed to manufacture the 
    equipment that represents a firm financial commitment to compensate the 
    manufacturer for the contract price of the equipment or for damages if 
    the order is nullified. Equipment is not ordered if future exercise of 
    a contract option is required to place the remanufacturing process in 
    motion.
        Override means to climb over the normal coupling or side buffers 
    and linking mechanism and impact the end of the adjoining rail vehicle 
    or unit above the underframe.
        Passenger car means rail rolling equipment intended to provide 
    transportation for members of the general public and includes a self-
    propelled car designed to carry passengers, baggage, mail, or express. 
    This term includes a passenger coach, cab car, and an MU locomotive. In 
    the context of articulated equipment, ``passenger car'' means that 
    segment of the rail rolling equipment located between two trucks. This 
    term does not include a private car.
        Passenger coach means rail rolling equipment intended to provide 
    transportation for members of the general public that is without 
    propelling motors and without a control stand.
        Passenger equipment--means
        (1) All powered and unpowered passenger cars, locomotives used to 
    haul a passenger car, and any other rail rolling equipment used in a 
    train with one or more passenger cars. Passenger equipment includes--
        (i) A passenger coach,
        (ii) A cab car,
        (iii) A MU locomotive,
        (iv) A locomotive not intended to provide transportation for a 
    member of the general public that is used to power a passenger train, 
    and
        (v) Any non-self-propelled vehicle used in a passenger train, 
    including an express car, baggage car, mail car, freight car, or a 
    private car.
        (2) In the context of articulated equipment, ``passenger 
    equipment'' means a segment of rail rolling equipment located between 
    two trucks that is used in a train with one or more passenger cars. 
    This term does not include a freight locomotive when used to haul a 
    passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
        Passenger station means a location designated in a railroad's 
    timetable where passengers are regularly scheduled to get on or off any 
    train.
        Permanent deformation means the undergoing of a permanent change in 
    shape of a structural member of a rail vehicle.
        Person means an entity of any type covered under 1 U.S.C. 1, 
    including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, 
    supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any 
    owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or 
    facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a 
    railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, 
    or independent contractor.
        Piston travel means the amount of linear movement of the air brake 
    hollow rod (or equivalent) or piston rod when forced outward by 
    movement of the piston in the brake cylinder or actuator and limited by 
    the brake shoes being forced against the wheel or disc.
        Power car means a rail vehicle that propels a Tier II passenger 
    train or is the lead vehicle in a Tier II passenger train, or both.
        Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan means a document, as 
    further specified in Sec. 238.111, prepared by a railroad that explains 
    in detail how pre-revenue service tests of passenger equipment 
    demonstrate that the equipment meets Federal safety standards and the 
    railroad's own safety requirements.
        Primary responsibility means the task that a person performs at 
    least 50 percent of the time. The totality of the circumstances will be 
    considered on a case-by-case basis in circumstances
    
    [[Page 25664]]
    
    where an individual does not spend 50 percent of his or her day engaged 
    in any one readily identifiable type of activity.
        Private car means rail rolling equipment that is used only for 
    excursion, recreational, or private transportation purposes. A private 
    car is not a passenger car.
        Public highway-rail grade crossing means a location where a public 
    highway, road or street, including associated sidewalks or pathways, 
    crosses one or more active railroad tracks at grade.
        Qualified maintenance person means a qualified person who has 
    received, as a part of the training, qualification, and designation 
    program required under Sec. 238.109, instruction and training that 
    includes ``hands-on'' experience (under appropriate supervision or 
    apprenticeship) in one or more of the following functions: 
    troubleshooting, inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair of the 
    specific train brake and other components and systems for which the 
    person is assigned responsibility. This person shall also possess a 
    current understanding of what is required to properly repair and 
    maintain the safety-critical brake or mechanical components for which 
    the person is assigned responsibility. Further, the qualified 
    maintenance person shall be a person whose primary responsibility 
    includes work generally consistent with the above-referenced functions 
    and is designated to:
        (1) Conduct Class I brake tests under this part;
        (2) Conduct exterior calendar day mechanical inspections on MU 
    locomotives or other passenger cars and unpowered vehicles under this 
    part; or
        (3) Determine whether equipment not in compliance with this part 
    may be moved as required by Sec. 238.17.
        Qualified person means a person determined by a railroad to have 
    the knowledge and skills necessary to perform one or more functions 
    required under this part. The railroad determines the qualifications 
    and competencies for employees designated to perform various functions 
    in the manner set forth in this part.
        Railroad means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that 
    runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing 
    such transportation, including--
        (i) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a 
    metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was 
    operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
        (ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect 
    metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new 
    technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not 
    include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not 
    connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
        Refresher training means periodic retraining required by a railroad 
    for employees or contractors to remain qualified to perform specific 
    equipment inspection, testing, or maintenance functions.
        Repair point means a location designated by a railroad where 
    repairs of the type necessary occur on a regular basis. A repair point 
    has, or should have, the facilities, tools, and personnel qualified to 
    make the necessary repairs. A repair point need not be staffed 
    continuously.
        Respond as intended means to produce the result that a device or 
    system is designed to produce.
        Rollover strength means the strength provided to protect the 
    structural integrity of a rail vehicle in the event the vehicle leaves 
    the track and impacts the ground on its side or roof.
        Roof rail means the longitudinal structural member at the 
    intersection of the side wall and the roof sheathing.
        Running brake test means a test (as further specified in 
    Sec. 238.319) performed by a qualified person of a train system or 
    component while the train is in motion to verify that the system or 
    component functions as intended.
        Running gear defect means any condition not in compliance with this 
    part which involves a truck component, a propulsion system component, a 
    draft system component, a wheel, or a wheel component.
        Safety appliance means an appliance required under 49 U.S.C. 
    chapter 203, excluding power brakes. The term includes automatic 
    couplers, hand brakes, sill steps, handholds, handrails, or ladder 
    treads made of steel or a material of equal or greater mechanical 
    strength used by the traveling public or railroad employees that 
    provide a means for safely coupling, uncoupling, or ascending or 
    descending passenger equipment.
        Safety-critical means a component, system, or task that, if not 
    available, defective, not functioning, not functioning correctly, not 
    performed, or not performed correctly, increases the risk of damage to 
    passenger equipment or injury to a passenger, crewmember, or other 
    person.
        Semi-permanently coupled means coupled by means of a drawbar or 
    other coupling mechanism that requires tools to perform the uncoupling 
    operation. Coupling and uncoupling of each semi-permanently coupled 
    unit in a train can be performed safely only while at a maintenance or 
    shop location where personnel can safely get under a unit or between 
    units.
        Shear strength means the ability of a structural member to resist 
    forces or components of forces acting perpendicular to compression or 
    tension forces, or both, in the member.
        Shock absorbent material means material designed to prevent or 
    mitigate injuries due to impact by yielding and absorbing much of the 
    energy of impact.
        Side posts means main vertical structural elements in the sides of 
    a rail vehicle.
        Side sill means that portion of the underframe or side at the 
    bottom of the rail vehicle side wall.
        Single car test means a comprehensive test (as further specified in 
    Sec. 238.311) of the functioning of all critical brake system 
    components installed on an individual passenger car or unpowered 
    vehicle, other than a self-propelled passenger car, used or allowed to 
    be used in a passenger train.
        Single car test device means a device capable of controlling the 
    application and release of the brakes on an individual passenger car or 
    an unpowered vehicle, other than a self-propelled passenger car, 
    through pneumatic or electrical means.
        Skin means the outer covering of a fuel tank and a rail vehicle. 
    The skin may be covered with another coating of material such as 
    fiberglass.
        Spall, glazing means small pieces of glazing that fly off the back 
    surface of the glazing when an object strikes the front surface.
        Switching service means the classification of freight cars 
    according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train 
    movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, 
    unloading, or weighing; placing of locomotives and cars for repair or 
    storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service 
    that does not constitute a train movement.
        Telescope means override an adjoining rail vehicle or unit and 
    penetrate into the interior of that adjoining vehicle or unit because 
    of compressive forces.
        Terminal means a starting point or ending point of a single 
    scheduled trip for a train, where passengers may get on or off a train. 
    Normally, this location is a point where the train would reverse 
    direction or change destinations.
        Tier I means operating at speeds not exceeding 125 mph.
    
    [[Page 25665]]
    
        Tier II means operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not 
    exceeding 150 mph.
        Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations means railroad 
    operations that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, 
    with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not 
    being the principal purpose.
        Trailer car means a rail vehicle that neither propels a Tier II 
    passenger train nor is the leading unit in a Tier II passenger train. A 
    trailer car is normally without a control stand and is normally 
    occupied by passengers.
        Train means a locomotive unit or locomotive units coupled, with or 
    without cars. For the purposes of the provisions of this part related 
    to power brakes, the term ``train'' does not include such equipment 
    when being used in switching service.
        Train brake communication line means the communication link between 
    the locomotive and passenger equipment in a train by which the brake 
    commands are transmitted. This may be a pneumatic pipe, electrical 
    line, or radio signal.
        Train, commuter means a passenger train providing commuter service 
    within an urban, suburban, or metropolitan area. The term includes a 
    passenger train provided by an instrumentality of a State or a 
    political subdivision of a State.
        Train, long-distance intercity passenger means a passenger train 
    that provides service between large cities more than 125 miles apart 
    and is not operated exclusively in the National Railroad Passenger 
    Corporation's Northeast Corridor.
        Train, passenger means a train that transports or is available to 
    transport members of the general public. If a train is composed of a 
    mixture of passenger and freight equipment, that train is a passenger 
    train for purposes of this part.
        Train, short-distance intercity passenger means a passenger train 
    that provides service exclusively on the National Railroad Passenger 
    Corporation's Northeast Corridor or between cities that are not more 
    than 125 miles apart.
        Train, Tier II passenger means a short-distance or long-distance 
    intercity passenger train providing service at speeds that include 
    those exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 150 mph.
        Trainset, passenger means a passenger train.
        Transverse means in a direction perpendicular to the normal 
    direction of travel.
        Ultimate strength means the load at which a structural member 
    fractures or ceases to resist any load.
        Uncoupling mechanism means the arrangement for operating the 
    coupler by any means.
        Underframe means the lower horizontal support structure of a rail 
    vehicle.
        Unit means passenger equipment of any type, except a freight 
    locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to failure of a 
    passenger locomotive.
        Unoccupied volume means the volume of a rail vehicle or passenger 
    train which does not contain seating and is not normally occupied by 
    passengers or crewmembers.
        Vehicle, rail means passenger equipment of any type and includes a 
    car, trailer car, locomotive, power car, tender, or similar vehicle. 
    This term does not include a freight locomotive when used to haul a 
    passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
        Vestibule means an area of a passenger car that normally does not 
    contain seating and is used in passing from the seating area to the 
    side exit doors.
        Witness plate means a thin foil placed behind a piece of glazing 
    undergoing an impact test. Any material spalled or broken from the back 
    side of the glazing will dent or mark the witness plate.
        Yard means a system of tracks within defined limits provided for 
    the making up of trains, storing of cars, or other purposes.
        Yard air test means a train brake system test conducted using a 
    source of compressed air other than a locomotive.
        Yield strength means the ability of a structural member to resist a 
    change in length caused by a heavy load. Exceeding the yield strength 
    may cause permanent deformation of the member.
    
    
    Sec. 238.7  Waivers.
    
        (a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the 
    Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The 
    filing of such a petition does not affect the person's responsibility 
    for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being 
    considered.
        (b) Each petition for waiver under this section shall be filed in 
    the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this 
    chapter.
        (c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in 
    the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the 
    Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the 
    Administrator deems necessary.
    
    
    Sec. 238.9  Responsibility for compliance.
    
        (a) A railroad subject to this part shall not--
        (1) Use, haul, permit to be used or hauled on its line, offer in 
    interchange, or accept in interchange any train or passenger equipment, 
    while in service,
        (i) That has one or more conditions not in compliance with a safety 
    appliance or power brake provision of this part; or
        (ii) That has not been inspected and tested as required by a safety 
    appliance or power brake provision of this part; or
        (2) Use, haul, offer in interchange, or accept in interchange any 
    train or passenger equipment, while in service,
        (i) That has one or more conditions not in compliance with a 
    provision of this part, other than the safety appliance and power brake 
    provisions of this part, if the railroad has actual knowledge of the 
    facts giving rise to the violation, or a reasonable person acting in 
    the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would have that 
    knowledge; or
        (ii) That has not been inspected and tested as required by a 
    provision of this part, other than the safety appliance and power brake 
    provisions of this part, if the railroad has actual knowledge of the 
    facts giving rise to the violation, or a reasonable person acting in 
    the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would have that 
    knowledge; or
        (3) Violate any other provision of this part.
        (b) For purposes of this part, passenger equipment will be 
    considered in use prior to departure but after it has received, or 
    should have received, the inspection required under this part for 
    movement and is deemed ready for passenger service.
        (c) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated 
    in terms of the duty of a railroad, any person as defined in 
    Sec. 238.5, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any 
    function covered by this part must perform that function in accordance 
    with this part.
    
    
    Sec. 238.11  Penalties.
    
        (a) Any person, as defined in Sec. 238.5, who violates any 
    requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such 
    requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least $500 and not more 
    than $11,000 per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed 
    against individuals only for willful violations, and, where a grossly 
    negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an 
    imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or 
    injury, a penalty not to exceed $22,000 per violation may be assessed. 
    Each day a violation continues shall
    
    [[Page 25666]]
    
    constitute a separate offense. See Appendix A to this part for a 
    statement of agency civil penalty policy.
        (b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or 
    report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 
    49 U.S.C. 21311.
    
    
    Sec. 238.13  Preemptive effect.
    
        Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of the regulations in this part 
    preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject 
    matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or 
    order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local 
    safety hazard; that is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or 
    order of the United States Government; and that does not unreasonably 
    burden interstate commerce.
    
    
    Sec. 238.15  Movement of passenger equipment with power brake defects.
    
        Beginning July 12, 2001 the following provisions of this section 
    apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment covered by this 
    part. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements 
    upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety 
    as provided in Sec. 238.1(c) of this part.
        (a) General. This section contains the requirements for moving 
    passenger equipment with a power brake defect without liability for a 
    civil penalty under this part. Railroads remain liable for the movement 
    of passenger equipment under 49 U.S.C. 20303(c). For purposes of this 
    section, Sec. 238.17, and Sec. 238.503, a ``power brake defect'' is a 
    condition of a power brake component, or other primary brake component, 
    that does not conform with this part. (Passenger cars and other 
    passenger equipment classified as locomotives under part 229 of this 
    chapter are also covered by the movement restrictions contained in 
    Sec. 229.9 of this chapter for those defective conditions covered by 
    part 229 of this chapter.)
        (b) Limitations on movement of passenger equipment containing a 
    power brake defect found during a Class I or IA brake test. Except as 
    provided in paragraph (c) of this section (which addresses brakes that 
    become defective en route after a Class I or IA brake test was 
    performed), a commuter or passenger train that has in its consist 
    passenger equipment containing a power brake defect found during a 
    Class I or IA brake test (or, for Tier II trains, the equivalent) may 
    only be moved, without civil penalty liability under this part--
        (1) If all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The train is moved for purposes of repair, without passengers;
        (ii) The applicable operating restrictions in paragraphs (d) and 
    (e) of this section are observed; and
        (iii) The passenger equipment is tagged, or information is 
    recorded, as prescribed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section; or
        (2) If the train is moved for purposes of scrapping or sale of the 
    passenger equipment that has the power brake defect and all of the 
    following conditions are met:
        (i) The train is moved without passengers;
        (ii) The movement is at a speed of 15 mph or less; and
        (iii) The movement conforms with the railroad's air brake or power 
    brake instructions.
        (c) Limitations on movement of passenger equipment in passenger 
    service that becomes defective en route after a Class I or IA brake 
    test. Passenger equipment hauled or used in service in a commuter or 
    passenger train that develops a power brake defect while en route to 
    another location after receiving a Class I or IA brake test (or, for 
    Tier II trains, the equivalent) may be hauled or used by a railroad for 
    repair, without civil penalty liability under this part, if the 
    applicable operating restrictions set forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) 
    of this section are complied with and all of the following requisites 
    are satisfied:
        (1) En route defect. At the time of the train's Class I or IA brake 
    test, the passenger equipment in the train was properly equipped with 
    power brakes that comply with this part. The power brakes on the 
    passenger equipment become defective while it is en route to another 
    location.
        (2) Record. At the place where the railroad first discovers the 
    defect, a tag or card is placed on both sides of the defective 
    passenger equipment, or an automated tracking system is provided, with 
    the following information about the defective passenger equipment:
        (i) The reporting mark and car or locomotive number;
        (ii) The name of the inspecting railroad;
        (iii) The name of the inspector;
        (iv) The inspection location and date;
        (v) The nature of each defect;
        (vi) The destination of the equipment where it will be repaired; 
    and
        (vii) The signature, if possible, and job title of the person 
    reporting the defective condition.
        (3) Automated tracking system. Automated tracking systems used to 
    meet the tagging requirements contained in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
    section may be reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the 
    integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may 
    prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an automated 
    tracking system in lieu of tagging if FRA finds that the automated 
    tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or a 
    railroad's employees, or fails to adequately track or monitor the 
    movement of defective equipment. Such a determination will be made in 
    writing and will state the basis for such action.
        (4) Conditional requirement. In addition, if an en route failure 
    causes power brakes to be cut out or renders the brake inoperative on 
    passenger equipment, the railroad shall:
        (i) Determine the percentage of operative power brakes in the train 
    based on the number of brakes known to be cut out or otherwise 
    inoperative, using the formula specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
    section;
        (ii) Notify the person responsible for the movement of trains of 
    the percent of operative brakes and movement restrictions on the train 
    imposed by paragraph (d) of this section;
        (iii) Notify the mechanical department of the failure; and
        (iv) Confirm the percentage of operative brakes by a walking 
    inspection at the next location where the railroad reasonably judges 
    that it is safe to do so.
        (d) Operating restrictions based on percent operative power brakes 
    in train.
        (1) Computation of percent operative power brakes.
        (i) Except as specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this 
    section, the percentage of operative power brakes in a train shall be 
    determined by dividing the number of axles in the train with operative 
    power brakes by the total number of axles in the train.
        (ii) For equipment with tread brake units (TBUs), the percentage of 
    operative power brakes shall be determined by dividing the number of 
    operative TBUs by the total number of TBUs.
        (iii) Each cut-out axle on a locomotive that weighs more than 
    200,000 pounds shall be counted as two cut-out axles for the purposes 
    of calculating the percentage of operative brakes. Unless otherwise 
    specified by the railroad, the friction braking effort over all other 
    axles shall be considered uniform.
        (iv) The following brake conditions not in compliance with this 
    part are not considered inoperative power brakes for purposes of this 
    section:
        (A) Failure or cutting out of secondary brake systems;
    
    [[Page 25667]]
    
        (B) Inoperative or otherwise defective handbrakes or parking 
    brakes;
        (C) Excessive piston travel that does not render the power brakes 
    ineffective; and
        (D) Power brakes overdue for inspection, testing, maintenance, or 
    stenciling under this part.
        (2) All passenger trains developing 50-74 percent operative power 
    brakes. A passenger train that develops inoperative power brake 
    equipment resulting in at least 50 percent but less than 75 percent 
    operative power brakes may be used only as follows:
        (i) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next 
    forward passenger station;
        (ii) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 20 mph or less; 
    and
        (iii) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment 
    shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can 
    be made.
        (3) Commuter, short-distance intercity, and short-distance Tier II 
    passenger trains developing 75-99 percent operative power brakes.
        (i) 75-84 percent operative brakes. Commuter, short-distance 
    intercity, and short-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop 
    inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 75 percent but 
    less than 85 percent operative brakes may be used only as follows:
        (A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next 
    forward location where the necessary repairs can be made; however, if 
    the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made does 
    not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the 
    train may be moved past the repair location in service only to the next 
    forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of 
    passengers; and
        (B) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 50 percent of the 
    train's maximum allowable speed or 40 mph, whichever is less; and
        (C) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment 
    shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can 
    be made.
        (ii) 85-99 percent operative brakes. Commuter, short-distance 
    intercity, and short-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop 
    inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 85 percent but 
    less than 100 percent operative brakes may only be used as follows:
        (A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next 
    forward location where the necessary repairs can be made; however, if 
    the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made does 
    not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the 
    train may be moved past the repair location in service only to the next 
    forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of 
    passengers; and
        (B) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment 
    shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can 
    be made.
        (4) Long-distance intercity and long-distance Tier II passenger 
    trains developing 75-99 operative power brakes.
        (i) 75-84 percent operative brakes. Long-distance intercity and 
    long-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop inoperative power 
    brake equipment resulting in at least 75 percent but less than 85 
    percent operative brakes may be used only if all of the following 
    restrictions are observed:
        (A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next 
    forward repair location identified for repair of that equipment by the 
    railroad operating the equipment in the list required by 
    Sec. 238.19(d); however, if the next forward repair location does not 
    have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the 
    train may be moved past the designated repair location in service only 
    to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the 
    unloading of passengers; and
        (B) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 50 percent of the 
    train's maximum allowable speed or 40 mph, whichever is less; and
        (C) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment 
    shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can 
    be made.
        (ii) 85-99 percent operative brakes. Long-distance intercity and 
    long-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop inoperative power 
    brake equipment resulting in at least 85 percent but less than 100 
    percent operative brakes may be used only if all of the following 
    restrictions are observed:
        (A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next 
    forward repair location identified for repair of that equipment by the 
    railroad operating the equipment in the list required by 
    Sec. 238.19(d); however, if the next forward repair location does not 
    have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the 
    train may be moved past the designated repair location in service only 
    to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the 
    unloading of passengers; and
        (B) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment 
    shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can 
    be made.
        (e) Operating restrictions on passenger trains with inoperative 
    power brakes on the front or rear unit. If the power brakes on the 
    front or rear unit in any passenger train are completely inoperative 
    the following shall apply:
        (1) If the handbrake is located inside the interior of the car:
        (i) A qualified person shall be stationed at the handbrake on the 
    unit;
        (ii) The car shall be locked-out and empty except for the railroad 
    employee manning the handbrake; and
        (iii) Appropriate speed restrictions shall be placed on the train 
    by a qualified person;
        (2) If the handbrake is located outside the interior of the car or 
    is inaccessible to a qualified person:
        (i) The car shall be locked-out and empty;
        (ii) The train shall be operated at restricted speed not to exceed 
    20 mph; and
        (iii) The car shall be removed from the train or repositioned in 
    the train at the first location where it is possible to do so.
        (f) Special Notice for Repair. Nothing in this section authorizes 
    the movement of passenger equipment subject to a Special Notice for 
    Repair under part 216 of this chapter unless the movement is made in 
    accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.
    
    
    Sec. 238.17  Movement of passenger equipment with other than power 
    brake defects.
    
        Beginning July 12, 2001 the following provisions of this section 
    apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment covered by this 
    part. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements 
    upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety 
    as provided in Sec. 238.1(c) of this part.
        (a) General. This section contains the requirements for moving 
    passenger equipment with other than a power brake defect. (Passenger 
    cars and other passenger equipment classified as locomotives under part 
    229 of this chapter are also covered by the movement restrictions 
    contained in Sec. 229.9 of this chapter for those defective conditions 
    covered by part 229 of this chapter.)
    
    [[Page 25668]]
    
        (b) Limitations on movement of passenger equipment containing 
    defects found at time of calendar day inspection. Except as provided in 
    Secs. 238.303(e)(15) and 238.305(c)(5), passenger equipment containing 
    a condition not in conformity with this part at the time of its 
    calendar day mechanical inspection may be moved from that location for 
    repair if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
        (1) If the condition involves a running gear defect, the defective 
    equipment is not used in passenger service and is moved in a non-
    revenue train;
        (2) If the condition involves a non-running gear defect, the 
    defective equipment may be used in passenger service in a revenue train 
    provided that a qualified maintenance person determines that it is safe 
    to do so, and if so, the car is locked out and empty, and all movement 
    restrictions are observed except that the car may be occupied by a 
    member of the train crew or a railroad employee to the extent necessary 
    to safely operate the train;
        (3) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this 
    section are met; and
        (4) The special requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, if 
    applicable, are met.
        (c) Usual limitations on movement of passenger equipment that 
    develops defects en route. Except as provided in Secs. 238.303(e)(15) 
    and 238.503(f), passenger equipment that develops en route to its 
    destination, after its calendar day inspection was performed and before 
    its next calendar day mechanical inspection is performed, any defect 
    not in compliance with this part, other than a power brake defect, may 
    be moved only if the railroad complies with all of the following 
    requirements and, if applicable, the special requirements in paragraph 
    (e) of this section:
        (1) Prior to movement of equipment with a potential running gear 
    defect, a qualified maintenance person shall determine if it is safe to 
    move the equipment in passenger service and, if so, the maximum speed 
    and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement. If 
    appropriate, these determinations may be made based upon a description 
    of the defective condition provided by a crewmember. If the 
    determinations required by this paragraph are made by an off-site 
    qualified maintenance person based on a description of the defective 
    condition by on-site personnel, then a qualified maintenance person 
    shall perform a physical inspection of the defective equipment, at the 
    first location possible, to verify the description of the defect 
    provided by the on-site personnel.
        (2) Prior to movement of equipment with a non-running gear defect, 
    a qualified person or a qualified maintenance person shall determine if 
    it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service and, if so, the 
    maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting 
    the movement. If appropriate, these determinations may be made based 
    upon a description of the defective condition provided by the on-site 
    personnel.
        (3) Prior to movement of any defective equipment, the qualified 
    person or qualified maintenance person shall notify the crewmember in 
    charge of the movement of the defective equipment, who in turn shall 
    inform all other crewmembers of the presence of the defective 
    condition(s) and the maximum speed and other restrictions determined 
    under paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section. The movement shall be 
    made in conformance with such restrictions.
        (4) The railroad shall maintain a record of all defects reported 
    and their subsequent repair in the defect tracking system required in 
    Sec. 238.19. In addition, prior to movement of the defective equipment, 
    a tag or card placed on both sides of the defective equipment, or an 
    automated tracking system, shall record the following information about 
    the defective equipment:
        (i) The reporting mark and car or locomotive number;
        (ii) The name of the inspecting railroad;
        (iii) The name of the inspector, inspection location, and date;
        (iv) The nature of each defect;
        (v) Movement restrictions and safety restrictions, if any;
        (vi) The destination of the equipment where it will be repaired; 
    and
        (vii) The signature, if possible, as well as the job title and 
    location of the person making the determinations required by this 
    section.
        (5) Automated tracking system. Automated tracking systems used to 
    meet the tagging requirements contained in paragraph (c)(4) of this 
    section may be reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the 
    integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may 
    prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an automated 
    tracking system in lieu of tagging if FRA finds that the automated 
    tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or a 
    railroad's employees, or fails to adequately track or monitor the 
    movement of defective equipment. Such a determination will be made in 
    writing and will state the basis for such action.
        (6) After a qualified maintenance person or a qualified person 
    verifies that the defective equipment is safe to remain in service as 
    required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, the defective 
    equipment that develops a condition not in compliance with this part 
    while en route may continue in passenger service not later than the 
    next calendar day mechanical inspection, if the requirements of this 
    paragraph are otherwise fully met.
        (d) Inspection of roller bearings on equipment involved in a 
    derailment.
        (1) A railroad shall not continue passenger equipment in service 
    that has a roller bearing whose truck was involved in a derailment 
    unless the bearing has been inspected and tested by:
        (i) Visual examination to determine whether it shows any sign of 
    damage; and
        (ii) Spinning freely its wheel set or manually rotating the bearing 
    to determine whether the bearing makes any unusual noise.
        (2) The roller bearing shall be disassembled from the axle and 
    inspected internally if:
        (i) It shows any external sign of damage;
        (ii) It makes any unusual noise when its wheel set is spun freely 
    or the bearing is manually rotated;
        (iii) Its truck was involved in a derailment at a speed of more 
    than 10 miles per hour; or
        (iv) Its truck was dragged on the ground for more than 200 feet.
        (e) Special requisites for movement of passenger equipment with 
    safety appliance defects. Consistent with 49 U.S.C. 20303, passenger 
    equipment with a safety appliance not in compliance with this part or 
    with part 231 of this chapter, if applicable, may be moved--
        (1) If necessary to effect repair of the safety appliance;
        (2) From the point where the safety appliance defect was first 
    discovered by the railroad to the nearest available location on the 
    railroad where the necessary repairs required to bring the passenger 
    equipment into compliance can be made or, at the option of the 
    receiving railroad, the equipment may be received and hauled for repair 
    to a point on the receiving railroad's line that is no farther than the 
    point on the delivering railroad's line where the repair of the defect 
    could have been made;
        (3) If a tag placed on both sides of the passenger equipment or an 
    automated tracking system contains the information required under 
    paragraph (c)(4) of this section; and
    
    [[Page 25669]]
    
        (4) After notification of the crewmember in charge of the movement 
    of the defective equipment, who in turn shall inform all other 
    crewmembers of the presence of the defective condition(s).
        (f) Special Notice for Repair. Nothing in this section authorizes 
    the movement of equipment subject to a Special Notice for Repair under 
    part 216 of this chapter unless the movement is made in accordance with 
    the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.
    
    
    Sec. 238.19  Reporting and tracking defective passenger equipment.
    
        (a) General. Beginning July 12, 2001 each railroad shall have in 
    place a reporting and tracking system for passenger equipment with a 
    defect not in conformance with this part. A railroad may request 
    earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to 
    FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in Sec. 238.1(c) 
    of this part. The reporting and tracking system shall record the 
    following information:
        (1) The identification number of the defective equipment;
        (2) The date the defect occurred;
        (3) The nature of the defect;
        (4) The determination made by a qualified person or qualified 
    maintenance person on whether the equipment is safe to run;
        (5) The name of the qualified person or qualified maintenance 
    person making such a determination;
        (6) Any operating restrictions placed on the equipment; and
        (7) Repairs made and the date that they were made.
        (b) Retention of records. At a minimum, each railroad shall keep 
    the records described in paragraph (a) of this section for one periodic 
    maintenance interval for each specific type of equipment as described 
    in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance plan required by 
    Sec. 238.107. FRA strongly encourages railroads to keep these records 
    for longer periods of time because they form the basis for future 
    reliability-based decisions concerning test and maintenance intervals 
    that may be developed pursuant to Sec. 238.307(b).
        (c) Availability of records. Railroads shall make defect reporting 
    and tracking records available to FRA upon request.
        (d) List of power brake repair points. Railroads operating long-
    distance intercity and long-distance Tier II passenger equipment shall 
    designate locations, in writing, where repairs to passenger equipment 
    with a power brake defect will be made and shall provide the list to 
    FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety and make it available to FRA 
    for inspection and copying upon request. Railroads operating these 
    trains shall designate a sufficient number of repair locations to 
    ensure the safe and timely repair of passenger equipment. These 
    designations shall not be changed without at least 30 days' advance 
    written notice to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety.
    
    
    Sec. 238.21  Special approval procedure.
    
        (a) General. The following procedures govern consideration and 
    action upon requests for special approval of alternative standards 
    under Secs. 238.103, 238.223, 238.309, 238.311, 238.405, or 238.427; 
    for approval of alternative compliance under Sec. 238.201; and for 
    special approval of pre-revenue service acceptance testing plans as 
    required by Sec. 238.111. (Requests for approval of programs for the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance of Tier II passenger equipment are 
    governed by Sec. 238.505.)
        (b) Petitions for special approval of alternative standard. Each 
    petition for special approval of an alternative standard shall 
    contain--
        (1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary 
    person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
        (2) The alternative proposed, in detail, to be substituted for the 
    particular requirements of this part;
        (3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, establishing that the 
    alternative will provide at least an equivalent level of safety; and
        (4) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of 
    the petition on designated representatives of its employees, together 
    with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
        (c) Petitions for special approval of alternative compliance. Each 
    petition for special approval of alternative compliance shall contain--
        (1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary 
    person to be contacted with regard to the petition;
        (2) The elements prescribed in Sec. 238.201(b); and
        (3) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of 
    the petition on designated representatives of its employees, together 
    with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
        (d) Petitions for special approval of pre-revenue service 
    acceptance testing plan.
        (1) Each petition for special approval of a pre-revenue service 
    acceptance testing plan shall contain--
        (i) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary 
    person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition; and
        (ii) The elements prescribed in Sec. 238.111.
        (2) Three copies of each petition for special approval of the pre-
    revenue service acceptance testing plan shall be submitted to the 
    Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 
    1120 Vermont Ave., N.W., Mail Stop 25, Washington, D.C. 20590.
        (e) Federal Register notice. FRA will publish a notice in the 
    Federal Register concerning each petition under paragraphs (b) and (c) 
    of this section.
        (f) Comment. Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of 
    the notice in the Federal Register concerning a petition under 
    paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, any person may comment on the 
    petition.
        (1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which 
    it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the 
    commenter in the proceeding.
        (2) Three copies of each comment shall be submitted to the 
    Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 
    1120 Vermont Ave., Mail Stop 25, Washington, D. C. 20590.
        (3) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was 
    served on each petitioner.
        (g) Disposition of petitions.
        (1) FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with the 
    procedures provided in Sec. 211.25 of this chapter.
        (2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements 
    of this section or that the proposed plan is acceptable or changes are 
    justified, or both, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 
    days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied 
    within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may 
    attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following 
    the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the 
    petition for cause stated.
        (3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the 
    requirements of this section, or that the proposed plan is not 
    acceptable or that the proposed changes are not justified, or both, the 
    petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
        (4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration 
    of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other 
    interested parties.
    
    [[Page 25670]]
    
    Sec. 238.23  Information collection.
    
        (a) The information collection requirements of this part were 
    reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to the 
    Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et. seq.) and are 
    assigned OMB control number 2130-0544.
        (b) The information collection requirements are found in the 
    following sections: Secs. 238.1, 238.7, 238.11, 238.15, 238.17, 238.19, 
    238.21, 238.103, 238.105, 238.107, 238.109, 238.111, 238.201, 238.203, 
    238.211, 238.223, 238.231, 238.237, 238.301, 238.303, 238.305, 238.307, 
    238.309, 238.311, 238.313, 238.315, 238.317, 238.403, 238.405, 238.421, 
    238.423, 238.427, 238.431, 238.437, 238.441, 238.445, 238.447, 238.503, 
    238.505, and 238.603.
    
    Subpart B--Safety Planning and General Requirements
    
    
    Sec. 238.101  Scope.
    
        This subpart contains safety planning and general safety 
    requirements for all railroad passenger equipment subject to this part.
    
    
    Sec. 238.103  Fire safety.
    
        (a) Materials. (1) Materials used in constructing a passenger car 
    or a cab of a locomotive ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or 
    placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, 
    shall meet the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke 
    emission characteristics as specified in Appendix B to this part, or 
    alternative standards issued or recognized by an expert consensus 
    organization after special approval of FRA under Sec. 238.21.
        (2) On or after November 8, 1999, materials introduced in a 
    passenger car or a locomotive cab, as part of any kind of rebuild, 
    refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or cab, shall meet the test 
    performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics as specified in Appendix B to this part, or alternative 
    standards issued or recognized by an expert consensus organization 
    after special approval of FRA under Sec. 238.21.
        (b) Certification. A railroad shall require certification that a 
    representative sample of combustible materials to be--
        (1) Used in constructing a passenger car or a locomotive cab, or
        (2) Introduced in a passenger car or a locomotive cab, as part of 
    any kind of rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or cab, has 
    been tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory and that the 
    results show the representative sample complies with the requirements 
    of paragraph (a) of this section at the time it was tested.
        (c) Fire safety analysis for procuring new passenger equipment. In 
    procuring new passenger equipment, each railroad shall ensure that fire 
    safety considerations and features in the design of the equipment 
    reduce the risk of personal injury and equipment damage caused by fire 
    to an acceptable level using MIL-STD-882C as a guide or an alternative, 
    formal safety methodology. To this end, each railroad shall complete a 
    written fire safety analysis for the passenger equipment being 
    procured. In conducting the analysis, the railroad shall--
        (1) Take effective steps to design the equipment to be sufficiently 
    fire resistant so that fire detection devices permit evacuation of all 
    passengers and crewmembers before fire, smoke, or toxic fumes cause 
    injury to any passenger or crewmember.
        (2) Identify, analyze, and prioritize the fire hazards inherent in 
    the design of the equipment.
        (3) Reasonably ensure that a ventilation system in the equipment 
    does not contribute to the lethality of a fire.
        (4) Identify in writing any train component that is a risk of 
    initiating fire and which requires overheat protection. An overheat 
    detector shall be installed in any component when the analysis 
    determines that an overheat detector is necessary.
        (5) Identify in writing any unoccupied train compartment that 
    contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and analyze 
    the benefit provided by including a fire or smoke detection system in 
    each compartment so identified. A fire or smoke detector shall be 
    installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines 
    that such equipment is necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe 
    evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the train. For purposes 
    of this section, an unoccupied train compartment means any part of the 
    equipment structure that is not normally occupied during operation of 
    the train, including a closet, baggage compartment, food pantry, etc.
        (6) Determine whether any occupied or unoccupied space requires a 
    portable fire extinguisher and, if so, the proper type and size of the 
    fire extinguisher for each location. As required by Sec. 239.101 of 
    this chapter, each passenger car is required to have a minimum of one 
    portable fire extinguisher. If the analysis performed indicates that 
    one or more additional portable fire extinguishers are needed, such 
    shall be installed.
        (7) On a case-by-case basis, the railroad shall analyze the benefit 
    provided by including a fixed, automatic fire-suppression system in any 
    unoccupied train compartment that contains equipment or material that 
    poses a fire hazard, and determine the proper type and size of the 
    automatic fire-suppression system for each location. A fixed, automatic 
    fire suppression system shall be installed in any unoccupied 
    compartment when the analysis determines that such equipment is 
    practical and necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe 
    evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the train.
        (8) Describe the analysis and testing necessary to--
        (i) Demonstrate that the fire protection approach taken in the 
    design of the equipment will meet the fire protection requirements of 
    this part, and
        (ii) Select materials which help provide sufficient fire resistance 
    to reasonably ensure adequate time to detect a fire and safely evacuate 
    the passengers and crewmembers.
        (9) Explain how safety issues are resolved in relation to cost and 
    performance issues in the design of the equipment to reduce the risk of 
    each fire hazard.
        (d) Fire safety analysis for existing passenger equipment. (1) Not 
    later than July 10, 2000, each passenger railroad shall complete a 
    preliminary fire safety analysis for each category of existing rail 
    equipment and current rail service.
        (2) Not later than July 10, 2001, each such railroad shall--
        (i) Complete a final fire safety analysis for any category of 
    existing passenger equipment and service evaluated during the 
    preliminary fire safety analysis as likely presenting an unacceptable 
    risk of personal injury. In conducting the analysis, the railroad shall 
    consider the extent to which materials comply with the test performance 
    criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as 
    specified in Appendix B to this part or alternative standards approved 
    by FRA under this part.
        (ii) Take remedial action to reduce the risk of personal injuries 
    to an acceptable level in any such category, if the railroad finds the 
    risk to be unacceptable. In considering remedial action, a railroad is 
    not required to replace material found not to comply with the test 
    performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics required by this part, if:
        (A) The risk of personal injuries from the material is negligible 
    based on the railroad's operating environment and the material's size, 
    or location, or both; or
    
    [[Page 25671]]
    
        (B) The railroad takes alternative action which reduces the risk of 
    personal injuries to an acceptable level.
        (3) Not later than July 10, 2003, each such railroad shall--
        (i) Complete a fire safety analysis for all categories of equipment 
    and service. In completing this analysis, the railroad shall, as far as 
    practicable, determine the extent to which remaining materials comply 
    with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics as specified in Appendix B to this part or alternative 
    standards approved by FRA under this part.
        (ii) Take remedial action to reduce the risk of personal injuries 
    to an acceptable level in any such category, if the railroad finds the 
    risk to be unacceptable. In considering remedial action, a railroad is 
    not required to replace material found not to comply with the test 
    performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission 
    characteristics required by this part, if:
        (A) The risk of personal injuries from the material is negligible 
    based on the railroad's operating environment and the material's size, 
    or location, or both; or
        (B) The railroad takes alternative action which reduces the risk of 
    personal injuries to an acceptable level.
        (4) Where possible prior to transferring existing equipment to a 
    new category of service, but in no case more than 90 days following 
    such a transfer, the passenger railroad shall complete a new fire 
    safety analysis taking into consideration the change in railroad 
    operations and shall effect prompt action to reduce any identified risk 
    to an acceptable level.
        (5) As used in this paragraph, ``category of rail equipment and 
    current rail service'' shall be determined by the railroad based on 
    relevant fire safety risks, including available ignition sources, 
    presence or absence of heat/smoke detection systems, known variations 
    from the required material test performance criteria or alternative 
    standards approved by FRA, and availability of rapid and safe egress to 
    the exterior of the vehicle under conditions secure from fire, smoke, 
    and other hazards.
        (e) Inspection, testing, and maintenance. Each railroad shall 
    develop and adopt written procedures for the inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance of all fire safety systems and fire safety equipment on the 
    passenger equipment it operates. The railroad shall comply with those 
    procedures that it designates as mandatory for the safety of the 
    equipment and its occupants.
    
    
    Sec. 238.105  Train hardware and software safety.
    
        These requirements of this section apply to hardware and software 
    used to control or monitor safety functions in passenger equipment 
    ordered on or after September 8, 2000, and such components implemented 
    or materially modified in new or existing passenger equipment on or 
    after September 9, 2002.
        (a) The railroad shall develop and maintain a written hardware and 
    software safety program to guide the design, development, testing, 
    integration, and verification of computer software and hardware that 
    controls or monitors equipment safety functions.
        (b) The hardware and software safety program shall be based on a 
    formal safety methodology that includes a Failure Modes, Effects, 
    Criticality Analysis (FMECA); verification and validation testing for 
    all hardware and software components and their interfaces; and 
    comprehensive hardware and software integration testing to ensure that 
    the software functions as intended.
        (c) Under the hardware and software safety program, software that 
    controls or monitors safety functions shall be considered safety-
    critical unless a completely redundant, failsafe, non-software means 
    ensuring the same function is provided. The hardware and software 
    safety program shall include a description of how the following will be 
    accomplished, achieved, carried out, or implemented to ensure software 
    safety and reliability:
        (1) The software design process;
        (2) The software design documentation;
        (3) The software hazard analysis;
        (4) Software safety reviews;
        (5) Software hazard monitoring and tracking;
        (6) Hardware and software integration safety tests; and
        (7) Demonstration of overall software safety as part of the pre-
    revenue service tests of equipment.
        (d) Hardware and software that controls or monitors passenger 
    equipment safety functions shall include design feature(s) that result 
    in a safe condition in the event of a computer hardware or software 
    failure.
        (e) The railroad shall comply with the elements of its hardware and 
    software safety program that affect the safety of the passenger 
    equipment.
    
    
    Sec. 238.107  Inspection, testing, and maintenance plan.
    
        (a) General. Beginning July 12, 2001 the following provisions of 
    this section apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment 
    covered by this part. A railroad may request earlier application of 
    these requirements upon written notification to FRA's Associate 
    Administrator for Safety as provided in Sec. 238.1(c).
        (b) Each railroad shall develop, and provide to FRA upon request, a 
    detailed inspection, testing, and maintenance plan consistent with the 
    requirements of this part. This plan shall include a detailed 
    description of the following:
        (1) Inspection procedures, intervals, and criteria;
        (2) Test procedures and intervals;
        (3) Scheduled preventive maintenance intervals;
        (4) Maintenance procedures; and
        (5) Special testing equipment or measuring devices required to 
    perform inspections and tests.
        (c) The inspection, testing, and maintenance plan required by this 
    section is not intended to address and should not include procedures to 
    address employee working conditions that arise in the course of 
    conducting the inspections, tests, and maintenance set forth in the 
    plan. When requesting a copy of the railroad's plan, FRA does not 
    intend to review any portion of the plan that relates to employee 
    working conditions.
        (d) The inspection, testing, and maintenance plan required by this 
    section shall be reviewed by the railroad annually.
    
    
    Sec. 238.109  Training, qualification, and designation program.
    
        (a) Beginning July 12, 2001 each railroad shall have adopted a 
    training, qualification, and designation program for employees and 
    contractors that perform safety-related inspections, tests, or 
    maintenance of passenger equipment, and trained such employees and 
    contractors in accordance with the program. A railroad may request 
    earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to 
    FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in Sec. 238.1(c). 
    For purposes of this section, a ``contractor'' is defined as a person 
    under contract with the railroad or an employee of a person under 
    contract with the railroad to perform any of the tasks required by this 
    part.
        (b) As part of this program, the railroad shall, at a minimum:
        (1) Identify the tasks related to the inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance that must be performed on each type of equipment that the 
    railroad operates;
        (2) Develop written procedures for the performance of the tasks 
    identified;
        (3) Identify the skills and knowledge necessary to perform each 
    task;
        (4) Develop or incorporate a training curriculum that includes 
    classroom and
    
    [[Page 25672]]
    
    ``hands-on'' lessons designed to impart the skills and knowledge 
    identified as necessary to perform each task. The developed or 
    incorporated training curriculum shall specifically address the Federal 
    regulatory requirements contained in this part that are related to the 
    performance of the tasks identified;
        (5) Require all employees and contractors to successfully complete 
    the training course that covers the equipment and tasks for which they 
    are responsible as well as the specific Federal regulatory requirements 
    contained in this part related to equipment and tasks for which they 
    are responsible;
        (6) Require all employees and contractors to pass a written 
    examination covering the equipment and tasks for which they are 
    responsible as well as the specific Federal regulatory requirements 
    contained in this part related to equipment and tasks for which they 
    are responsible;
        (7) Require all employees and contractors to individually 
    demonstrate ``hands-on'' capability to successfully perform the tasks 
    required to be performed as part of their duties on the type equipment 
    to which they are assigned;
        (8) Require supervisors to complete the program that covers the 
    employees whom they supervise, including refresher training;
        (9) Require supervisors to exercise oversight to ensure that all 
    the identified tasks are performed in accordance with the railroad's 
    written procedures;
        (10) Designate in writing that each employee and contractor has the 
    knowledge and skills necessary to perform the safety-related tasks that 
    are part of his or her job;
        (11) Require periodic refresher training at an interval not to 
    exceed three years that includes classroom and ``hands-on'' training, 
    as well as testing;
        (12) Add new equipment to the qualification and designation program 
    prior to its introduction to revenue service; and
        (13) Maintain records adequate to demonstrate that each employee 
    and contractor performing safety-related tasks on passenger equipment 
    is currently qualified to do so. These records shall be adequate to 
    distinguish the qualifications of the employee or contractor as a 
    qualified person or as a qualified maintenance person.
    
    
    Sec. 238.111  Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan.
    
        (a) Passenger equipment that has previously been used in revenue 
    service in the United States. For passenger equipment that has 
    previously been used in revenue service in the United States, each 
    railroad shall test the equipment on its system prior to placing such 
    equipment in revenue service for the first time on its railroad to 
    ensure the compatibility of the equipment with the railroad's operating 
    system (including the track, and signal system). A description of such 
    testing shall be retained by the railroad and made available to FRA for 
    inspection and copying upon request. For purposes of this paragraph, 
    passenger equipment that has previously been used in revenue service in 
    the United States means:
        (1) The actual equipment used in such service;
        (2) Equipment manufactured identically to that actual equipment; 
    and
        (3) Equipment manufactured similarly to that actual equipment with 
    no material differences in safety-critical components or systems.
        (b) Passenger equipment that has not been used in revenue service 
    in the United States. Before using passenger equipment for the first 
    time on its system that has not been used in revenue service in the 
    United States, each railroad shall:
        (1) Prepare a pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan for the 
    equipment which contains the following elements:
        (i) An identification of any waivers of FRA or other Federal safety 
    regulations required for the testing or for revenue service operation 
    of the equipment;
        (ii) A clear statement of the test objectives. One of the principal 
    test objectives shall be to demonstrate that the equipment meets the 
    safety requirements specified in this part when operated in the 
    environment in which it is to be used;
        (iii) A planned schedule for conducting the testing;
        (iv) A description of the railroad property or facilities to be 
    used to conduct the testing;
        (v) A detailed description of how the testing is to be conducted, 
    including a description of the criteria to be used to evaluate the 
    equipment's performance;
        (vi) A description of how the test results are to be recorded;
        (vii) A description of any special instrumentation to be used 
    during the tests;
        (viii) A description of the information or data to be obtained;
        (ix) A description of how the information or data obtained is to be 
    analyzed or used;
        (x) A description of any criteria to be used as safety limits 
    during the testing;
        (xi) A description of the criteria to be used to measure or 
    determine the success or failure of the tests. If acceptance is to be 
    based on extrapolation of less than full-level testing results, the 
    analysis to be done to justify the validity of the extrapolation shall 
    be described;
        (xii) Quality control procedures to ensure that the inspection, 
    testing, and maintenance procedures are followed;
        (xiii) Criteria to be used for the revenue service operation of the 
    equipment; and
        (xiv) A description of any testing of the equipment that has 
    previously been performed.
        (2) Submit a copy of the plan to FRA at least 30 days prior to 
    testing the equipment and include with that submission notification of 
    the times and places of the pre-revenue service tests to permit FRA 
    observation of such tests. For Tier II passenger equipment, the 
    railroad shall obtain FRA approval of the plan under the procedures 
    specified in Sec. 238.21.
        (3) Comply with the plan, including fully executing the tests 
    required by the plan.
        (4) Document in writing the results of the tests. For Tier II 
    passenger equipment, the railroad shall report the results of the tests 
    to the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety at least 90 days prior to 
    its intended operation of the equipment in revenue service.
        (5) Correct any safety deficiencies identified in the design of the 
    equipment or in the inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures, 
    uncovered during the testing. If safety deficiencies cannot be 
    corrected by design changes, the railroad shall impose operational 
    limitations on the revenue service operation of the equipment that are 
    designed to ensure that the equipment can operate safely. For Tier II 
    passenger equipment, the railroad shall comply with any operational 
    limitations imposed by the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety on 
    the revenue service operation of the equipment for cause stated 
    following FRA review of the results of the test program. This section 
    does not restrict a railroad from petitioning FRA for a waiver of a 
    safety regulation under the procedures specified in part 211 of this 
    chapter.
        (6) Make the plan and documentation kept pursuant to that plan 
    available for inspection and copying by FRA upon request.
        (7) For Tier II passenger equipment, obtain approval from the FRA 
    Associate Administrator for Safety prior to placing the equipment in 
    revenue service. The Associate Administrator grants such approval upon 
    a showing of the
    
    [[Page 25673]]
    
    railroad's compliance with the applicable requirements of this part.
        (c) If a railroad plans a major upgrade or introduction of new 
    technology on Tier II passenger equipment that has been used in revenue 
    service in the United States and that affects a safety system on such 
    equipment, the railroad shall follow the procedures specified in 
    paragraph (b) of this section prior to placing the equipment in revenue 
    service with such a major upgrade or introduction of new technology.
    
    
    Sec. 238.113  Emergency window exits.
    
        (a) The following requirements apply on or after Novermber 8, 
    1999--
        (1) Each passenger car shall have a minimum of four emergency 
    window exits, either in a staggered configuration where practical or 
    with one exit located in each end of each side of the passenger car. If 
    the passenger car has multiple levels, each main level shall have a 
    minimum of four emergency window exits, either in a staggered 
    configuration where practical or with one exit located in each end of 
    each side on each level.
        (2) Each sleeping car, and any similarly designed car having a 
    number of separate compartments intended to be occupied by passengers 
    or train crewmembers, shall have at least one emergency window exit in 
    each compartment.
        (3) Each emergency window exit shall be designed to permit rapid 
    and easy removal during an emergency situation without requiring the 
    use of a tool or other implement.
        (b) Each emergency window exit in a passenger car, including a 
    sleeper car, ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in 
    service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall have a 
    minimum unobstructed opening with dimensions of 26 inches horizontally 
    by 24 inches vertically.
        (c) Marking and instructions. [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 238.115  Emergency lighting.
    
        (a) This section applies to each passenger car ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 9, 2002. This section applies to each level of a multi-level 
    passenger car.
        (b) Emergency lighting shall be provided in each passenger car and 
    shall include the following:
        (1) A minimum, average illumination level of 1 foot-candle measured 
    at floor level adjacent to each exterior door and each interior door 
    providing access to an exterior door (such as a door opening into a 
    vestibule);
        (2) A minimum, average illumination level of 1 foot-candle measured 
    25 inches above floor level along the center of each aisle and 
    passageway;
        (3) A minimum illumination level of 0.1 foot-candle measured 25 
    inches above floor level at any point along the center of each aisle 
    and passageway; and
        (4) A back-up power system capable of:
        (i) Operating in all equipment orientations within 45 degrees of 
    vertical;
        (ii) Operating after the initial shock of a collision or derailment 
    resulting in the following individually applied accelerations:
        (A) Longitudinal: 8g;
        (B) Lateral: 4g; and
        (C) Vertical: 4g; and
        (iii) Operating all emergency lighting for a period of at least 90 
    minutes without a loss of more than 40% of the minimum illumination 
    levels specified in this paragraph (b).
    
    
    Sec. 238.117  Protection against personal injury.
    
        On or after November 8, 1999, all moving parts, high voltage 
    equipment, electrical conductors and switches, and pipes carrying hot 
    fluids or gases on all passenger equipment shall be appropriately 
    equipped with interlocks or guards to minimize the risk of personal 
    injury. This section does not apply to the interior of a private car.
    
    
    Sec. 238.119  Rim-stamped straight-plate wheels.
    
        (a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, on 
    or after November 8, 1999, no railroad shall place or continue in 
    service any vehicle, other than a private car, that is equipped with a 
    rim-stamped straight-plate wheel if a brake shoe acts on the tread of 
    the wheel for the purpose of slowing the vehicle.
        (2) A commuter railroad may continue in service a vehicle equipped 
    with a Class A, rim-stamped straight-plate wheel mounted on an inboard-
    bearing axle until the railroad exhausts its replacement stock of 
    wheels held as of May 12, 1999, provided the railroad does not modify 
    the operation of the vehicle in any way that would result in increased 
    thermal input to the wheel during braking.
        (b) A rim-stamped straight-plate wheel shall not be used as a 
    replacement wheel on a private car that operates in a passenger train 
    if a brake shoe acts on the tread of the wheel for the purpose of 
    slowing the car.
        (c) The requirements of this section do not apply to a wheel that 
    is periodically tread-braked for a short duration by automatic 
    circuitry for the sole purpose of cleaning the wheel tread surface.
    
    Subpart C--Specific Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment
    
    
    Sec. 238.201  Scope/alternative compliance.
    
        (a) Scope. (1) This subpart contains requirements for railroad 
    passenger equipment operating at speeds not exceeding 125 miles per 
    hour. As stated in Sec. 238.229, all such passenger equipment remains 
    subject to the safety appliance requirements contained in Federal 
    statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in FRA regulations at part 231 and 
    Sec. 232.2 of this chapter. Unless otherwise specified, these 
    requirements only apply to passenger equipment ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 9, 2002.
        (2) The structural standards of this subpart (Sec. 238.203B-static 
    end strength; Sec. 238.205--anti-climbing mechanism; Sec. 238.207--link 
    between coupling mechanism and car body; Sec. 238.209--forward-facing 
    end structure of locomotives; Sec. 238.211--collision posts; 
    Sec. 238.213--corner posts; Sec. 238.215--rollover strength; 
    Sec. 238.217--side structure; Sec. 238.219--truck-to-car-body 
    attachment; and Sec. 238.223--locomotive fuel tanks) do not apply to 
    passenger equipment if used exclusively on a rail line:
        (i) With no public highway-rail grade crossings;
        (ii) On which no freight operations occur at any time;
        (iii) On which only passenger equipment of compatible design is 
    utilized; and
        (iv) On which trains operate at speeds not exceeding 79 mph.
        (b) Alternative compliance. Passenger equipment of special design 
    shall be deemed to comply with this subpart, other than Sec. 238.203, 
    for the service environment in which the petitioner proposes to operate 
    the equipment if the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety determines 
    under paragraph (c) of this section that the equipment provides at 
    least an equivalent level of safety in such environment with respect to 
    the protection of its occupants from serious injury in the case of a 
    derailment or collision. In making a determination under paragraph (c) 
    the Associate Administrator shall consider, as a whole, all of those 
    elements of casualty prevention or mitigation relevant to the integrity 
    of the equipment that are addressed by the requirements of this 
    subpart.
        (c)(1) The Associate Administrator may only make a finding of 
    equivalent safety and compliance with this subpart,
    
    [[Page 25674]]
    
    other than Sec. 238.203, based upon a submission of data and analysis 
    sufficient to support that determination. The petition shall include:
        (i) The information required by Sec. 238.21(c);
        (ii) Information, including detailed drawings and materials 
    specifications, sufficient to describe the actual construction of the 
    equipment of special design;
        (iii) Engineering analysis sufficient to describe the likely 
    performance of the equipment in derailment and collision scenarios 
    pertinent to the safety requirements for which compliance is required 
    and for which the equipment does not conform to the specific 
    requirements of this subpart; and
        (iv) A quantitative risk assessment, incorporating the design 
    information and engineering analysis described in this paragraph, 
    demonstrating that the equipment, as utilized in the service 
    environment for which recognition is sought, presents no greater hazard 
    of serious personal injury than equipment that conforms to the specific 
    requirements of this subpart.
        (2) Any petition made under this paragraph is subject to the 
    procedures set forth in Sec. 238.21, and will be disposed of in 
    accordance with Sec. 238.21(g).
    
    
    Sec. 238.203  Static end strength.
    
        (a)(1) Except as further specified in this paragraph or in 
    paragraph (d), on or after November 8, 1999 all passenger equipment 
    shall resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds applied on the 
    line of draft without permanent deformation of the body structure.
        (2) For a passenger car or a locomotive, the static end strength of 
    unoccupied volumes may be less than 800,000 pounds if:
        (i) Energy absorbing structures are used as part of a crash energy 
    management design of the passenger car or locomotive, and
        (ii) The passenger car or locomotive resists a minimum static end 
    load of 800,000 pounds applied on the line of draft at the ends of its 
    occupied volume without permanent deformation of the body structure.
        (3) For a locomotive placed in service prior to November 8, 1999, 
    as an alternative to resisting a minimum static end load of 800,000 
    pounds applied on the line of draft without permanent deformation of 
    the body structure, the locomotive shall resist a horizontal load of 
    1,000,000 pounds applied along the longitudinal center line of the 
    locomotive at a point on the buffer beam construction 12 inches above 
    the center line of draft without permanent deformation of the body 
    structure. The application of this load shall not be distributed over 
    an area greater than 6 inches by 24 inches. The alternative specified 
    in this paragraph is not applicable to a cab car or an MU locomotive.
        (4) The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to:
        (i) A private car; or
        (ii) Unoccupied passenger equipment operating at the rear of a 
    passenger train.
        (b) Passenger equipment placed in service before November 8, 1999 
    is presumed to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section, unless the railroad operating the equipment has knowledge, or 
    FRA makes a showing, that such passenger equipment was not built to the 
    requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1).
        (c) When overloaded in compression, the body structure of passenger 
    equipment shall be designed, to the maximum extent possible, to fail by 
    buckling or crushing, or both, of structural members rather than by 
    fracture of structural members or failure of structural connections.
        (d) Grandfathering of non-compliant equipment for use on a 
    specified rail line or lines. 
        (1) Grandfathering approval is equipment and line specific. 
    Grandfathering approval of non-compliant equipment under this paragraph 
    is limited to usage of the equipment on a particular rail line or 
    lines. Before grandfathered equipment can be used on another rail line, 
    a railroad must file and secure approval of a grandfathering petition 
    under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
        (2) Temporary usage of non-compliant equipment. Any passenger 
    equipment placed in service on a rail line or lines before November 8, 
    1999 that does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) may 
    continue to be operated on that particular line or (those particular 
    lines) if the operator of the equipment files a petition seeking 
    grandfathering approval under paragraph (d)(3) before November 8, 1999. 
    Such usage may continue while the petition is being processed, but in 
    no event later than May 8, 2000, unless the petition is approved.
        (3) Petitions for grandfathering. Petitions for grandfathering 
    shall include:
        (i) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary 
    person to be contacted with respect to the petition;
        (ii) Information, including detailed drawings and material 
    specifications, sufficient to describe the actual construction of the 
    equipment;
        (iii) Engineering analysis sufficient to describe the likely 
    performance of the static end strength of the equipment and the likely 
    performance of the equipment in derailment and collision scenarios 
    pertinent to the equipment's static end strength;
        (iv) A description of risk mitigation measures that will be 
    employed in connection with the usage of the equipment on a specified 
    rail line or lines to decrease the likelihood of accidents involving 
    the use of the equipment; and
        (v) A quantitative risk assessment, incorporating the design 
    information, engineering analysis, and risk mitigation measures 
    described in this paragraph, demonstrating that the use of the 
    equipment, as utilized in the service environment for which recognition 
    is sought, is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad 
    safety.
        (e) Service. Three copies of each petition shall be submitted to 
    the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad 
    Administration, 1120 Vermont Ave., Mail Stop 25, Washington, D.C. 
    20590.
        (f) Federal Register notice. FRA will publish a notice in the 
    Federal Register concerning each petition under paragraph (d) of this 
    section.
        (g) Comment. Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of 
    the notice in the Federal Register concerning a petition under 
    paragraph (d) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
        (1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which 
    it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the 
    commenter in the proceeding.
        (2) Three copies of each comment shall be submitted to the 
    Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 
    1120 Vermont Ave., Mail Stop 25, Washington, D. C. 20590.
        (3) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was 
    served on each petitioner.
        (h) Disposition of petitions.
        (1) FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with the 
    procedures provided in Sec. 211.25 of this chapter.
        (2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements 
    of this section and that the proposed usage is in the public interest 
    and consistent with railroad safety, the petition will be granted, 
    normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither 
    granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for 
    decision. FRA may
    
    [[Page 25675]]
    
    attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following 
    the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the 
    petition for cause stated.
        (3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the 
    requirements of this section or that the proposed usage is not in the 
    public interest and consistent with railroad safety, the petition will 
    be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
        (4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration 
    of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other 
    interested parties.
    
    
    Sec. 238.205  Anti-climbing mechanism.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all 
    passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on or after 
    September 8, 2000 shall have at both the forward and rear ends an anti-
    climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or downward vertical 
    force of 100,000 pounds without failure. When coupled together in any 
    combination to join two vehicles, AAR Type H and Type F tight-lock 
    couplers satisfy this requirement.
        (b) Each locomotive ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or 
    placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, 
    shall have an anti-climbing mechanism at its forward end capable of 
    resisting an upward or downward vertical force of 200,000 pounds 
    without failure, in lieu of the forward end anti-climbing mechanism 
    requirements described in paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 238.207  Link between coupling mechanism and car body.
    
        All passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on or 
    after September 8, 2000 shall have a coupler carrier at each end 
    designed to resist a vertical downward thrust from the coupler shank of 
    100,000 pounds for any normal horizontal position of the coupler, 
    without permanent deformation. For passenger equipment that is 
    connected by articulated joints that comply with the requirements of 
    Sec. 238.205(a), such passenger equipment also complies with the 
    requirements of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 238.209  Forward-facing end structure of locomotives.
    
        The skin covering the forward-facing end of each locomotive shall 
    be:
        (a) Equivalent to a \1/2\ inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-
    per-square-inch yield strength--material of a higher yield strength may 
    be used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at 
    least an equivalent level of strength is maintained;
        (b) Designed to inhibit the entry of fluids into the occupied cab 
    area of the equipment; and
        (c) Affixed to the collision posts or other main vertical 
    structural members of the forward end structure so as to add to the 
    strength of the end structure.
        (d) As used in this section, the term ``skin'' does not include 
    forward-facing windows and doors.
    
    
    Sec. 238.211  Collision posts.
    
        (a) Except as further specified in this paragraph and paragraphs 
    (b) and (c) of this section--
        (1) All passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on 
    or after September 8, 2000 shall have either:
        (i) Two full-height collision posts, located at approximately the 
    one-third points laterally. Each collision post shall have an ultimate 
    longitudinal shear strength of not less than 300,000 pounds at a point 
    even with the top of the underframe member to which it is attached. If 
    reinforcement is used to provide the shear value, the reinforcement 
    shall have full value for a distance of 18 inches up from the 
    underframe connection and then taper to a point approximately 30 inches 
    above the underframe connection; or
        (ii) An equivalent end structure that can withstand the sum of 
    forces that each collision post in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section 
    is required to withstand. For analysis purposes, the required forces 
    may be assumed to be evenly distributed at the end structure at the 
    underframe joint.
        (2) The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to unoccupied 
    passenger equipment operating in a passenger train.
        (b) Each locomotive, including a cab car and an MU locomotive, 
    ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the 
    first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall have at its forward 
    end, in lieu of the structural protection described in paragraph (a) of 
    this section, either:
        (1) Two forward collision posts, located at approximately the one-
    third points laterally, each capable of withstanding:
        (i) A 500,000-pound longitudinal force at the point even with the 
    top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the 
    joint; and
        (ii) A 200,000-pound longitudinal force exerted 30 inches above the 
    joint of the post to the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength; or
        (2) An equivalent end structure that can withstand the sum of the 
    forces that each collision post in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section 
    is required to withstand.
        (c) The end structure requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
    this section apply only to the ends of a semi-permanently coupled 
    consist of articulated units, provided that:
        (1) The railroad submits to the FRA Associate Administrator for 
    Safety under the procedures specified in Sec. 238.21 a documented 
    engineering analysis establishing that the articulated connection is 
    capable of preventing disengagement and telescoping to the same extent 
    as equipment satisfying the anti-climbing and collision post 
    requirements contained in this subpart; and
        (2) FRA finds the analysis persuasive.
    
    
    Sec. 238.213  Corner posts.
    
        (a) Each passenger car shall have at each end of the car, placed 
    ahead of the occupied volume, two full-height corner posts capable of 
    resisting:
        (1) A horizontal load of 150,000 pounds at the point of attachment 
    to the underframe without failure;
        (2) A horizontal load of 20,000 pounds at the point of attachment 
    to the roof structure without failure; and
        (3) A horizontal load of 30,000 pounds applied 18 inches above the 
    top of the floor without permanent deformation.
        (b) For purposes of this section, the orientation of the applied 
    horizontal loads shall range from longitudinal inward to transverse 
    inward.
    
    
    Sec. 238.215  Rollover strength.
    
        (a) Each passenger car shall be designed to rest on its side and be 
    uniformly supported at the top (``roof rail''), the bottom cords 
    (``side sill'') of the side frame, and, if bi-level, the intermediate 
    floor rail. The allowable stress in the structural members of the 
    occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half 
    the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Local yielding to the 
    outer skin of the passenger car is allowed provided that the resulting 
    deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of the car.
        (b) Each passenger car shall also be designed to rest on its roof 
    so that any damage in occupied areas is limited to roof sheathing and 
    framing. Other than roof sheathing and framing, the allowable stress in 
    the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall 
    be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever 
    is less. Deformation to the roof sheathing and framing is allowed to 
    the extent necessary to permit the vehicle to be supported directly on 
    the top chords of the side frames and end frames.
    
    [[Page 25676]]
    
    Sec. 238.217  Side structure.
    
        Each passenger car shall comply with the following:
        (a) Side posts and corner braces. 
        (1) For modified girder, semi-monocoque, or truss construction, the 
    sum of the section moduli in inches \3\--about a longitudinal axis, 
    taken at the weakest horizontal section between the side sill and side 
    plate--of all posts and braces on each side of the car located between 
    the body corner posts shall be not less than 0.30 multiplied by the 
    distance in feet between the centers of end panels.
        (2) For modified girder or semi-monocoque construction only, the 
    sum of the section moduli in inches \3\--about a transverse axis, taken 
    at the weakest horizontal section between the side sill and side 
    plate--of all posts, braces and pier panels, to the extent available, 
    on each side of the car located between body corner posts shall be not 
    less than 0.20 multiplied by the distance in feet between the centers 
    of end panels.
        (3) The center of an end panel is the point midway between the 
    center of the body corner post and the center of the adjacent side 
    post.
        (4) The minimum section moduli or thicknesses specified in 
    paragraph (a) of this section may be adjusted in proportion to the 
    ratio of the yield strength of the material used to that of mild open-
    hearth steel for a car whose structural members are made of a higher 
    strength steel.
        (b) Sheathing. 
        (1) Outside sheathing of mild, open-hearth steel when used flat, 
    without reinforcement (other than side posts) in a side frame of 
    modified girder or semi-monocoque construction shall not be less than 
    1/8 inch nominal thickness. Other metals may be used of a thickness in 
    inverse proportion to their yield strengths.
        (2) Outside metal sheathing of less than \1/8\ inch thickness may 
    be used only if it is reinforced so as to produce at least an 
    equivalent sectional area at a right angle to reinforcements as that of 
    the flat sheathing specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
        (3) When the sheathing used for truss construction serves no load-
    carrying function, the minimum thickness of that sheathing shall be not 
    less than 40 percent of that specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
    section.
    
    
    Sec. 238.219  Truck-to-car-body attachment.
    
        Passenger equipment shall have a truck-to-car-body attachment with 
    an ultimate strength sufficient to resist without failure a force of 2g 
    vertical on the mass of the truck and a force of 250,000 pounds in any 
    horizontal direction on the truck. For purposes of this section, the 
    mass of the truck includes axles, wheels, bearings, the truck-mounted 
    brake system, suspension system components, and any other components 
    attached to the truck by design.
    
    
    Sec. 238.221  Glazing.
    
        (a) Passenger equipment shall comply with the applicable Safety 
    Glazing Standards contained in part 223 of this chapter, if required by 
    that part.
        (b) Each exterior window on a locomotive cab and a passenger car 
    shall remain in place when subjected to:
        (1) The forces described in part 223 of this chapter; and
        (2) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two 
    trains pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while 
    traveling in opposite directions, each train traveling at the maximum 
    authorized speed.
    
    
    Sec. 238.223  Locomotive fuel tanks.
    
        (a) External fuel tanks. External locomotive fuel tanks shall 
    comply with the requirements contained in Appendix D to this part, or 
    an industry standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety 
    if approved by FRA under Sec. 238.21.
        (b) Internal fuel tanks.
        (1) Internal locomotive fuel tanks shall be positioned in a manner 
    to reduce the likelihood of accidental penetration from roadway debris 
    or collision.
        (2) Internal fuel tank vent systems shall be designed so they do 
    not become a path of fuel loss in any tank orientation due to a 
    locomotive overturning.
        (3) Internal fuel tank bulkheads and skin shall at a minimum be 
    equivalent to a \3/8\-inch thick steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-per-
    square-inch yield strength. Material of a higher yield strength may be 
    used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at 
    least an equivalent level of strength is maintained. Skid plates are 
    not required.
    
    
    Sec. 238.225  Electrical system.
    
        All passenger equipment shall comply with the following:
        (a) Conductors. Conductor sizes shall be selected on the basis of 
    current-carrying capacity, mechanical strength, temperature, 
    flexibility requirements, and maximum allowable voltage drop. Current-
    carrying capacity shall be derated for grouping and for operating 
    temperature.
        (b) Main battery system.
        (1) The main battery compartment shall be isolated from the cab and 
    passenger seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
        (2) Battery chargers shall be designed to protect against 
    overcharging.
        (3) If batteries are of the type to potentially vent explosive 
    gases, the battery compartment shall be adequately ventilated to 
    prevent the accumulation of explosive concentrations of these gases.
        (c) Power dissipation resistors.
        (1) Power dissipating resistors shall be adequately ventilated to 
    prevent overheating under worst-case operating conditions as determined 
    by the railroad.
        (2) Power dissipation grids shall be designed and installed with 
    sufficient isolation to prevent combustion.
        (3) Resistor elements shall be electrically insulated from resistor 
    frames, and the frames shall be electrically insulated from the 
    supports that hold them.
        (d) Electromagnetic interference and compatibility.
        (1) The operating railroad shall ensure electromagnetic 
    compatibility of the safety-critical equipment systems with their 
    environment. Electromagnetic compatibility may be achieved through 
    equipment design or changes to the operating environment.
        (2) The electronic equipment shall not produce electrical noise 
    that affects the safe performance of train line control and 
    communications or wayside signaling systems.
        (3) To contain electromagnetic interference emissions, suppression 
    of transients shall be at the source wherever possible.
        (4) All electronic equipment shall be self-protected from damage or 
    improper operation, or both, due to high voltage transients and long-
    term over-voltage or under-voltage conditions. This includes protection 
    from both power frequency and harmonic effects as well as protection 
    from radio frequency signals into the microwave frequency range.
    
    
    Sec. 238.227  Suspension system.
    
        On or after November 8, 1999--
        (a) All passenger equipment shall exhibit freedom from hunting 
    oscillations at all operating speeds. If hunting oscillations do occur, 
    a railroad shall immediately take appropriate action to prevent 
    derailment. For purposes of this paragraph, hunting oscillations shall 
    be considered lateral oscillations of trucks that could lead to a 
    dangerous instability.
        (b) All passenger equipment intended for service above 110 mph 
    shall demonstrate stable operation during pre-revenue service 
    qualification tests at all operating speeds up to 5 mph in
    
    [[Page 25677]]
    
    excess of the maximum intended operating speed under worst-case 
    conditions--including component wear--as determined by the operating 
    railroad.
        (c) Nothing in this section shall affect the requirements of part 
    213 of this chapter as they apply to passenger equipment as provided in 
    that part.
    
    
    Sec. 238.229  Safety appliances.
    
        Except as provided in this part, all passenger equipment continues 
    to be subject to the safety appliance requirements contained in Federal 
    statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in Federal regulations at part 231 
    and Sec. 232.2 of this chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 238.231  Brake system.
    
        Except as otherwise provided in this section, on or after September 
    9, 1999 the following requirements apply to all passenger equipment and 
    passenger trains.
        (a) A passenger train's primary brake system shall be capable of 
    stopping the train with a service application from its maximum 
    authorized operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the 
    track over which the train is operating.
        (b) The brake system design of passenger equipment ordered on or 
    after September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time on or 
    after September 9, 2002, shall not require an inspector to place 
    himself or herself on, under, or between components of the equipment to 
    observe brake actuation or release.
        (c) Passenger equipment shall be provided with an emergency brake 
    application feature that produces an irretrievable stop, using a brake 
    rate consistent with prevailing adhesion, passenger safety, and brake 
    system thermal capacity. An emergency brake application shall be 
    available at any time, and shall be initiated by an unintentional 
    parting of the train.
        (d) A passenger train brake system shall respond as intended to 
    signals from a train brake control line or lines. Control lines shall 
    be designed so that failure or breakage of a control line will cause 
    the brakes to apply or will result in a default to control lines that 
    meet this requirement.
        (e) Introduction of alcohol or other chemicals into the air brake 
    system of passenger equipment is prohibited.
        (f) The operating railroad shall require that the design and 
    operation of the brake system results in wheels that are free of 
    condemnable cracks.
        (g) Disc brakes shall be designed and operated to produce a surface 
    temperature no greater than the safe operating temperature recommended 
    by the disc manufacturer and verified by testing or previous service.
        (h) Hand brakes and parking brakes.
        (1) Except for a locomotive that is ordered before September 8, 
    2000 or placed in service for the first time before Sepbember 9, 2002, 
    and except for MU locomotives, all locomotives shall be equipped with a 
    hand or parking brake that can:
        (i) Be applied or activated by hand;
        (ii) Be released by hand; and
        (iii) Hold the loaded unit on the maximum grade anticipated by the 
    operating railroad.
        (2) Except for a private car and locomotives addressed in paragraph 
    (h)(1) of this section, all other passenger equipment, including MU 
    locomotives, shall be equipped with a hand brake that meets the 
    requirements for hand brakes contained in part 231 of this chapter and 
    that can:
        (i) Be applied or activated by hand;
        (ii) Be released by hand; and
        (iii) Hold the loaded unit on the maximum grade anticipated by the 
    operating railroad.
        (i) Passenger cars shall be equipped with a means to apply the 
    emergency brake that is accessible to passengers and located in the 
    vestibule or passenger compartment. The emergency brake shall be 
    clearly identified and marked.
        (j) Locomotives equipped with blended brakes shall be designed so 
    that:
        (1) The blending of friction and dynamic brake to obtain the 
    correct retarding force is automatic;
        (2) Loss of power or failure of the dynamic brake does not result 
    in exceeding the allowable stopping distance;
        (3) The friction brake alone is adequate to safely stop the train 
    under all operating conditions; and
        (4) Operation of the friction brake alone does not result in 
    thermal damage to wheels or disc rotor surface temperatures exceeding 
    the manufacturer's recommendation.
        (k) For new designs of braking systems, the design process shall 
    include computer modeling or dynamometer simulation of train braking 
    that shows compliance with paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section over 
    the range of equipment operating speeds. A new simulation is required 
    prior to implementing a change in operating parameters.
        (l) Locomotives ordered on or after September 8, 2000 or placed in 
    service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall be 
    equipped with effective air coolers or dryers that provide air to the 
    main reservoir with a dew point at least 10 degrees F. below ambient 
    temperature.
        (m) When a passenger train is operated in either direct or 
    graduated release, the railroad shall ensure that all the cars in the 
    train consist are set up in the same operating mode.
    
    
    Sec. 238.233  Interior fittings and surfaces.
    
        (a) Each seat in a passenger car shall--
        (1) Be securely fastened to the car body so as to withstand an 
    individually applied acceleration of 4g acting in the lateral direction 
    and 4g acting in the upward vertical direction on the deadweight of the 
    seat or seats, if held in tandem; and
        (2) Have an attachment to the car body of an ultimate strength 
    capable of resisting simultaneously:
        (i) The longitudinal inertial force of 8g acting on the mass of the 
    seat; and
        (ii) The load associated with the impact into the seatback of an 
    unrestrained 95th-percentile adult male initially seated behind the 
    seat, when the floor to which the seat is attached decelerates with a 
    triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 
    milliseconds.
        (b) Overhead storage racks in a passenger car shall provide 
    longitudinal and lateral restraint for stowed articles. Overhead 
    storage racks shall be attached to the car body with sufficient 
    strength to resist loads due to the following individually applied 
    accelerations acting on the mass of the luggage stowed as determined by 
    the railroad:
        (1) Longitudinal: 8g;
        (2) Vertical: 4g; and
        (3) Lateral: 4g.
        (c) Other interior fittings within a passenger car shall be 
    attached to the car body with sufficient strength to withstand the 
    following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the 
    fitting:
        (1) Longitudinal: 8g;
        (2) Vertical: 4g; and
        (3) Lateral: 4g.
        (d) To the extent possible, all interior fittings in a passenger 
    car, except seats, shall be recessed or flush-mounted.
        (e) Sharp edges and corners in a locomotive cab and a passenger car 
    shall be either avoided or padded to mitigate the consequences of an 
    impact with such surfaces.
        (f) Each seat provided for a crewmember regularly assigned to 
    occupy the cab of a locomotive and each floor-mounted seat in the cab 
    shall be secured to the car body with an attachment having an ultimate 
    strength capable of withstanding the loads due to the following 
    individually applied accelerations acting on the combined mass of the 
    seat and a 95th-percentile adult male occupying it:
    
    [[Page 25678]]
    
        (1) Longitudinal: 8g;
        (2) Lateral: 4g; and
        (3) Vertical: 4g.
        (g) If, for purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of 
    this section, the strength of a seat attachment is to be demonstrated 
    through sled testing, the seat structure and seat attachment to the 
    sled that is used in such testing must be representative of the actual 
    seat structure in, and seat attachment to, the rail vehicle subject to 
    the requirements of this section. If the attachment strength of any 
    other interior fitting is to be demonstrated through sled testing, for 
    purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of this section, 
    such testing shall be conducted in a similar manner.
    
    
    Sec. 238.235  Doors.
    
        (a) By December 31, 1999, each powered, exterior side door in a 
    vestibule that is partitioned from the passenger compartment of a 
    passenger car shall have a manual override device that is:
        (1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without 
    power from inside the car;
        (2) Located adjacent to the door which it controls; and
        (3) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access and 
    operate the override device from inside the car without requiring the 
    use of a tool or other implement.
        (b) Each passenger car ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or 
    placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002 
    shall have a minimum of two exterior side doors, each door providing a 
    minimum clear opening with dimensions of 30 inches horizontally by 74 
    inches vertically.
    
        Note: The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility 
    Specifications for Transportation Vehicles also contain requirements 
    for doorway clearance (See 49 CFR part 38).
    
    Each powered, exterior side door on each such passenger car shall have 
    a manual override device that is:
        (1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without 
    power from both inside and outside the car;
        (2) Located adjacent to the door which it controls; and
        (3) Designed and maintained so that a person may access the 
    override device from both inside and outside the car without requiring 
    the use of a tool or other implement.
        (c) A railroad may protect a manual override device used to open a 
    powered, exterior door with a cover or a screen capable of removal 
    without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
        (d) Marking and instructions. [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 238.237  Automated monitoring.
    
        (a) Except as further specified in this paragraph, on or after 
    November 8, 1999 a working alerter or deadman control shall be provided 
    in the controlling locomotive of each passenger train operating in 
    other than cab signal, automatic train control, or automatic train stop 
    territory. If the controlling locomotive is ordered on or after 
    September 8, 2000, or placed into service for the first time on or 
    after September 9, 2002, a working alerter shall be provided.
        (b) Alerter or deadman control timing shall be set by the operating 
    railroad taking into consideration maximum train speed and capabilities 
    of the signal system. The railroad shall document the basis for setting 
    alerter or deadman control timing and make this documentation available 
    to FRA upon request.
        (c) If the train operator does not respond to the alerter or 
    maintain proper contact with the deadman control, it shall initiate a 
    penalty brake application.
        (d) The following procedures apply if the alerter or deadman 
    control fails en route:
        (1)(i) A second person qualified on the signal system and brake 
    application procedures shall be stationed in the locomotive cab; or
        (ii) The engineer shall be in constant communication with a second 
    crewmember until the train reaches the next terminal.
        (2)(i) A tag shall be prominently displayed in the locomotive cab 
    to indicate that the alerter or deadman control is defective, until 
    such device is repaired; and
        (ii) When the train reaches its next terminal or the locomotive 
    undergoes its next calender day inspection, whichever occurs first, the 
    alerter or deadman control shall be repaired or the locomotive shall be 
    removed as the controlling locomotive in the train.
    
    Subpart D--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for 
    Tier I Passenger Equipment
    
    
    Sec. 238.301  Scope.
    
        (a) This subpart contains requirements pertaining to the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance of passenger equipment operating 
    at speeds not exceeding 125 miles per hour. The requirements in this 
    subpart address the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the brake 
    system as well as other mechanical and electrical components covered by 
    this part.
        (b) Beginning July 12, 2001 the requirements contained in this 
    subpart shall apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment 
    covered by this part. A railroad may request earlier application of the 
    requirements contained in this subpart upon written notification to 
    FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in Sec. 238.1(c).
        (c) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of Sec. 238.309 shall apply beginning 
    September 9, 1999.
    
    
    Sec. 238.303   Exterior calendar day mechanical inspection of passenger 
    equipment.
    
        (a) General.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each 
    passenger car and each unpowered vehicle used in a passenger train 
    shall receive an exterior mechanical inspection at least once each 
    calendar day that the equipment is placed in service.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, all 
    passenger equipment shall be inspected as required in this section at 
    least once each calendar day that the equipment is placed in service to 
    ensure that the equipment conforms with the requirement contained in 
    paragraph (e)(15) of this section.
        (3) If a passenger care is also classified as a locomotive under 
    part 229 of this chapter, the passenger car shall also receive a daily 
    inspection pursuant to the requirements of Sec. 229.21 of this chapter.
        (b) Each passenger car and each unpowered vehicle added to a 
    passenger train shall receive an exterior calendar day mechanical 
    inspection at the time it is added to the train unless documentation is 
    provided to the train crew that an exterior mechanical inspection was 
    performed on the car the previous calendar day.
        (c) The exterior calendar day mechanical inspection shall be 
    performed by a qualified maintenance person.
        (d) The exterior calendar day mechanical inspection required by 
    this section shall be conducted to the extent possible without 
    uncoupling the trainset and without placing the equipment over a pit or 
    on an elevated track.
        (e) As part of the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection, the 
    railroad shall verify conformity with the following conditions, and 
    nonconformity with any such condition renders the passenger car or 
    unpowered vehicle used in a passenger train defective whenever 
    discovered in service:
    
    [[Page 25679]]
    
        (1) Products of combustion are released entirely outside the cab 
    and other compartments.
        (2) Each battery container is vented and each battery is kept from 
    gassing excessively.
        (3) Each coupler is in the following condition:
        (i) Sidewall or pin bearing bosses and the pulling face of the 
    knuckles are not broken or cracked;
        (ii) The coupler assembly is equipped with anti-creep protection;
        (iii) The coupler carrier is not broken or cracked; and
        (iv) The yoke is not broken or cracked.
        (4) A device is provided under the lower end of all drawbar pins 
    and articulated connection pins to prevent the pin from falling out of 
    place in case of breakage.
        (5) The suspension system, including the spring rigging, is in the 
    following condition:
        (i) Protective construction or safety hangers are provided to 
    prevent spring planks, spring seats, or bolsters from dropping to the 
    track structure in event of a hanger or spring failure;
        (ii) The top (long) leaf or any of the other three leaves of the 
    elliptical spring is not broken, except when a spring is part of a nest 
    of three or more springs and none of the other springs in the nest has 
    its top leaf or any of the other three leaves broken;
        (iii) The outer coil spring or saddle is not broken;
        (iv) The equalizers, hangers, bolts, gibs, or pins are not cracked 
    or broken;
        (v) The coil spring is not fully compressed when the car is at 
    rest;
        (vi) The shock absorber is not broken or leaking oil or other 
    fluid; and
        (vii) Each air bag or other pneumatic suspension system component 
    inflates or deflates, as applicable, correctly and otherwise operates 
    as intended.
        (6) Each truck is in the following condition:
        (i) Each tie bar is not loose;
        (ii) Each motor suspension lug, equalizer, hanger, gib, or pin is 
    not cracked or broken; and
        (iii) The truck frame is not broken and is not cracked in a stress 
    area that may affect its structural integrity.
        (7) Each side bearing is in the following condition:
        (i) Each friction side bearing with springs designed to carry 
    weight does not have more than 25 percent of the springs in any one 
    nest broken;
        (ii) Each friction side bearing does not run in contact unless 
    designed to carry weight; and
        (iii) The maximum clearance of each side bearing does not exceed 
    the manufacturer's recommendation.
        (8) Each wheel does not have any of the following conditions:
        (i) A single flat spot that is 2\1/2\ inches or more in length, or 
    two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length;
        (ii) A gouge or chip in the flange that is more than 1\1/2\ inches 
    in length and \1/2\ inch in width;
        (iii) A broken rim, if the tread, measured from the flange at a 
    point \5/8\ of an inch above the tread, is less than 3\3/4\ inches in 
    width;
        (iv) A shelled-out spot 2\1/2\ inches or more in length, or two 
    adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length;
        (v) A seam running lengthwise that is within 3\3/4\ inches of the 
    flange;
        (vi) A flange worn to a \7/8\ inch thickness or less, gauged at a 
    point \3/8\ of an inch above the tread;
        (vii) A tread worn hollow \5/16\ of an inch or more;
        (viii) A flange height of 1\1/2\ inches or more measured from the 
    tread to the top of the flange;
        (ix) A rim less than 1 inch thick;
        (x) A crack or break in the flange, tread, rim, plate, or hub;
        (xi) A loose wheel; or
        (xii) A weld.
        (9) No part or appliance of a passenger coach, except the wheels, 
    is less than 2\1/2\ inches above the top of the rail.
        (10) Each unguarded, noncurrent-carrying metal part subject to 
    becoming charged is grounded or thoroughly insulated.
        (11) Each jumper and cable connection is in the following 
    condition:
        (i) Each jumpers and cable connection between coaches, between 
    locomotives, or between a locomotive and a coach is located and guarded 
    in a manner that provides sufficient vertical clearance. Jumpers and 
    cable connections may not hang with one end free;
        (ii) The insulation is not broken or badly chafed;
        (iii) No plug, receptacle, or terminal is broken; and
        (iv) No strand of wire is broken or protruding.
        (12) Each door and cover plate guarding high voltage equipment is 
    marked ``Danger--High Voltage'' or with the word ``Danger'' and the 
    normal voltage carried by the parts so protected.
        (13) Each buffer plate is in place.
        (14) Each diaphragm, if any, is in place and properly aligned.
        (15) Each secondary braking system is in operating mode and does 
    not have any known defective condition which prevents its proper 
    operation. If the dynamic brakes on a locomotive are found not to be in 
    operating mode or are known to have a defective condition which 
    prevents their proper operation at the time that the exterior 
    mechanical inspection is performed or at any other time while the 
    locomotive is in service, the following requirements shall be met in 
    order to continue the locomotive in service:
        (i) MU locomotives equipped with dynamic brakes found not to be in 
    operating mode or containing a defective condition which prevents the 
    proper operation of the dynamic brakes shall be handled in the same 
    manner as a running gear defect pursuant to Sec. 238.17.
        (ii) Conventional locomotives equipped with dynamic brakes found 
    not to be in operating mode or containing a defective condition which 
    prevents the proper operation of the dynamic brakes shall be handled in 
    accordance with the following:
        (A) A tag bearing the words ``inoperative dynamic brakes'' shall be 
    securely displayed in a conspicuous location in the cab of the 
    locomotive and contain the locomotive number, the date and location 
    where the condition was discovered, and the signature of the person 
    discovering the condition;
        (B) The locomotive engineer shall be informed in writing that the 
    dynamic brakes on the locomotive are inoperative at the location where 
    the locomotive engineer first takes charge of the train; and
        (C) The inoperative or defective dynamic brakes shall be repaired 
    within 3 calendar days of being found in defective condition or at the 
    locomotive's next periodic inspection pursuant to Sec. 229.23 of this 
    chapter, whichever occurs first.
        (f) Exception. A long-distance intercity passenger train that 
    misses a scheduled exterior calendar day mechanical inspection due to a 
    delay en route may continue in service to the location where the 
    inspection was scheduled to be performed. At that point, an exterior 
    calendar day mechanical inspection shall be performed prior to 
    returning the equipment to service. This flexibility applies only to 
    the exterior mechanical safety inspections required by this section, 
    and does not relieve the railroad of the responsibility to perform a 
    calendar day inspection on a unit classified as a ``locomotive'' under 
    part 229 of this chapter as required by Sec. 229.21 of this chapter.
        (g) Records. A record shall be maintained of each exterior calendar 
    day mechanical inspection performed.
        (1) This record may be maintained in writing or electronically 
    provided FRA has access to the record upon request.
    
    [[Page 25680]]
    
        (2) The written or electronic record must contain the following 
    information:
        (i) The identification number of the unit;
        (ii) The place, date, and time of the inspection;
        (iii) Any non-complying conditions found; and
        (iv) The signature of the inspector.
        (3) This record may be part of a single master report covering an 
    entire group of cars and equipment.
        (4) This record shall be maintained at the place where the 
    inspection is conducted or at one central location and shall be 
    retained for at least 92 days.
        (h) Cars requiring a single car test in accordance with 
    Sec. 238.311 that are being moved in service to a location where the 
    single car test can be performed shall have the single car test 
    completed prior to, or as a part of, the exterior calendar day 
    mechanical inspection.
    
    
    Sec. 238.305  Interior calendar day mechanical inspection of passenger 
    cars.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each 
    passenger car shall receive an interior mechanical inspection at least 
    once each calendar day that it is placed in service.
        (b) The interior calendar day mechanical inspection shall be 
    performed by a qualified person or a qualified maintenance person.
        (c) As part of the interior calendar day mechanical inspection, the 
    railroad shall verify conformity with the following conditions, and 
    nonconformity with any such condition renders the car defective 
    whenever discovered in service, except as provided in paragraph (c)(5) 
    of this section:
        (1) All fan openings, exposed gears and pinions, exposed moving 
    parts of mechanisms, pipes carrying hot gases and high-voltage 
    equipment, switches, circuit breakers, contactors, relays, grid 
    resistors, and fuses are installed in non-hazardous locations or 
    equipped with guards to prevent personal injury.
        (2) The words ``Emergency Brake Valve'' are legibly stenciled or 
    marked near each brake pipe valve or shown on an adjacent badge plate.
        (3) All doors and cover plates guarding high voltage equipment are 
    marked ``Danger--High Voltage'' or with the word ``Danger'' and the 
    normal voltage carried by the parts so protected.
        (4) All trap doors safely operate and securely latch in place in 
    both the up and down position.
        (5) All end doors and side doors operate safely and as intended. If 
    a door is defective and all of the following conditions are satisfied, 
    the car may remain in passenger service until the next interior 
    calendar day mechanical inspection is due at which time the appropriate 
    repairs shall be made:
        (i) A qualified person or a qualified maintenance person determines 
    that the repairs necessary to bring a door into compliance cannot be 
    performed at the time the interior mechanical inspection is conducted;
        (ii) A qualified person or a qualified maintenance person 
    determines that it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service;
        (iii) At least one operative and accessible door is available on 
    each side of the car; and
        (iv) A notice is prominently displayed directly on the defective 
    door indicating that the door is defective.
        (6) All safety-related signage is in place and legible.
        (7) All vestibule steps are illuminated.
        (8) All D rings, pull handles, or other means to access manual door 
    releases are in place based on a visual inspection.
        (9) All emergency equipment, including a fire extinguisher, pry 
    bar, auxiliary portable lighting, and first aid kits, as applicable, 
    are in place.
        (d) A long-distance intercity passenger train that misses a 
    scheduled calendar day interior mechanical inspection due to a delay en 
    route may continue in service to the location where the inspection was 
    scheduled to be performed. At that point, an interior calendar day 
    mechanical inspection shall be performed prior to returning the 
    equipment to service.
        (e) Records. A record shall be maintained of each interior calendar 
    day mechanical inspection performed.
        (1) This record may be maintained in writing or electronically 
    provided FRA has access to the record upon request.
        (2) The written or electronic record must contain the following 
    information:
        (i) The identification number of the unit;
        (ii) The place, date, and time of the inspection;
        (iii) Any non-complying conditions found; and
        (iv) The signature of the inspector.
        (3) This record may be part of a single master report covering an 
    entire group of cars and equipment.
        (4) This record shall be maintained at the place where the 
    inspection is conducted or at one central location and shall be 
    retained for at least 92 days.
    
    
    Sec. 238.307  Periodic mechanical inspection of passenger cars and 
    unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains.
    
        (a) General.
        (1) Railroads shall conduct periodic mechanical inspections of all 
    passenger cars and all unpowered vehicles used in a passenger train as 
    required by this section or as warranted and justified by data 
    developed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section. A periodic 
    inspection conducted under part 229 of this chapter satisfies the 
    requirement of this section with respect to the features inspected.
        (2) A railroad may, upon written notification to FRA's Associate 
    Administrator for Safety, adopt and comply with alternative periodic 
    mechanical inspection intervals for specific components or equipment in 
    lieu of the requirements of this section. Any alternative interval must 
    be based upon a documented reliability assessment conducted under a 
    system safety plan subject to periodic peer audit. (See Appendix E to 
    this part for a discussion of the general principles of reliability-
    based maintenance programs.) The periodic inspection intervals provided 
    in this section may be changed only when justified by accumulated, 
    verifiable data that provides a high level of confidence that the 
    component(s) will not fail in a manner resulting in harm to persons. 
    FRA may monitor and review a railroad's implementation and compliance 
    with any alternative interval adopted. FRA's Associate Administrator 
    for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an 
    alternative inspection interval if FRA determines that the adopted 
    interval is not supported by credible data or does not provide adequate 
    safety assurances. Such a determination will be made in writing and 
    will state the basis for such action.
        (b) Each periodic mechanical inspection required by this section 
    shall be performed by a qualified maintenance person.
        (c) As part of the periodic mechanical inspection the railroad 
    shall verify the condition of the following interior and exterior 
    mechanical components, which shall be inspected not less frequently 
    than every 92 days. At a minimum, this inspection shall determine that:
        (1) Floors of passageways and compartments are free from oil, 
    water, waste, or any obstruction that creates a slipping, tripping, or 
    fire hazard, and floors are properly treated to provide secure footing.
        (2) Emergency lighting systems are operational.
        (3) With regard to switches:
        (i) All hand-operated switches carrying currents with a potential 
    of more than 150 volts that may be operated while under load are 
    covered and are operative from the outside of the cover;
    
    [[Page 25681]]
    
        (ii) A means is provided to display whether the switches are open 
    or closed; and
        (iii) Switches not designed to be operated safely while under load 
    are legibly marked with the voltage carried and the words ``must not be 
    operated under load''.
        (4) All trucks are equipped with a device or securing arrangement 
    to prevent the truck and car body from separating in case of 
    derailment.
        (5) All center castings on trucks are not cracked or broken.
        (6) All roller bearings do not have any of the following 
    conditions:
        (i) A sign of having been overheated as evidenced by discoloration 
    or other telltale sign of overheating such as damage to the seal or 
    distortion of any bearing component;
        (ii) A loose or missing cap screw;
        (iii) A broken, missing, or improperly applied cap screw lock; or
        (iv) A seal that is loose or damaged or permits leakage of 
    lubricant in clearly formed droplets.
        (7) All mechanical systems and components of the equipment are free 
    of all the following general conditions that endanger the safety of the 
    crew, passengers, or equipment:
        (i) A continuous accumulation of oil or grease;
        (ii) Improper functioning of a component;
        (iii) A crack, break, excessive wear, structural defect, or 
    weakness of a component;
        (iv) A leak;
        (v) Use of a component or system under a condition that exceeds 
    that for which the component or system is designed to operate; and
        (vi) Insecure attachment of a component.
        (8) All of the items identified in the exterior calendar day 
    mechanical inspection contained at Sec. 238.303 are in conformity with 
    the conditions prescribed in that section.
        (9) All of the items identified in the interior calendar day 
    mechanical inspection contained at Sec. 238.305 are in conformity with 
    the conditions prescribed in that section.
        (d) The periodic mechanical inspection shall specifically include 
    the following interior and exterior mechanical components, which shall 
    be inspected not less frequently than every 184 days. At a minimum, 
    this inspection shall determine that:
        (1) Seats and seat attachments are not broken or loose.
        (2) Luggage racks are not broken or loose.
        (3) All beds and bunks are not broken or loose, and all restraints 
    or safety latches and straps are in place and function as intended.
        (4) A representative sample of emergency window exits on the 
    railroad's passenger cars properly operate, in accordance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 239.107 of this chapter.
        (5) Each coupler is in the following condition:
        (i) The distance between the guard arm and the knuckle nose is not 
    more than 5\1/2\ inches on standard type couplers (MCB contour 1904), 
    or not more than 5\5/16\ inches on D&E couplers;
        (ii) The free slack in the coupler or drawbar not absorbed by 
    friction devices or draft gears is not more than \1/2\ inch; and
        (iii) The draft gear is not broken.
        (e) The periodic mechanical inspection shall specifically include 
    the manual door releases, which shall be inspected not less frequently 
    than every 368 days. At a minimum, this inspection shall determine that 
    all manual door releases operate as intended.
        (f) Records. (1) A record shall be maintained of each periodic 
    mechanical inspection required to be performed by this section. This 
    record may be maintained in writing or electronically provided FRA has 
    access to the record upon request. The date and place of the periodic 
    inspection shall be recorded and the person performing the inspection 
    and that person's supervisor shall sign the form, if possible. This 
    record shall be kept in the railroad's files, the cab of the 
    locomotive, or a designated location in the passenger car until the 
    next periodic mechanical inspection of the same type is performed.
        (2) Detailed documentation of any reliability assessments depended 
    upon for implementing an alternative inspection interval under 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section, including underlying data, shall be 
    retained during the period that the alternative inspection interval is 
    in effect. Data documenting inspections, tests, component replacement 
    and renewals, and failures shall be retained for not less than three 
    (3) inspection intervals.
        (g) Nonconformity with any of the conditions set forth in this 
    section renders the car or vehicle defective whenever discovered in 
    service.
    
    
    Sec. 238.309  Periodic brake equipment maintenance.
    
        (a) General.
        (1) This section contains the minimum intervals at which the brake 
    equipment on various types of passenger equipment shall be periodically 
    cleaned, repaired, and tested. This maintenance procedure requires that 
    all of the equipment's brake system pneumatic components that contain 
    moving parts and are sealed against air leaks be removed from the 
    equipment, disassembled, cleaned, and lubricated and that the parts 
    that can deteriorate with age be replaced.
        (2) A railroad may petition FRA's Associate Administrator for 
    Safety to approve alternative maintenance procedures providing 
    equivalent safety, in lieu of the requirements of this section. The 
    petition shall be filed as provided in Sec. 238.21.
        (b) MU locomotives. The brake equipment of each MU locomotive shall 
    be cleaned, repaired, and tested at intervals in accordance with the 
    following schedule:
        (1) Every 736 days if the MU locomotive is part of a fleet that is 
    not 100 percent equipped with air dryers;
        (2) Every 1,104 days if the MU locomotive is part of a fleet that 
    is 100 percent equipped with air dryers and is equipped with PS-68, 26-
    C, 26-L, PS-90, CS-1, RT-2, RT-5A, GRB-1, CS-2, or 26-R brake systems. 
    (This listing of brake system types is intended to subsume all brake 
    systems using 26 type, ABD, or ABDW control valves and PS68, PS-90, 
    26B-1, 26C, 26CE, 26-B1, 30CDW, or 30ECDW engineer's brake valves.); 
    and
        (3) Every 736 days for all other MU locomotives.
        (c) Conventional locomotives. The brake equipment of each 
    conventional locomotive shall be cleaned, repaired, and tested at 
    intervals in accordance with the following schedule:
        (1) Every 1,104 days for a locomotive equipped with a 26-L or 
    equivalent brake system; and
        (2) Every 736 days for a locomotive equipped with other than a 26-L 
    or equivalent brake system.
        (d) Passenger coaches and other unpowered vehicles. The brake 
    equipment on each passenger coach and each unpowered vehicle used in a 
    passenger train shall be cleaned, repaired, and tested at intervals in 
    accordance with following schedule:
        (1) Every 1,476 days for a coach or vehicle equipped with a 26-C or 
    equivalent brake system; and
        (2) Every 1,104 days for a coach or vehicle equipped with other 
    than a 26-C or equivalent brake system.
        (e) Cab cars. The brake equipment of each cab car shall be cleaned, 
    repaired, and tested at intervals in accordance with the following 
    schedule:
        (1) Every 1,476 days for that portion of the cab car brake system 
    using brake
    
    [[Page 25682]]
    
    valves that are identical to the passenger coach 26-C brake system;
        (2) Every 1,104 days for that portion of the cab car brake system 
    using brake valves that are identical to the locomotive 26-L brake 
    system; and
        (3) Every 736 days for all other types of cab car brake valves.
        (f) Records of periodic maintenance.
        (1) The date and place of the cleaning, repairing, and testing 
    required by this section shall be recorded on Form FRA 6180-49A or a 
    similar form developed by the railroad containing the same information, 
    and the person performing the work and that person's supervisor shall 
    sign the form, if possible. Alternatively, the railroad may stencil the 
    vehicle with the date and place of the cleaning, repairing, and testing 
    and maintain an electronic record of the person performing the work and 
    that person's supervisor.
        (2) A record of the parts of the air brake system that are cleaned, 
    repaired, and tested shall be kept in the railroad's files, the cab of 
    the locomotive, or a designated location in the passenger car until the 
    next such periodic test is performed.
    
    
    Sec. 238.311  Single car test.
    
        (a) Except for self-propelled passenger cars, single car tests of 
    all passenger cars and all unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains 
    shall be performed in accordance with either APTA Standard SS-M-005-98, 
    ``Code of Tests for Passenger Car Equipment Using Single Car Testing 
    Device,'' published March, 1998; or an alternative procedure approved 
    by FRA pursuant to Sec. 238.21. The incorporation by reference of this 
    APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
    accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a 
    copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transit 
    Association, 1201 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005. You 
    may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad 
    Administration, Docket Clerk, 1120 Vermont Avenue, N.W., Suite 7000, 
    Washington, D.C. or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North 
    Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 700, Washington, D.C.
        (b) Each single car test required by this section shall be 
    performed by a qualified maintenance person.
        (c) A railroad shall perform a single car test of the brake system 
    of a car or vehicle described in paragraph (a) of this section if the 
    car or vehicle is found with one or more of the following wheel 
    defects:
        (1) Built-up tread;
        (2) Slid flat wheel;
        (3) Thermal crack;
        (4) Overheated wheel; or
        (5) Shelling.
        (d) A railroad need not perform the single car test required in 
    paragraph (c) of this section, if the railroad can establish that the 
    wheel defect is other than built-up tread and is due to a cause other 
    than a defective brake system on the car.
        (e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, a railroad 
    shall perform a single car test of the brake system of a car or vehicle 
    described in paragraph (a) of this section when:
        (1) The car or vehicle is placed in service after having been out 
    of service for 30 days or more; or
        (2) One or more of the following conventional air brake equipment 
    items is removed, repaired, or replaced:
        (i) Relay valve;
        (ii) Service portion;
        (iii) Emergency portion; or
        (iv) Pipe bracket.
        (f) Exception. If the single car test cannot be made at the point 
    where repairs are made, the car may be moved in passenger service to 
    the next forward location where the test can be made. A railroad may 
    move a car in this fashion only after visually verifying an application 
    and release of the brakes on both sides of the car that was repaired, 
    and provided that the car is appropriately tagged to indicate the need 
    to perform a single car test. The single car test shall be completed 
    prior to, or as a part of, the car's next calendar day mechanical 
    inspection.
        (g) If one or more of the following conventional air brake 
    equipment items is removed, repaired, or replaced only that portion 
    which is renewed or replaced must be tested to satisfy the provisions 
    of this section:
        (1) Brake reservoir;
        (2) Brake cylinder;
        (3) Piston assembly;
        (4) Vent valve;
        (5) Quick service valve;
        (6) Brake cylinder release valve;
        (7) Modulating valve or slack adjuster; or
        (8) Angle cock or cutout cock.
    
    
    Sec. 238.313  Class I brake test.
    
        (a) Each commuter and short-distance intercity passenger train 
    shall receive a Class I brake test once each calendar day that the 
    train is placed or continues in passenger service.
        (b) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, each long-
    distance intercity passenger train shall receive a Class I brake test:
        (1) Prior to the train's departure from an originating terminal; 
    and
        (2) Every 1,500 miles or once each additional calendar day, 
    whichever occurs first, that the train remains in continuous passenger 
    service.
        (c) Each car added to a passenger train shall receive a Class I 
    brake test at the time it is added to the train unless documentation is 
    provided to the train crew that a Class I brake test was performed on 
    the car within the previous calendar day and the car has not been 
    disconnected from a source of compressed air for more than four hours 
    prior to being added to the train.
        (d) Each Class I brake test shall be performed by a qualified 
    maintenance person.
        (e) Each Class I brake test may be performed either separately or 
    in conjunction with the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection 
    required under Sec. 238.303.
        (f) Except as provided in Sec. 238.15(b), a railroad shall not use 
    or haul a passenger train in passenger service from a location where a 
    Class I brake test has been performed, or was required by this part to 
    have been performed, with less than 100 percent operative brakes.
        (g) A Class I brake test shall determine and ensure that:
        (1) The friction brakes apply and remain applied on each car in the 
    train until a release of the brakes has been initiated on each car in 
    response to train line electric, pneumatic, or other signals. This test 
    shall include a verification that each side of each car's brake system 
    responds properly to application and release signals;
        (2) The brake shoes or pads are firmly seated against the wheel or 
    disc with the brakes applied;
        (3) Piston travel is within prescribed limits, either by direct 
    observation, observation of an actuator, or by observation of the 
    clearance between the brake shoe and the wheel or between the brake pad 
    and the brake disc with the brakes released;
        (4) The communicating signal system is tested and known to be 
    operating as intended;
        (5) Each brake shoe or pad is securely fastened and correctly 
    aligned in relation to the wheel or to the disc;
        (6) The engineer's brake valve or controller will cause the proper 
    train line commands for each position or brake level setting;
        (7) Brake pipe leakage does not exceed 5 pounds per square inch per 
    minute if leakage will affect service performance;
        (8) The emergency brake application and deadman pedal or other 
    emergency control devices function as intended;
        (9) Each brake shoe or pad is not below the minimum thickness 
    established by the railroad. This
    
    [[Page 25683]]
    
    thickness shall not be less than the minimum thickness necessary to 
    safely travel the maximum distance allowed between Class I brake tests;
        (10) Each angle cock and cutout cock is properly positioned;
        (11) The brake rigging or the system mounted on the car for the 
    transmission of the braking force does not bind or foul so as to impede 
    the force delivered to a brake shoe, impede the release of a brake 
    shoe, or otherwise adversely affect the operation of the brake system;
        (12) If the train is equipped with electropneumatic brakes, an 
    electropneumatic application of the brakes is made and the train is 
    walked to determine that the brakes on each car in the train properly 
    apply;
        (13) Each brake disc is free of any crack in accordance with the 
    manufacturer's specifications or, if no specifications exist, free of 
    any crack to the extent that the design permits;
        (14) If the equipment is provided with a brake indicator, the brake 
    indicator operates as intended; and
        (15) The communication of brake pipe pressure changes at the rear 
    of the train is verified.
        (h) A qualified maintenance person that performs a Class I brake 
    test on a train shall place in the cab of the controlling locomotive of 
    the train a written statement, which shall be retained in the cab until 
    the next Class I brake test is performed and which shall contain the 
    following information:
        (1) The date and time the Class I brake test was performed;
        (2) The location where the test was performed;
        (3) The identification number of the controlling locomotive of the 
    train; and
        (4) The total number of cars inspected during the Class I brake 
    test.
        (i) A long-distance, intercity passenger train that misses a 
    scheduled calendar day Class I brake test due to a delay en route may 
    proceed to the point where the Class I brake test was scheduled to be 
    performed. A Class I brake test shall be completed at that point prior 
    to placing the train back in service.
    
    
    Sec. 238.315  Class IA brake test.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, either a 
    Class I or a Class IA brake test shall be performed:
        (1) Prior to the first morning departure of each commuter or short-
    distance intercity passenger train, unless all of the following 
    conditions are satisfied:
        (i) A Class I brake test was performed within the previous twelve 
    (12) hours;
        (ii) The train has not been used in passenger service since the 
    performance of the Class I brake test; and
        (iii) The train has not been disconnected from a source of 
    compressed air for more than four hours since the performance of the 
    Class I brake test; and
        (2) Prior to placing a train in service that has been off a source 
    of compressed air for more than four hours.
        (b) A commuter or short-distance intercity passenger train that 
    provides continuing late night service that began prior to midnight may 
    complete its daily operating cycle after midnight without performing 
    another Class I or Class IA brake test. A Class I or Class IA brake 
    test shall be performed on such a train before it starts a new daily 
    operating cycle.
        (c) A Class I or Class IA brake test may be performed at a shop or 
    yard site and need not be repeated at the first passenger terminal if 
    the train remains on a source of compressed air and in the custody of 
    the train crew.
        (d) The Class IA brake test shall be performed by either a 
    qualified person or a qualified maintenance person.
        (e) Except as provided in Sec. 238.15(b), a railroad shall not use 
    or haul a passenger train in passenger service from a location where a 
    Class IA brake test has been performed, or was required by this part to 
    have been performed, with less than 100 percent operative brakes.
        (f) In performing a Class IA brake test, it shall be determined 
    that:
        (1) Brake pipe leakage does not exceed 5 pounds per square inch per 
    minute if brake pipe leakage will affect service performance;
        (2) Each brake sets and releases by inspecting in the manner 
    described in paragraph (g) of this section;
        (3) On MU equipment, the emergency brake application and the 
    deadman pedal or other emergency control devices function as intended;
        (4) Each angle cock and cutout cock is properly set;
        (5) Brake pipe pressure changes at the rear of the train are 
    properly communicated to the controlling locomotive; and
        (6) The communicating signal system is tested and known to be 
    operating as intended;
        (g) In determining whether each brake sets and releases--
        (1) The inspection of the set and release of the brakes shall be 
    completed by walking the train to directly observe the set and release 
    of each brake, if the railroad determines that such a procedure is 
    safe.
        (2) If the railroad determines that operating conditions pose a 
    safety hazard to an inspector walking the brakes, brake indicators may 
    be used to verify the set and release on cars so equipped. However, the 
    observation of the brake indicators shall not be made from the cab of 
    the locomotive. The inspector shall walk the train in order to position 
    himself or herself to accurately observe each indicator.
    
    
    Sec. 238.317  Class II brake test.
    
        (a) A Class II brake test shall be performed on a passenger train 
    when any of the following events occurs:
        (1) Whenever the control stand used to control the train is 
    changed; except if the control stand is changed to facilitate the 
    movement of a passenger train from one track to another within a 
    terminal complex while not in passenger service. In these 
    circumstances, a Class II brake test shall be performed prior to the 
    train's departure from the terminal complex with passengers;
        (2) Prior to the first morning departure of each commuter or short-
    distance intercity passenger train where a Class I brake test remains 
    valid as provided in Sec. 238.315(a)(1);
        (3) When previously tested units (i.e., cars that received a Class 
    I brake test within the previous calendar day and have not been 
    disconnected from a source of compressed air for more than four hours) 
    are added to the train;
        (4) When cars or equipment are removed from the train; and
        (5) When an operator first takes charge of the train, except for 
    face-to-face relief.
        (b) A Class II brake test shall be performed by a qualified person 
    or a qualified maintenance person.
        (c) Except as provided in Sec. 238.15, a railroad shall not use or 
    haul a passenger train in passenger service from a terminal or yard 
    where a Class II brake test has been performed, or was required by this 
    part to have been performed, with any of the brakes cut-out, 
    inoperative, or defective.
        (d) In performing a Class II brake test on a train, a railroad 
    shall determine that:
        (1) The brakes on the rear unit of the train apply and release in 
    response to a signal from the engineer's brake valve or controller of 
    the leading or controlling unit, or a gauge located at the rear of the 
    train or in the cab of the rear unit indicates that brake pipe pressure 
    changes are properly communicated at the rear of the train;
        (2) On MU equipment, the emergency brake application and deadman 
    pedal or other emergency control devices function as intended; and
        (3) The communicating signal system is tested and known to be 
    operating as intended.
    
    [[Page 25684]]
    
    Sec. 238.319  Running brake test.
    
        (a) As soon as conditions safely permit, a running brake test shall 
    be performed on each passenger train after the train has received, or 
    was required under this part to have received, either a Class I, Class 
    IA, or Class II brake test.
        (b) A running brake test shall be performed whenever the control 
    stand used to control the train is changed to facilitate the movement 
    of a passenger train from one track to another within a terminal 
    complex while not in passenger service.
        (c) The running brake test shall be conducted in accordance with 
    the railroad's established operating rules, and shall be made by 
    applying brakes in a manner that allows the engineer to ascertain 
    whether the brakes are operating properly.
        (d) If the engineer determines that the brakes are not operating 
    properly, the engineer shall stop the train and follow the procedures 
    provided in Sec. 238.15.
    
    Subpart E--Specific Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment
    
    
    Sec. 238.401  Scope.
    
        This subpart contains specific requirements for railroad passenger 
    equipment operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 150 
    mph. The requirements of this subpart apply beginning on September 9, 
    1999. As stated in Sec. 238.433(b), all such passenger equipment 
    remains subject to the requirements concerning couplers and uncoupling 
    devices contained in Federal statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in 
    FRA regulations at part 231 and Sec. 232.2 of this chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 238.403  Crash energy management.
    
        (a) Each power car and trailer car shall be designed with a crash 
    energy management system to dissipate kinetic energy during a 
    collision. The crash energy management system shall provide a 
    controlled deformation and collapse of designated sections within the 
    unoccupied volumes to absorb collision energy and to reduce the 
    decelerations on passengers and crewmembers resulting from dynamic 
    forces transmitted to occupied volumes.
        (b) The design of each unit shall consist of an occupied volume 
    located between two normally unoccupied volumes. Where practical, 
    sections within the unoccupied volumes shall be designed to be 
    structurally weaker than the occupied volume. During a collision, the 
    designated sections within the unoccupied volumes shall start to deform 
    and eventually collapse in a controlled fashion to dissipate energy 
    before any structural damage occurs to the occupied volume.
        (c) At a minimum, each Tier II passenger train shall be designed to 
    meet the following requirements:
        (1) Thirteen megajoules (MJ) shall be absorbed at each end of the 
    train through the controlled crushing of unoccupied volumes, and of 
    this amount a minimum of 5 MJ shall be absorbed ahead of the operator's 
    cab in each power car;
        (2) A minimum of an additional 3 MJ shall be absorbed by the power 
    car structure between the operator's cab and the first trailer car; and
        (3) The end of the first trailer car adjacent to each power car 
    shall absorb a minimum of 5 MJ through controlled crushing.
        (d) For a 30-mph collision of a Tier II passenger train on tangent, 
    level track with an identical stationary train:
        (1) When seated anywhere in a trailer car, the velocity at which a 
    50th-percentile adult male contacts the seat back ahead of him shall 
    not exceed 25 mph; and
        (2) The deceleration of the occupied volumes of each trailer car 
    shall not exceed 8g. For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with 
    this paragraph, deceleration measurements may be processed through a 
    low-pass filter having a bandwidth of 50 Hz.
        (e) Compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section 
    shall be demonstrated by analysis using a dynamic collision computer 
    model. For the purpose of demonstrating compliance, the following 
    assumptions shall be made:
        (1) The train remains upright, in line, and with all wheels on the 
    track throughout the collision; and
        (2) Resistance to structural crushing follows the force-versus-
    displacement relationship determined during the structural analysis 
    required as part of the design of the train.
        (f) Passenger seating shall not be permitted in the leading unit of 
    a Tier II passenger train.
    
    
    Sec. 238.405  Longitudinal static compressive strength.
    
        (a) To form an effective crash refuge for crewmembers occupying the 
    cab of a power car, the underframe of the cab of a power car shall 
    resist a minimum longitudinal static compressive force of 2,100,000 
    pounds without permanent deformation to the cab, unless equivalent 
    protection to crewmembers is provided under an alternate design 
    approach, validated through analysis and testing, and approved by FRA 
    under the provisions of Sec. 238.21.
        (b) The underframe of the occupied volume of each trailer car shall 
    resist a minimum longitudinal static compressive force of 800,000 
    pounds without permanent deformation to the car. To demonstrate 
    compliance with this requirement, the 800,000-pound load shall be 
    applied to the underframe of the occupied volume as it would be 
    transmitted to the underframe by the full structure of the vehicle.
        (c) Unoccupied volumes of a power car or a trailer car designed to 
    crush as part of the crash energy management design are not subject to 
    the requirements of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 238.407  Anti-climbing mechanism.
    
        (a) Each power car shall have an anti-climbing mechanism at its 
    forward end capable of resisting an ultimate upward or downward static 
    vertical force of 200,000 pounds. A power car constructed with a crash 
    energy management design is permitted to crush in a controlled manner 
    before the anti-climbing mechanism fully engages.
        (b) Interior train coupling points between units, including between 
    units of articulated cars or other permanently joined units of cars, 
    shall have an anti-climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or 
    downward vertical force of 100,000 pounds without yielding.
        (c) The forward coupler of a power car shall be attached to the car 
    body to resist a vertical downward force of 100,000 pounds for any 
    horizontal position of the coupler without yielding.
    
    
    Sec. 238.409  Forward end structures of power car cabs.
    
        This section contains requirements for the forward end structure of 
    the cab of a power car. (A conceptual implementation of this end 
    structure is provided in Figure 1 to this subpart.)
        (a) Center collision post. The forward end structure shall have a 
    full-height center collision post, or its structural equivalent, 
    capable of withstanding the following:
        (1) A shear load of 500,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe 
    without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint;
        (2) A shear load of 150,000 pounds at its joint with the roof 
    without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
        (3) A horizontal, longitudinal force of 300,000 pounds, applied at 
    a point on level with the bottom of the windshield, without exceeding 
    its ultimate strength.
        (b) Side collision posts. The forward end structure shall have two 
    side collision posts, or their structural equivalent, located at 
    approximately the one-third points laterally, each capable of 
    withstanding the following:
        (1) A shear load of 500,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe 
    without
    
    [[Page 25685]]
    
    exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
        (2) A horizontal, longitudinal force of 300,000 pounds, applied at 
    a point on level with the bottom of the windshield, without exceeding 
    its ultimate strength.
        (c) Corner posts. The forward end structure shall have two full-
    height corner posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of 
    withstanding the following:
        (1) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 300,000 
    pounds at its joint with the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength of the joint;
        (2) A horizontal, lateral force of 100,000 pounds applied at a 
    point 30 inches up from the underframe attachment, without exceeding 
    the yield or the critical buckling stress; and
        (3) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 80,000 
    pounds at its joint with the roof, without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength of the joint.
        (d) Skin. The skin covering the forward-facing end of each power 
    car shall be:
        (1) Equivalent to a \1/2\-inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-
    per-square-inch yield strength--material of a higher yield strength may 
    be used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at 
    least an equivalent level of strength is maintained;
        (2) Securely attached to the end structure; and
        (3) Sealed to prevent the entry of fluids into the occupied cab 
    area of the equipment. As used in paragraph (d), the term ``skin'' does 
    not include forward-facing windows and doors.
    
    
    Sec. 238.411  Rear end structures of power car cabs.
    
        The rear end structure of the cab of a power car shall be designed 
    to include the following elements, or their structural equivalent. (A 
    conceptual implementation of this end structure is provided in Figure 2 
    to this subpart.)
        (a) Corner posts. The rear end structure shall have two full-height 
    corner posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of 
    withstanding the following:
        (1) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 300,000 
    pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength of the joint; and
        (2) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 80,000 
    pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength of the joint.
        (b) Collision posts. The rear end structure shall have two full-
    height collision posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of 
    withstanding the following:
        (1) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 750,000 pounds at its 
    joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of 
    the joint; and
        (2) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 75,000 pounds at its 
    joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the 
    joint.
    
    
    Sec. 238.413  End structures of trailer cars.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the end 
    structure of a trailer car shall be designed to include the following 
    elements, or their structural equivalent. (A conceptual implementation 
    of this end structure is provided in Figure 3 to this subpart.)
        (1) Corner posts. Two full-height corner posts, each capable of 
    withstanding the following:
        (i) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 150,000 pounds at its 
    joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of 
    the joint;
        (ii) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral force of 30,000 pounds 
    applied at a point 18 inches up from the underframe attachment without 
    exceeding the yield or the critical buckling stress; and
        (iii) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 20,000 
    pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength of the joint.
        (2) Collision posts. Two full-height collision posts each capable 
    of withstanding the following:
        (i) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 300,000 pounds at its 
    joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of 
    the joint; and
        (ii) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 60,000 pounds at its 
    joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the 
    joint.
        (b) If the trailer car is designed with an end vestibule, the end 
    structure inboard of the vestibule shall have two full-height corner 
    posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of withstanding the 
    following (A conceptual implementation of this end structure is 
    provided in Figure 4 to this subpart):
        (1) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 200,000 pounds at its 
    joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of 
    the joint;
        (2) A horizontal, lateral force of 30,000 pounds applied at a point 
    18 inches up from the underframe attachment without exceeding the yield 
    or the critical buckling stress;
        (3) A horizontal, longitudinal force of 50,000 pounds applied at a 
    point 18 inches up from the underframe attachment without exceeding the 
    yield or the critical buckling stress; and
        (4) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 20,000 
    pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate 
    strength of the joint.
    
    
    Sec. 238.415  Rollover strength.
    
        (a) Each passenger car and power car shall be designed to rest on 
    its side and be uniformly supported at the top (``roof rail'') and the 
    bottom chords (``side sill'') of the side frame. The allowable stress 
    in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition 
    shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, 
    whichever is less. Minor localized deformations to the outer side skin 
    of the passenger car or power car is allowed provided such deformations 
    in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of each car.
        (b) Each passenger car and power car shall also be designed to rest 
    on its roof so that any damage in occupied areas is limited to roof 
    sheathing and framing. The allowable stress in the structural members 
    of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or 
    one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Deformation 
    to the roof sheathing and framing is allowed to the extent necessary to 
    permit the vehicle to be supported directly on the top chords of the 
    side frames and end frames.
    
    
    Sec. 238.417  Side loads.
    
        (a) Each passenger car body structure shall be designed to resist 
    an inward transverse load of 80,000 pounds of force applied to the side 
    sill and 10,000 pounds of force applied to the belt rail (horizontal 
    members at the bottom of the window opening in the side frame).
        (b) These loads shall be considered to be applied separately over 
    the full vertical dimension of the specified member for any distance of 
    8 feet in the direction of the length of the car.
        (c) The allowable stress shall be the lesser of the yield stress, 
    except as otherwise allowed by this paragraph, or the critical buckling 
    stress. In calculating the stress to show compliance with this 
    requirement, local yielding of the side skin adjacent to the side sill 
    and belt rail, and local yielding of the side sill bend radii at the 
    crossbearer and floor-beam connections is allowed. For purposes of this 
    paragraph, local yielding is allowed provided the resulting 
    deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of the car.
        (d) The connections of the side frame to the roof and underframe 
    shall support the loads specified in this section.
    
    
    Sec. 238.419  Truck-to-car-body and truck component attachment.
    
        (a) The ultimate strength of the truck-to-car-body attachment for 
    each unit in
    
    [[Page 25686]]
    
    a train shall be sufficient to resist without failure a vertical force 
    equivalent to 2g acting on the mass of the truck and a force of 250,000 
    pounds acting in any horizontal direction on the truck.
        (b) Each component of a truck (which include axles, wheels, 
    bearings, the truck-mounted brake system, suspension system components, 
    and any other components attached to the truck by design) shall remain 
    attached to the truck when a force equivalent to 2g acting on the mass 
    of the component is exerted in any direction on that component.
    
    
    Sec. 238.421  Glazing.
    
        (a) General. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 
    section, each exterior window on a passenger car and a power car cab 
    shall comply with the requirements contained in part 223 of this 
    chapter.
        (b) Particular end-facing exterior glazing requirements. Each end-
    facing exterior window on a passenger car and a power car cab shall 
    also:
        (1) Resist the impact of a 12-pound solid steel sphere at the 
    maximum speed at which the vehicle will operate, at an angle of 90 
    degrees to the window's surface, with no penetration or spall; and
        (2) Demonstrate anti-spalling performance by the use of a 0.001 
    aluminum witness plate, placed 12 inches from the window's surface 
    during all impact tests. The witness plate shall contain no marks from 
    spalled glazing particles after any impact test.
        (3) Be permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a manner 
    that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been 
    installed. The marking shall include:
        (i) The words ``FRA TYPE IHP'' to indicate that the material has 
    successfully passed the testing requirements specified in this 
    paragraph;
        (ii) The name of the manufacturer; and
        (iii) The type or brand identification of the material.
        (c) Passenger equipment ordered prior to May 12, 1999. Each 
    exterior window in passenger equipment ordered prior to May 12, 1999 
    may comply with the following glazing requirements in the alternative 
    of the requirements specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
    section, until the window is replaced and the railroad has exhausted 
    its inventory of replacement windows conforming to the requirements of 
    this paragraph that it held as of May 12, 1999.
        (1) Each end-facing exterior window shall resist the impact of a 
    12-pound solid steel sphere at the maximum speed at which the vehicle 
    will operate, at an angle equal to the angle between the window's 
    surface as installed and the direction of travel, with no penetration 
    or spall.
        (2) Each side-facing exterior window shall resist the impact of a:
        (i) 12-pound solid steel sphere at 15 mph, at an angle of 90 
    degrees to the window's surface, with no penetration or spall; and
        (ii) A granite ballast stone weighing a minimum of 0.5 pounds, 
    traveling at 75 mph and impacting at a 90-degree angle to the window's 
    surface, with no penetration or spall.
        (3) All exterior windows shall:
        (i) Resist a single impact of a 9-mm, 147-grain bullet traveling at 
    an impact velocity of 900 feet per second, with no bullet penetration 
    or spall; and
        (ii) Demonstrate anti-spalling performance by the use of a 0.001 
    aluminum witness plate, placed 12 inches from the window's surface 
    during all impact tests. The witness plate shall contain no marks from 
    spalled glazing particles after any impact test.
        (iii) Be permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a 
    manner that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been 
    installed. The marking shall include:
        (A) The words ``FRA TYPE IH'' for end-facing glazing or ``FRA TYPE 
    IIH'' for side-facing glazing, to indicate that the material has 
    successfully passed the testing requirements of this section;
        (B) The name of the manufacturer; and
        (C) The type or brand identification of the material.
        (d) Glazing securement. Each exterior window on a passenger car and 
    a power car cab shall remain in place when subjected to:
        (1) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two 
    trains pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while 
    traveling in opposite directions, each train traveling at the maximum 
    authorized speed; and
        (2) The impact forces that the glazed window is required to resist 
    as specified in this section.
        (e) Stenciling. Each car that is fully equipped with glazing 
    materials that meet the requirements of this section shall be stenciled 
    on an interior wall as follows: ``Fully Equipped with FRA Part 238 
    Glazing'' or similar words conveying that meaning, in letters at least 
    \3/8\ of an inch high.
    
    
    Sec. 238.423  Fuel tanks.
    
        (a) External fuel tanks. Each type of external fuel tank must be 
    approved by FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety upon a showing 
    that the fuel tank provides a level of safety at least equivalent to a 
    fuel tank that complies with the external fuel tank requirements in 
    Sec. 238.223(a).
        (b) Internal fuel tanks. Internal fuel tanks shall comply with the 
    requirements specified in Sec. 238.223(b).
    
    
    Sec. 238.425  Electrical system.
    
        (a) Circuit protection.
        (1) The main propulsion power line shall be protected with a 
    lightning arrestor, automatic circuit breaker, and overload relay. The 
    lightning arrestor shall be run by the most direct path possible to 
    ground with a connection to ground of not less than No. 6 AWG. These 
    overload protection devices shall be housed in an enclosure designed 
    specifically for that purpose with the arc chute vented directly to 
    outside air.
        (2) Head end power, including trainline power distribution, shall 
    be provided with both overload and ground fault protection.
        (3) Circuits used for purposes other than propelling the equipment 
    shall be connected to their power source through circuit breakers or 
    equivalent current-limiting devices.
        (4) Each auxiliary circuit shall be provided with a circuit breaker 
    located as near as practical to the point of connection to the source 
    of power for that circuit; however, such protection may be omitted from 
    circuits controlling safety-critical devices.
        (b) Main battery system.
        (1) The main batteries shall be isolated from the cab and passenger 
    seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
        (2) Battery chargers shall be designed to protect against 
    overcharging.
        (3) Battery circuits shall include an emergency battery cut-off 
    switch to completely disconnect the energy stored in the batteries from 
    the load.
        (4) If batteries are of the type to potentially vent explosive 
    gases, the batteries shall be adequately ventilated to prevent 
    accumulation of explosive concentrations of these gases.
        (c) Power dissipation resistors.
        (1) Power dissipating resistors shall be adequately ventilated to 
    prevent overheating under worst-case operating conditions.
        (2) Power dissipation grids shall be designed and installed with 
    sufficient isolation to prevent combustion between resistor elements 
    and combustible material.
        (3) Power dissipation resistor circuits shall incorporate warning 
    or protective
    
    [[Page 25687]]
    
    devices for low ventilation air flow, over-temperature, and short 
    circuit failures.
        (4) Resistor elements shall be electrically insulated from resistor 
    frames, and the frames shall be electrically insulated from the 
    supports that hold them.
        (d) Electromagnetic interference and compatibility.
        (1) The operating railroad shall ensure electromagnetic 
    compatibility of the safety-critical equipment systems with their 
    environment. Electromagnetic compatibility can be achieved through 
    equipment design or changes to the operating environment.
        (2) The electronic equipment shall not produce electrical noise 
    that interferes with trainline control and communications or with 
    wayside signaling systems.
        (3) To contain electromagnetic interference emissions, suppression 
    of transients shall be at the source wherever possible.
        (4) Electrical and electronic systems of equipment shall be capable 
    of operation in the presence of external electromagnetic noise sources.
        (5) All electronic equipment shall be self-protected from damage or 
    improper operation, or both, due to high voltage transients and long-
    term over-voltage or under-voltage conditions.
    
    
    Sec. 238.427  Suspension system
    
        (a) General requirements.
        (1) Suspension systems shall be designed to reasonably prevent 
    wheel climb, wheel unloading, rail rollover, rail shift, and a vehicle 
    from overturning to ensure safe, stable performance and ride quality. 
    These requirements shall be met:
        (i) In all operating environments, and under all track conditions 
    and loading conditions as determined by the operating railroad; and
        (ii) At all track speeds and over all track qualities consistent 
    with the Track Safety Standards in part 213 of this chapter, up to the 
    maximum operating speed and maximum cant deficiency of the equipment.
        (2) Passenger equipment shall meet the safety performance standards 
    for suspension systems contained in Appendix C to this part, or 
    alternative standards providing at least equivalent safety if approved 
    by FRA under the provisions of Sec. 238.21.
        (b) Lateral accelerations. Passenger cars shall not operate under 
    conditions that result in a steady-state lateral acceleration of 0.1g 
    (measured parallel to the car floor inside the passenger compartment) 
    or greater.
        (c) Hunting oscillations. Each truck shall be equipped with a 
    permanently installed lateral accelerometer mounted on the truck frame. 
    The accelerometer output signals shall be processed through a filter 
    having a band pass of 0.5 to 10 Hz to determine if hunting oscillations 
    of the truck are occurring. If hunting oscillations are detected, the 
    train monitoring system shall provide an alarm to the operator, and the 
    train shall be slowed to a speed at least 5 mph less than the speed at 
    which the hunting oscillations stopped. For purposes of this paragraph, 
    hunting oscillations are considered a sustained cyclic oscillation of 
    the truck which is evidenced by lateral accelerations in excess of 0.4g 
    root mean square (mean-removed) for 2 seconds.
        (d) Ride vibration (quality). (1) While traveling at the maximum 
    operating speed over the intended route, the train suspension system 
    shall be designed to:
        (i) Limit the vertical acceleration, as measured by a vertical 
    accelerometer mounted on the car floor, to no greater than 0.55g single 
    event, peak-to-peak over a one second period;
        (ii) Limit lateral acceleration, as measured by a lateral 
    accelerometer mounted on the car floor, to no greater than 0.3g single 
    event, peak-to-peak over a one second period; and
        (iii) Limit the combination of lateral acceleration (aL) 
    and vertical acceleration (av) occurring over a 1 second 
    period as expressed by the square root of (aL2 
    +aV2) to no greater than 0.6g, where 
    aL may not exceed 0.3g and (aV) may not exceed 
    0.55g.
        (2) Compliance. Compliance with the requirements contained in this 
    paragraph shall be demonstrated during the equipment pre-revenue 
    service acceptance tests required under Sec. 238.111, and Sec. 213.345 
    of this chapter.
        (3) For purposes of this paragraph, acceleration measurements shall 
    be processed through a filter having a band pass of 0.5 to 10 Hz.
        (e) Overheat sensors. Overheat sensors for each wheelset journal 
    bearing shall be provided. The sensors may be placed either on-board 
    the equipment or at reasonable intervals along the railroad's right-of-
    way.
    
    
    Sec. 238.429  Safety appliances.
    
        (a) Couplers. 
        (1) The leading and the trailing ends of a semi-permanently coupled 
    trainset shall each be equipped with an automatic coupler that couples 
    on impact and uncouples by either activation of a traditional 
    uncoupling lever or some other type of uncoupling mechanism that does 
    not require a person to go between the equipment units.
        (2) The automatic coupler and uncoupling device on the leading and 
    trailing ends of a semi-permanently coupled trainset may be stored 
    within a removable shrouded housing.
        (3) If the units in a train are not semi-permanently coupled, both 
    ends of each unit shall be equipped with an automatic coupler that 
    couples on impact and uncouples by either activation of a traditional 
    uncoupling lever or some other type of uncoupling mechanism that does 
    not require a person to go between the equipment units.
        (b) Hand brakes. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this 
    section, Tier II trains shall be equipped with a parking or hand brake 
    that can be applied and released manually and that is capable of 
    holding the train on a 3-percent grade.
        (c) Safety appliance mechanical strength and fasteners.
        (1) All handrails, handholds, and sill steps shall be made of 1-
    inch diameter steel pipe, \5/8\-inch thickness steel, or a material of 
    equal or greater mechanical strength.
        (2) All safety appliances shall be securely fastened to the car 
    body structure with mechanical fasteners that have mechanical strength 
    greater than or equal to that of a \1/2\-inch diameter SAE grade steel 
    bolt mechanical fastener.
        (i) Safety appliance mechanical fasteners shall have mechanical 
    strength and fatigue resistance equal to or greater than a \1/2\-inch 
    diameter SAE steel bolt.
        (ii) Mechanical fasteners shall be installed with a positive means 
    to prevent unauthorized removal. Self-locking threaded fasteners do not 
    meet this requirement.
        (iii) Mechanical fasteners shall be installed to facilitate 
    inspection.
        (d) Handrails and handholds. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of 
    this section:
        (1) Handrails shall be provided for passengers on both sides of all 
    steps used to board or depart the train.
        (2) Exits on a power vehicle shall be equipped with handrails and 
    handholds so that crewmembers can get on and off the vehicle safely.
        (3) Throughout their entire length, handrails and handholds shall 
    be a color that contrasts with the color of the vehicle body to which 
    they are fastened.
        (4) The maximum distance above the top of the rail to the bottom of 
    vertical handrails and handholds shall be 51 inches, and the minimum 
    distance shall be 21 inches.
        (5) Vertical handrails and handholds shall be installed to continue 
    to a point at least equal to the height of the top edge of the control 
    cab door.
    
    [[Page 25688]]
    
        (6) The minimum hand clearance distance between a vertical handrail 
    or handhold and the vehicle body shall be 2\1/2\ inches for the entire 
    length.
        (7) All vertical handrails and handholds shall be securely fastened 
    to the vehicle body.
        (8) If the length of the handrail exceeds 60 inches, it shall be 
    securely fastened to the power vehicle body with two fasteners at each 
    end.
        (e) Sill steps. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this 
    section, each power vehicle shall be equipped with a sill step below 
    each exterior door as follows:
        (1) The sill step shall have a minimum cross-sectional area of \1/
    2\ by 3 inches;
        (2) The sill step shall be made of steel or a material of equal or 
    greater strength and fatigue resistance;
        (3) The minimum tread length of the sill step shall be 10 inches;
        (4) The minimum clear depth of the sill step shall be 8 inches;
        (5) The outside edge of the tread of the sill step shall be flush 
    with the side of the car body structure;
        (6) Sill steps shall not have a vertical rise between treads 
    exceeding 18 inches;
        (7) The lowest sill step tread shall be not more than 24, 
    preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of the track rail;
        (8) Sill steps shall be a color that contrasts with the color of 
    the power vehicle body to which they are fastened;
        (9) Sill steps shall be securely fastened;
        (10) At least 50 percent of the tread surface area of each sill 
    step shall be open space; and
        (11) The portion of the tread surface area of each sill step which 
    is not open space and is normally contacted by the foot shall be 
    treated with an anti-skid material.
        (f) Exceptions.
        (1) If the units of the equipment are semi-permanently coupled, 
    with uncoupling done only at maintenance facilities, the equipment 
    units that are not required by paragraph (a) of this section to be 
    equipped with automatic couplers need not be equipped with sill steps 
    or end or side handholds that would normally be used to safely perform 
    coupling and uncoupling operations.
        (2) If the units of the equipment are not semi-permanently coupled, 
    the units shall be equipped with hand brakes, sill steps, end 
    handholds, and side handholds that meet the requirements contained in 
    Sec. 231.14 of this chapter.
        (3) If two trainsets are coupled to form a single train that is not 
    semi-permanently coupled (i.e., that is coupled by an automatic 
    coupler), the automatically coupled ends shall be equipped with hand 
    brakes, sill steps, end handholds, and side handholds that meet the 
    requirements contained in Sec. 231.14 of this chapter. If the trainsets 
    are semi-permanently coupled, these safety appliances are not required.
        (g) Optional safety appliances. Safety appliances installed at the 
    option of the railroad shall be firmly attached with mechanical 
    fasteners and shall meet the design and installation requirements 
    provided in this section.
    
    
    Sec. 238.431  Brake system.
    
        (a) A passenger train's brake system shall be capable of stopping 
    the train from its maximum operating speed within the signal spacing 
    existing on the track over which the train is operating under worst-
    case adhesion conditions.
        (b) The brake system shall be designed to allow an inspector to 
    determine that the brake system is functioning properly without having 
    to place himself or herself in a dangerous position on, under, or 
    between the equipment.
        (c) Passenger equipment shall be provided with an emergency brake 
    application feature that produces an irretrievable stop, using a brake 
    rate consistent with prevailing adhesion, passenger safety, and brake 
    system thermal capacity. An emergency brake application shall be 
    available at any time, and shall be initiated by an unintentional 
    parting of the train. A means to initiate an emergency brake 
    application shall be provided at two locations in each unit of the 
    train; however, where a unit of the train is 45 feet or less in length 
    a means to initiate an emergency brake application need only be 
    provided at one location in the unit.
        (d) The brake system shall be designed to prevent thermal damage to 
    wheels and brake discs. The operating railroad shall demonstrate 
    through analysis and testing that no thermal damage results to the 
    wheels or brake discs under conditions resulting in maximum braking 
    effort being exerted on the wheels or discs.
        (e) The following requirements apply to blended braking systems:
        (1) Loss of power or failure of the dynamic brake does not result 
    in exceeding the allowable stopping distance;
        (2) The friction brake alone is adequate to safely stop the train 
    under all operating conditions;
        (3) The operational status of the electric portion of the brake 
    system shall be displayed for the train operator in the control cab; 
    and
        (4) The operating railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and 
    testing the maximum operating speed for safe operation of the train 
    using only the friction brake portion of the blended brake with no 
    thermal damage to wheels or discs.
        (f) The brake system design shall allow a disabled train's 
    pneumatic brakes to be controlled by a conventional locomotive, during 
    a rescue operation, through brake pipe control alone.
        (g) An independent failure-detection system shall compare brake 
    commands with brake system output to determine if a failure has 
    occurred. The failure detection system shall report brake system 
    failures to the automated train monitoring system.
        (h) Passenger equipment shall be equipped with an adhesion control 
    system designed to automatically adjust the braking force on each wheel 
    to prevent sliding during braking. In the event of a failure of this 
    system to prevent wheel slide within preset parameters, a wheel slide 
    alarm that is visual or audible, or both, shall alert the train 
    operator in the cab of the controlling power car to wheel-slide 
    conditions on any axle of the train.
    
    
    Sec. 238.433  Draft system.
    
        (a) Leading and trailing automatic couplers of trains shall be 
    compatible with standard AAR couplers with no special adapters used.
        (b) All passenger equipment continues to be subject to the 
    requirements concerning couplers and uncoupling devices contained in 
    Federal Statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in FRA regulations at part 
    231 and Sec. 232.2 of this chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 238.435  Interior fittings and surfaces.
    
        (a) Each seat back and seat attachment in a passenger car shall be 
    designed to withstand, with deflection but without total failure, the 
    load associated with the impact into the seat back of an unrestrained 
    95th-percentile adult male initially seated behind the seat back, when 
    the floor to which the seat is attached decelerates with a triangular 
    crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 milliseconds.
        (b) Each seat back in a passenger car shall include shock-absorbent 
    material to cushion the impact of occupants with the seat ahead of 
    them.
        (c) The ultimate strength of each seat attachment to a passenger 
    car body shall be sufficient to withstand the following individually 
    applied accelerations acting on the mass of the seat plus the
    
    [[Page 25689]]
    
    mass of a seat occupant who is a 95th-percentile adult male:
        (1) Lateral: 4g; and
        (2) Vertical: 4g.
        (d)(1) Other interior fittings shall be attached to the passenger 
    car body with sufficient strength to withstand the following 
    individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the fitting:
        (i) Longitudinal: 8g;
        (ii) Lateral: 4g; and
        (iii) Vertical: 4g.
        (2) Fittings that can be expected to be impacted by a person during 
    a collision, such as tables between facing seats, shall be designed for 
    the mass of the fitting plus the mass of the number of occupants who 
    are 95th-percentile adult males that could be expected to strike the 
    fitting, when the floor of the passenger car decelerates with a 
    triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 
    milliseconds.
        (e) The ultimate strength of the interior fittings and equipment in 
    power car control cabs shall be sufficient to resist without failure 
    loads due to the following individually applied accelerations acting on 
    the mass of the fitting or equipment:
        (1) Longitudinal: 12g;
        (2) Lateral: 4g; and
        (3) Vertical: 4g.
        (f) To the extent possible, interior fittings, except seats, shall 
    be recessed or flush-mounted. Corners and sharp edges shall be avoided 
    or otherwise padded.
        (g) Energy-absorbent material shall be used to pad surfaces likely 
    to be impacted by occupants during collisions or derailments.
        (h) Luggage stowage compartments shall be enclosed, and have an 
    ultimate strength sufficient to resist loads due to the following 
    individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the luggage 
    that the compartments are designed to accommodate:
        (1) Longitudinal: 8g;
        (2) Lateral: 4g; and
        (3) Vertical: 4g.
        (i) If, for purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of 
    this section, the strength of a seat attachment is to be demonstrated 
    through sled testing, the seat structure and seat attachment to the 
    sled that is used in such testing must be representative of the actual 
    seat structure in, and seat attachment to, the rail vehicle subject to 
    the requirements of this section. If the attachment strength of any 
    other interior fitting is to be demonstrated through sled testing, for 
    purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of this section, 
    such testing shall be conducted in a similar manner.
    
    
    Sec. 238.437  Emergency communication.
    
        A means of emergency communication throughout a train shall be 
    provided and shall include the following:
        (a) Except as further specified, transmission locations at each end 
    of each passenger car, adjacent to the car's end doors, and accessible 
    to both passengers and crewmembers without requiring the use of a tool 
    or other implement. If the passenger car does not exceed 45 feet in 
    length, only one transmission location is required;
        (b) Transmission locations that are clearly marked with luminescent 
    material;
        (c) Clear and understandable operating instructions at or near each 
    transmission location; and
        (d) Back-up power for a minimum period of 90 minutes.
    
    
    Sec. 238.439  Doors.
    
        (a) Each passenger car shall have a minimum of two exterior side 
    doors, each door providing a minimum clear opening with dimensions of 
    30 inches horizontally by 74 inches vertically.
    
        Note: The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility 
    Specifications for Transportation Vehicles also contain requirements 
    for doorway clearance (See 49 CFR part 38).
    
        (b) Each passenger car shall be equipped with a manual override 
    feature for each powered, exterior side door. Each manual override must 
    be:
        (1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened, 
    without power, from both inside and outside the car;
        (2) Located adjacent to the door which it controls; and
        (3) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access and 
    operate the override device from both inside and outside the car 
    without the use of any tool or other implement.
        (c) The status of each powered, exterior side door in a passenger 
    car shall be displayed to the crew in the operating cab. If door 
    interlocks are used, the sensors used to detect train motion shall be 
    nominally set to operate at 3 mph.
        (d) Each powered, exterior side door in a passenger car shall be 
    connected to an emergency back-up power system.
        (e) A railroad may protect a manual override device used to open a 
    powered, exterior door with a cover or a screen capable of removal 
    without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
        (f) A passenger compartment end door (other than a door providing 
    access to the exterior of the trainset) shall be equipped with a kick-
    out panel, pop-out window, or other similar means of egress in the 
    event the door will not open, or shall be so designed as to pose a 
    negligible probability of becoming inoperable in the event of car body 
    distortion following a collision or derailment.
        (g) Marking and instructions. [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 238.441  Emergency roof entrance location.
    
        (a) Each passenger car and power car cab shall have a minimum of 
    one roof hatch emergency entrance location with a minimum opening of 18 
    inches by 24 inches, or at least one clearly marked structural weak 
    point in the roof having a minimum opening of the same dimensions to 
    provide quick access for properly equipped emergency response 
    personnel.
        (b) Marking and instructions. [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 238.443  Headlights.
    
        Each power car shall be equipped with at least two headlights. Each 
    headlight shall produce no less than 200,000 candela. One headlight 
    shall be focused to illuminate a person standing between the rails 800 
    feet ahead of the power car under clear weather conditions. The other 
    headlight shall be focused to illuminate a person standing between the 
    rails 1500 feet ahead of the power car under clear weather conditions.
    
    
    Sec. 238.445  Automated monitoring.
    
        (a) Each passenger train shall be equipped to monitor the 
    performance of the following systems or components:
        (1) Reception of cab signals and train control signals;
        (2) Truck hunting;
        (3) Dynamic brake status;
        (4) Friction brake status;
        (5) Fire detection systems;
        (6) Head end power status;
        (7) Alerter or deadman control;
        (8) Horn and bell;
        (9) Wheel slide;
        (10) Tilt system, if so equipped; and
        (11) On-board bearing-temperature sensors, if so equipped.
        (b) When any such system or component is operating outside of its 
    predetermined safety parameters:
        (1) The train operator shall be alerted; and
        (2) Immediate corrective action shall be taken, if the system or 
    component defect impairs the train operator's ability to safely operate 
    the train. Immediate corrective action includes limiting the speed of 
    the train.
        (c) The monitoring system shall be designed with an automatic self-
    test feature that notifies the train operator
    
    [[Page 25690]]
    
    that the monitoring capability is functioning correctly and alerts the 
    train operator when a system failure occurs.
    
    
    Sec. 238.447  Train operator's controls and power car cab layout.
    
        (a) Train operator controls in the power car cab shall be arranged 
    so as to minimize the chance of human error, and be comfortably within 
    view and within easy reach when the operator is seated in the normal 
    train control position.
        (b) The train operator's control panel buttons, switches, levers, 
    knobs, and the like shall be distinguishable by sight and by touch.
        (c) An alerter shall be provided in the power car cab. If not 
    acknowledged, the alerter shall cause a brake application to stop the 
    train.
        (d) Power car cab information displays shall be designed with the 
    following characteristics:
        (1) Simplicity and standardization shall be the driving criteria 
    for design of formats for the display of information in the cab;
        (2) Essential, safety-critical information shall be displayed as a 
    default condition;
        (3) Operator selection shall be required to display other than 
    default information;
        (4) Cab or train control signals shall be displayed for the 
    operator; and
        (5) Displays shall be readable from the operators's normal position 
    under all lighting conditions.
        (e) The power car cab shall be designed so at to permit the crew to 
    have an effective field of view in the forward direction, as well as to 
    the right and left of the direction of travel to observe objects 
    approaching the train from either side. Field-of-view obstructions due 
    to required structural members shall be minimized.
        (f) Each seat provided for an employee regularly assigned to occupy 
    a power car cab and any floor-mounted seat in the cab shall be:
        (1) Secured to the car body with an attachment having an ultimate 
    strength capable of withstanding the loads due to the following 
    individually applied accelerations acting on the combined mass of the 
    seat and the mass of a seat occupant who is a 95th-percentile adult 
    male:
        (i) Longitudinal: 12g;
        (ii) Lateral: 4g; and
        (iii) Vertical: 4g;
        (2) Designed so that all adjustments have the range necessary to 
    accommodate a person ranging from a 5th-percentile adult female to a 
    95th-percentile adult male, as persons possessing such characteristics 
    are specified, correcting for clothing as appropriate, in any 
    recognized survey after 1958 of weight, height, and other body 
    dimensions of U.S. adults;
        (3) Equipped with lumbar support that is adjustable from the seated 
    position;
        (4) Equipped with force-assisted, vertical-height adjustment, 
    operated from the seated position;
        (5) Equipped with a manually reclining seat back, adjustable from 
    the seated position;
        (6) Equipped with an adjustable headrest; and
        (7) Equipped with folding, padded armrests.
        (g) Sharp edges and corners shall be eliminated from the interior 
    of the power car cab, and interior surfaces of the cab likely to be 
    impacted by an employee during a collision or derailment shall be 
    padded with shock-absorbent material.
    
    BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
    
    [[Page 25691]]
    
    Figure 1--to Subpart E
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MY99.000
    
    
    [[Page 25692]]
    
    
    
    Figure 2--to Subpart E
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MY99.001
    
    
    [[Page 25693]]
    
    
    
    Figure 3--to Subpart E
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MY99.002
    
    
    [[Page 25694]]
    
    
    
    Figure 4--to Subpart E
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MY99.003
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
    
    [[Page 25695]]
    
    Subpart F--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for 
    Tier II Passenger Equipment.
    
    
    Sec. 238.501  Scope.
    
        This subpart contains inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    requirements for railroad passenger equipment that operates at speeds 
    exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 150 mph.
    
    
    Sec. 238.503  Inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.
    
        (a) General. Under the procedures provided in Sec. 238.505, each 
    railroad shall obtain FRA approval of a written inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance program for Tier II passenger equipment prior to 
    implementation of that program and prior to commencing passenger 
    operations using that equipment. As further specified in this section, 
    the program shall describe in detail the procedures, equipment, and 
    other means necessary for the safe operation of the passenger 
    equipment, including:
        (1) Inspection procedures, intervals, and criteria;
        (2) Testing procedures and intervals;
        (3) Scheduled preventive-maintenance intervals;
        (4) Maintenance procedures;
        (5) Special testing equipment or measuring devices required to 
    perform inspections, tests, and maintenance; and
        (6) The training, qualification, and designation of employees and 
    contractors to perform inspections, tests, and maintenance.
        (b) Compliance. After the railroad's inspection, testing, and 
    maintenance program is approved by FRA under Sec. 238.505, the railroad 
    shall adopt the program and shall perform--
        (1) The inspections and tests of power brakes and other primary 
    brakes as described in the program;
        (2) The other inspections and tests described in the program in 
    accordance with the procedures and criteria that the railroad 
    identified as safety-critical; and
        (3) The maintenance tasks described in the program in accordance 
    with the procedures and intervals that the railroad identified as 
    safety-critical.
        (c) General safety inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures. 
    The inspection, testing, and maintenance program under paragraph (a) of 
    this section shall contain the railroad's written procedures to ensure 
    that all systems and components of in service passenger equipment are 
    free of any general condition that endangers the safety of the crew, 
    passengers, or equipment. These procedures shall protect against:
        (1) A continuous accumulation of oil or grease;
        (2) Improper functioning of a component;
        (3) A crack, break, excessive wear, structural defect, or weakness 
    of a component;
        (4) A leak;
        (5) Use of a component or system under a condition that exceeds 
    that for which the component or system is designed to operate; and
        (6) Insecure attachment of a component.
        (d) Specific inspections. The program under paragraph (a) of this 
    section shall specify that all Tier II passenger equipment shall 
    receive thorough inspections in accordance with the following 
    standards:
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the 
    equivalent of a Class I brake test contained in Sec. 238.313 shall be 
    conducted prior to a train's departure from an originating terminal and 
    every 1,500 miles or once each calendar day, whichever comes first, 
    that the train remains in continuous service.
        (i) Class I equivalent brake tests shall be performed by a 
    qualified maintenance person.
        (ii) Except as provided in Sec. 238.15(b), a railroad shall not use 
    or haul a Tier II passenger train in passenger service from a location 
    where a Class I equivalent brake test has been performed, or was 
    required by this part to have been performed, with less than 100 
    percent operative brakes.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, a 
    complete exterior and interior mechanical inspection, in accordance 
    with the railroad's inspection program, shall be conducted by a 
    qualified maintenance person at least once during each calendar day the 
    equipment is used in service.
        (3) Trains that miss a scheduled Class I brake test or mechanical 
    inspection due to a delay en route may proceed to the point where the 
    Class I brake test or mechanical inspection was scheduled to be 
    performed.
        (e) Movement of trains with power brake defects. Movement of trains 
    with a power brake defect as defined in Sec. 238.15 (any primary brake 
    defect) shall be governed by Sec. 238.15.
        (f) Movement of trains with other defects. Movement of a train with 
    a defect other than a power brake defect shall be conducted in 
    accordance with Sec. 238.17, with the following exception: When a 
    failure of the secondary brake on a Tier II passenger train occurs en 
    route, that train may remain in service until its next scheduled 
    calendar day Class I brake test equivalent at a speed no greater than 
    the maximum safe operating speed demonstrated through analysis and 
    testing for braking with the friction brake alone. The brake system 
    shall be restored to 100 percent operation before the train departs 
    that inspection location.
        (g) Maintenance intervals. The program under paragraph (a) of this 
    section shall include the railroad's initial scheduled maintenance 
    intervals for Tier II equipment based on an analysis completed pursuant 
    to the railroad's safety plan. The maintenance interval of a safety-
    critical component shall be changed only when justified by accumulated, 
    verifiable operating data and approved by FRA under Sec. 238.505 before 
    the change takes effect.
        (h) Training, qualification, and designation program. The program 
    under paragraph (a) of this section shall describe the training, 
    qualification, and designation program, as defined in the training 
    program plan under Sec. 238.109, established by the railroad to qualify 
    individuals to inspect, test, and maintain the equipment.
        (1) If the railroad deems it safety-critical, then only qualified 
    individuals shall inspect, test, and maintain the equipment.
        (2) Knowledge of the procedures described in paragraph (a) of this 
    section shall be required to qualify an employee or contractor to 
    perform an inspection, testing, or maintenance task under this part.
        (i) Standard procedures. The program under paragraph (a) of this 
    section shall include the railroad's written standard procedures for 
    performing all safety-critical equipment inspection, testing, 
    maintenance, and repair tasks necessary to ensure the safe and proper 
    operation of the equipment. The inspection, testing, and maintenance 
    program required by this section is not intended to address and should 
    not include procedures to address employee working conditions that 
    arise in the course of conducting the inspections, tests, and 
    maintenance set forth in the program. When reviewing the railroad's 
    program, FRA does not intend to review any portion of the program that 
    relates to employee working conditions.
        (j) Annual review. The inspection, testing, and maintenance program 
    required by this section shall be reviewed by the railroad annually.
        (k) Quality control program. Each railroad shall establish an 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance quality control program enforced 
    by railroad or contractor supervisors to reasonably ensure that 
    inspections, tests, and maintenance are performed in accordance with 
    Federal safety standards and the procedures established by the 
    railroad.
    
    [[Page 25696]]
    
        (l) Identification of safety-critical items. In the program under 
    paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad shall identify all 
    inspection and testing procedures and criteria as well as all 
    maintenance intervals that the railroad deems to be safety-critical.
    
    
    Sec. 238.505  Program approval procedure.
    
        (a) Submission. Not less than 90 days prior to commencing passenger 
    operations using Tier II passenger equipment, each railroad to which 
    this subpart applies shall submit for approval an inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance program for that equipment meeting the requirements of 
    this subpart with the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal 
    Railroad Administration, 1120 Vermont Ave, Mail Stop 25, Washington, 
    D.C. 20590. If a railroad seeks to amend an approved program, the 
    railroad shall file with FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety a 
    petition for approval of such amendment not less than 60 days prior to 
    the proposed effective date of the amendment. A program responsive to 
    the requirements of this subpart or any amendment to the program shall 
    not be implemented prior to FRA approval.
        (1) Each program or amendment under Sec. 238.503 shall contain:
        (i) The information prescribed in Sec. 238.503 for such program or 
    amendment;
        (ii) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary 
    person to be contacted with regard to review of the program or 
    amendment; and
        (iii) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of 
    the program or amendment on designated representatives of railroad 
    employees, together with a list of the names and addresses of persons 
    served.
        (2) Each railroad shall serve a copy of each submission to FRA on 
    designated representatives of railroad employees responsible for the 
    equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this 
    subpart.
        (b) Comment. Not later than 45 days from the date of filing the 
    program or amendment, any person may comment on the program or 
    amendment.
        (1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which 
    it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the 
    commenter in the proceeding.
        (2) Three copies of each comment shall be submitted to the 
    Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 
    1120 Vermont Ave., Mail Stop 25, Washington, D.C. 20590.
        (3) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was 
    served on the railroad.
        (c) Approval.
        (1) Within 60 days of receipt of each initial inspection, testing, 
    and maintenance program, FRA will conduct a formal review of the 
    program. FRA will then notify the primary railroad contact person and 
    the designated employee representatives in writing whether the 
    inspection, testing, and maintenance program is approved and, if not 
    approved, the specific points in which the program is deficient. If a 
    program is not approved by FRA, the railroad shall amend its program to 
    correct all deficiencies and resubmit its program with the required 
    revisions not later than 45 days prior to commencing passenger 
    operations.
        (2) FRA will review each proposed amendment to the program within 
    45 days of receipt. FRA will then notify the primary railroad contact 
    person and the designated employee representatives in writing whether 
    the proposed amendment has been approved by FRA and, if not approved, 
    the specific points in which the proposed amendment is deficient. The 
    railroad shall correct any deficiencies and file the corrected 
    amendment prior to implementing the amendment.
        (3) Following initial approval of a program or amendment, FRA may 
    reopen consideration of the program or amendment for cause stated.
    
    Subpart G--Specific Safety Planning Requirements for Tier II 
    Passenger Equipment
    
    
    Sec. 238.601  Scope.
    
        This subpart contains specific safety planning requirements for the 
    operation of Tier II passenger equipment, procurement of Tier II 
    passenger equipment, and the introduction or major upgrade of new 
    technology in existing Tier II passenger equipment that affects a 
    safety system on such equipment.
    
    
    Sec. 238.603  Safety planning requirements
    
        (a) Prior to commencing revenue service operation of Tier II 
    passenger equipment, each railroad shall prepare and execute a written 
    plan for the safe operation of such equipment. The plan may be combined 
    with any other plan required under this part. The plan shall be updated 
    at least every 365 days. At a minimum, the plan shall describe the 
    approaches and processes to:
        (1) Identify all requirements necessary for the safe operation of 
    the equipment in its operating environment;
        (2) Identify all known or potential hazards to the safe operation 
    of the equipment;
        (3) Eliminate or reduce the risk posed by each hazard identified to 
    an acceptable level using MIL-STD-882C as a guide or an alternative 
    formal, safety methodology; and
        (4) Impose operational limitations, as necessary, on the operation 
    of the equipment if the equipment cannot meet safety requirements.
        (b) For the procurement of Tier II passenger equipment, and for 
    each major upgrade or introduction of new technology in existing Tier 
    II passenger equipment that affects a safety system on such equipment, 
    each railroad shall prepare and execute a written safety plan. The plan 
    may be combined with any other plan required under this part. The plan 
    shall describe the approaches and processes to:
        (1) Identify all safety requirements governing the design of the 
    passenger equipment and its supporting systems;
        (2) Evaluate the total system, including hardware, software, 
    testing, and support activities, to identify known or potential safety 
    hazards over the life cycle of the equipment;
        (3) Identify safety issues during design reviews;
        (4) Eliminate or reduce the risk posed by each hazard identified to 
    an acceptable level using MIL-STD-882C as a guide or an alternative, 
    formal safety methodology;
        (5) Monitor the progress in resolving safety issues, reducing 
    hazards, and meeting safety requirements;
        (6) Develop a program of testing or analysis, or both, to 
    demonstrate that safety requirements have been met; and
        (7) Impose operational limitations, as necessary, on the operation 
    of the equipment if the equipment cannot meet safety requirements.
        (c) Each railroad shall maintain sufficient documentation to 
    demonstrate how the operation and design of its Tier II passenger 
    equipment complies with safety requirements or, as appropriate, 
    addresses safety requirements under paragraphs (a)(4) and (b)(7) of 
    this section. Each railroad shall maintain sufficient documentation to 
    track how safety issues are raised and resolved.
        (d) Each railroad shall make available to FRA for inspection and 
    copying upon request each safety plan required by this section and any 
    documentation required pursuant to such plan.
    
    [[Page 25697]]
    
    
    
              APPENDIX A TO PART 238--SCHEDULE OF CIVIL PENALTIES1
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Willful
                        Section                      Violation    violation
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  SUBPART A--GENERAL
     
    238.15  Movement of power brake defects:
        (b) Improper movement from Class I or IA          5,000        7,500
         brake test...............................
        (c) Improper movement of en route defect..        2,500        5,000
            (2), (3) Insufficient tag or record...        1,000        2,000
            (4) Failure to determine percent              2,500        5,000
             operative brake......................
        (d) Failure to follow operating                   5,000        7,500
         restrictions.............................
        (e) Failure to follow restrictions for            2,500        5,000
         inoperative front or rear unit...........
    238.17  Movement of other than power brake
     defects: \1\
        (c)(4), (5) Insufficient tag or record....        1,000        2,000
        (d) Failure to inspect or improper use of         2,500        5,000
         roller bearings..........................
        (e) Improper movement of defective safety           (1)
         appliances...............................
    238.19  Reporting and tracking defective
     equipment:
        (a) Failure to have reporting or tracking         7,500       11,000
         system...................................
        (b) Failure to retain records.............        2,000        4,000
        (c) Failure to make records available.....        1,000        2,000
        (d) Failure to list power brake repair            2,000        4,000
         points...................................
     
        SUBPART B--SAFETY PLANNING AND GENERAL
                     REQUIREMENTS
     
    238.103  Fire protection plan/fire safety:
        (a) Failure to use proper materials.......        5,000        7,500
        (b) Improper certification................        1,000        2,000
        (c) Failure to consider fire safety on new        5,000        7,500
         equipment................................
        (d) Failure to perform fire safety                5,000        7,500
         analysis.................................
        (e) Failure to develop, adopt or comply           5,000        7,500
         with procedures..........................
    238.105  Train hardware and software safety:
        (a), (b), (c) Failure to develop and              7,500       11,000
         maintain hardware and software safety
         program..................................
        (d) Failure to include required design            5,000        7,500
         features in hardware and software........
        (e) Failure to comply with hardware and           5,000        7,500
         software safety program..................
    238.107  Inspection, testing, and maintenance
     plan:
        (b) Failure to develop plan...............        7,500       11,000
        (b)(1)-(5) Failure of plan to address             3,000        6,000
         specific item............................
        (d) Failure to conduct annual review......        5,000        7,500
    238.109  Training, qualification, and
     designation program:
        (a) Failure to develop or adopt program...        7,500       11,000
        (b)(1)-(4) Failure of plan to address             3,000        6,000
         specific item............................
        (b)(5)-(12) Failure to comply with                5,000        7,500
         specific required provision of the
         program..................................
        (b)(13) Failure to maintain adequate              2,500        5,000
         records..................................
    238.111  Pre-revenue service acceptance
     testing plan:
        (a) Failure to properly test previously           7,500       11,000
         used equipment...........................
        (b)(1) Failure to develop plan............        7,500       11,000
        (b)(2) Failure to submit plan to FRA......        5,000        7,500
        (b)(3) Failure to comply with plan........        5,000        7,500
        (b)(4) Failure to document results of             5,000        7,500
         testing..................................
        (b)(5) Failure to correct safety                  5,000        7,500
         deficiencies or impose operating limits..
        (b)(6) Failure to maintain records........        3,000        6,000
        (b)(7) Failure to obtain FRA approval.....        5,000        7,500
    238.113  Emergency window exits...............        2,500        5,000
    238.115  Emergency lighting...................        2,500        5,000
    238.117  Protection against personal injury...        2,500        5,000
    238.119  Rim-stamped straight plate wheels....        2,500        5,000
     
      SUBPART C--SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER I
                       EQUIPMENT
     
    238.203  Static end strength..................        2,500        5,000
    238.205  Anti-climbing mechanism..............        2,500        5,000
    238.207  Link between coupling mechanism and          2,500        5,000
     car body.....................................
    238.209  Forward-facing end structure of              2,500        5,000
     locomotives..................................
    238.211  Collision posts......................        2,500        5,000
    238.213  Corner posts.........................        2,500        5,000
    238.215  Rollover strength....................        2,500        5,000
    238.217  Side structure.......................        2,500        5,000
    238.219  Truck-to-car-body attachment.........        2,500        5,000
    238.221  Glazing..............................        2,500        5,000
    238.223  Fuel tanks...........................        2,500        5,000
    238.225  Electrical System....................        2,500        5,000
    238.227  Suspension system....................        2,500        5,000
    238.231  Brake system: (a)-(g), (i)-(m).......        2,500        5,000
        (h) Hand or parking brake missing or              5,000        5,000
         inoperative..............................
    238.233  Interior fittings and surfaces.......        2,500        7,500
    238.235  Doors................................        2,500        5,000
    238.237  Automated monitoring.................        2,500        5,000
     
    
    [[Page 25698]]
    
     
          SUBPART D--INSPECTION, TESTING, AND
     MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER I EQUIPMENT
     
    238.303  Exterior mechanical inspection of
     passenger equipment:
        (a)(1) Failure to perform mechanical          \1\ 2,000        4,000
         inspection...............................
        (a)(2) Failure to inspect secondary brake         2,500        5,000
         system...................................
        (b) Failure to perform inspection on car      \1\ 2,000        4,000
         added to train...........................
        (c) Failure to utilize properly qualified         2,000        4,000
         personnel................................
        (e)(1) Products of combustion not released        2,500        5,000
         outside cab..............................
        (e)(2) Battery not vented or gassing              2,500        5,000
         excessively..............................
        (e)(3) Coupler not in proper condition....        2,500        5,000
        (e)(4) No device under drawbar pins or            2,500        5,000
         connection pins..........................
        (e)(5) Suspension system and spring               2,500        5,000
         rigging not in proper condition..........
        (e)(6) Truck not in proper condition......        2,500        5,000
        (e)(7) Side bearing not in proper                 2,500        5,000
         condition................................
        (e)(8) Wheel not in proper condition:
          (i), (iv) Flat spot(s) and shelled
           spot(s):
              (A) One spot 2\1/2\'' or more but           2,500        5,000
               less than 3'' in length............
              (B) One spot 3'' or more in length..        5,000        7,500
              (C) Two adjoining spots each of             2,500        5,000
               which is 2'' or more in length but
               less than 2\1/2\'' in length.......
              (D) Two adjoining spots each of             5,000        7,500
               which are at least 2'' in length,
               if either spot is 2\1/2\'' or more
               in length..........................
          (ii) Gouge or chip in flange:
              (A) More than 1\1/2\'' but less than        2,500        5,000
               1\5/8\'' in length; and more than
               \1/2\'' but less than \5/8\'' in
               width..............................
              (B) 1\5/8\'' or more in length and          5,000        7,500
               \5/8\'' or more in width...........
          (iii) Broken rim........................        5,000        7,500
          (v) Seam in tread.......................        2,500        5,000
          (vi) Flange thickness of:                       2,500        5,000
              (A) \7/8\'' or less but more than
               \13/16\''..........................
              (B) \13/16\'' or less...............        5,000        7,500
          (vii) Tread worn hollow.................        2,500        5,000
          (viii) Flange height of:
              (A) 1\1/2\'' or greater but less            2,500        5,000
               than 1\5/8\''......................
              (B) 1\5/8\'' or more................        5,000        7,500
          (ix) Rim thickness:
              (A) Less than 1''...................        2,500        5,000
              (B) \15/16\'' or less...............        5,000        7,500
          (x) Crack or break in flange, tread,
           rim, plate, or hub:
              (A) Crack of less than 1''..........        2,500        5,000
              (B) Crack of 1'' or more............        5,000        7,500
              (C) Break...........................        5,000        7,500
          (xi) Loose wheel........................        5,000        7,500
          (xii) Welded wheel......................        5,000        7,500
        (e)(10) Improper grounding or insulation..        5,000        7,500
        (e)(11) Jumpers or cable connections not          2,500        5,000
         in proper condition......................
        (e)(12) Door or cover plate not properly          2,500        5,000
         marked...................................
        (e)(13) Buffer plate not properly placed..        2,500        5,000
        (e)(14) Diaphragm not properly placed or          2,500        5,000
         aligned..................................
        (e)(15) Secondary braking system not in           2,500        5,000
         operating mode or contains known defect..
        (g) Record of inspection:
            (1), (4) Failure to maintain record of        5,000        4,000
             inspection...........................
            (2) Record contains insufficient              1,000        2,000
             information..........................
    238.305  Interior mechanical inspection of
     passenger cars:
        (a) Failure to perform inspection.........    \1\ 1,000        2,000
        (b) Failure to utilize properly qualified         1,000        2,000
         personnel................................
        (c)(1) Failure to protect against personal        2,500        5,000
         injury...................................
        (c)(2) Emergency brake valve not stenciled        2,500        5,000
         or marked................................
        (c)(3) Door or cover plates not properly          2,500        5,000
         marked...................................
        (c)(4) Trap door unsafe or improperly             2,500        5,000
         secured..................................
        (c)(5) Doors not safely operate as                2,500        5,000
         intended.................................
            (i)-(iv) Condition for operating              2,000        4,000
             defective door not satisfied.........
        (c)(6) Safety signage not in place or             1,000        2,000
         legible..................................
        (c)(7) Vestibule steps not illuminated....        2,000        4,000
        (c)(8) Access to manual door release not          2,000        4,000
         in place.................................
        (c)(9) Emergency equipment not in place...        1,000        2,000
        (e) Record of inspection:
            (1), (4) Failure to maintain record of        2,000        4,000
             inspection...........................
            (2) Record contains insufficient              1,000        1,000
             information..........................
    238.307  Periodic mechanical inspection of
     passenger cars and unpowered vehicles:
        (a) Failure to perform periodic mechanical    \1\ 2,500        5,000
         inspection...............................
        (b) Failure to utilize properly qualified         2,500        5,000
         personnel................................
        (c)(1) Floors not free of condition that          2,500        5,000
         creates hazard...........................
        (c)(2) Emergency lighting not operational.        2,500        5,000
        (c)(3) Switches not in proper condition...        2,500        5,000
    
    [[Page 25699]]
    
     
        (c)(4) Truck not equipped with securing           2,500        5,000
         arrangement..............................
        (c)(5) Truck center casting cracked or            5,000        7,500
         broken...................................
        (c)(6) Roller bearings:
            (i) Overheated........................        5,000        7,500
            (ii) Cap screw loose or missing.......        2,500        5,000
            (iii) Cap screw lock broken or missing        1,000        2,000
            (iv) Seal loose, damaged, or leaks            2,500        5,000
             lubricant............................
        (c)(7) General conditions endangering             2,500        5,000
         crew, passengers.........................
        (d)(1) Seat or seat attachment broken or          2,500        5,000
         loose....................................
        (d)(2) Luggage rack broken or loose.......        2,500        5,000
        (d)(3) Bed, bunks, or restraints broken or        2,500        5,000
         loose....................................
        (d)(4) Emergency window exit not properly         2,500        5,000
         operate..................................
        (d)(5) Coupler not in proper condition....        2,500        5,000
        (f)(1) Record of inspection:
            (i) Failure to maintain record of             2,000        4,000
             inspection...........................
            (ii) Record contains insufficient             1,000        2,000
             information..........................
    238.309  Periodic brake equipment maintenance:
        (b) Failure to perform on MU locomotive...        2,500        5,000
        (c) Failure to perform on conventional            2,500        5,000
         locomotive...............................
        (d) Failure to perform on passenger               2,500        5,000
         coaches or other unpowered vehicle.......
        (e) Failure to perform on cab car.........        2,500        5,000
        (f) Record of periodic maintenance:
            (1), (2) Failure to maintain record or        2,000        4,000
             stencil..............................
     238.311  Single car tests:
        (a) Failure to test in accord with                2,500        5,000
         required procedure.......................
        (b) Failure to utilize properly qualified         2,500        5,000
         personnel................................
        (c), (e) Failure to perform single car            2,500        5,000
         test.....................................
        (f) Improper movement of car for testing..        2,000        4,000
        (g) Failure to test after repair or               2,000        4,000
         replacement of component.................
    238.313  Class I brake test:
        (a) Failure to perform on commuter or        \1\ 10,000       15,000
         short distance intercity passenger train.
        (b) Failure to perform on long-distance      \1\ 10,000       15,000
         intercity passenger train................
        (c) Failure to perform on cars added to       \1\ 5,000        7,500
         passenger train..........................
        (d) Failure to utilized properly qualified        5,000        7,500
         personnel................................
        (f) Passenger train used from Class I             5,000        7,500
         brake test with less than 100% operative
         brakes...................................
        (g) Partial failure to perform inspection         5,000        7,500
         on a passenger train.....................
        (h) Failure to maintain record............        2,000        4,000
    238.315  Class IA brake test:
        (a) Failure to perform inspection.........    \1\ 5,000        7,500
        (d) Failure to utilize properly qualified         2,500        5,000
         personnel................................
        (e) Passenger train used from Class IA            5,000        7,500
         brake test with improper percentage of
         operative brakes.........................
        (f) Partial failure to perform inspection         2,500        5,000
         on passenger train.......................
    238.317  Class II brake test:
        (a) Failure to perform inspection.........    \1\ 2,500        5,000
        (b) Failure to utilize properly qualified         2,500        5,000
         personnel................................
        (c) Improper use of defective equipment           2,500        5,000
         from Class II brake test.................
    238.319  Running brake tests:
        (a), (b) Failure to perform test..........        2,000        4,000
     
     SUBPART E--SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER II
                  PASSENGER EQUIPMENT
     
    238.403  Crash energy management..............        2,500        5,000
    238.405  Longitudinal static compressive              2,500        5,000
     strength.....................................
    238.407  Anti-climbing mechanism..............        2,500        5,000
    238.409  Forward end structures of power car
     cabs:
        (a) Center collision post.................        2,500        5,000
        (b) Side collision posts..................        2,500        5,000
        (c) Corner posts..........................        2,500        5,000
        (d) Skin..................................        2,500        5,000
    238.411  Rear end structures of power car
     cabs:
        (a) Corner posts..........................        2,500        5,000
        (b) Collision posts.......................        2,500        5,000
    238.413  End structures of trailer cars.......        2,500        5,000
    238.415  Rollover strength....................        2,500        5,000
    238.417  Side loads...........................        2,500        5,000
    238.419  Truck-to-car-body and truck component        2,500        5,000
     attachment...................................
    238.421  Glazing:
        (b) End-facing exterior glazing...........        2,500        5,000
        (c) Alternate glazing requirements........        2,500        5,000
        (d) Glazing securement....................        1,000        2,000
        (e) Stenciling............................        2,500        5,000
    238.423  Fuel tanks:
    
    [[Page 25700]]
    
     
        (a) External fuel tanks...................        2,500        5,000
        (b) Internal fuel tanks...................        2,500        5,000
    238.425  Electrical system:
        (a) Circuit protection....................        2,500        5,000
        (b) Main battery system...................        2,500        5,000
        (c) Power dissipation resistors...........        2,500        5,000
        (d) Electromagnetic interference and              2,500        5,000
         compatibility............................
    238.427  Suspension system:
        (a) General design........................        2,500        5,000
        (b) Lateral accelerations.................        2,500        5,000
        (c) Hunting Oscillations..................        2,500        5,000
        (d) Ride vibrations.......................        2,500        5,000
        (e) Overheat sensors......................        2,500        5,000
    238.429 Safety Appliances:
        (a) Couplers..............................        5,000        7,500
        (b) Hand/parking brakes...................        5,000        7,500
        (d) Handrail and handhold missing.........        2,500        5,000
            (d)(1)-(8) Handrail or handhold               2,500        5,000
             improper design......................
        (e) Sill step missing.....................        5,000        7,500
            (e)(1)-(11) Sill step improper design.        2,500        5,000
        (g) Optional safety appliances............        2,500        5,000
    238.431  Brake system.........................        2,500        5,000
    238.433  Draft System.........................        2,500        5,000
    238.435  Interior fittings and surfaces.......        2,500        5,000
    238.437  Emergency communication..............        2,500        5,000
    238.439 Doors:
        (a) Exterior side doors...................        2,500        5,000
        (b) Manual override feature...............        2,500        5,000
        (c) Notification to crew of door status...        2,500        5,000
        (d) Emergency back-up power...............        2,500        5,000
        (f) End door kick-out panel or pop-out            2,500        5,000
         window...................................
        (g) Marking and instructions..............   [Reserved]
    238.441  Emergency roof hatch entrance                2,500        5,000
     location.....................................
    238.443  Headlights...........................        2,500        5,000
    238.445  Automated monitoring.................        2,500        5,000
    238.447  Train operator's controls and power          2,500        5,000
     car cab layout...............................
     
          SUBPART F--INSPECTION, TESTING, AND
    MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER II PASSENGER
                       EQUIPMENT
     
    238.503  Inspection, testing, and maintenance
     requirements:
        (a) Failure to develop inspection,               10,000       15,000
         testing, and maintenance program or
         obtain FRA approval......................
        (b) Failure to comply with provisions of          5,000        7,500
         the program..............................
        (c) Failure to ensure equipment free of           2,500        5,000
         conditions which endanger safety of crew,
         passengers, or equipment.................
        (d) Specific safety inspections:
            (1)(i) Failure to perform Class I            10,000       15,000
             brake test or equivalent.............
            (1)(ii) Partial failure to perform            5,000        7,500
             Class I brake test or equivalent.....
            (2)(i) Failure to perform exterior        \1\ 2,000        4,000
             mechanical inspection................
            (2)(ii) Failure to perform interior       \1\ 1,000        2,000
             mechanical inspection................
        (g) Failure to perform scheduled                  2,500        5,000
         maintenance as required in program.......
        (h) Failure to comply with training,              5,000        7,500
         qualification and designation program....
        (i) Failure to develop or comply with             2,500        5,000
         standard procedures for performing
         inspection, tests, and maintenance.......
        (j) Failure to conduct annual review......        5,000        7,500
        (k) Failure to establish or utilize               5,000        7,500
         quality control program..................
     
          SUBPART G--SPECIFIC SAFETY PLANNING
     REQUIREMENTS FOR TIER II PASSENGER EQUIPMENT
    238.603  Safety plan:
        (a) Failure to develop safety operating           7,500       11,000
         plan.....................................
        (b) Failure to develop procurement plan...        7,500       11,000
            (1)-(7) Failure to develop portion of         2,500        5,000
             plan.................................
    
    [[Page 25701]]
    
     
            (c) Failure to maintain documentation.        2,500       5,000
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ A penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful
      violation Generally when two or more violations of these regulations
      are discovered with respect to a single unit of passenger equipment
      that is placed or continued in service by a railroad, the appropriate
      penalties set forth above are aggregated up to a maximum of $10,000
      per day. However, failure to perform, with respect to a particular
      unit of passenger equipment, any of the inspections and tests required
      under subparts D and F of this part will be treated as a violation
      separate and distinct from, and in addition to, any substantive
      violative conditions found on that unit of passenger equipment.
      Moreover, the Administrator reserves the right to assess a penalty of
      up to $22,000 for any violation where circumstances warrant. See 49
      CFR part 209, appendix A. Failure to observe any condition for
      movement of defective equipment set forth in Sec.  238.17 will deprive
      the railroad of the benefit of the movement-for-repair provision and
      make the railroad and any responsible individuals liable for penalty
      under the particular regulatory section(s) concerning the substantive
      defect(s) present on the unit of passenger equipment at the time of
      movement Failure to observe any condition for the movement of
      passenger equipment containing defective safety appliances, other than
      power brakes, set forth in Sec.  238.17(e) will deprive the railroad
      of the movement-for-repair provision and make the railroad and any
      responsible individuals liable for penalty under the particular
      regulatory section(s) contained in part 231 of this chapter or Sec.
      238.429 concerning the substantive defective condition. The penalties
      listed for failure to perform the exterior and interior mechanical
      inspections and tests required under Sec.  238.303 and Sec.  238.305
      may be assessed for each unit of passenger equipment contained in a
      train that is not properly inspected Whereas, the penalties listed for
      failure to perform the brake inspections and tests under Sec.  238.313
      through Sec.  238.319 may be assessed for each train that is not
      properly inspected.
    
    Appendix B to Part 238--Test Methods and Performance Criteria for 
    the Flammability and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials 
    Used in Passenger Cars and Locomotive Cabs
    
        This appendix provides the test methods and performance criteria 
    for the flammability and smoke emission characteristics of materials 
    used in passenger cars and locomotive cabs, in accordance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 238.103.
        (a) Incorporation by reference. Certain documents are 
    incorporated by reference into this appendix with the approval of 
    the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 
    552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect a copy of each document 
    during normal business hours at the Federal Railroad Administration, 
    Docket Clerk, 1120 Vermont Ave., N.W., Suite 7000 or at the Office 
    of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 700, 
    Washington, D.C. The documents incorporated by reference into this 
    appendix and the sources from which you may obtain these documents 
    are listed below:
        (1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
    Harbor Dr., West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
        (i) ASTM C 1166-91, Standard Test Method for Flame Propagation 
    of Dense and Cellular Elastomeric Gaskets and Accessories.
        (ii) ASTM D 2724-87, Standard Test Methods for Bonded, Fused, 
    and Laminated Apparel Fabrics.
        (iii) ASTM D 3574-95, Standard Test Methods for Flexible 
    Cellular Materials--Slab, Bonded, and Molded Urethane Foams.
        (iv) ASTM D 3675-95, Standard Test Method for Surface 
    Flammability of Flexible Cellular Materials Using a Radiant Heat 
    Energy Source.
        (v) ASTM E 119-98, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of 
    Building Construction and Materials.
        (vi) ASTM E 162-98, Standard Test Method for Surface 
    Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
        (vii) ASTM E 648-97, Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant 
    Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
        (viii) ASTM E 662-97, Standard Test Method for Specific Optical 
    Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials.
        (ix) ASTM E 1354-97, Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible 
    Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen 
    Consumption Calorimeter.
        (x) ASTM E 1537-98, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of 
    Upholstered Seating Furniture.
        (2) General Services Administration, Federal Supply Service, 
    Specification Section, 470 E. L'Enfant Plaza, S.W., Suite 8100, 
    Washington, D.C., 20407. FED-STD-191A--Textile Test Method 5830, 
    Leaching Resistance of Cloth; Standard Method (July 20, 1978).
        (3) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), 1300 
    North 17th St, Suite 1847, Rosslyn, VA 22209. NEMA WC 3/ICEA S-19-
    1981, Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and 
    Distribution of Electrical Energy (part 6, section 19, paragraph 6), 
    Revision 1, Sixth Edition (February, 1994).
        (4) State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs, Bureau 
    of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation, 3485 Orange Grove 
    Avenue, North Highlands, CA 95660. California Technical Bulletin 
    133, Flammability Test Procedure for Seating Furniture for Use in 
    Public Occupancies (January, 1991).
        (5) The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. 
    (IEEE), 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017. ANSI/IEEE 
    Std. 383-1974, IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric 
    Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating 
    Stations (1974).
        (6) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), 333 Pfingsten Road, 
    Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
        (i) UL 44, Standard for Safety for Thermoset-Insulated Wires and 
    Cables, 14th edition (January 27, 1997).
        (ii) UL 83, Standard for Safety for Thermoplastic-Insulated 
    Wires and Cables, 12th edition (September 29, 1998).
        (b) Definitions. As used in this appendix--
        Critical radiant flux (C.R.F.) means, as defined in ASTM E 648, 
    a measure of the behavior of horizontally-mounted floor covering 
    systems exposed to a flaming ignition source in a graded radiant 
    heat energy environment in a test chamber.
        Flame spread Index (Is) means, as defined in ASTM E 
    162, a factor derived from the rate of progress of the flame front 
    (Fs) and the rate of heat liberation by the material 
    under test (Q), such that Is=Fs x Q.
        Flaming dripping means periodic dripping of flaming material 
    from the site of material burning or material installation.
        Flaming running means continuous flaming material leaving the 
    site of material burning or material installation.
        Peak heat release rate (q//max) means, as 
    defined in ASTM E 1354, the maximum heat release rate per unit (kW/
    m2).
        Specific optical density (Ds) means, as defined in ASTM 
    E 662, the optical density measured over unit path length within a 
    chamber of unit volume, produced from a specimen of unit surface area, 
    that is irradiated by a heat flux of 2.5 watts/cm2 for a 
    specified period of time.
        Surface flammability means the rate at which flames will travel 
    along surfaces.
        Time to ignition (tig) means, as defined in ASTM E 1354, 
    the time in seconds (s) to sustained flaming.
        Time to ignition/Peak heat release rate (tig/
    q//max) means the ratio of a given material's 
    time to ignition to its peak (maximum) heat release rate as measured in 
    the Cone Calorimeter (ASTM E 1354) under the stipulated exposure 
    conditions.
        (c) Required test methods and performance criteria. The materials 
    used in locomotive cabs and passenger cars shall be tested according to 
    the methods and meet the performance criteria set forth in the 
    following table and notes:
    
    BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
    
    [[Page 25702]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MY99.004
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
    
    [[Page 25703]]
    
        \1\ Materials tested for surface flammability shall not exhibit 
    any flaming running or dripping.
        \2\ The ASTM E 662-97 maximum test limits for smoke emission 
    (specific optical density) shall be measured in either the flaming 
    or non-flaming mode, utilizing the mode which generates the most 
    smoke.
        \3\ Testing of a complete seat or mattress assembly (including 
    cushions, fabric layers, upholstery) according to ASTM E 1537-98 
    with application of pass/fail criteria of California Technical 
    Bulletin 133 shall be permitted in lieu of the test methods 
    prescribed herein, provided the assembly component units remain 
    unchanged or new (replacement) assembly components possess 
    equivalent fire performance properties to the original components 
    tested. A fire hazard analysis must also be conducted that considers 
    the operating environment within which the seat or mattress 
    assemblies will be used in relation to the risk of vandalism, 
    puncture, cutting, or other acts which may expose the individual 
    components of the assemblies.
        \4\ Testing is performed without upholstery.
        \5\ The surface flammability and smoke emission characteristics 
    shall be demonstrated to be permanent after dynamic testing 
    according to ASTM D 3574-95, Test I2 (Dynamic Fatigue 
    Test by the Roller Shear at Constant Force) or Test I3 
    (Dynamic Fatigue Test by Constant Force Pounding) both using 
    Procedure B.
        \6\ The surface flammability and smoke emission characteristics 
    shall be demonstrated to be permanent by washing, if appropriate, 
    according to FED-STD-191A Textile Test Method 5830.
        \7\ The surface flammability and smoke emission characteristics 
    shall be demonstrated to be permanent by dry-cleaning, if 
    appropriate, according to ASTM D 2724-87.
        \8\ Materials that cannot be washed or dry-cleaned shall be so 
    labeled and shall meet the applicable performance criteria after 
    being cleaned as recommended by the manufacturer.
        \9\ As a minimum, combustible component materials required to be 
    tested include seat and mattress frames, wall and ceiling panels, 
    seat and toilet shrouds, tray and other tables, partitions, shelves, 
    windscreens, HVAC ducting, thermal and acoustic insulation, exterior 
    plastic components, and interior and exterior box covers.
        \10\ Materials used to fabricate miscellaneous, discontinuous 
    small parts (such as knobs, rollers, fasteners, clips, grommets, and 
    small electrical parts) that will not contribute materially to fire 
    growth in end use configuration may be exempted from fire and smoke 
    emission performance requirements, provided that the surface area of 
    any individual small part is not 16 square inches (100 
    cm2) in end use configuration and an appropriate fire 
    hazard analysis is conducted which addresses the location and 
    quantity of the materials used, and the vulnerability of the 
    materials to ignition and contribution of flame spread.
        \11\ If the surface area of any individual small part is less 
    than 16 square inches (100 cm2) in end use configuration, 
    materials used to fabricate such small part shall be tested in 
    accordance with ASTM E 1354-97, unless such small part has been 
    shown not to contribute materially to fire growth following an 
    appropriate fire hazard analysis as specified in Note 10. Materials 
    tested in accordance with ASTM E 1354-97 shall meet the performance 
    criteria of tig/qmax 1.5. Testing 
    shall be at 50 kW/m2 applied heat flux.
        \12\ Assessment of smoke generation by small miscellaneous, 
    discontinuous parts may be made by utilizing the results from the 
    ASTM E1354-97 test procedure conducted in accordance with Note 11, 
    rather than the ASTM E 662-97 test procedure, if an appropriate fire 
    hazard analysis is provided which addresses the location and 
    quantity of the materials used, and the vulnerability of the 
    materials to ignition and contribution of smoke spread.
        \13\ Carpeting used as a wall or ceiling covering shall be 
    tested as a vehicle component.
        \14\ Floor covering shall be tested with padding in accordance 
    with ASTM E 648-97, if the padding is used in the actual 
    installation.
        \15\ For double window glazing, only the interior glazing is 
    required to meet the materials requirements specified herein. (The 
    exterior glazing need not meet these requirements.)
        \16\ Elastomeric materials used for parts having a surface area 
    16 square inches (100 cm2) shall be tested in 
    accordance with ASTM C 1166-91. As a minimum, parts required to be 
    tested include window gaskets, door nosing, diaphragms, and roof 
    mats.
        \17\ Testing shall be conducted in accordance with NEMA WC 3/
    ICEA S-19-1981, paragraph 6.19.6; or UL 44 for thermosetting wire 
    insulation and UL 83 for thermoplastic wire insulation.
        \18\ Testing shall be conducted in accordance with ANSI/IEEE 
    Standard 383-1974, section 2.5, with the additional requirement that 
    circuit integrity shall continue for 5 minutes after the start of 
    the test.
        \19\ Penetrations (ducts, etc.) shall be designed to prevent 
    fire and smoke from entering a vehicle, and representative 
    penetrations shall be included as part of test assemblies.
        \20\ Structural flooring assemblies shall meet the performance 
    criteria during a nominal test period as determined by the railroad. 
    The nominal test period must be twice the maximum expected time 
    period under normal circumstances for a vehicle to stop completely 
    and safely from its maximum operating speed, plus the time necessary 
    to evacuate all the vehicle's occupants to a safe area. The nominal 
    test period must not be less than 15 minutes. Only one specimen need 
    be tested. A proportional reduction may be made in the dimensions of 
    the specimen, provided the specimen represents a true test of the 
    ability of the structural flooring assembly to perform as a barrier 
    against under-vehicle fires. The fire resistance period required 
    shall be consistent with the safe evacuation of a full load of 
    passengers from the vehicle under worst-case conditions.
        \21\ Portions of the vehicle body (including equipment carrying 
    portions of a vehicle's roof but not including floors) which 
    separate major ignition sources, energy sources, or sources of fuel-
    load from vehicle interiors, shall have sufficient fire endurance as 
    determined by a fire hazard analysis acceptable to the railroad 
    which addresses the location and quantity of the materials used, as 
    well as vulnerability of the materials to ignition, flame spread, 
    and smoke generation.
    
    Appendix C to Part 238--Suspension System Safety Performance 
    Standards
    
        This appendix contains the minimum suspension system safety 
    performance standards for Tier II passenger equipment as required by 
    Sec. 238.427. These requirements shall be the basis for evaluating 
    suspension system safety performance until an industry standard 
    acceptable to FRA is developed and approved under the procedures 
    provided in Sec. 238.21.
        (a) Passenger equipment suspension systems shall be designed to 
    limit the lateral and vertical forces and lateral to vertical (L/V) 
    ratios, for the time duration required to travel five feet at any 
    operating speed or over any class of track, under all operating 
    conditions as determined by the railroad, as follows:
        (1) The maximum single wheel lateral to vertical force (L/V) 
    ratio shall not exceed Nadal's limit as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12MY99.005
    
    where: =flange angle (deg).
    =coefficient of friction of 0.5.
    
        (2) The net axle lateral force shall not exceed 0.5 times the 
    static vertical axle load.
        (3) The vertical wheel/rail force shall not be less than or 
    equal to 10 percent of the static vertical wheel load.
        (4) The sum of the vertical wheel loads on one side of any truck 
    shall not be less than or equal to 20 percent of the static vertical 
    axle load. This shall include the effect of a crosswind allowance as 
    specified by the railroad for the intended service.
        (5) The maximum truck side L/V ratio shall not exceed 0.6.
        (6) When stopped on track with a uniform 6-inch superelevation, 
    vertical wheel loads, at all wheels, shall not be less than or equal 
    to 60 percent of the nominal vertical wheel load on level track.
        (b) For purposes of this appendix, wheel/rail force measurements 
    shall be processed through a low pass filter having a cut-off 
    frequency of 25 Hz.
    
    Appendix D to Part 238--Requirements for External Fuel Tanks on 
    Tier I Locomotives
    
        The requirements contained in this appendix are intended to 
    address the structural and puncture resistance properties of the 
    locomotive fuel tank to reduce the risk of fuel spillage to 
    acceptable levels under derailment and minor collision conditions.
        (a) Structural strength.
        (1) Load case 1--minor derailment. The end plate of the fuel 
    tank shall support a
    
    [[Page 25704]]
    
    sudden loading of one-half the weight of the car body at a vertical 
    acceleration of 2g, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the 
    material. The load is assumed to be supported on one rail, within an 
    eight inch band (plus or minus) at a point nominally above the head 
    of the rail, on tangent track. Consideration should be given in the 
    design of the fuel tank to maximize the vertical clearance between 
    the top of the rail and the bottom of the fuel tank.
        (2) Load case 2--jackknifed locomotive. The fuel tank shall 
    support transversely at the center a sudden loading equivalent to 
    one half the weight of the locomotive at a vertical acceleration of 
    2g, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the material. The 
    load is assumed to be supported on one rail, distributed between the 
    longitudinal center line and the edge of the tank bottom, with a 
    rail head surface of two inches.
        (3) Load case 3--side impact. In a side impact collision by an 
    80,000 pound Gross Vehicle Weight tractor/trailer at the longitudinal 
    center of the fuel tank, the fuel tank shall withstand, without 
    exceeding the ultimate strength, a 200,000 pound load (2.5g) 
    distributed over an area of six inches by forty-eight inches (half the 
    bumper area) at a height of thirty inches above the rail (standard DOT 
    bumper height).
        (4) Load case 4--penetration resistance. The minimum thickness 
    of the sides, bottom sheet and end plates of the fuel tank shall be 
    equivalent to a \5/16\-inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-per-
    square-inch yield strength (where the thickness varies inversely 
    with the square root of yield strength). The lower one third of the 
    end plates shall have the equivalent penetration resistance by the 
    above method of a \3/4\-inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-per-
    square-inch yield strength. This may be accomplished by any 
    combination of materials or other mechanical protection.
        (b) Sideswipe. To minimize fuel tank damage during sideswipes 
    (railroad vehicles and grade crossings), all drain plugs, clean-out 
    ports, inspection covers, sight glasses, gauge openings, etc., must 
    be flush with the tank surface or adequately protected to avoid 
    catching foreign objects or breakage. All seams must be protected or 
    flush to avoid catching foreign objects.
        (c) Spill controls. Vents and fills shall be designed to avert 
    spillage of fuel in the event of a roll over.
    
    Appendix E to Part 238--General Principles of Reliability-Based 
    Maintenance Programs
    
        (a) Any maintenance program has the following four basic 
    objectives:
        (1) To ensure realization of the design level of safety and 
    reliability of the equipment;
        (2) To restore safety and reliability to their design levels 
    when deterioration has occurred;
        (3) To obtain the information necessary for design improvements 
    of those items whose design reliability proves inadequate; and
        (4) To accomplish these goals at a minimum total cost, including 
    maintenance costs and the costs of residual failures.
        (b) Reliability-based maintenance programs are based on the 
    following general principles. A failure is an unsatisfactory 
    condition. There are two types of failures: functional and 
    potential. Functional failures are usually reported by operating 
    crews. Conversely, maintenance crews usually discover potential 
    failures. A potential failure is an identifiable physical condition, 
    which indicates that a functional failure is imminent. The 
    consequences of a functional failure determine the priority of a 
    maintenance effort. These consequences fall into the following 
    general categories:
        (1) Safety consequences, involving possible loss of the 
    equipment and its occupants;
        (2) Operational consequences, which involve an indirect economic 
    loss as well as the direct cost of repair;
        (3) Non-operational consequences, which involve only the direct 
    cost of repair; or
        (4) Hidden failure consequences, which involve exposure to a 
    possible multiple failure as a result of the undetected failure of a 
    hidden function.
        (c) In a reliability-based maintenance program, scheduled 
    maintenance is required for any item whose loss of function or mode 
    of failure could have safety consequences. If preventative tasks 
    cannot reduce the risk of such failures to an acceptable level, the 
    item requires redesign to alter its failure consequences. Scheduled 
    maintenance is also required for any item whose functional failure 
    will not be evident to the operating crew, and therefore reported 
    for corrective action. In all other cases the consequences of 
    failure are economic, and maintenance tasks directed at preventing 
    such failures must be justified on economic grounds. All failure 
    consequences, including economic consequences, are established by 
    the design characteristics of the equipment and can be altered only 
    by basic changes in the design. Safety consequences can, in nearly 
    all cases, be reduced to economic consequences by the use of 
    redundancy. Hidden functions can usually be made evident by 
    instrumentation or other design features. The feasibility and cost 
    effectiveness of scheduled maintenance depend on the inspectablility 
    of the component, and the cost of corrective maintenance depends on 
    its failure modes and design reliability.
        (d) The design reliability of equipment or components will only 
    be achieved with an effective maintenance program. This level of 
    reliability is established by the design of each component and the 
    manufacturing processes that produced it. Scheduled maintenance can 
    ensure that design reliability of each component is achieved, but 
    maintenance alone cannot yield a level of reliability beyond the 
    design reliability.
        (e) When a maintenance program is developed, it includes tasks 
    that satisfy the criteria for both applicability and effectiveness. 
    The applicability of a task is determined by the characteristics of 
    the component or equipment to be maintained. The effectiveness is 
    stated in terms of the consequences that the task is designed to 
    prevent. The basics types of tasks that are performed by maintenance 
    personnel are each applicable under a unique set of conditions. 
    Tasks may be directed at preventing functional failures or 
    preventing a failure event consisting of the sequential occurrence 
    of two or more independent failures which may have consequences that 
    would not be produced by any of the failures occurring separately. 
    The task types include:
        (1) Inspections of an item to find and correct any potential 
    failures;
        (2) Rework/remanufacture/overhaul of an item at or before some 
    specified time or age limit;
        (3) Discard of an item (or parts of it) at or before some 
    specified life limit; and
        (4) Failure finding inspections of a hidden-function item to 
    find and correct functional failures that have already occurred but 
    were not evident to the operating crew.
        (b) Components or systems in a reliability-based maintenance 
    program may be defined as simple or complex. A simple component or 
    system is one that is subject to only one or a very few failure 
    modes. This type of component or system frequently shows decreasing 
    reliability with increasing operating age. An age/time limit may be 
    used to reduce the overall failure rate of simple components or 
    systems. Here, safe-life limits, fail-safe designs, or damage 
    tolerance-based residual life calculations may be imposed on a 
    single component or system to play a crucial role in controlling 
    critical failures. Complex components or systems are ones whose 
    functional failure may result from many different failure modes and 
    show little or no decrease in overall reliability with increasing 
    age unless there is a dominant failure mode. Therefore, age limits 
    imposed on complex components or systems have little or no effect on 
    their overall failure rates.
        (g) When planning the maintenance of a component or system to 
    protect the safety and operating capability of the equipment, a 
    number of items must be considered in the reliability assessment 
    process:
        (1) The consequences of each type of functional failure;
        (2) The visibility of a functional failure to the operating crew 
    (evidence that a failure has occurred);
        (3) The visibility of reduced resistance to failure (evidence 
    that a failure is imminent);
        (4) The age-reliability characteristics of each item;
        (5) The economic tradeoff between the cost of scheduled 
    maintenance and the benefits to be derived from it;
        (6) A multiple failure, resulting from a sequence of independent 
    failures, may have consequences that would not be caused by any one 
    of the individual failures alone. These consequences are taken into 
    account in the definition of the failure consequences for the first 
    failure; and
        (7) A default strategy governs decision making in the absence of 
    full information or agreement. This strategy provides for 
    conservative initial decisions, to be revised on the basis of 
    information derived from operating experience.
        (h) A successful reliability-based maintenance program must be 
    dynamic. Any prior-to-service program is based on limited 
    information. As such, the operating organization must be prepared to 
    collect and respond to real data throughout the operating life of 
    the equipment. Management of the
    
    [[Page 25705]]
    
    ongoing maintenance program requires an organized information system 
    for surveillance and analysis of the performance of each item under 
    actual operating conditions. This information is needed to determine 
    the refinements and modifications to be made in the initial 
    maintenance program (including the adjustment of task intervals) and 
    to determine the need for product improvement. The information 
    derived from operating experience may be considered to have the 
    following hierarchy of importance in the reliability-based 
    maintenance program:
        (1) Failures that could affect operating safety;
        (2) Failures that have operational consequences;
        (3) The failure modes of units removed as a result of failures;
        (4) The general condition of unfailed parts in units that have 
    failed; and
        (5) The general condition of serviceable units inspected as 
    samples.
        (i) At the time an initial maintenance program is developed, 
    information is usually available to determine the tasks necessary to 
    protect safety and operating capability. However, the information 
    required to determine optimum task intervals and the applicability 
    of age or life limits can be obtained only from age or life 
    exploration after the equipment enters service. With any new 
    equipment there is always the possibility of unanticipated failure 
    modes. The first occurrence of any serious unanticipated failure 
    should immediately set into motion the following improvement cycle:
        (1) An inspection task is developed to prevent recurrences while 
    the item is being redesigned;
        (2) The operating fleet is modified to incorporate the 
    redesigned part; and
        (3) After the modification has proved successful, the special 
    inspection task is eliminated from the maintenance program.
        (j) Component improvements based on identification of the actual 
    reliability characteristics of each item through age or life 
    exploration, is part of the normal development cycle of all complex 
    equipment.
    
        Issued in Washington, D.C., on April 30, 1999.
    Jolene M. Molitoris,
    Federal Railroad Administrator.
    [FR Doc. 99-11333 Filed 5-10-99; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Effective Date:
7/12/1999
Published:
05/12/1999
Department:
Federal Railroad Administration
Entry Type:
Rule
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
99-11333
Dates:
This regulation is effective July 12, 1999. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of July 12, 1999.
Pages:
25540-25705 (166 pages)
Docket Numbers:
FRA Docket No. PCSS-1, Notice No. 5
RINs:
2130-AA95: Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
RIN Links:
https://www.federalregister.gov/regulations/2130-AA95/passenger-equipment-safety-standards
PDF File:
99-11333.pdf
CFR: (216)
49 CFR 238.201)
49 CFR 238.319)
49 CFR 238.311)
49 CFR 238.205(a)
49 CFR 238.211(a)
More ...